Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Plumbing Engineering
Design Handbook
A Plumbing Engineers Guide to System Design and Specifications
Volume 4
Plumbing Components
and Equipment
All rights reserved, including rights of reproduction and use in any form or by any means, including the making of copies
by any photographic process, or by any electronic or mechanical device, printed or written or oral, or recording for
sound or visual reproduction, or for use in any knowledge or retrieval system or device, unless permission in writing is
obtained from the publisher.
ISBN 978-1-891255-28-1
Printed in China
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CONTRIBUTORS
(The chapters and subjects listed for these volume are subject to modification, adjustment and change.
The contents shown for each volume are proposed and may not represent the final contents of the volume.
A final listing of included chapters for each volume will appear in the actual publication.)
Chapter 3: Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Approval Organizations and Standard Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Types of Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Gate Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Globe Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Angle Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Ball Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Plug Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Valve Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Brass and Bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Malleable Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Thermoplastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Valve Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Valve Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Stems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Bonnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
End Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Water-pressure Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Regulator Selection and Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Common Regulating Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Common Types of Regulator Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Valve Design Choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Service Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Multi-turn Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Quarter-turn Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Check Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Design Detail: Gate Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Advantages and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Disadvantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Disc and Seat Designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Design Detail: Globe and Angle Globe Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Advantages and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Disadvantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Disc and Seat Designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Design Detail: Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Design Detail: Quarter-turn Ball Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Advantages and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Disadvantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Body Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Port Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Handle Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Design Detail: Quarter-turn Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Advantages and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Disadvantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Body Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Design Detail: Quarter-turn Valve, Lubricated Plug Cock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Advantages and Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Disadvantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Valve Sizing and Pressure Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
General Valve Specification by Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Hot and Cold Domestic Water Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Compressed Air Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Vacuum Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Medical Gas Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Low-pressure Steam and General Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Medium-pressure Steam Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
High-pressure Steam Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
High-temperature Hot Water Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Gasoline and LPG Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Fire Protection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
High-rise Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Chapter 4: Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Pump Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Comparison of Similar Centrifugal Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Performance Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Staging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Pump Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Environmental Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Chapter 12: Potable Water Coolers and Central Water Systems . . . . . 237
Water in the Human Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Unitary Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Water Cooler Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Refrigeration Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Stream Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Water Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Central Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Chillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Distribution Piping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Drinking Water Coolers and Central Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Drinking Fountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Refrigeration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Circulating Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Storage Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Distribution Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Standards, Codes, and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Figures
Figure 1-1 The older styles of water closets were identified as (A) reverse trap, (B)
blowout, and (C) siphon jet, to name a few. Though still used in the industry, these
terms are no longer used in the standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 1-2 Water closets are identified as (A) close coupled, (B) one piece, and (C)
flushometer types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 1-3 A floor-mounted, back outlet water closet is supported on the floor with the
piping connection through the back wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 1-4 A wall hung water closet attaches to the back wall; the water closet does not
contact the floor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 1-5 The standard rough-in dimension is 12 inches from the centerline of the
water closet outlet to the back wall. The floor flange must be permanently secured to
the building structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 1-6 The minimum size water closet compartment is 30 in.60 in. Spacing is
required from the centerline of the water closet to a side wall or obstruction and
from the front lip of the water closet to any obstruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Figure 1-7 Minimum Chase Sizes for Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Figure 1-8 (A) A Gravity Tank and (B) a Flushometer Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Figure 1-9 Urinal spacing must be adequate to allow adjacent users to access the
urinals without interference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Figure 1-10 Minimum Chase Sizes for Urinals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Figure 1-11 Recommended Installation Dimensions for a Lavatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Figure 1-12 Minimum Chase Sizes for Lavatories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Figure 1-13 Standard dimensions for a kitchen sink include a counter height of 36
inches above the finished floor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Figure 1-14 When grease-laden waste is possible, the sink must discharge to a grease
interceptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Figure 1-15 Drinking fountain height can vary depending on the application. . . . . . . 14
Figure 1-16 Built-in-place showers require a pan below the floor. The drain must have
weep holes at the shower pan level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Figure 1-17 A standard bathtub is 5 ft in length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Figure 1-18 A trench drain can be used as a floor drain in a building. A separate trap is
required for each section of trench drain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Figure 1-19 Floor Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Figure 1-20 Emergency Shower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Figure 2-1 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Figure 2-2 Cast Iron Soil Pipe (extra-heavy and service classes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Tables
Table 2-17 Maximum and Minimum Rod Sizes for Copper Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Table 2-18 Pipe Union Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Table 4-1 Centrifugal Pump Affinity Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Table 5-1 Heat Loss in Btuh/ft Length of Fiberglass Insulation, ASJ Cover 150F
Temperature of Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Table 5-2 Heat Loss from Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Table 5-3 Insulation Thickness - Equivalent Thickness (in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Table 5-4 Dew-point Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Table 5-5 Insulation Thickness to Prevent Condensation, 50F Service Temperature
and 70F Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Table 5-6 Insulation Thickness for Personnel Protection, 120F Maximum
Surface Temperature, 80F Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table 5-7 Time for Dormant Water to Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Table 6-1 Maximum Horizontal Pipe Hanger and Support Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table 6-2 Pipe Classification by Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Table 6-3 Hanger and Support Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Table 6-4 Recommended Minimum Rod Diameter for Single, Rigid Rod Hangers . . 132
Table 6-5 Load Ratings of Carbon Steel Threaded Hanger Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Table 6-6 Minimum Design Load Ratings for Pipe Hanger Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 6-7(A) Sample Design Load Tables for Manufacturers Concrete Inserts . . . . 133
Table 6-7(B) Sample Design Load Tables for Manufacturers Concrete Inserts . . . . 133
Table 7-1 The Relative Effectiveness of Steel Springs, Rubber, and
Cork in the Various Speed Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Table 8-1 Droplet Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Table 8-2 Minimum Grease Retention Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Table 9-1 Air Gap Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Table 9-2 Types of Back-pressure Backflow Preventer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Table 9-3 Types of Vacuum Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Table 10-1 Chemical Names, Common Names and Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Table 10-2 Water TreatmentImpurities and Constituents, Possible Effects
and Suggested Treatments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Table 10-3 Water Consumption Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Table 10-4 Comparison of Laboratory-grade Water Quality Produced by
Centralized Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Table 10-5 Applications of RO Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Table 11-1 Linear Coefficients of Thermal Expansion or Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Table 11-2 Developed Length of Pipe to Accommodate 1-in. Movement . . . . . . . . . 229
Table 11-3 Approximate Sine Wave Configuration With Displacement . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Table 11-4 Thermodynamic Properties of Water at a Saturated Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Table 11-5 Nominal Volume of Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Table 12-1 Standard Rating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Table 12-2 Drinking-water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Table 12-3 Refrigeration Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Table 12-4 Circulating System Line Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Table 12-5 Circulating Pump Heat Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Table 12-6 Circulating Pump Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Type 316 has 10 percent nickel. These are the LEED and Plumbing
two most common types. The LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental
Plastic: Plastic is a generic category for a Design) program is becoming more common in the
variety of synthetic materials used in plumbing construction industry. Many large corporations have
fixtures. The various plastic materials used to committed to certifying all of their new buildings. This
produce plumbing fixtures include acrylonitrile program is put forth by the U.S. Green Building Coun-
butadiene styrene (ABS); polyvinyl chloride cil (USGBC). Its intent is to provide a benchmark for
(PVC); gel-coated, fiberglass-reinforced plastic; the design of energy-efficient buildings.
acrylic; cultured marble; cast-filled fiberglass; The section on water efficiency (WE) applies to
polyester; cast-filled acrylic; gel-coated plastic; plumbing design. The five LEED points are:
and cultured marble acrylic. Plastics used in
plumbing fixtures are subject to numerous tests WE Credit 1.1: Water-efficient Landscaping:
to determine their quality. Some of the testing Reduce by 50 Percent
includes an ignition (torch) test, a cigarette burn WE Credit 1.2: Water-efficient Landscaping: No
test, a stain-resistance test, and a chemical- Potable Water Use or No Irrigation
resistance test. WE Credit 2: Innovative Wastewater
Soapstone: This is an older material used Technologies
predominantly in the manufacture of laundry WE Credit 3.1: Water Use Reduction: 20 Percent
trays and service sinks. Soapstone is steatite, Reduction
which is extremely heavy and very durable.
WE Credit 3.2: Water Use Reduction: 30 Percent
Reduction
Accessibility
Several federal and plumbing industry codes and These points can be obtained through design and
standards require certain plumbing fixtures to be specification of water-efficient products and systems.
accessible to people with disabilities. The
federal guidelines are the Americans with Table 1-1 Plumbing Fixture Standards
Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Acces- Plumbing Fixture Applicable Standard Fixture Material
sible Design. Accessibility standards also Water closet ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 Vitreous china
are found in American National Standards ANSI Z124.4 Plastic
Institute (ANSI)/International Code Council Urinal ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 Vitreous china
(ICC) A117.1: Accessible and Usable Build- ANSI Z124.9 Plastic
ings and Facilities. More information about Lavatory ANSI/ASME A112.19.1 Enameled cast iron
accessibility requirements can be found in ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 Vitreous china
Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook, ANSI/ASME A112.19.3 Stainless steel
ANSI/ASME A112.19.4 Porcelain enameled steel
Volume 1, Chapter 6.
ANSI/ASME A112.19.9 Nonvitreous china
ANSI Z124.3 Plastic
Applicable Standards
Sink ANSI/ASME A112.19.1 Enameled cast iron
Plumbing fixtures are regulated by nation- ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 Vitreous china
ally developed consensus standards. These ANSI/ASME A112.19.3 Stainless steel
standards specify materials, fixture designs, ANSI/ASME A112.19.4 Porcelain enameled steel
and testing requirements. ANSI/ASME A112.19.9 Nonvitreous china
While standards for plumbing fixtures ANSI Z124.6 Plastic
are considered voluntary, when they are Drinking fountain ANSI/ASME A112.19.1 Enameled cast iron
referenced in plumbing codes the require- ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 Vitreous china
ments become mandatory. Most fixture ANSI/ASME A112.19.9 Nonvitreous china
manufacturers have their products certified ARI 1010 Water coolers
by a third-party testing laboratory as being in Shower ANSI Z124.2 Plastic
conformance with the applicable standard. Bathtub ANSI/ASME A112.19.1 Enameled cast iron
Table 1-1 identifies the most common ANSI/ASME A112.19.4 Porcelain enameled steel
ANSI/ASME A112.19.9 Nonvitreous china
consensus standards regulating plumbing
ANSI Z124.1 Plastic
fixtures. A complete list of standards can
Bidet ANSI/ASME A112.19.2 Vitreous china
be found in Plumbing Engineering Design ANSI/ASME A112.19.9 Nonvitreous china
Handbook, Volume 1, Chapter 2. Floor drain ANSI/ASME A112.6.3 All materials
Emergency fixtures ANSI Z358.1 All materials
Faucets and fixture fittings ANSI/ASME A112.18.1 All materials
Waste fittings ANSI/ASME A112.18.2 All materials
In many cases, at least one LEED point can be ob- A one-piece water closet is, as the name
tained simply by specifying dual-flush water closets, suggests, one with the tank and bowl as one
reduced-flow urinals (0.5 gallons per flush [gpf] or piece.
less), and low-flow lavatories (0.5 gallons per min- A flushometer water closet is a bowl with a
ute [gpm]). For more information, visit the USGBC spud connection that receives the connection
website at www.usgbc.org or turn to Chapter 14 of from a flushometer valve. Flushometer water
this volume. closets also are referred to as top spud or
back spud bowls depending on the location of
Water Closets the connection for the flushometer valve. (See
Passage of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 by the U.S. Figure 1-2.)
government changed the way water closets (WCs) are
The flushing of a water closet may be identified as
designed. The act imposed a maximum flushing rate of
one of the following:
1.6 gpf (6 liters per flush [lpf]). This was a significant
drop in the quantity of water used, which previously In a gravity flush, used with tank-type water
was 3.5 gpf, and was considered to be a water savings. closets, the water is not under pressure and
Prior to the first enactment of water conservation in flushes by gravity.
the late 1970s, water closets typically flushed between With a flushometer tank, the water is stored in a
5 and 7 gallons of water. The greatest water use, 7 gpf, pressurized vessel and flushed under a pressure
was by blowout water closets. Ultra-low-flow WCs now
flush as little as 0.4 gpf (1.5 lpf). Dual-flush models
also are available. These give the user the option to
flush the full 1.6 gallons for solid waste or one-third
less for liquid waste.
With the modification in water flush volume, the (A)
style of each manufacturers water closet changed,
and the former terminology for identifying water
closets no longer fit. Water closets previously were
categorized as blowout, siphon jet, washout, reverse
trap, and washdown. Of these styles, the only one
currently in use is the siphon jet (see Figure 1-1).
This WC uses a jet of water at the bottom of the bowl (B)
to induce the siphon, thus clearing the bowl more
efficiently.
To meet the new standards, WC manufactur-
ers have re-engineered the bowls and trapways to
increase efficiency. The trapways are now glazed
and much smoother. Many manufacturers also have
increased the size of the trapway to further increase (C)
efficiency and facilitate waste removal.
Water closets currently are categorized as the
following:
Figure 1-2 Water closets are identified
A close-coupled water closet is one with a two- as (A) close coupled, (B) one piece, and
piece tank and bowl fixture. (C) flushometer types.
A standard water closet has a rim height of 14 to flush of three different flushes. The polypropylene
15 inches. This is the most common water closet balls are intended to replicate the density of human
to install. feces.
A childs water closet has a rim height of 10 The granule test utilizes approximately 2,500 disc-
inches above the floor. Many plumbing codes shaped granules of polyethylene. The initial flush of
require these water closets in daycare centers three different flushes must result in no more than
and kindergarten toilet rooms for use by small 125 granules on average remaining in the bowl. The
children. granule test is intended to simulate a flush of watery
feces (diarrhea).
A water closet for juvenile use has a rim height
of 13 inches. The ink test is performed on the inside wall of the
water closet bowl. A felt-tip marker is used to draw
A water closet for the physically challenged has a line around the inside of the bowl. After flushing,
a rim height of 18 inches. With the addition of no individual segment of line can exceed inch. The
the water closet seat, the fixture is designed to total length of the remaining ink line must not exceed
conform to accessibility requirements. 2 inches. This test determines that the water flushes
Bariatric Water Closets all interior surfaces of the bowl.
Bariatric WCs are made to accommodate overweight The dye test uses a colored dye added to the water
and obese people. These WCs support weights of 500 closets trap seal. The concentration of the dye is
to 1,000 pounds. They are available in vitreous china determined both before and after flushing the water
as well as stainless steel. Wall-hung fixtures require closet. A dilution ratio of 100:1 must be obtained for
special carriers designed for the increased loads. The each flush. This test determines the evacuation of
chase for wall-hung bariatric WCs need to be deeper urine in the trap seal.
to accommodate the larger carriers. The most com- The water consumption test determines that the
monly used bariatric WCs are floor mounted, which water closet meets the federal mandate of 1.6 gpf.
can safely accommodate weights in excess of 1,000 The trap seal restoration test determines that the
pounds. Bariatric WCs should be mounted at the water closet refills the trap of the bowl after each
accessibility-required height. flush. The remaining trap seal must be a minimum
of 2 inches in depth.
Water Closet Seat
The water rise test evaluates the rise of water in
A water closet seat must be designed for the shape
the bowl when the water closet is flushed. The water
of the bowl to which it connects. Two styles of water
cannot rise above a point 3 inches below the top of
closet seat are available: solid and split rim. Plumbing
the bowl.
codes typically require a split rim seat for public and
The back pressure test is used to determine that
employee use. The split rim seat is designed to facili-
the water seal remains in place when exposed to a
tate easy wiping by females and to prevent contact
back pressure (from the outlet side of the bowl) of
between the seat and the penis with males. This is to
2 inches of water column (wc). This test determines
maintain a high level of hygiene in public facilities.
that no sewer gas will escape through the fixture when
Many public water closets have a plastic wrap
high pressure occurs in the drainage system piping.
around the seat. The intent of this seat is to allow
The rim top and seat fouling test determines if the
a clean surface for each use. The seat is intended
water splashes onto the top of the rim or seat of the
to replace the split rim seat in public and employee
water closet. This test ensures that the user does not
locations.
encounter a wet seat when using the water closet.
Flushing Performance The drainline carry test determines the perfor-
The flushing performance requirements for a water mance of the water closets flush. The water closet is
closet are found in ANSI/American Society of Me- connected to a 4-inch drain 60 feet in length pitched
chanical Engineers (ASME) A112.19.6: Hydraulic inch per foot. The same 100 polypropylene balls
Performance Requirements for Water Closets and used in the flush test are used in the drainline carry
Urinals. This standard identifies the test protocol that test. The average carry distance of all the polypro-
must be followed to certify a water closet. The tests pylene balls must be 40 feet. This test determines
include a ball removal test, granule test, ink test, dye the ability of the water closet to flush the contents
test, water consumption test, trap seal restoration in such a manner that they properly flow down the
test, water rise test, back pressure test, rim top and drainage piping.
seat fouling test, and a drainline carry test. A proposed bulk media test is a test of a large
The ball removal test utilizes 100 polypropylene quantity of items placed in the bowl. The bowl can-
balls that are inch in diameter. The water closet not be stopped up by the bulk media during the flush,
must flush at least an average of 75 balls on the initial and a certain flushing performance of the bulk media
Figure 1-6 The minimum size water closet compartment is 30 in.60 in. Spacing is required from the centerline of the
water closet to a side wall or obstruction and from the front lip of the water closet to any obstruction.
is required. The debate over this test is the repeat- this load can be transferred to the piping system.
ability of the test. It is expected that, after round Water closet carriers must conform to ANSI/ASME
robin testing is completed, the test will be added to A112.6.1: Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fix-
the standard. tures for Public Use. For bariatric WCs, the loads as
In Canada, water closets must conform to Cana- listed by the manufacturers vary from 650 to 1,000
dian Standards Association (CSA) B45 Series 02: pounds. These carriers must conform to ANSI/ASME
Plumbing Fixtures. While Canada does not have A112.6.1 as well.
a federal mandate requiring 1.6-gpf water closets, The minimum spacing required for a water closet
many areas require these water closets. Canada is 15 inches from the centerline of the bowl to the side
does require a bulk media test for water closet flush wall and 21 inches from the front of the water closet
performance. to any obstruction in front of the water closet. The
Installation Requirements standard dimension for a water closet compartment
is 30 inches wide by 60 inches long. The water closet
The water closet must be properly connected to the
must be installed in the center of the standard com-
drainage piping system. For floor-mounted water
partment. The minimum distance required between
closets, a water closet flange is attached to the piping
water closets is 30 inches (see Figure 1-6).
and permanently secured to the building. For wood-
The 1.6-gpf flushing requirement has affected
frame buildings, the flange is screwed to the floor. For
the piping connection for back-to-back water closet
concrete floors, the flange sits on the floor.
installations. With a 3.5-gpf water closet, the common
Noncorrosive closet bolts connect the water closet
fitting used to connect back-to-back water closets was
to the floor flange. The seal between the floor flange
either a 3-inch double sanitary tee or a 3-inch double
and the water closet is made with either a wax ring
fixture fitting. With the superior flushing of the 1.6-
or an elastomeric sealing connection. The connection
gpf water closet, the plumbing codes have prohibited
formed between the water closet and the floor must
the installation of a double sanitary tee or double
be sealed with caulking or tile grout.
fixture fitting for back-to-back water closets. The only
For wall-hung water closets, the fixture must con-
acceptable fitting is the double combination wye and
nect to a wall carrier. The carrier must transfer the
eighth bend. The fitting, however, increases the spac-
loading of the water closet to the floor. A wall-hung
ing required between the floor and the ceiling.
water closet must be capable of supporting a load
The minimum spacing required to use a double
of 500 pounds at the end of the water closet. When
sanitary tee fitting is 30 inches from the centerline of
the water closet is connected to the carrier, none of
the water closet outlet to the entrance of the fitting. Plumbing and Drainage Institute [PDI]). Carrier sizes
This spacing rules out a back-to-back water closet vary by manufacturer. Always check before commit-
connection. ting to chase size. Also, wall-hung bariatric carriers
One of the problems associated with short pattern require more space than indicated by PDI. Bariatric
fittings is the siphon action created in the initial flush chases should be coordinated with the specified car-
of the water closet. This siphon action can draw the rier manufacturer.
water out of the trap of the water closet connected Flushing Systems
to the other side of the fitting. Another potential
problem is the interruption of flow when flushing Gravity Flush
a water closet. The flow from one water closet can The most common means of flushing a water closet is
propel water across the fitting, interfering with the a gravity flush (see Figure 1-8). This is the flush with
other water closet. a tank-type water closet, described above, wherein the
Proper clearances within chases for wall-hung water is not pressurized in the tank. The tank stores
carriers should be maintained. Figure 1-7 shows the a quantity of water to establish the initial flush of
minimum chase sizes for carriers (as published by the the bowl. A trip lever raises either a flapper or a ball,
allowing the flush to achieve the maximum siphon in The flushometer tank WC tends to be noisier than
the bowl. After the flush, the flapper or ball reseals, the gravity tank WC. Their advantage over grav-
closing off the tank from the bowl. On the dual-flush ity tanks is that the increased velocity of the waste
WC, the trip lever raises the flapper or ball a bit less, stream provides as much as a 50 percent increase in
which results in a reduced-volume flush. drainline carry. In long horizontal run situations, this
The ballcock, located inside the tank, controls means fewer sewer/drainline blockages.
the flow of water into the tank. A float mechanism Flushometer Valve
opens and closes the ballcock. The ballcock directs the A flushometer valve also is referred to as a flush
majority of the water into the tank and a smaller por- valve. The valve is designed with upper and lower
tion of water into the bowl to refill the trap seal. The chambers separated by a diaphragm. The water
ballcock must be an antisiphon ballcock conforming pressure in the upper chamber keeps the valve in
to American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE) the closed position. When the trip lever is activated,
1002: Performance Requirements for Antisiphon Fill the water in the upper chamber escapes to the lower
Valves for Water Closet Tanks. This prevents the chamber, starting the flush. The flush of 1.6 gallons
contents of the tank from being siphoned back into passes through the flush valve. The valve is closed by
the potable water supply. Dual-flush systems are be- line pressure as water reenters the upper chamber.
ing used to meet LEED criteria. This type of system For 1.6-gpf water closets, flushometer valves are
gives the user the option to flush with one-third less set to flow 25 gpm at peak to flush the water closet.
water when flushing only liquid waste. The flushing cycle is very short, lasting 4 to 5 seconds.
Flushometer Tank The water distribution system must be properly de-
A flushometer tank (see Figure 1-8) has the same signed to allow the peak flow during heavy use of the
outside appearance as a gravity tank. However, inside plumbing system.
the tank is a pressure vessel that stores the water for Flushometer valves have either a manual or an
flushing. The water in the pressure vessel must be a automatic means of flushing. The most popular
minimum of 25 psi to operate properly. Thus, the line manual means of flushing is a handle mounted on
the side of the flush valve. Automatic,
electronic sensor flushometer valves
are available in a variety of styles. The
sensor-operated valves can be battery
operated or directly connected to the
power supply of the building.
Urinals
A urinal was developed as a fixture to
expedite the use of a toilet room. It
is designed for the removal of urine
(A) (B)
and the quick exchange of users. The
Energy Policy Act of 1992 included
Figure 1-8 (A) A Gravity Tank and (B) a Flushometer Tank requirements for the water consump-
tion of urinals. A urinal is restricted to
a maximum water use of 1.0 gpf. This
pressure on the connection to the flushometer tank change in water consumption resulted in a modified
must be a minimum of 25 psi. A pressure regulator design of the fixture. Some urinals now use 0.5 gpf
prevents the pressure in the vessel from rising above or less.
35 psi (typical of most manufacturers). One of the main concerns in the design of a urinal
The higher pressure from the flushometer tank is the maintenance of a sanitary fixture. The fixture
results in a flush similar to a flushometer valve. One must contain the urine, flush it down the drain, and
of the differences between the flushometer tank and wash the exposed surfaces. Prior to the passage of
the flushometer valve is the sizing of the water dis- the Energy Policy Act of 1992, urinals were developed
tribution system. The water piping to a flushometer using large quantities of water to flush the contents.
tank is sized the same as the water piping to a gravity This included a blowout model that could readily
flush tank. Typically, the individual water connection remove any of the contents thrown into the urinal
is inch in diameter. For a flushometer valve, there in addition to urine. Blowout urinals were popular
is a high flow rate demand, resulting in a large piping in high-traffic areas such as assembly buildings.
connection. A typical flushometer valve for a water However, these blowout urinals required more than
closet has a connection of 1 inch in diameter. 1 gallon of water to flush. Newer fixtures identified
as blowout urinals do not have the same forceful The dye test uses a colored dye to evaluate the
flush. Low-flow (0.5 gpf), ultra-low-flow (0.125 gpf), water exchange rate in the trap. After one flush, the
and waterless urinals are becoming more common in trap must have a dilution ratio of 100:1. The dye test
LEED-certified buildings. is performed only on urinals with an integral trap.
Urinal Styles This includes blowout, siphon-jet, and washout uri-
nals. It is not possible to dye test stall and washdown
Urinals are identified as blowout, siphon jet, washout,
urinals since they have external traps. This is one of
stall, washdown, and waterless. A stall urinal is a type
the concerns that has resulted in the restricted use
of washdown urinal. Blowout, siphon-jet, and washout
of these fixtures.
urinals all have integral traps. Stall and washdown
The water consumption test determines that the
urinals have an outlet to which an external trap is
urinal flushes with 1 gallon of water or less.
connected. Many plumbing codes prohibit the use of
stall and washdown urinals in public and employee Installation Requirements
toilet rooms. One of the concerns with stall and wash- The minimum spacing required between urinals is
down urinals is the ability to maintain a high level 30 inches center to center. The minimum spacing
of sanitation after each flush. Waterless urinals are
gaining acceptance by code enforcement bodies, but
are not allowed in all jurisdictions.
The style identifies the type of flushing action in
the urinal. Blowout and siphon-jet types rely on com-
plete evacuation of the trap. Blowout urinals tend to
force the water and waste from the trap to the drain.
Siphon-jet urinals create a siphon action to evacuate
the trap. Washout urinals rely on a water exchange to
flush, with no siphon action or complete evacuation
of the trapway. Stall and washdown urinals have an
external trap. The flushing action is a water exchange;
however, it is a less efficient water exchange than that
of a washout urinal.
Urinals with an integral trap must be capable of
passing a -inch-diameter ball. The outlet connection
is typically 2 inches in diameter. Stall and washdown
urinals can have a 1-inch outlet with an external
1-inch trap.
Waterless urinals are used in many jurisdictions
as a means to reduce water consumption. Waterless
urinals utilize a cartridge filled with a biodegradable
liquid sealant. Urine is heavier than the sealant, so it
flows through the cartridge while leaving the sealant. Figure 1-9 Urinal spacing must be adequate
to allow adjacent users to access the urinals
According to manufacturer literature, a typical car- without interference.
tridge lasts for 7,000 uses. Waterless urinals are also
inexpensive to install. The waste and vent piping are
the same, but no water piping is required. The inside between a urinal and the sidewall is 15 inches. This
walls of the urinal must be washed with a special solu- spacing provides access to the urinal without the user
tion on a periodic basis for proper sanitation. coming in contact with the user of the adjacent fixture.
Flushing Performance The minimum spacing required in front of the urinal
is 21 inches (see Figure 1-9).
The flushing performance for a urinal is regulated
For urinals with an integral trap, the outlet is lo-
by ANSI/ASME A112.19.6. There are three tests for
cated 21 inches above the floor for a standard-height
urinals: the ink test, dye test, and water consump-
installation. Stall urinals are mounted on the floor.
tion test.
Wall-hung urinals must be mounted on carriers that
In the ink test, a felt-tip marker is utilized to draw
transfer the weight of the urinal to the floor. The
a line on the inside wall of the urinal. The urinal is
carrier also connects the urinal to the waste piping
flushed, and the remaining ink line is measured. The
system. Sufficient room should be provided in the
total length of the ink line cannot exceed 1 inch, and
chase for the carrier. Figure 1-10 shows minimum
no segment can exceed inch in length.
chase sizes as recommended by PDI.
Lavatories
A lavatory is a washbasin used for personal hygiene.
In public locations, a lavatory is intended to be used
for washing ones hands and face. Residential lavato-
ries are intended for hand and face washing, shaving,
applying makeup, cleaning contact lenses, and similar
hygienic activities.
Lavatory faucet flow rates are regulated as part of
the Energy Policy Act of 1992. The original flow rate
established by the government was 2.5 gpm at 80 psi
for private-use lavatories and 0.5 gpm, or a cycle dis-
charging 0.25 gallons, for public-use lavatories. Now
the regulations require 2.2 gpm at 60 psi for private
(and residential) lavatories and 0.5 gpm at 60 psi, or a
cycle discharging 0.25 gallons, for public lavatories.
Lavatory faucets are also available with electronic
valves. These faucets can reduce water usage by sup-
plying water only when hands are inside the bowl.
Size and Shape
Manufacturers produce lavatories in every conceivable
size and shape: square, round, oblong, rectangular,
shaped for corners, with or without ledges, decorative
bowls, and molded into countertops.
The standard outlet for a lavatory is 1 inches in
diameter. The standard lavatory has three holes on
the ledge for the faucet. With a typical faucet, the two
outside holes are 4 inches apart. The faucets installed
in these lavatories are called 4-inch centersets. When
spread faucets are to be installed, the spacing between
the two outer holes is 8 inches.
For many years, the fixture standards required
lavatories to have an overflow. This requirement was
based on the use of the fixture whereby the basin was
filled prior to cleaning. If a user left the room while
Figure 1-10 Minimum Chase Sizes for Urinals the lavatory was being filled, the water would not
Courtesy of Plumbing and Drainage Institute
overflow onto the floor.
Many plumbing codes require urinals for public Studies have shown that lavatories are rarely used
and employee use to have a visible trap seal. This in this capacity. It is more common to not fill the basin
refers to blowout, siphon-jet, or washout urinals. with water during use. As a result, overflows became
an optional item for lavatories. Some plumbing codes,
Flushing Requirements however, still require overflows for lavatories.
With the federal requirements for water consumption, To avoid a hygiene problem with the optional
urinals must be flushed with a flushometer valve. overflows, the fixture standard added a minimum
The valve can be either manually or automatically size for the overflow. The minimum cross-sectional
actuated. area must be 118 inch.
A urinal flushometer valve has a lower flush vol- Another style of lavatory is the circular or semi-
ume and flow rate than a water closet flushometer circular group washup. The plumbing codes consider
valve. The total volume is 1 gpf, and the peak flow every 20 inches of space along a group washup to be
rate is 15 gpm. The water distribution system must be equivalent to one lavatory.
properly sized for the peak flow rate for the urinal.
Urinal flushometer valves operate the same as
Installation
water closet flushometer valves. For additional infor- The standard height of a lavatory is 31 inches above
mation, see the discussion of flushing systems under the finished floor. A spacing of 21 inches is required
Water Closets earlier in this chapter. in front of the lavatory to access the fixture (see
Figure 1-11).
Kitchen Sinks
A kitchen sink is used for culinary purposes. The
two distinct classifications of kitchen sink are resi-
dential and commercial. Residential kitchen sinks
can be installed in commercial buildings, typically
in kitchens used by employees. Commercial kitchen
sinks are designed for restaurant and food-handling
establishments.
The Energy Policy Act of 1992 regulates the flow
rate of faucets for residential kitchen sinks. The
original flow rate was 2.5 gpm at 80 psi. The fixture
standards have since modified the flow rate to 2.2
gpm at 60 psi.
Residential Kitchen Sinks
Common residential kitchen sinks are single- or
double-compartment (or bowl) sinks. No standard
dimension for the size of the sink exists; however, Figure 1-12 Minimum Chase Sizes for Lavatories
most kitchen sinks are 22 inches measured from the Courtesy of Plumbing and Drainage Institute
front edge to the rear edge. For single-compartment
sinks, the most common width of the sink is 25 inches. is to accommodate the installation of a food waste
For double-compartment kitchen sinks, the most grinder.
common width is 33 inches. The common depth of Some specialty residential kitchen sinks have three
the compartments is 9 to 10 inches. Accessible sinks compartments. Typically, the third compartment is
are 5.5 to 6.5 inches deep. smaller and does not extend the full depth of the other
Most plumbing codes require the outlet of a resi- compartments.
dential kitchen sink to be 3 inches in diameter. This
Kitchen sinks have one, three, or four holes for sinks are often freestanding sinks with legs to sup-
the installation of a faucet. Some single-lever faucets port the sink.
require only a one hole for installation. The three- In commercial kitchens, three types of sinks
hole arrangement is for a standard two-handle valve typically are provided: hand sinks, prep sinks, and
installation. The four holes are designed to allow the triple-basin sinks. Prep sinks usually are single basin
installation of a side spray or other kitchen appurte- and are used in conjunction with food preparation.
nance such as a soap dispenser. Triple-basin sinks are used for washing pots, pans,
The standard installation height for a residential and utensils.
kitchen sink is 36 inches above the finished floor. Because of health authority requirements, most
Most architects tend to follow the 6-foot triangle rule commercial kitchen sinks are stainless steel. Another
when locating a kitchen sink. The sink is placed no health authority requirement is for either a two- or
more than 6 feet from the range and 6 feet from the three-compartment sink in every commercial kitchen.
The more popular requirement is a three-com-
partment sink. The historical requirement for a
three-compartment sink dates back to the use of
the first compartment for dishwashing, the sec-
ond compartment for rinsing the dishes, and the
third compartment for sanitizing the dishes. With
the increased use of dishwashers in commercial
kitchens, some health codes have modified the
requirements for a three-compartment sink.
Commercial kitchen sinks used for food prepa-
ration are required to connect to the drainage
system through an indirect waste. This prevents
the possibility of contaminating food in the event
of a drainline backup resulting from a stoppage
Figure 1-13 Standard dimensions for a kitchen sink include a in the line.
counter height of 36 inches above the finished floor.
Commercial kitchen sinks that could discharge
grease-laden waste must connect to either a
grease interceptor or a grease trap (see Figure
1-14). Plumbing codes used to permit the grease
trap to serve as the trap for the sink if it was
located within 60 inches of the sink. Most plumb-
ing codes have since modified this requirement
by mandating a trap for each kitchen sink. The
grease trap no longer is permitted to serve as a
trap. A separate trap provides better protection
against the escape of sewer gas. An alternative
to this is to spill the sink into an indirect waste
drain that flows to a grease trap.
Service Sinks
Figure 1-14 When grease-laden waste is possible, the sink A service sink is a general-purpose sink intended
must discharge to a grease interceptor. to be used for facilitating the cleaning or decorat-
ing of a building. The sink is commonly used to
refrigerator (see Figure 1-13). fill mop buckets and dispose of their waste. It
Residential kitchen sinks mount either above or also is used for cleaning paint brushes, rollers, and
below the counter. Counter-mounted kitchen sinks paper-hanging equipment.
are available with a self-rimming ledge or a sink There is no standard size, shape, or style of a
frame. service sink. They are available both wall mounted
and floor mounted. Mop basins, installed on the floor,
Commercial Kitchen Sinks
qualify as service sinks in the plumbing codes.
Commercial kitchen sinks are typically larger in size
A service sink typically is located in a janitors
and have a deeper bowl than residential kitchen sinks.
storage closet or a separate room for use by custodial
The depth of the bowl ranges from 16 to 20 inches for
employees. The plumbing codes do not specify the
most commercial kitchen sinks. Commercial kitchen
location or a standard height for installing a service
sink. Furthermore, the flow rate from the service sink faucet styles are used strictly in commercial applica-
faucet has no limitations. tions. These include self-metering lavatory faucets
Service sinks are selected based on the anticipated that discharge a specified quantity of water and elec-
use of the fixture and the type of building in which tronic lavatories that operate on sensors.
it is installed. The plumbing codes require either a Flow Rates
1-inch or 2-inch trap for the service sink.
The flow rates are regulated for lavatories and non-
Sinks commercial kitchen sinks. Table 1-2 identifies the
flow rate limitations of faucets.
A general classification for fixtures that are neither
kitchen sinks nor service sinks is simply sinks. This Table 1-2 Faucet Flow Rate Restrictions
category contains those fixtures typically not required
Type of Faucet Maximum Flow Rate
but installed for the convenience of the building users.
Some installations include doctors offices, hospitals, Kitchen faucet 2.2 gpm @ 60 psi
laboratories, photo-processing facilities, quick marts, Lavatory faucet 2.2 gpm @ 60 psi
and office buildings. Lavatory faucet (public use) 0.5 gpm @ 60 psi
Sinks come in a variety of sizes and shapes. There Lavatory faucet (public use, 0.25 gal per cycle
are no height or spacing requirements, and the flow metering)
rate from the faucet is not regulated. Most plumbing
codes require a 1-inch drain connection. Backflow Protection
In addition to controlling the flow of water, a faucet
Laundry Trays must protect the potable water supply against back-
A laundry tray, or laundry sink, is located in the flow. This is often a forgotten requirement, since
laundry room and used in conjunction with washing most faucets rely on an air gap to provide protection
clothes. The sink has either one or two compart- against backflow. When an air gap is provided between
ments. The depth of the bowl is typically 14 inches. the outlet of the faucet and the flood-level rim of the
There are no standard dimensions for the size of fixture (by manufacturer design), no additional pro-
laundry trays; however, most single-compartment tection is necessary.
laundry trays measure 22 inches by 24 inches, and Backflow protection becomes a concern whenever a
most double-compartment laundry trays measure 22 faucet has a hose thread outlet, a flexible hose connec-
inches by 45 inches. tion, or a pull-out spray connection. For these styles
Plumbing codes permit a domestic clothes washer of faucet, additional backflow protection is necessary.
to discharge into a laundry tray. The minimum size The hose or hose connection eliminates the air gap
for a trap and outlet for a laundry tray is 1 inch. by submerging the spout or outlet in a nonpotable
At one time, laundry trays were made predomi- water source.
nantly of soapstone. Today, the majority of laundry The most common form of backflow protection for
trays are plastic. However, stainless steel, enameled faucets not having an air gap is the use of a vacuum
cast iron, and porcelain enameled steel laundry trays breaker. Many manufacturers include an atmospheric
also are available. vacuum breaker in the design of faucets that require
additional backflow protection. The standard at-
Faucets mospheric vacuum breaker must conform to ASSE
Every sink and lavatory needs a faucet to direct and 1001: Performance Requirements for Atmospheric-type
control the flow of water into the fixture. A faucet Vacuum Breakers.
performs the simple operations of opening, closing, Faucets with pull-out sprays or gooseneck spouts
and mixing hot and cold water. While the process is can be protected by a vacuum breaker or a backflow
relatively simple, fixture manufacturers have devel- system that conforms to ANSI/ASME A112.18.3:
oped extensive lines of faucets. Performance Requirements for Backflow Protection
Devices and Systems in Plumbing Fixture Fittings.
Faucet Categories
This standard specifies testing requirements for a
Faucets are categorized by application. The types of faucet to be certified as protecting the water supply
faucets include lavatory faucets, residential kitchen against backflow. Many of the new pull-out spray
sink faucets, laundry faucets, sink faucets, and kitchen faucets are listed in ANSI/ASME A112.18.3.
commercial faucets. The classification commercial These faucets have a spout attached to a flexible hose
faucets includes commercial kitchen faucets and whereby the spout can detach from the faucet body
commercial sink faucets. It does not include lavatory and be used similarly to a side spray.
faucets. All lavatories are classified the same, whether Side-spray kitchen faucets must have a diverter
they are installed in residential or commercial build- that is listed in ASSE 1025: Performance Require-
ings. It should be noted, however, that some lavatory
ments for Diverters for Plumbing Faucets with Hose Many plumbing codes permit bottled water or the
Spray, Antisiphon Type, Residential Applications. The service of water in a restaurant to be substituted for
diverter ensures that the faucet switches to an air gap the installation of a drinking fountain.
whenever the pressure in the supply line decreases.
The most important installation requirement is Showers
the proper location of the backflow preventer (or A shower is designed to allow full-body cleansing.
the maintenance of the air gap). When atmospheric The size and configuration of a shower must permit
vacuum breakers are installed, they must be located an individual to bend at the waist to clean lower-body
a minimum distance above the flood-level rim of the extremities. Plumbing codes require a minimum
fixture, as specified by the manufacturer. size shower enclosure of 30 inches by 30 inches. The
codes further stipulate that a shower must have a
Drinking Fountains 30-inch-diameter circle within the shower to allow
A drinking fountain is designed to provide drinking free movement by the bather.
water to users. The two classifications of drinking The water flow rate for showers is regulated by the
fountains are water coolers and drinking fountains. A Energy Policy Act of 1992. The maximum permitted
water cooler has a refrigerated component that chills flow rate from a shower valve is 2.5 gpm at 80 psi.
the water. A drinking fountain is a nonrefrigerated Three different types of shower are available:
water dispenser. prefabricated shower enclosure, prefabricated shower
Drinking fountains and water coolers come in base, and built-in-place shower. Prefabricated shower
many styles. The height of a drinking fountain is not enclosures are available from plumbing fixture
manufacturers in a variety of sizes and shapes. Pre-
fabricated shower bases are the floors of the showers
designed so that the walls can be either prefabricated
assemblies or built-in-place ceramic walls. Built-in-
place showers are typically ceramic installations for
both the floor and walls.
Prefabricated shower enclosures and prefabricated
shower bases have a drainage outlet designed for a
connection to a 2-inch drain. Certain plumbing codes
have lowered the shower drain size to 1 inches. The
connection to a 1-inch drain also can be made with
prefabricated showers.
A built-in-place shower allows the installation of a
shower of any shape and size. The important instal-
lation requirement for a built-in-place shower is the
shower pan. (See Figure 1-16.) The pan is placed on
the floor prior to the installation of the ceramic base.
The pan must turn up at the sides of the shower a
Figure 1-15 Drinking fountain height can vary minimum of 2 inches above the finished threshold of
depending on the application. the shower (except the threshold entrance). The ma-
terials commonly used to make a shower pan include
regulated, except for accessible drinking fountains sheet lead, sheet copper, PVC sheet, and chlorinated
conforming to ANSI/ICC A117.1. For grade school in- polyethylene sheet. The sheet goods commonly are
stallations, drinking fountains typically are installed referred to as a waterproof membrane.
30 inches above the finished floor to the rim of the At the drainage connection to the shower pan,
fountain. In other locations, the drinking fountain weep holes are required to be installed at the base of
is typically 36 to 44 inches above the finished floor. the shower pan. The weep holes and shower pan are
(See Figure 1-15.) intended to serve as a backup drain in the event that
Space must be provided in front of the drinking the ceramic floor leaks or cracks.
fountain to allow proper access to the fixture. Plumb-
ing codes prohibit drinking fountains from being Shower Valves
installed in toilets or bathrooms. Shower valves must be thermostatic mixing, pressure
The water supply to a drinking fountain is 38 inch balancing, or a combination of thermostatic mixing
or inch in diameter. The drainage connection is and pressure balancing and conform to ASSE 1016:
1 inches. Performance Requirements for Automatic Compensat-
ing Valves for Individual Showers and Tub/Shower
Bathtubs
The bathtub was the original fixture used to bathe or
cleanse ones body. Eventually, the shower was added
to the bathtub to expedite the bathing process. The
standard installation is a combination tub/shower.
Some installations come with a separate whirlpool
bathtub and shower; however, it is still common to
have a whirlpool bathtub with an overhead shower
as the main bathing fixture.
Bathtubs tend to be installed within residential
Bathtub Fill Valve the plumbing code is 2 inches. Most plumbing codes
The two types of bathtub fill valve are the tub filler do not require floor drains; it is considered an optional
and the combination tub and shower valve. Tub and fixture that the plumbing engineer may consider
shower valves must be pressure-balancing, thermo- installing. Most public toilet rooms have at least one
static mixing, or combination pressure-balancing and floor drain. Floor drains also are used on the lower
thermostatic mixing valves conforming to ASSE 1016. levels of commercial buildings and in storage areas,
The tub filler is not required to meet these require- commercial kitchens, and areas subject to potential
ments, although pressure-balancing and thermostatic leaks. Floor drains also may serve as indirect waste
mixing tub filler valves are available. receptors for condensate lines, overflow lines, and
The spout of the tub filler must be properly in-
stalled to maintain a 2-inch air gap between the outlet
and the flood-level rim of the bathtub. If this air gap
is not maintained, the outlet must be protected from
backflow by some other means. Certain decorative
tub fillers have an atmospheric vacuum breaker in-
stalled to protect the opening that is located below
the flood-level rim.
The standard location of the bathtub fill valve is
14 inches above the top rim of the bathtub. The spout
typically is located 4 inches above the top rim of the
bathtub to the centerline of the pipe connection.
Bidet
The bidet is a fixture designed for cleaning the Figure 1-18 A trench drain can be used as a floor drain in
perineal area. The bidet often is mistaken to be a a building. A separate trap is required for each section of
fixture designed for use by the female population trench drain.
only. However, the fixture is meant for both male and
female cleaning. The bidet has a faucet that comes similar indirect waste lines.
with or without a water spray connection. When a A trench drain is considered a type of floor drain
water spray is provided, the outlet must be protected (see Figure 1-18). Trench drains are continuous
against backflow since the opening is located below drains that can extend for a number of feet in length.
the flood-level rim of the bidet. Manufacturers pro- Trench drains are popular in indoor parking struc-
vide a decorative atmospheric vacuum breaker that tures and factory and industrial areas. Each section
is located on the deck of the bidet. of a trench drain must have a separate trap.
Bidets are vitreous china fixtures that are mounted When floor drains are installed for emergency pur-
on the floor. The fixture, being similar to a lavatory,
has a 1-inch drainage connection. Access must be
provided around the bidet to allow a bather to straddle
the fixture and sit down on the rim. Most bidets have
a flushing rim to cleanse the fixture after each use.
The bidet is used only for external cleansing. It is
not designed for internal body cleansing. This often is
misunderstood since the body spray may be referred
to as a douche (the French word for shower).
Floor Drains
A floor drain is a plumbing fixture that is the excep-
tion to the definition of a plumbing fixture. There is
no supply of cold and/or hot water to a floor drain.
Every other plumbing fixture has a water supply. Figure 1-19 Floor Drain
Floor drains typically are provided as an emergency Source: Courtesy of Jay R. Smith Company.
fixture in the event of a leak or overflow of water.
They also are used to assist in the cleaning of a toilet poses, the lack of use can result in the evaporation of
or bathroom. the trap seal and the escape of sewer gas. Floor drain
Floor drains are available in a variety of shapes and traps subject to such evaporation are required to be
sizes. The minimum size drainage outlet required by protected with trap seal primer valves or devices.
Minimum Fixture
Requirements for Buildings
The minimum number of required plumbing fixtures
Figure 1-20 Emergency Shower for buildings is specified in the plumbing codes. See
Source: Courtesy of Haws Corporation.
Table 1-3, which reprints Table 403.1 of the Interna-
tional Plumbing Code, and Table 1-4, which reprints
These valves or devices ensure that the trap seal Table 4-1 of the Uniform Plumbing Code.
remains intact and prevents the escape of sewer gas. Both the International Plumbing Code and the
(See Figure 1-19.) Uniform Plumbing Code base the minimum number
of plumbing fixtures on the occupant load of the build-
Emergency Fixtures
ing. It should be recognized that the occupant load
The two types of emergency fixture are the emergency
and occupancy of the building are sometimes signifi-
shower and the eyewash station. Combination emer-
cantly different. For example, in an office building,
gency shower and eyewash stations also are available.
the occupancy is typically 25 percent of the occupant
These fixtures are designed to wash a victim with
load. The fixture tables have taken this into account
large volumes of water in the event of a chemical spill
in determining the minimum number of fixtures
or burn or another hazardous material spill.
required. Most model plumbing codes do not provide
Emergency fixtures typically are required by Oc-
occupancy criteria. The occupant load rules can be
cupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
found in the building codes.
regulations. In industrial buildings and chemical
laboratories, emergency fixtures are sometimes added Single-occupant Toilet Rooms
at the owners request in addition to the minimum The International Plumbing Code has added a re-
number required by OSHA. quirement for a single-occupant toilet room for use
An emergency shower also is called a drench by both sexes. This toilet room is also called a unisex
shower because of the large volume of water dis- toilet room. The single-occupant toilet room must be
charged through the emergency shower (see Figure designed to meet the accessible fixture requirements
1-20). A typical low-end flow rate through an emer- of ANSI/ICC A117.1. The purpose of the single-
gency shower is 25 gpm, but the flow rate can be as occupant toilet room is to allow a husband to help a
high as 100 gpm. The minimum size water connection wife or vice versa. It also allows a father to oversee a
daughter or a mother to oversee a son. These rooms
are especially important for those temporarily inca- identified as family toilet rooms. This is to clearly
pacitated and the severely incapacitated. indicate that the rooms are not reserved for the physi-
The International Plumbing Code requires the cally challenged.
single-occupant toilet room in mercantile and assem-
bly buildings when the total number of water closets
required (both men and women) is six or more. When
installed in airports, the facilities must be located to
allow use before an individual passes through the
security checkpoint.
Another feature typically added to single-occupant
toilet rooms is a diaper-changing station. This allows
either the mother or the father to change a babys
diaper in privacy. To allow all possible uses of the
single-occupant toilet room, the rooms often are
Source: 2006 Uniform Plumbing Code, International 9. Laundry trays, one (1) for each fifty (50) persons. 13. There shall be a minimum of one (1) drinking
Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials Service sinks, one (1) for each hundred (100) fountain per occupied floor in schools, theatres,
persons. auditoriums, dormitories, offices, or public
1. The figures shown are based upon one (1) buildings.
10. General. In applying this schedule of facilities,
fixture being the minimum required for the
consideration shall be given to the accessibility 14. The total number of water closets for females
number of persons indicated or any fraction
of the fixtures. Conformity purely on a numerical shall be at least equal to the total number of
thereof.
basis may not result in an installation suited to water closets and urinals required for males. This
2. Building categories not shown on this table shall the needs of the individual establishment. For requirement shall not apply to Retail or Wholesale
be considered separately by the Authority Having example, schools should be provided with toilet Stores.
Jurisdiction. facilities on each floor having classrooms. 15. For smaller-type Public and Professional Offices
3. Drinking fountains shall not be installed in toilet a. Surrounding materials, wall, and floor space to a such as banks, dental offices, law offices, real
rooms. point two (2) feet (610 mm) in front of urinal lip and estate offices, architectural offices, engineering
4. Laundry trays. One (1) laundry tray or one (1) four (4) feet (1219 mm) above the floor, and at least offices, and similar uses. A public area in these
automatic washer standpipe for each dwelling two (2) feet (610 mm) to each side of the urinal offices shall use the requirements for Retail or
unit or one (1) laundry tray or one (1) automatic shall be lined with nonabsorbent materials. Wholesale Stores.
washer standpipe, or combination thereof, for b. Trough urinals shall be prohibited. 16. A unisex facility (one water closet and one
each twelve (12) apartments. Kitchen sinks, lavatory) may be used when the customer
11. A restaurant is defined as a business that sells food
one (1) for each dwelling or apartment unit. occupant load for the dining area, including
to be consumed on the premises.
5. For each urinal added in excess of the minimum outdoor seating area, is 10 or less and the total
a. The number of occupants for a drive-in restaurant
required, one water closet may be deducted. number of employees for the space is 4 or less.
shall be considered as equal to the number of
The number of water closets shall not be reduced 17. Recreation or community room in multiple
parking stalls.
to less than two-thirds (2/3) of the minimum dwellings or apartment buildings, regardless
b. Employee toilet facilities shall not be included in
requirement. or their occupant load, shall be permitted to
the above restaurant requirements. Hand-washing
6. As required by ANSI Z4.1, Sanitation in Places of have separate single-accommodation facilities
facilities shall be available in the kitchen for
Employment. in common-use areas within tracts or multi-
employees.
7. Where there is exposure to skin contamination family residential occupancies where the
12. Where food is consumed indoors, water stations
with poisonous, infectious, or irritating materials, use of these areas is limited exclusively to
may be substituted for drinking fountains. Offices,
provide one (1) lavatory for each five (5) persons. owners, residents, and their guests. Examples
or public buildings for use by more than six (6)
8. Twenty-four (24) lineal inches (610 mm) of persons shall have one (1) drinking fountain for are community recreation or multi-purpose areas in
wash sink or eighteen (16) inches (457 mm) of a the first one hundred fifty (150) persons and apartments, condos, townhouses, or tracts.
circular basin, when provided with water outlets one (1) additional fountain for each three hundred 18. A drinking fountain shall not be required in
for such space, shall be considered equivalent to one (300) persons thereafter. occupancies of 30 or less. When a drinking
(1) lavatory. fountain is not required, then footnotes 3,12, and
13 are not applicable.
1.800.438.6091
www.charlottepipe.com
ASTM A888: Standard Specification for Hubless ASTM C564: Standard Specification for Rubber
Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary Gaskets for Joining Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Fittings
Applications ASTM C1540: Standard Specification for Heavy-
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) 301: duty Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast
Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Hub and Spigot Pipe, No-hub Pipe and
Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications
Fittings
CISPI 310: Specification for Coupling for Use in Hub and spigot pipe and fittings have hubs into which
Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and the spigot (plain end) of the pipe or fitting is inserted.
Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, Hub and spigot pipe and fittings are available in two
and Vent Piping Applications classes or thicknesses: service (SV) and extra heavy
ASTM A74: Standard Specification for Cast Iron (XH). Sizes include 2-inch to 15-inch (50.8-mm to
Soil Pipe and Fittings 381-mm) diameters and 5-foot or 10-foot (1.5-meter
Figure 2-2 Cast Iron Soil Pipe (extra-heavy and service classes)
Notes : 1 . Laying length, all sizes:single hub 5 ft; double hub 5 ft less Y, 5-ft lengths; single hub 10 ft; double hub 10 ft less Y, for 10 ft lengths. 2. If a bead is
provided on the spigot end, M may be any diameter between J and M. 3. Hub ends and spigot ends can be made with or without draft, and spigot ends
can be made with or without spigot bead.
or 3.1-meter) lengths for extra heavy and service pipe. Couplings for use in joining hubless pipe and
It is available in single and double hub. Service and fittings are also available in these size ranges from
extra heavy classes have different outside diameters various manufacturers.
and are not readily interchangeable. These two dif- The following methods of joining are used:
ferent types of pipe and fittings can be connected No-hub shielded couplings
with adapters available from the manufacturer. (See
Tables 2-1 and 2-2.) Heavy-duty shielded couplings
The following methods of joining are used:
Ductile Iron Water and Sewer
Rubber (neoprene) compression gasket Pipe
Molten lead and oakum Ductile iron pipe primarily is used in water and sewer
systems for underground and industrial applications.
Hubless Pipe and Fittings Ductile iron pipe is a high-strength material and is
Hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings are simply pipe not as brittle as cast iron pipe. It is available in seven
and fittings manufactured without a hub. The method classes (5056) and in 3-inch to 64-inch (76-mm to
of joining these pipes and fittings utilizes a hubless 1,626-mm) diameters. The pipe is manufactured with
coupling, which slips over the plain ends of the pipe bell ends and has lengths of either 18 feet or 20 feet
and fittings and is tightened to seal the joint. Hubless (5.49 m or 6.1 m). Pressure ratings for the working
cast iron soil pipe and fittings are made in only one pressure are available in all sizes to 350 pounds per
class, or thickness. Hubless cast iron pipe and fittings square inch (psi) (2,414 kilopascals [kPa]). (See Table
include 1-inch to 15-inch (38.1-mm to 254-mm) 2-4.)
diameters, and the pipe is manufactured in 5-foot to Cement-lined piping typically is required for water
10-foot (1.5-m to 3.1-m) lengths. Piping is also avail- distribution systems. The cement lining provides a
able with beaded ends. Many varied configurations of protective barrier between the potable water supply
fittings are available ranging in size and shape. (See and the ductile iron pipe to prevent impurities and
Figures 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3 and Table 2-3.)
Table 2-1 Dimensions of Hubs, Spigots, and Barrels for Extra-heavy Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Nominal Inside Outside Outside
Inside Diameter of Diameter of Diameter of Telescoping
Diameter Hub (in.) Spigota (in.) Barrel (in.) Length (in.) Thickness of Barrel (in.)
Size (in.) A M J Y T (nominal) T (minimum)
2 3.06 2.75 2.38 2.50 0.19 0.16
3 4.19 3.88 3.50 2.75 0.25 0.22
4 5.19 4.88 4.50 3.00 0.25 0.22
5 6.19 5.88 5.50 3.00 0.25 0.22
6 7.19 6.88 6.50 3.00 0.25 0.22
8 9.50 9.00 8.62 3.50 0.31 0.25
10 11.62 11.13 10.75 3.50 0.37 0.31
12 13.75 13.13 12.75 4.25 0.37 0.31
15 16.95 16.25 15.88 4.25 0.44 0.38
Distance from
Lead Groove to
Nominal Width of Hub Width of Spigot End, Pipe and
Inside Thickness of Hub (in.) Beadb (in.) Beadb (in.) Fittings (in.) Depth of Lead Groove (in.)
Diameter Hub Body Over Bead
Size (in.) S (minimum) R (minimum) F N P G (minimum) G (maximum)
2 0.18 0.37 0.75 0.69 0.22 0.10 0.19
3 0.25 0.43 0.81 0.75 0.22 0.10 0.19
4 0.25 0.43 0.88 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19
5 0.25 0.43 0.88 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19
6 0.25 0.43 0.88 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19
8 0.34 0.59 1.19 1.12 0.38 0.15 0.22
10 0.40 0.65 1.19 1.12 0.38 0.15 0.22
12 0.40 0.65 1.44 1.38 0.47 0.15 0.29
15 0.46 0.71 1.44 1.38 0.47 0.15 0.22
Note: Laying length, all sizes: single hub 5 ft; double hub 5 ft less Y, 5-ft lengths; single hub 10 ft; double hub 10 ft less Y, for 10 ft lengths.
a
If a bead is provided on the spigot end, M may be any diameter between J and M.
b
Hub ends and spigot ends can be made with or without draft, and spigot ends can be made with or without spigot bead.
Table 2-1(M) Dimensions of Hubs, Spigots, and Barrels for Extra-heavy Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Nominal Inside Inside Diameter of Outside Diameter of Outside Diameter of Telescoping
Diameter Size Hub (mm) Spigot a (mm) Barrel (mm) Length (mm) Thickness of Barrel (mm)
(in.) A M J Y T (nominal) T (minimum)
2 77.72 69.85 60.45 63.50 4.83 4.06
3 106.43 98.55 88.90 69.85 6.35 5.59
4 131.83 123.95 114.30 76.20 6.35 5.59
5 157.23 149.35 139.70 76.20 6.35 5.59
6 182.63 174.75 165.10 76.20 6.35
Distance from
Width of Lead Groove to
Nominal Width of Hub Spigot Beadb End, Pipe and
Inside Thickness of Hub (mm) Beadb (mm) (mm) Fittings (mm) Depth of Lead Groove (mm)
Diameter Hub Body Over Bead
Size (in.) S (minimum) R (minimum) F N P G (minimum) G (maximum)
2 4.57 9.40 19.05 17.53 5.59 2.54 4.83
3 6.35 10.92 20.57 19.05 5.59 2.54 4.83
4 6.35 10.92 22.35 20.57 5.59 2.54 4.83
5 6.35 10.92 22.35 20.57 5.59 2.54 4.83
6 6.35 10.92 22.35 20.57 5.59 2.54 4.83
8 8.64 14.99 30.23 28.45 9.65 3.81 5.59
10 10.16 16.51 30.23 28.45 9.65 3.81 5.59
12 10.16 16.51 36.54 35.05 11.94 3.81 5.59
15 11.68 18.03 36.54 35.05 11.94 3.81 5.59
Note: Laying length, all sizes: single hub 1.5 m; double hub 1.5 m less Y, 1.5 m lengths; single hub 3.1 m; double hub 3.1 m less Y, for 3.1 m lengths.
a
If a bead is provided on the spigot end, M may be any diameter between J and M.
b
Hub ends and spigot ends can be made with or without draft, and spigot ends can be made with or without spigot bead.
Table 2-2 Dimensions of Hubs, Spigots, and Barrels for Service Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Outside
Nominal Inside Diameter Outside
Inside Diameter of Spigota Diameter of Telescoping
Diameter of Hub (in.) (in.) Barrel (in.) Length (in.) Thickness of Barrel (in.)
Size (in.) A M J Y T (nominal) T (minimum)
2 2.94 2.62 2.30 2.50 0.17 0.14
3 3.94 3.62 3.30 2.75 0.17 0.14
4 4.94 4.62 4.30 3.00 0.18 0.15
5 5.94 5.62 5.30 3.00 0.18 0.15
6 6.94 6.62 6.30 3.00 0.18 0.15
8 9.25 8.75 8.38 3.50 0.23 0.17
10 11.38 10.88 10.50 3.50 0.28 0.22
12 13.50 12.88 12.50 4.25 0.28 0.22
15 16.95 16.00 15.88 4.25 0.36 0.30
Distance from
Width of Lead Groove to
Nominal Width of Hub Spigot End, Pipe and
Inside Thickness of Hub (in.) Beadb (in.) Beadb (in.) Fittings (in.) Depth of Lead Groove (in.)
Diameter Hub Body Over Bead
Size (in.) S (minimum) R (minimum) F N P G (minimum) G (maximum)
2 0.13 0.34 0.75 0.69 0.22 0.10 0.19
3 0.16 0.37 0.81 0.75 0.22 0.10 0.19
4 0.16 0.37 0.88 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19
5 0.16 0.37 0.88 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19
6 0.18 0.37 0.88 0.81 0.22 0.10 0.19
8 0.19 0.44 1.19 1.12 0.38 0.15 0.22
10 0.27 0.53 1.19 1.12 0.38 0.15 0.22
12 0.27 0.53 1.44 1.38 0.47 0.15 0.22
15 0.30 0.58 1.44 1.38 0.47 0.15 0.22
Note: Laying length, all sizes: single hub 5 ft; double hub 5 ft less Y, 5-ft lengths; single hub 10 ft; double hub 10 ft less Y, for 10 ft lengths.
a
If a bead is provided on the spigot end, M may be any diameter between J and M.
b
Hub ends and spigot ends can be made with or without draft, and spigot ends can be made with or without spigot bead.
Table 2-2(M) Dimensions of Hubs, Spigots, and Barrels for Service Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Nominal Inside Outside Outside
Inside Diameter of Diameter of Diameter of Telescoping
Diameter Hub (mm) Spigot a (mm) Barrel (mm) Length (mm) Thickness of Barrel (mm)
Size (in.) A M J Y T (nominal) T (minimum)
2 74.68 66.55 58.42 63.50 4.32 3.56
3 100.08 91.95 83.82 69.85 4.32 3.56
4 125.48 117.35 109.22 76.20 4.57 3.81
5 150.88 142.75 134.62 76.20 4.57 3.81
6 176.28 168.15 160.02 76.20 5.57
Spigot Beadb Lead Groove
Inside of Hub (mm) (mm) to End (mm) Lead Groove (mm)
Diameter Hub Body Over Bead
Size (in.) S (minimum) R (minimum) F P G (minimum) G (maximum)
2 3.30 8.64 19.05 5.59 2.54 4.83
3 4.06 9.40 20.57 5.59 2.54 4.83
4 4.06 9.40 22.35 5.59 2.54 4.83
5 4.06 9.40 22.35 5.59 2.54 4.83
6 4.57 9.40 22.35 5.59 2.54 4.83
8 4.83 11.26 30.23 9.65 3.81 5.59
10 6.86 13.46 30.23 9.65 3.81 5.59
12 6.86 13.46 36.58 11.94 3.81 5.59
15 7.62 14.73 36.58 11.94 3.81 5.59
Note: Laying length, all sizes: single hub 1.5 m; double hub 1.5 m less Y, 1.5 m lengths; single hub 3.1 m; double hub 3.1 m less Y, for 3.1 m lengths.
a
If a bead is provided on the spigot end, M may be any diameter between J and M.
b
Hub ends and spigot ends can be made with or without draft, and spigot ends can be made with or without spigot bead.
Table 2-3 Dimensions of Spigots and Barrels for Hubless Pipe and Fittings
Gasket
Nom. Inside Diam. Outside Diam. Outside Diam. Width Spigot Positioning Laying
Size Barrel Barrel Spigot Bead Thickness of Barrel Lug Length, La, b
(in.) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.)
B J M N T-Nom. T-Min. W 5 Ft 10 Ft
1 1.50 38.1 1.90 48.26 1.96 48.78 0.25 6.35 0.16 3.3 0.13 0.33 1.13 28.7 60 120
2 1.96 49.8 2.35 59.69 2.41 61.21 0.25 6.35 0.16 3.3 0.13 0.33 1.13 28.7 60 120
3 2.96 75.2 3.35 85.09 3.41 86.61 0.25 6.35 0.16 3.3 0.13 0.33 1.13 28.7 60 120
4 3.94 100.08 4.38 111.25 4.44 112.78 0.31 7.87 0.19 3.81 0.15 0.38 1.13 28.7 60 120
5 4.94 125.48 5.30 134.62 5.36 136.14 0.31 7.87 0.19 3.81 0.15 0.38 1.50 38.1 60 120
6 5.94 150.88 6.30 160.02 6.36 161.54 0.31 7.87 0.19 3.81 0.15 0.38 1.50 38.1 60 120
8 7.94 201.68 8.38 212.85 8.44 214.38 0.31 7.87 0.23 4.32 0.17 0.43 2.00 50.8 60 120
10 10.00 254 10.56 268.22 10.62 269.75 0.31 7.87 0.28 5.59 0.22 0.56 2.00 50.8 60 120
12 11.94 303.28 12.50 317.5 12.62 320.55 0.31 7.87 0.28 5.59 0.22 2.75 69.85 60 120
15 15.11 383.79 15.83 402.08 16.12 409.55 0.31 7.87 0.36 7.62 0.30 2.75 69.85 60 120
a
Laying lengths as listed are for pipe only.
b
Laying lengths may be either 5 ft 0 in. or 10 ft 0 in. (1.5 or 3.1 m) long.
contaminants from leaching Table 2-4 Standard Minimum Pressure Classes of Ductile Iron Single-thickness
into the water supply. Cement-lined Pipe
The reference standards Pressure Weight in Pounds
for ductile iron pipe are: Size Rating Nominal Wall Pipe O.D. Per Foot Maximum
(in.) (psi) Thickness (in.) (in.) Plain End Flange Fastite Bell Length
American National 4 350+ 0.32 4.8 13.8 13 10 262
Standards Institute 6 350+ 0.34 6.9 21.4 17 15 450
(ANSI)/American Water 8 350+ 0.36 9.05 30.1 27 21 635
Works Association 10 350+ 0.38 11.1 39.2 38 27 830
(AWWA) C104/A21.4: 12 350+ 0.4 13.2 49.2 59 32 1050
Cement Mortar Lining 14 350+ 0.42 15.3 60.1 70 57 1300
for Ductile Iron Pipe 16 350+ 0.43 17.4 70.1 90 64 1520
and Fittings for Water 18 350+ 0.44 19.5 80.6 88 73 1735
ANSI/AWWA C105/ 20 350+ 0.45 21.6 91.5 112 81 1980
A21.5: Polyethylene 24 350+ 0.47 25.8 114.4 155 96 2480
Encasement for Ductile 30 250 0.51 32 154.4 245 164 3420
Iron Pipe Systems 36 250 0.58 38.3 210.3 354 214 4670
42 250 0.65 44.5 274 512 289 6140
ANSI/AWWA C110/ 48 250 0.72 50.8 346.6 632 354 7745
A21.10: Ductile Iron and 54 250 0.81 57.56 441.9 716 439 9770
Gray Iron Fittings for 60 250 0.83 61.61 485 1113 819 11390
Water 64 250 0.87 65.67 542 1824 932 13320
ANSI/AWWA C111/
A21.11: Rubber Gasket Concrete Pipe
Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Concrete pipe is used for sanitary sewers, storm sew-
Fittings ers, culverts, detention systems, and low-pressure
ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15: Flanged Ductile Iron force mains. Reinforced concrete pipe is the most
Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray Iron Threaded durable and economical of all piping products. It is
Flanges recommended for installations where low, moderate,
ANSI/AWWA C116/A21.16: Protective Fusion- or severe cover and/or live load conditions exist and
bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and structural failure might endanger life or property.
Exterior Surfaces of Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Reinforced pipe, even after ultimate failure, retains its
Fittings for Water Supply Service shape and will not collapse. Concrete pipe is installed by
site contractors during site preparation more usually
ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50: Thickness Design of
Ductile Iron Pipe than it is installed by the plumbing trade.
This pipe is available in 4-inch to 36-inch (100-mm
ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51: Ductile Iron Pipe, to 900-mm) diameters. Nonreinforced concrete pipe
Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids is not available in all markets. Reinforced concrete
ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53: Ductile Iron Compact pipe is made by the addition of steel wire or steel
Fittings for Water Service bars. It is used primarily for sewage and storm drain-
ANSI/AWWA C600: Installation of Ductile Iron age and is available in 12-inch to 144-inch (300-mm
Water Mains and Their Appurtenances to 3,600-mm) diameters (see Table 2-5). Concrete
pipe is available as a bell and spigot or gasketed bell
AWWA C651: Disinfecting Water Mains design.
ASTM A716: Standard Specification for Ductile The reference standards for concrete pipe are:
Iron Culvert Pipe
ASTM C14: Standard Specification for
ASTM A746: Standard Specification for Ductile Nonreinforced Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and
Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe Culvert Pipe
The methods of joining are: ASTM C76: Standard Specification for
Push-on rubber (neoprene) compression gasket Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and
Sewer Pipe
Mechanical
ASTM C655: Standard Specification for
Flanged Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm
Special joints are also available, such as restrained, Drain, and Sewer Pipe
ball and socket, and grooved and shouldered. (See
Figure 2-4.)
ASTM C443: Standard Specification for Joints Type M being the thinnest. All three types of tube are
for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber commonly manufactured from copper alloy C12200,
Gaskets which has a chemical composition of a minimum of
The methods of joining are: 99.9 percent copper (Cu) and silver (Ag) combined
and a maximum allowable range of phosphorous (P)
Rubber (elastomeric) gasket of 0.0150.040 percent.
Cement plaster (becoming obsolete) Seamless copper water tube is manufactured in
sizes of -inch to 12-inch (6.35-mm to 304.8-mm)
Copper Pipe (nominal) diameter. Types K and L are manufactured
Copper pipe is for water supply; drain, waste, and in drawn temper (hard) of -inch to 12-inch (6.35-
vent (DWV); boiler feed lines; refrigeration; and mm to 304.8-mm) and annealed temper (soft) coils
similar purposes. of -inch to 2-inch (6.35-mm to 50.8-mm) (nominal)
The reference standards for copper pipe include diameter, while Type M is manufactured only in
the following: drawn (hard) temper of -inch to 12-inch (6.35-mm
to 304.8-mm) (nominal) diameter. See Table 2-6 for
ASTM B88: Standard Specification for Seamless the commercially available lengths of copper plumb-
Copper Water Tube
ing tube. See Tables 2-7, 2-8, and 2-9 for dimensional
ASTM B280: Standard Specification for and capacity data for Type K, L, and M copper tube
Seamless Copper Tube for Air-conditioning and respectively.
Refrigeration Field Service Seamless copper water tube of drawn temper is
ASTM B306: Standard Specification for Copper required to be identified with a colored stripe that
Drainage Tube (DWV) contains the manufacturers name or trademark, the
type of tube, and the nation of origin. This colored
ASTM B819: Standard Specification for
Seamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas Systems strip is green for Type K, blue for Type L, and red for
Type M. In addition to the colored stripe, the tube is
ASTM B837: Standard Specification for incised with the type of tube and the manufacturers
Seamless Copper Tube for Natural Gas and name or trademark at intervals not in excess of 1
Liquified Petroleum (LP) Gas Fuel Distribution feet. Annealed (soft) coils or straight lengths are not
Systems required to be identified with a color stripe.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers Fittings in copper water tube may be those con-
(ASME) B16.22: Wrought Copper and Copper forming to ASME B16.22, ASME B16.18, ASME
Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings B16.26: Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Cop-
ASME B16.18: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint per Tubes, or ASME B16.24, Cast Copper Alloy Pipe
Pressure Fittings Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 150, 300,
600, 900, 1,500, and 2,500. Various other fittings of
ASTM B75: Standard Specification for Seamless
the compression, grooved, and mechanical type also
Copper Tube
may be used.
ASTM B584: Standard Specification for Copper Joints in copper water tube typically are soldered,
Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications flared, or brazed, although roll-grooved or mechanical
ASME B16.29: Wrought Copper and Wrought joints also are permitted.
Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings Soldered joints should be installed in accordance
(DWV) with the requirements and procedures detailed in
ASME B16.23: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint ASTM B828: Standard Practice for Making Capil-
Drainage Fittings (DWV) lary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy
Tube and Fittings, and the flux used should meet the
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 99: requirements of ASTM B813: Standard Specification
Standard for Healthcare Facilities
for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper
NFPA 99C: Standard on Gas and Vacuum and Copper Alloy Tube.
Systems The mechanical joining of copper tubing can be
accomplished with specially manufactured fittings of
Copper Water Tube different types. One type known as press-connect is
Copper water tube is a seamless, almost pure copper fastened with a crimping tool with interchangeable
material manufactured to the requirements of ASTM jaws of inch to 4 inches (12.7 mm to 101.6 mm).
B88. It has three basic wall thickness dimensions, des- Another known as push-connect is pushed on the
ignated as Types K, L, and M, with Type K being the tube to make a connection and is held in place by
thickest, Type L being of intermediate thickness, and an internal or integral stainless steel gripper ring. A
See Table 2-10 for dimensional data for Type DWV Society (MSS) SP-73: Brazing Joints for Copper and
copper tube. Copper Alloy Pressure Fittings.
Fittings for use with drainage pipe are usually The methods of joining are:
those conforming to either ASME B16.23 or ASME Brazing
B16.29. They are required to carry the incised mark
DWV. Specialized mechanical compression coupling
Joints for drainage applications can be soldered or Joints in medical gas systems are of the socket/lap
brazed. (See Figure 2-7.) type and are normally brazed with copper-phospho-
Medical Gas Tube rous or copper-phosphorous-silver (BCuP) brazing
alloys while being purged with oil-free nitrogen.
Medical gas tube is shipped cleaned and capped and
is furnished in Type K or L wall thickness in drawn Natural and Liquefied Petroleum
(hard) temper only. Natural and liquefied petroleum pipe is furnished in
Medical gas tube is identified with an incised mark Type G wall thickness. It is color-coded yellow per
containing the manufacturers name or trademark ASTM B837.
at intervals not in excess of 1 feet. It is color-coded The methods of joining are:
green for Type K and blue for Type L. Brazing
Fittings for medical gas tube may be those con-
forming to ASME B16.22, ASME B16.18 (where Compression fittings
wrought copper fittings are not available), or ASME Specialized mechanical compression coupling
B16.50: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Braze-joint
Pressure Fittings. They also may be fittings meeting
the requirements of Manufacturers Standardization
10/16/2008 11:59:19 AM
Chapter 2Piping Systems 51
Its applications included hydronic slab heating HDPE comes in a wide variety of fittings and pipe.
systems, fire sprinklers systems, hot and cold water Depending on the diameter, inch to 2 inches (12.7
distribution, and plumbing and water supply. mm to 50.8 mm) comes in rolled coils, which can be
Joints were made by mechanical, flared, and heat 100 feet to 5,000 feet (30.5 m to 1,542 m) on special
fusion methods. reels, and 2-inch to 63-inch (50.8-mm to 1,600.2-mm)
Applicable standards and specifications include diameter generally comes as 40-foot (12.2-m) pipe
ASTM D3309: Standard Specification for Polybutylene lengths.
(PB) Plastic Hot- and Cold-water Distribution Systems The designer should not consider HDPE a fixed,
and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) B137.8: rigid, perfectly straight pipeit bends. When de-
Polybutylene (PB) Piping for Pressure Applications. signing systems with HDPE, expansion must be
Polyethylene preplanned and best efforts should be made to de-
termine what direction it will take (i.e., bury the
Polyethylene is an inert polyolefin material, mean-
pipe in an S or snake pattern to let it try to expand
ing that it is chemically resistant. Polyethylene pipe
or contract.)
cannot be solvent cemented like other plastic piping
Both pipe and tubing (IPS and CTS) are manu-
systems. This type of piping typically is supplied in
factured using a standard dimension ratio (SDR)
blue or black for water applications. Orange-colored
series.
polyethylene piping is typically used for gas pipe in-
The upper operating maximum temperature
stallations. Joints are made with inserts and clamps
limit is 160F, but as always, the manufacturer of the
and by heat fusion. PE cannot be threaded or solvent
product should be consulted on temperature versus
welded. Sizes range from inch to 63 inches (12.7 mm
pressure.
to 1,600.2 mm) in diameter in both iron pipe size (IPS)
The color is typically black for HDPE, which ac-
and copper tube size (CTS). Pressures range from 50
cording to ASTM means that 2 percent carbon black
psi to 250 psi depending on wall thickness.
has been blended with the resin to give the minimum
PE is available in two basic resins: 2406 MDPE
50-year life span at full pressure in direct sunlight.
(medium density) or 3408 HDPE (high density). (An
Two unique properties of HDPE pipe are that it swells
ultra-high molecular weight product also is avail-
and does not break if it freezes and it floats in water
able.) The two basic types of resin have been used
since its specific gravity is 0.95. This is why HDPE
extensively for several decades in low-pressure street
pipe can be preassembled, and thousands of feet can
main distribution networks for natural and propane
be floated to a certain position and then sunk with
gas. MDPE presently is used only in the buried gas
concrete collars.
transmission industry, in sizes ranging from inch
The reference standards for polyethylene pipe
to 16 inches (12.7 mm to 406.4 mm) and is joined by
are:
butt and socket fusion.
HDPE comprises 90 percent of the polyethylene ASTM D2239: Standard Specification for
piping industry. It has a wide variety of belowground Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based
and aboveground applications, including domestic on Controlled Inside Diameter
water supply, well water systems, lawn sprinkler ASTM D2609: Standard Specification for Plastic
systems, irrigation systems, skating rinks, buried Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe
chilled water pipe, underground Factory Mutual (FM) ASTM D2737: Standard Specification for
approved fire mains, chemical lines, snow-making Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing
lines at ski slopes, pressurized chilled water piping
underground between buildings and a central heat- ASTM D3035: Standard Specification for
ing or cooling plant, methane gas collection piping, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on
leachate collection lines at landfills, relining water Controlled Outside Diameter
and sewer mains to save redigging streets, water ASTM F771: Standard Specification for
transmission mains over highway bridges (it absorbs Polyethylene (PE) Thermoplastic High-pressure
vibration), brine at skating rinks, and residential Irrigation Pipeline Systems
swimming pools. ASTM F810: Standard Specification for
Typically, HDPE is installed with mechanical Smoothwall Polyethylene (PE) Pipe for Use in
barbed joints or compression fittings through 2 inches Drainage and Waste Disposal Absorption Fields
(50.8 mm), and the pipe comes in coils. It is also
ASTM F894: Standard Specification for
available heat socket fused from inch to 40 inches Polyethylene (PE) Large Diameter Profile Wall
(12.7 mm to 1,016 mm), butt fused from 2 inches to Sewer and Drain Pipe
63 inches (50.8 mm to 1,600.2 mm), and electro-fused
from 1 inches to 30 inches (38.1 mm to 762 mm) CSA B137.1: Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing, and
in diameter. Fittings for Cold Water Pressure Services
The methods of joining are: other system usages, the pipe is suitable for hot and
Mechanical joints (barbed joints and cold water distribution. The pipe is rated for 125 psi
compression fittings) at 180F (862 kPa at 82C).
Mechanical joints are the only methods currently
Heat fusion available to join PEX-AL-PEX pipe. A number of
Crossed-linked Polyethylene mechanical compression-type connectors have been
developed for joining this type of pipe material to
Crossed-linked polyethylene tubing has been used
permit transition to other types of pipe and fittings.
extensively in Europe for many years for hot and cold
The installation of any fitting is to be in accordance
potable water distribution systems.
with the manufacturers installation instructions.
A specially controlled chemical reaction takes place
Although it is partially plastic, PEX-AL-PEX pipe
during the manufacturing of the polyethylene pipe to
resembles metal tubing in that it can be bent by hand
form PEX. Cross-linked molecular structuring gives
or with a suitable bending device while maintaining
the pipe greater resistance to rupture over a wider
its shape without fittings or supports. The minimum
range of temperatures and pressures than other
radius is five times the outside diameter.
polyolefin piping (PB, PE, and PP).
The reference standard for PEX-AL-PEX is
Because of the unique molecular structure and
ASTM F1281: Standard Specification for Crosslinked
heat resistance of PEX pipe, heat fusion is not per-
Polyethylene/Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene
mitted as a joining method. Being a member of the
(PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe. It is available in nomi-
polyolefin plastic family, PEX is resistant to solvents
nal pipe size (NPS) inch through 1 inch (6.4 mm
and cannot be joined by solvent cementing. Mechani-
through 25 mm). The method of joining is mechanical
cal connectors and fittings for PEX piping systems are
joints (barbed joints and compression fittings).
proprietary in nature and must be used only with the
pipe for which they have been designed. A number of Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene
mechanical fastening techniques have been developed PE-AL-PE is identical to the PEX-AL-PEX composite
for joining PEX pipe. Manufacturers installation in- pipe except for the physical properties of the poly-
structions should be consulted for properly identifying ethylene.
the authorized fittings for the intended system use. Polyethylene does not display the same resistance
PEX pipe is flexible, allowing it to be bent. It is bent to temperature and pressure as the cross-linked
by two methods: hot and cold bending. See manufac- polyethylene. Therefore, this type of pipe is limited
turers instructions for the exact requirements for to cold water applications or applications with other
bending. The tubing can be bent to a minimum radius suitable fluids up to 110F at 150 psi (43C at 1,034
of six times the outside diameter for cold bending and kPa) of pressure.
a minimum of 2 times the outside diameter for hot The reference standards for PE-AL-PE are:
bending. ASTM F1282: Standard Specification for
The reference standards for PEX are: Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-
ASTM F876: Standard Specification for PE) Composite Pressure Pipe
Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing CSA B137.1
ASTM F877: Standard Specification for It is available in nominal pipe size (NPS) inch
Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and through 1 inch (6.4 mm through 25 mm). The method
Cold-water Distribution Systems
of joining is mechanical joints (barbed joints and
CSA B137.1 compression fittings).
PEX is available in nominal pipe size (NPS) inch Polyvinyl Chloride
through 2 inches (6.4 mm through 51 mm). Polyvinyl chloride is rigid, pressure- or drainage-type
The method of joining is mechanical joints (barbed pipe that resists chemicals and corrosion. Two types
joints and compression fittings). are available: Schedule 40 and Schedule 80. PVC
Crossed-linked Polyethylene, Aluminum, water service piping is a different material than PVC
Crossed-linked Polyethylene drainage pipe, although both pipe materials are white
PEX-AL-PEX is a composite pipe made of an alumi- in color. For pressure, SDR 21 (200 psi) or SDR 26
num tube laminated with interior and exterior layers (160 psi) is used. PVC is used for water distribution,
of cross-linked polyethylene. The layers are bonded irrigation, storm drainage, sewage, laboratory and
with an adhesive. hospital wastes, chemical lines, chilled water lines,
The cross-linked molecular structuring described heat pumps, underground FM-approved fire mains,
above and the addition of the aluminum core makes animal rearing facilities, hatcheries, graywater pip-
the pipe resistant to rupture. Therefore, along with ing, and ultra-pure water.
The working pressure varies with the tempera- SDR 26: 1 inches to 24 inches (32 mm to 609.6 mm)
ture. As the temperature increases, tensile strength The maximum temperature rating for PVC is
decreases. The maximum working pressure is to 140F (60C). The coefficient of linear expansion is
be continuously marked on the pipe along with the 2.910-5 inch/inch/F. The specific gravity of PVC is
manufacturers name, ASTM or CSA standard, and 1.400.02.
the grade of PVC material. Temperature should be The method of joining is solvent welding.
limited to 140F to 150F (60C to 65.6C). The joints
are solvent welded or threaded. Schedule 40 PVC can- Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride
not be threaded, and it can be used only with socket CPVC finds application in hot and cold water distribu-
fittings. Schedule 80 can be threaded through the tion and chemical process piping.
4-inch (101.6-mm) size and used with either socket The higher-temperature version of PVC is CPVC
or threaded fittings. However, it also can be installed pipe. This piping network comes in a variety of pres-
with mechanical-grooved couplings or bell and gasket sure applications of CTS or IPS of Schedule 40 or
(underground only and thrust blocked). Schedule 80. CPVC has an upper maximum tempera-
The reference standards for PVC are: ture limit of 220F. It is commonly used and is code
accepted where residential water would quickly dete-
ASTM D1785: Standard Specification for
riorate copper pipe. Because of its size rangesCTS:
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40, 80, and 120 inch to 2 inches (12.7 mm to 50.8 mm), Schedule
80: inch 18 inches (6.3 mm to 406.4 mm)it can
ASTM D2241: Standard Specification for be used in a wide variety of hot or cold water sys-
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-rated Pipe tems. CPVC also has been used extensively in wet
(SDR Series) fire protection systems in hotels, motels, residences,
ASTM D2464: Standard Specification for office buildings, and dormitories (all applications that
Threaded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic fall in the categories of 13, 13D, and 13R of NFPA).
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Pipe sizes for fire protection systems are inch to 3
ASTM D2466: Standard Specification for inches (19 mm to 76.2 mm) and are ideally suited for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, the retrofit market.
Schedule 40 Joining methods are solvent welding, threads,
flanges, compression fittings, O-rings, transition fit-
ASTM D2467: Standard Specification for
tings, bell rings, and rubber gaskets.
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,
Schedule 80 In the last several years, CPVC acid waste (AW)
systems have been manufactured and have gained
ASTM D2564: Standard Specification for acceptance as a viable replacement for the traditional
Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) PP systems. Some of these systems now meet the CSA
Plastic Piping Systems plenum rating and are working to pass ASTM E84:
ASTM D2665: Standard Specification for Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Charac-
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, teristics of Building Materials as well.
and Vent Pipe and Fittings The reference standards for CPVC are:
ASTM D2672: Standard Specification for Joints ASTM D2846/D2846M: Standard Specification
for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)
ASTM D2729: Standard Specification for Plastic Hot- and Cold-water Distribution
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Systems
Fittings ASTM F437: Standard Specification for
ASTM F477: Standard Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80
Pipe ASTM F438: Standard Specification for Socket-
CSA B137.1 type Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40
The pipe classifications and dimensional informa-
tion are as follows: ASTM F439: Standard Specification for
Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
DWV: 1 inches to 24 inches (31.75 mm to 609.6 mm) Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80
Schedule 40: 18 inch to 30 inches (3.2 mm to 762 mm) ASTM F441/F441M: Standard Specification for
Schedule 80: 8 inch 30 inches (3.2 mm to 762 mm)
1 Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic
Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80
SDR 21: inch to 24 inches (22 mm to 609.6
mm), except -inch SDR (13.5 mm)
ASTM F442/F442M: Standard Specification for ASTM D2751: Standard Specification for
Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer
Pipe (SDR-PR) Pipe and Fittings
CSA B137.1 ASTM F628: Standard Specification for
The pipe classifications and dimensional informa- Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule
40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a
tion are as follows:
Cellular Core
CTS: inch to 2 inches (12.7 mm to 50.8 mm)
CSA B137.1
Schedule 80: inch to 18 inches (6.3 mm to
406.4 mm) The pipe classifications and dimensional informa-
tion are as follows:
Fire protection systems: inch to 3 inches (19
mm to 76.2 mm) Schedule 40: 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 inches (38.1, 50,
63, 90, 110, and 160 mm), with the appropriate
Note: PVC and CPVC piping systems are not fittings
recommended for compressed air or compressed gas
Schedule 80: 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 inches (38.1, 50,
lines. Compensation for both thermal expansion and
63, 90, 110, and 160 mm), with the appropriate
contraction must be taken into account.
fittings
Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
ABS is manufactured in Schedules 40 and 80 and in Polypropylene
special dimensions for main sewers and utility con- PP is manufactured for a wide variety of systems.
duits and in SDR for compressed air. It is commonly The DWV systems are for chemical, special waste, or
used for DWV plumbing (in the color black), main acid waste systems, in both buried and aboveground
sanitary and storm sewers, underground electri- applications. Pipe is available in Schedule 40 or
cal conduits, and applications in the chemical and Schedule 80 black (underground) or flame retardant
petroleum industries. The joints are solvent welded (FR) for aboveground installation. Polypropylene acid
for Schedule 40 and welded or threaded for Schedule waste (AW) pipe systems come with either mechani-
80. cal jointssizes 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 inches (50, 63, 90,
For industrial applications, ABS piping is gray for 110, and 160 mm)or with an internal wire heat
low temperatures (-40F to 176F [-72C to 80C]) and fusedsizes 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, and 18
pressure up to 230 psi in sizes inch to 8 inches (12.7 inches (50, 63, 90, 110, 160, 200, 250, 300, 315, and
mm to 203.2 mm). It is joined only by solvent cement- 350 mm)moldedsizes 1 inches to 6 inches (50
ing. The coefficient of linear expansion is 5.62
5
mm to 160 mm)and fabricatedsizes 8 inches to
inch/inch/F. Fittings are available for pressure only. 18 inches (200 mm to 450 mm).
The outside diameter of the pipe is nominal IPS, and Fittings are made in both pressure-type and DWV
a second product in the industrial area is airline, configurations. PP is used for a wide range of indus-
which is designed to be used in delivering compressed trial liquids, salt water disposal, and corrosive waste
air for machine tools from 0.63 inch to 4 inches (16 systems. It is available in sizes of inch to 24 inches
mm to 101 mm). (50 mm to 630 mm). Pipe is available in 10-foot and
The reference standards are: 20-foot (3.05-m and 6.1-m) lengths. The joints cannot
be solvent welded. Joints are made mechanically or
ASTM D1527: Standard Specification for
by heat fusion (electric coil socket fusion, butt fusion,
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic
IR welding). (See Figure 2-13.)
Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80
Polypropylene systems for acid waste installed
ASTM D2235: Standard Specification for aboveground must utilize FR pipe and fittings.
Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Polypropylene comes in a variety of pressure
Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings systems. It can be natural in color for high-purity
ASTM D2661: Standard Specification for systems, or it may be black or beige with the added
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule color pigment. Polypropylene pipe is available in both
40 Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and metric and IPS sizes.
Fittings Typically, polypropylene is joined by heat fusion,
ASTM D2680: Standard Specification for whether small diameter inch to 4 inches (12.7 mm
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and to 101.6 mm)by socket fusion, or larger diameter2
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer inches to 24 inches (50.8 mm to 609.6 mm)by butt
Piping fusion.
Smaller diameter inch to 2 inches (12.7 mm to
50.8 mm)polypropylene may be joined by thread-
ing with a greatly reduced pressure rating, or certain (See the discussion in the Double Containment
manufacturers have molded fittings with stainless section below.)
steel rings to restrain or help strengthen the threads Polyvinylidene Fluoride
for full pressure ratings.
PVDF is manufactured in Schedules 40 and 80,
Note: Glue cannot be used to join any polypropyl-
as well as SDR for the deionized water market.
ene, polyethylene pipe, or polyvinylidene fluoride.
Polyvinylidene fluoride is a strong, tough, abrasion-
The reference standards are:
resistant fluorocarbon material. It is used widely
ASTM F2389: Standard Specification for in high-purity electronic or medical-grade water or
Pressure-rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping chemical piping systems that need to remain pure
Systems but function at high temperatures. Other uses in-
ASTM F1412: Standard Specification for clude a wide range of industrial liquids, saltwater
Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings for Corrosive Waste disposal, and corrosive waste systems, again where
Drainage Systems high-temperature performance is required. It also is
ASTM F1055: Standard Specification for often used for corrosive waste applications in return
Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for air plenum spaces. PVDF offers excellent flame- and
Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Pipe smoke-resistant characteristics.
and Tubing The coefficient of thermal expansion is 7.925
inch/inch/F. It is available in metric and IPS sizes
ASTM F1056: Standard Specification for Socket
ranging from 0.37 inch to 12 inches (9.5 mm to 304.8
Fusion Tools for Use in Socket Fusion Joining
mm). Pipe is available in 10-foot (3.04-m) lengths.
Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing and Fittings
The color is normally natural, and the resin is not
ASTM F1290: Standard Practice for affected by ultraviolet (UV) light. However, if the
Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and media it is transporting is affected, a red coloring is
Fittings added to the resin, resulting in a red-colored piping
The methods of joining are: system. Normally, PVDF is available in a pressure
system pattern of fittings. What makes PVDF a pip-
Mechanical joints
ing system of choice is its ability to withstand high
Heat fusion temperatures for elevated-temperature cleaning.
Threaded joints Fittings are made in both pressure and DWV con-
figurations. It must be noted that a special flame and
Double containment of polypropylene systems
smoke package is added to the straight PVDF resin
is a greatly expanded area of the DWV acid waste
when used to manufacture DWV pipe and fittings used
market. Double-containment polypropylene systems
in return and supply plenum acid waste applications.
are typically nonflame pipe (NFPP) for underground
(Only these special PVDF pipe and fittings meet the
and flame-retardant pipe (FRPP) for aboveground
necessary ASTM E84 and the CSA equivalent require-
applications. Double-containment polypropylene can
ment for plenum installations.) The joints cannot be
be installed with or without leak-detection systems.
solvent welded. Joints are made mechanically or by
heat fusion (electric coil or socket fusion).
The reference standards are:
ASTM F1673: Standard Specification for
Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Corrosive Waste
Drainage Systems
ASTM D3222: Specification for Unmodified
Poly(Vinylidene Fluoride) (PVDF) Molding
Extrusion and Coating Materials
Teflon (PTFE)
Teflon, or polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), has
outstanding resistance to chemical attack by most
chemicals and solvents. It has a temperature range
of -200F to 500F (-128.9C to 260C). Teflon typi-
cally is considered tubing; however, it can be joined
by threading in pipe sizes 0.13 inch to 4 inches (3.2
mm to 101.6 mm). Teflon piping is well suited for
low-pressurenot to exceed 15 psilaboratory or
Figure 2-13 Fusion Lock Process in Operation
process industry applications. If higher pressure or larger diameters. It is especially helpful in resisting
hotter temperatures are needed, Teflon-lined steel attacks from the various oils used in the petroleum
pipe generally is used. Lined steel pipe is 1 inch to 12 industry.
inches (25.4 mm to 304.8 mm) and can handle corro- Different products require different approvals.
sive chemicals as well as high-pressure applications. Some must meet American Petroleum Institute
Low-extractable PVC (API), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), or military
(MIL) specifications. For potable water, they must
Rather recent to the expensive high-purity piping
meet National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 14:
market is the less expensive low-extractable PVC
Plastics Piping System Components and Related Ma-
material that is used in pressure piping loops for the
terials per ASTM D2996: Standard Specification for
conveyance of ultra-pure water. Pipe and fittings with
Filament-wound Fiberglass (Glass Fiber-reinforced
valves are joined by a special low-extractable solvent
Thermosetting Resin) Pipe or ANSI/NSF 61: Drinking
cement. Fluids being conveyed cannot exceed 140F
Water System Components for drinking water.
(60C). Pipe is in Schedule 80 wall thickness and sizes
The coefficient of linear thermal expansion is
of inch to 6 inches (20 mm to 160 mm).
1.5725 inch/inch/F.
This piping network provides a very economical
As with all plastics, certain considerations must
solution compared to stainless steel, PVDF, or PP
be reviewed before installation. These include code
for the engineering of ultra-pure water loops for
compliance, chemical compatibility, correct maximum
use in healthcare, laboratory, micro-electronics,
temperature, and allowance for proper expansion and
pharmaceutical, and various other industrial appli-
contraction movement. Certain plastics are installed
cations.Tests performedvalidatethat resistivitycan
with solvent cements; others require heating to join
be maintained atlevelsgreater than 18 megaohms
piping networks along with mechanical joints. The
and online total oxidizable carbon can average less
designer should consult the manufacturers recom-
than 5 parts per billion on properly designed and
mendations for the proper connection of all piping
maintained systems.
systems.
The reference standards are ASTM D1785 and
ASTM D2467. The method of joining is solvent weld- Vitrified Clay Pipe
ing.
Vitrified clay pipe is used in a building sewer starting
The pipe classifications and dimensional informa-
outside of the building and connecting to the main
tion are as follows:
sewer. It also is used for industrial waste because of
Schedule 40: 18 inch to 30 inches (3.2 mm to 762 its outstanding corrosion and abrasion resistance.
mm) The reference standards are:
Schedule 80: 18 inch to 30 inches (3.2 mm to 762 ASTM C12: Standard Practice for Installing
mm) Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines
Fiberglass and Reinforced ASTM C425: Standard Specification for
Thermosetting Resin Pipe Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and
Fittings
Fiberglass piping systems are manufactured and
joined using epoxy, vinylester, or polyester resins. ASTM C700: Standard Specification for Vitrified
These three resins offer a very distinct price/perfor- Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength,
mance choice varying from strongest/most expensive and Perforated
to weakest/least expensive. It normally is used in ASTM C1208: Standard Specification for
a pressure pattern mode and has good chemical Vitrified Clay Pipe and Joints for Use in
resistance as well as excellent stability in its upper Microtunneling, Sliplining, Pipe Bursting, and
temperature limit of 275F (135C). However, it Tunnels
should be noted that the chemical resistance of such ASTM C301: Standard Test Methods for Vitrified
systems is provided exclusively by the resin-rich liner Clay Pipe
on the inside diameter of the system. If worn down,
cracked, or compromised in any way, putting the ASTM C828: Standard Test Method for Low-
process in direct contact with the glass fibers, leaks pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines
will result. Many systems are joined with epoxy res- ASTM C1091: Standard Test Method for
ins and heating blankets; however, depending on the Hydrostatic Infiltration and Exfiltration Testing
manufacturer, they also can be joined mechanically of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines
with bell and spigot, plain, or butt and wrap methods. ASTM C896: Standard Terminology Relating to
It is manufactured in sizes of 1 inch to 48 inches (25.4 Clay Products
mm to 1,219 mm) and can be custom made in much
Aluminum
Aluminum is extruded or drawn in a variety of alloys.
Its uses include cryogenic systems with temperatures
as low as -423F (-252.8C), process systems, heat
transfer, and pressure lines. The joints can be brazed
or welded. It should be noted that special techniques
often are required, depending on the type of alloy.
Aluminum is available in 8-inch through 48-inch
diameters, depending on the type.
Stainless Steel
The designation stainless steel applies to a number
(B) of alloys with different properties. Common to all
stainless steels is the fact that they contain at least
12 percent chromium. Stainless steel is manufactured
(A) in three basic types: martensitic (hardenable, straight
Figure 2-14 Duriron Pipe (A) Duriron Joint (B) chromium alloy), ferritic (straight chromium, for
Source: Courtesy of Duriron. corrosive service where nickel steel is undesirable),
and austenitic (18 percent chromium and 8 percent
installed using traditional plumbing techniques. nickel, for general corrosive service). The joints can
(See Figure 2-14.) Duriron mechanical joint pipe be butt welded, socket welded, screwed, or flanged.
and fittings are available from 1 inches to 4 inches Pipe and fittings are available in 18-inch through 48-
and offer ease of installation through the use of inch diameters.
couplings. Stainless steel is a clean, durable, corrosion-
The duriron bell-and-spigot joint is made using resistant, and long-lasting material. Products are
conventional plumbing tools, virgin lead, and a spe- chemically descaled (acid pickled) to enhance the
cial acid-resistant caulking yarn. The caulking yarn natural corrosion resistance and to provide a uniform,
is packed into the bell of the duriron joint, and a aesthetically pleasing matte-silver finish.
small amount of lead is poured over the yarn to fill Stainless steel is used where sanitation and prod-
the hub. It is the caulking yarn, not the lead, that uct contamination resistance are critical (dairies, food
seals the joint. processing, etc.). In processing systems, stainless steel
Duriron mechanical joints are designed for fast is used to resist corrosion. All stainless steels have in-
and easy assembly through the use of the two-bolt herent corrosion resistance, but the austenitic group
mechanical coupling. A calibrated ratchet is necessary of stainless steels has the greatest resistance to many
to complete the joint. The nuts are tightened to 10 different chemical products and most detergents.
feet per pound 24 hours prior to testing. Austenitic steels also have an excellent ability to resist
The reference standards for duriron pipe are: impacts and shocks at all temperatures. Hard blows
ASTM A861: Standard Specification for High- to the material may cause dents in certain cases, but
silicon Iron Pipe and Fittings it is very difficult to actually damage the steel.
Other uses include applications in the food indus-
ASTM A518/A518M: Standard Specification for
Corrosion-resistant High-silicon Iron Castings try, shipbuilding, pharmaceutical industry, breweries
and dairies, industrial kitchens, and institutions.
Duriron is similar to cast iron hub-and-spigot pipe When increased acid resistance is required and spot
and fittings. It has a hub into which the spigot (plain and crevice corrosion may occur, molybdenum-alloyed
end) of the pipe or fitting is inserted. Hub-and-spigot chromium-nickel steels may be used. These acid-resis-
pipe and fitting sizes include 2-inch to 15-inch diam- tant steels resist a number of organic and inorganic
eters and 5-foot or 10-foot (1.5-m or 3.1-m) lengths. acids. However, acid-proof steels are only partially
resistant to solutions containing chlorides.
Special-Purpose Piping Stainless steel cannot burn and consequently is
Materials classified as nonflammable. This means that pipes
Stainless steel and aluminum are the most common and drains made of stainless steel may penetrate floor
special-purpose piping materials used for a wide range partitions without the need for special fire insula-
of applications where performance requirements tion. Likewise, no harmful fumes or substances are
outweigh costs. Stainless steel and aluminum require released from the steel in the event of fire.
specialized skills in design and fabrication. Many al- Due to their very low heat expansion coefficient,
loys are available for specific applications. drain products in stainless steel are not in any way
influenced by temperatures occurring in drain instal- can be ordered with or without a leak detection, which
lations. Furthermore, drain products need not be can be a continuous cable (single use or re-usable),
stored or installed at specific temperatures. Neither point of collections, or non-wetted sensors.
heat nor cold affects stainless steel. DC currently is not governed by ASTM standards,
Stainless steel piping is manufactured in two but an attempt is being made to eliminate as many
different grades: 304, which is suitable for most en- fabricated inner fittings as possible, especially for
vironments, and 316, which is suitable for corrosive drainage.
environments. Piping is available in single hub. Pipes When planning for DC, the designer should leave
are available in eight lengths: 0.5, 0.8, 1.6, 3.3, 4.9, 6.6, plenty of space. Labor costs are five to seven times
9.8, and 16.4 feet (150, 250, 500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, those for installing single-wall pipe. When testing
3,000, and 5,000 mm) and 2 inches to 6 inches (50.8 DC, the designer should double-check manufacturers
mm to 152.4 mm). It is necessary to determine the requirements for procedures to test inner and outer
lengths required between fitting location points and pipe. A simple DC size variation is 6 inches inner
to select the pipe lengths that best minimize waste diameter and 10 inches outer diameter, so a great dif-
and eliminate field cuts when possible. A stainless ference in size exists. A typical 6-inch trap may take
steel piping system is lightweight and easy to install. up 15 inches to 18 inches, and a 6-inch by 10-inch trap
A pipe joint can be made in a few seconds. may take up 48 inches of space. Thus, maintaining
Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing pitch requires a very different site plan and pitch
elevation plan.
Corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) is a flexible
gas piping system made from 300 series stainless steel. Joining Practices
The tubing is suitable for natural gas and propane. It
can be used for both aboveground and underground Mechanical Joints
installations. See specific manufacturers recommen- Mechanical joints include transition (flanged), com-
dations for underground use and installation. The pression, and threaded joints. Mechanical joints shall
tubing is protected with a fire-retardant polyethylene incorporate a positive mechanical system for axial
jacket. It is manufactured in 38-inch to 2-inch (9.52- restraint in addition to any restraint provided by
mm to 50.8-mm) sizes and in coils of up to 1,000 feet friction. All internal grab rings shall be manufactured
(304.8 m) based on pipe sizes. from corrosion-resistant steel. Polyethylene sealing
Mechanical joints are the only methods cur- rings shall be Type 1 (LDPE) compound.
rently available to join CSST tubing. A number of Compression Joints
mechanical compression-type connectors have been Compression-type gaskets have been used in pres-
developed for joining this type of pipe material to sure pipe joints for years. The compression joint uses
permit transition to other types of pipe and fittings. hub-and-spigot pipe and fittings (as does the lead and
The installation of any fitting is to be in accordance oakum joint). The major difference is the one-piece
with the manufacturers installation instructions. neoprene rubber gasket. When the spigot end of the
Manufacturers have specific protective devices and pipe or fitting is pulled or drawninto the gasketed
termination fittings for their products. The designer hub, the joint is sealed by displacement and compres-
should consult with the manufacturer for all required sion of the neoprene gasket. The resulting joint is leak
accessories. free, and it absorbs vibration and can be deflected up
to 5 degrees without leaking or failing.
Double Containment
Gaskets are precision molded of durable neoprene.
Double containment (DC) has proven to be needed
Service gaskets must be used with service weight pipe
both underground and aboveground for a multitude
and fittings. Extra-heavy gaskets must be used with
of purposes. Typically, to avoid a failed single-wall
extra-heavy pipe and fittings. The standard specifica-
chemical pipe, a second walled enclosure pipe is added.
tion for rubber gaskets for joining cast iron soil pipe
DC is marketed for preventing corrosive chemicals
and fittings is ASTM C564: Standard Specification
from getting into soils or spilling from a single-wall
for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fit-
overhead pipe to people or objects below. Now DC is
tings.
available in both drainage and pressure systems.
Neoprene does not support combustion, and gasket
Double containment is most commonly available
materials can be used safely up to 212F. Maximum
in PVC DWVPVC DWV, PVC Schedule 40/80PVC
deflection should not exceed inch per foot of pipe.
DWV; PVC 40/80PVC 40/80 CPVC 80PVC 80;
This allows 5 inches of deflection for a 10-foot piece of
DWV PPDWV PP; FRPFRP. However, DC system
pipe and 2 inches for 5 feet of pipe. For more than 5
are also available with materials such as PVDF as well
degrees of deflection, fittings should be used.
as any metals and a limitless combination of dissimilar
materials (both plastics and metals mixed together). It
Lead and Oakum Joints (Caulked Joints) shielded hubless coupling has a maximum limit of up
Hub-and-spigot cast iron soil pipe and fitting joints to 5 degrees. Maximum deflection should not exceed
can be made with oakum fiber and molten lead, which inch per foot of pipe. This allows 5 inches of deflection
provides a leak-free, strong, flexible, and root-proof for a 10-foot piece of pipe. For more than 5 degrees of
joint. The waterproofing characteristics of oakum fi- deflection, fittings should be used.
ber have long been recognized by the plumbing trades, Mechanically Formed Tee Fittings for
and when molten lead is poured over the oakum in a Copper Tube
cast iron soil pipe joint, it completely seals and locks Mechanically formed tee fittings shall be formed in
the joint. This is because the hot lead fills a groove a continuous operation consisting of drilling a pilot
in the bell end of the pipe or fitting, firmly anchoring hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a
the lead in place after cooling. tee having a height of not less than three times the
To make a caulked joint, the spigot end of a pipe thickness of the branch tube wall so as to comply
or fitting is placed inside the hub of another pipe or with the American Welding Societys lap joint weld.
fitting. Oakum is placed around the spigot in the hub The device shall be fully adjustable to ensure proper
using a yarning tool, and then the oakum is packed tolerance and complete uniformity of the joint. (See
to the proper depth using a packing tool. Molten lead Figure 2-15.)
is then poured into the joint, ensuring that the lead The branch tube shall be notched to conform to
is brought up near the top of the hub. the inner curve of the run tube and have two dimple/
After the lead has cooled sufficiently, it is caulked depth stops pressed into the branch tube, one inch
with a caulking tool to form a solid lead insert. The (6.4 mm) atop the other so as to serve as a visual point
result is a lock-tight soil pipe joint with excellent of inspection. The bottom dimple ensures that pen-
flexural characteristics. If horizontal joints are to etration of the branch tube into the tee is of sufficient
be made, a joint runner must be used to retain the depth for brazing and that the branch tube does not
molten lead. Customary safety precautions should be obstruct the flow in the main line tube. Dimple/depth
taken when handling molten lead. stops shall be in line with the run of the tube.
Shielded Hubless Coupling Mechanically formed tee fittings shall be brazed
The shielded coupling for hubless cast iron soil pipe in accordance with the Copper Development Asso-
and fittings is a plumbing concept that provides a ciations Copper Tube Handbook using BCuP series
more compact arrangement without sacrificing the filler metal.
quality and performance of cast iron. The hubless Note that soldered joints are not permitted. Me-
coupling system typically uses a one-piece neoprene chanically formed tee fittings shall conform to ASTM
gasket, a shield of stainless steel retaining clamps. F2014: Standard Specification for Non-Reinforced
The hubless coupling is manufactured in accordance Extruded Tee Connections for Piping Applications,
with CISPI 310 and ASTM C1277: Standard Specifi- ANSI B31.9: Building Services Piping, and ASME
cation for Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast B31: Standards of Pressure Piping.
Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
The great advantage of the system is that it per-
mits joints to be made in limited-access areas. 300
series stainless steel is always used with hubless
couplings because of its superior corrosion resistance.
It is resistant to oxidation, warping and deforma-
tion, offers rigidity under tension with substantial
tension strength, and provides sufficient flexibility.
The shield is corrugated in order to grip the gasket
sleeve and to give maximum compression distribution
to the joint.
The stainless steel worm gear clamps compressthe
neoprene gasket to seal the joint. The neoprene gasket
absorbs shock and vibration and completely elimi-
nates galvanic actionbetween the cast ironandthe
stainless steel shield. Neoprene does not support
combustion and can be used safely up to 212F. The
neoprene sleeve is completely protected by a non-
flammable stainless steel shield, and as a result, a
fire rating is not required. Joint deflection using a Figure 2-15 Copper Pipe Mechanical T-joint
Source: Courtesy of T-Drill.
eed quality?
Need
N q ality? NIBCO deman
qu demands the best.
Need service?
service? NIBCO has the expertise.
Check valve An automatic, self-closing valve that be lubricated easily and do not come into contact with
permits flow in only one direction. It automatically the fluid flowing through the valve.
closes by gravity when liquid ceases to flow in that Packing A general term describing any yielding
direction. material used to affect a tight joint. Valve packing is
Clapper A common term that is used to describe generally jam packing. It is pushed into a stuffing
the disc of a swing-type check valve. box and adjusted from time to time by tightening
Disc The disc-shaped device that is attached to the down a packing gland or packing nut.
bottom of the stem and is brought into contact with or Packing gland A device that holds and compresses
lifted off the seating surfaces to close or open a globe the packing and provides for additional compression
valve or butterfly valve. by manual adjustment of the gland as wear of the
Flanged bonnet A type of bonnet so constructed packing occurs. A packing gland may be screwed or
that it attaches to the body by means of a flanged, bolted in place.
bolted connection. The whole bonnet assembly, includ- Packing nut A nut that is screwed into place and
ing the hand wheel, stem, and disc, may be quickly presses down upon a gland bushing, which transmits
removed by unscrewing the nuts from the bonnet the force exerted by the packing nut to the packing. It
stud bolts. serves the same purpose as the packing gland.
Full port A term meaning that the area through Rising stem A threaded component that is un-
the valve is equal to or greater than the area of stan- screwed or screwed through the bonnet to open or
dard pipe. close the valve. The hand wheel may rise with the
Gate valve A valve that is used to open or close stem, or the stem may rise through the hand wheel.
off the flow of fluid through a pipe. It is so named Screwed bonnet A type of bonnet so constructed
because of the wedge (gate) that is either raised out that it attaches to the body by means of a screwed
of or lowered into a double-seated sluice to permit joint. A bonnet may be attached to the body by screw-
full flow or completely shut off flow. The passageway ing over the body or inside the body or by means of a
through a gate valve is straight through, uninter- union-type screwed connection.
rupted, and the full size of the pipeline into which Solid wedge A wedge consisting of one solid piece
the valve is installed. into which the valve stem is attached, so it seals
Gland bushing A metal bushing installed between against the valve seating surfaces to ensure a tight
the packing nut and the packing to transmit the force seal when the valve is closed.
exerted by the packing nut against the packing. Split wedge A wedge consisting of two pieces into
Globe valve A valve that is used for throttling or which the valve stem is screwed, so it expands the two
regulating the flow through a pipe. It is so named pieces against the valve seating surfaces to ensure a
because of the globular shape of the body. The disc is tight seal when the valve is closed.
raised off a horizontal seating surface to permit flow Standard port A term meaning that the area
or lowered against the horizontal seating surface to through the valve is less than the area of standard
shut off flow. The disc may be lifted completely to pipe.
permit full flow or lifted only slightly to throttle or
regulate flow. The flow through a globe valve has to Stem The usually threaded shaft to which the hand
make two 90-degree turns. wheel is attached at the top and the disc or wedge
at the lower end. The stem also may be called the
Hand wheel The wheel-shaped turning device by spindle.
which the stem is rotated, thus lifting or lowering
the disc or wedge. Stop plug An adjusting screw that extends through
the body of a check valve. It adjusts and controls the
Hinge pin The valve part that the disc or clapper extent of movement of the disc or clapper.
of a check valve swings.
Swing check valve A check valve that uses a
Lift check valve A check valve using a disc that hinged disc or clapper to limit the direction of flow.
lifts off the seat to allow flow. When flow decreases, The pressure exerted by the fluid flowing through the
the disc starts closing and seals before reverse flow valve forces the disc away from the seating surface.
occurs. When the flow ceases, the clapper falls to its original
Outside screw and yoke (OS&Y) A type of bon- position, preventing flow in the opposite direction.
net so constructed that the operating threads of the Union A coupling fitting consisting of three parts
stem are outside the valve housing, where they may (a shoulder piece, thread piece, and ring) that is used
for coupling the ends of pipe sections. Adjoining faces
HANDWHEEL
HANDWHEEL
NUT NUT the effect of increasing their resistance
to the cutting effects of dirt, scale, and
HANDWHEEL
HANDWHEEL other foreign matter. The composition
STEM STEM disc differs from the others in that it does
PACKINGPACKING
NUT NUT not fit into the seat opening, but over it,
PACKINGPACKING much as a bottlecap fits over the bottle
BONNET BONNET opening. This seat adapts the valve to
BODY BODY many services, including use with hard-
SEAT DISC
SEAT DISC
to-hold substances such as compressed
air, and makes it easy to repair.
Angle Valve
TYPICALTYPICAL
GLOBE GLOBE
VALVE VALVE PLUG VALVE
PLUG DESIGN
VALVE DESIGN
Very much akin to the globe valve, the
angle valve (see Figure 3-3) can decrease
piping installation time, labor, and
materials by serving as both valve and
90-degree elbow. It is less resistant to
flow than the globe valve, as flow must
change direction twice instead of three
CONVENTIONAL DISC DESIGN
CONVENTIONAL DISC DESIGN COMPOSITION
COMPOSITION
DISC DESIGN
times. It is also available with conven-
DISC DESIGN
tional, plug type, or composition discs.
Figure Figure
Figure 3-2 Globe
3-2 Globe Valve Valve
3-2 Valve
Globe
Ball Valve
barely open or fully open with little change in wear. The ball valve derives its name from
Also, because the disc of the globe valve travels a the drilled ball that swivels on its vertical axis and is
relatively short distance between fully open and fully operated by a handle. Its advantages are its straight-
closed, with fewer turns of the wheel required, an through flow, minimum turbulence, low torque, tight
operator can gauge the rate of flow by the number of closure, and compactness. Also, a quarter turn of the
turns of the wheel. handle makes it a quick-closing or quick-opening
As with the gate valve, a number of disc and seat valve. Reliability, ease of maintenance, and durability
arrangements are available. These are classified as have made the ball valve popular in industrial, chemi-
conventional disc, plug type, and composition disc. cal, and gas transmission applications.
The conventional disc is relatively flat, with beveled Ball valves are available in one-, two-, and
edges. On closure, it is pushed down into a beveled, three-piece body types, as shown in Figure 3-4. The
circular seat. Plug-type discs differ only in that they one-piece body is machined from a solid bar of stock
are far more tapered, thereby increasing the contact material or is a one-piece casing. The ball is inserted
surface between disc and seat. This characteristic has in the end for assembly, and the body insert that acts
as the seat ring is threaded in against the ball. The
HANDWHEEL NUT two-piece body is the same as the one-piece valve,
except that the body insert is larger and acts as an
end bushing. The three-piece body consists of a center
HANDWHEEL body section containing the ball that fits between two
body end pieces. Two or more bolts hold the assembly
STEM together.
PACKING NUT Butterfly Valve
PACKING The butterfly valve (see Figure 3-5) is the valve most
BONNET commonly used in place of a gate valve in cases where
SEAT DISC absolute, bubble-free shutoff is required.
In addition to its tight closing, one of the valves
OUTLET advantages is that it can be placed into a very small
space between pipe flanges. It is available with several
types of motorized and manual operators and a variety
BODY
of component material combinations.
INLET The two most common body types are the wafer
body and lug body. The wafer body is placed between
TYPICAL ANGLE VALVE pipe flanges, and the flange bolts surround the valve
body. The lug body has protruding lugs that provide
Figure Figure
3-3 Angle
3-3Valve
Angle Valve
permits straight-through
flow when open and is, there-
fore, less resistant to flow
than the lift check.
To ensure immediate clo-
sure upon reversal of flow
and when installed in verti-
cal installations, the check
TYPICAL ONE-PIECE TYPE TYPICAL TWO-PIECE TYPE valve should be of the spring-
loaded (non-slamming) type.
If reverse flow is not stopped
immediately, the velocity of
backflow could rise to such a
point that when closure does
occur, the resulting shock
could cause serious damage
TYPICAL THREE-PIECE TYPE to the valve and system.
Figure 3-43-4Ball Valve The lift check is primar-
Figure Ball Valve ily for use with gases or
bolt holes matching those in the flanges. Screwed- compressed air or in fluid
lug valves can be provided so that equipment may be systems where pressure drop is not critical.
removed without draining down the system. Plug Valve
Check Valve The plug valve has a quarter-turn design similar to a
Swing checks and lift checks (see Figure 3-6) are the ball valve, with the ball replaced by a plug. The plug
most common forms of check valve. Both are designed valve typically requires a higher operating torque
to prevent reversal of flow in a pipe. The swing check for closure, meaning specialized wrenches or expen-
sive automation packages are required.
Plug valves are available in lubricated,
non-lubricated, or eccentric types. The
non-lubricating type eliminates periodic
lubrication and ensures that the valves lu-
brication does not contaminate the process
media or affect any downstream instru-
mentation. The eccentric type is basically a
valve with the plug cut in half. The eccentric
design allows a high achieved seating force
with minimal friction encountered from the
WAFER STYLE LUG STYLE open to closed positions.
Figure
Figure 3-53-5 ButterflyValve
Butterfly Valve
OUT
OUT IN
OUT IN
IN
SLIDING STEM
Figure3-7
Figure 3-7 Valve
Valve Stems
Stems
Valve Materials in effect, the zinc is actually drawn out and removed
A valve may be constructed of several materials. For from the brass or bronze, leaving a porous, brittle, and
example, it may have a bronze body, monel seat, and weakened material. The higher the zinc content, the
an aluminum wheel. Metallic materials include brass, greater the susceptibility to dezincification. To slow
bronze, cast iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, steel, or prevent the process, tin, phosphorus antimony,
and stainless steel. Non-metallic materials are typi- and other inhibitors are added. Brass valves should
cally thermoplastics. Material specifications depend not be used for operating temperatures above 450F
on the operating conditions. (232.2C). The maximum operating temperature for
bronze is 550F (287.8C).
Brass and Bronze
Brass usually consists of 85 percent copper, 5 percent Iron
lead, 5 percent tin, and 5 percent zinc. Bronze has a Iron used in valves usually conforms to American
higher copper content, ranging from 86 percent to Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) A126:
90 percent, with the remaining percentage divided Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for
among lead, tin, and zinc. Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. Although iron-
Under certain circumstances, a phenomenon bodied valves are manufactured in sizes as small as
known as dezincification occurs in valves or pipes -inch (6.4-mm) nominal diameter, they most com-
containing zinc. The action is a result of electrolysis; monly are stocked in sizes of 2 inches (50.8 mm) and
above. In these larger sizes, they are considerably less or elements in the line fluid that might cause damage
expensive than bronze. because they are outside the valve body. Also, being
The higher weight of iron valves, as compared outside, they can be lubricated easily.
to bronze valves, should be considered when deter- As with any other rising stem valve, sufficient
mining hanger spacing and loads. A typical 2-inch clearance must be allowed to enable a full opening.
(50.8-mm) bronze screwed globe valve rated at 125 Rising Stem with Inside Screw
psi (861.3 kPa) weighs about 13 pounds (5.9 kilograms
This design is the simplest and most common stem
[kg]). The same valve in iron weighs 15 pounds (6.8
design for gate, globe, and angle valves. The position
kg) and, if specified with a yoke bonnet, about 22
of the hand wheel indicates the position of the disc,
pounds (10 kg).
opened or closed.
Malleable Iron
Nonrising Stem
Malleable iron valves are stronger, stiffer, and tougher
These are ideal where headroom is limited. They gen-
than iron-bodied valves and hold tighter pressures.
erally are limited to use with gate valves. In this type,
Toughness is most valuable for piping subjected to
the screw does not raise the stem, but rather raises
stresses and shocks.
and lowers the disc. As the stem only rotates and does
Stainless Steel not rise, wear on packings is lessened slightly.
For highly corrosive fluids, stainless steel valves Sliding Stem
provide the maximum corrosion resistance, high
These are applied where quick opening and closing
strength, and good wearing properties. Seating sur-
are required. A lever replaces the hand wheel, and
faces, stems, and discs of stainless steel are suitable
stem threads are eliminated.
where foreign materials in the fluids handled could
have adverse effects. Bonnets
In choosing valves, the service characteristics of the
Thermoplastic
bonnet joint should not be overlooked. Bonnets and
Many different types of thermoplastic materials are
bonnet joints must provide a leak-proof closure for
used for valve construction. Plastic valves gener-
the body. There are many modifications, but the three
ally are limited to a maximum temperature of 250F
most common types are screwed-in bonnet, screwed
(121.1C) and a maximum pressure of 150 psi (1,035
union-ring bonnet, and bolted bonnet.
kPa).
Screwed-in Bonnet
Valve Ratings This is the simplest and least expensive construction,
Most valve manufacturers rate their products in frequently used on bronze gate, globe, and angle
terms of saturated steam pressure; pressure of non- valves and recommended where frequent dismantling
shock cold water, oil, or gas (WOG); or both. These is not needed. When properly designed with running
ratings usually appear on the body of the valve. For threads and carefully assembled, the screwed-in bon-
instance, a valve with the markings 125 with 200 net makes a durable, pressure-tight seal that is suited
WOG will operate safely at 125 psi (861.3 kPa) of for many services.
saturated steam or 200 psi (1,378 kPa) cold water, Screwed Union-ring Bonnet
oil, or gas.
This construction is convenient where valves need
The engineer should be familiar with the markings
frequent inspection or cleaningalso for quick re-
on the valves specified and should keep them in mind
newal or changeover of the disc in composition disc
during construction inspection. A ruptured valve can
valves. A separate union ring applies a direct load on
do much damage.
the bonnet to hold the pressure-tight joint with the
Valve Components body. The turning motion used to tighten the ring is
split between the shoulders of the ring and bonnet.
Stems Hence, the point-of-seal contact between the bonnet
Stem designs fall into four basic categories: rising and the body is less subject to wear from frequent
stem with outside screw, rising stem with inside screw, opening of the joint.
nonrising stem with inside screw, and sliding stem. Contact faces are less likely to be damaged in
(See Figure 3-7.) handling. The union ring gives the body added
Rising Stem with Outside Screw strength and rigidity against internal pressure and
This design is ideal where the valve is used infre- distortion.
quently and the possibility of sticking constitutes a While ideal on small valves, the screwed union-ring
hazard, such as in a fire protection system. In this bonnet is impractical on large sizes.
arrangement, the screws are not subject to corrosion
Bolted Bonnet Joint for large-diameter lines due to ease of assembly and
A practical and commonly used joint for large valves dismantling. Flanged facings are available in vari-
or for high-pressure applications, the bolted bonnet ous designs depending on service requirements. One
joint has multiple boltings with small-diameter bolts important rule is to match facings. When bolting iron
that permit equalized sealing pressure without the valves to forged steel flanges, the facing should be of
excessive torque needed to make large threaded joints. the flat face design on both surfaces.
Only small wrenches are needed. Hub End
End Connections This generally is limited to valves for water-supply
Valves are available with screwed, welded, brazed, and sewage piping. The joint is assembled on the
soldered, flared, flanged, hub, and press-fitted ends. socket principle, with the pipe inserted in the hub
end of the valve or fitting.
Screwed End
This is by far the most widely used type of end connec- Press-fitted End
tion. It is found in brass, iron, steel, and alloy piping This method involves crimping the ends with a crimp-
materials. It is suited for all pressures but usually is ing tool around an ethylene propylene diene monomer
confined to small pipe sizes. The larger the pipe size, (EPDM) seal to form a water-tight connection.
the more difficult it is to make up the screwed joint.
Water-Pressure Regulators
Welded End
A pressure regulator is an automatic valve controlled
This type of end is available only in steel valves and by an inner valve connected to a diaphragm or piston
fittings and is mainly for high-pressure and high- or both. The diaphragm, held in the extreme travel,
temperature services. It is recommended for lines not or open, position by a preloaded spring, is positioned
requiring frequent dismantling. There are two types in the downstream portion of the valve and closes the
of welded-end materials: butt and socket welding. valve when the desired pressure has been reached.
Butt-welding valves and fittings come in all sizes; The effectiveness of the diaphragm and the
socket-welding ends are limited to small sizes. amount of preloading must be related to allow the
Brazed End diaphragm to move the inner valve to the extreme
This is available in brass materials. The ends of such opposite travel, or closed, position immediately after
materials are specially designed for the use of brazing the pressure on the diaphragm passes the desired
alloys to make the joint. When the equipment and operating pressure.
brazing material are heated with a welding torch to To change the operating pressure, tension on the
the temperature required by the alloy, a tight seal is diaphragm is increased or decreased by turning the
formed between the pipe and valve or fitting. While adjusting screw.
made in a manner similar to a solder joint, a brazed Normally, a regulator does not go from closed
joint can withstand higher temperatures due to the to fully open or from open to fully closed immedi-
brazing materials used. ately, but moves between these extreme positions
Soldered Joint in response to system requirements. The regulator
This is used with copper tubing for plumbing and adjusts to a fully open position instantaneously only
heating lines and for many low-pressure industrial if maximum system demand is imposed quickly, which
services. The joint is soldered by applying heat. Be- is not a common occurrence, unless the regulator is
cause of the close clearance between the tubing and undersized. The degree of valve opening, therefore,
the socket of the fitting or valve, the solder flows into depends entirely on the regulators ability to sense
the joint by capillary action. The use of soldered joints and respond to pressure changes.
under high temperatures is limited because of the low A reducing pressure change that causes a valve
melting point of the solder. Silver solder or Sil-Fos are to open is known as a reduced pressure fall-off, or
used for high pressures and temperatures. droop, and is an inherent characteristic of all self-
operated or pilot-operated regulators. Technically,
Flared End fall-off is expressed as the deviation in pressure from
This is commonly used on valves and fittings for metal the set value that occurs when a regulator strokes
and plastic tubing up to 2 inches (50.8 mm) in diam- from the minimum flow position to a desired flow
eter. The end of the tubing is skirted or flared, and a position. The amount of fall-off necessary to open a
ring nut is used to make a union-type joint. valve to its rated capacity varies with different types
Flanged End of valves.
This is generally used when screwed or soldered It is important to realize that the installation of
ends become impractical because of cost, size, or a regulator sets up a closed system; therefore, it is
strength of joint. Flanged ends generally are used necessary to install a relief valve and expansion tank
to eliminate excessive pressure caused by the thermal and capability, which could result in the selection of
expansion of water in the water heater or hot water a valve that, under no-demand conditions, permits a
storage tank. reduction in pressure great enough to damage equip-
Every manufacturer makes regulators with an in- ment in the system.
tegral bypass to eliminate relief valve dripping caused The maximum pressure permitted on a system
by thermal expansion. During normal operation, the under no-flow conditions is a most important factor,
bypass is held closed by high initial pressure. However, for both physical and economic reasons, and should
when thermal expansion pressure equals initial pres- be stipulated in the specification.
sure, the bypass opens, passing the expanded water The rule of thumb frequently employed is a size-
back into the supply line. The effectiveness of this to-size selectionthat is, using a valve having the
feature is limited to systems where initial pressure is same connection sizes as the pipeline in which it is to
less than the pressure setting of the relief valve. be installed. This is a gamble inasmuch as the actual
The integral bypass is not a replacement for the capacities of many valves are inadequate to satisfy
relief valve. It is used only to eliminate excessive drip the service load specified for a pipeline of correspond-
from the relief valve. ing size. Consequently, the system may be starved,
Regulator Selection and Sizing and the equipment may operate in an inconsistent
manner.
Selection of the correct type of regulator de-
The only sound valve selection procedure to fol-
pends entirely on the accuracy of regulation
low is to capacity size a valve on the basis of known
required. The valve plug in oversized valves tends
performance data related to system requirements.
to remain close to the seat, causing rapid wire
drawing and excessive wear. Unfortunately, no set Common Regulating Valves
standard for rating a pressure-regulating valve or Direct-acting, Diaphragm-actuated Valve
for capacity sizing it to the system exists. The many
This valve is simple in construction and operation,
methods proposed for selecting the proper valve are
requiring minimum attention after installation. This
often a cause of confusion to the engineer.
type of pressure regulator does not regulate the de-
The capacity rating of a pressure-regulating
livery pressure with extreme accuracy.
valve usually is expressed in terms of some single
value. This value, to be useful, must specify all the Pilot-operated Valve
conditions under which the rating was established. The pilot-controlled valve operates efficiently because
Otherwise, it is impossible to adapt it to different the pilot magnifies the control valve travel for a given
system conditions. change in control pressure.
Manufacturers attempt to recognize the inherent The pilot-type regulator consists of a small, direct-
characteristics of their own design and to stipulate acting, spring-loaded valve and a main valve. The pilot
those factors that, in their opinion, must be consid- valve opens just enough to supply the necessary pres-
ered in sizing the valve to the system. Some stress sure for operating the main valve. Extreme accuracy
the importance of the difference between initial and is effected as there is practically a constant load on
reduced pressure-differential pressure. Set pressure the adjusting spring, and variations in initial pressure
and allowable reduced pressure fall-off are very impor- have little effect.
tant factors in sizing a valve. A fall-off of 15 psi to 17 Direct-acting, Balanced-piston Valve
psi (103.4 kPa to 117.1 kPa) is considered reasonable This valve is a combination piston and diaphragm
for the average residential installation and, in well- and requires little attention after installation. With
designed valves, produces a good rating. the dependability of the diaphragm and the simplicity
Another procedure for establishing valve perfor- of direct action, this valve is only slightly affected by
mance is on the basis of flow rate, with a reduced variations in initial pressure.
pressure fall-off of 15 psi to 17 psi (103.4 kPa to 117.1
kPa) below reduced lockup or no-flow pressure. For Booster Pump Control Valve
general use, this approach provides an adequate This is a pilot-operated valve designed to eliminate
means of valve selection. However, it is not specific pipeline surges caused by the starting and stopping
enough to enable the selection of the valve best suited of the booster pump. The pump starts against a
to particular conditions. closed valve. After the pump starts, a solenoid valve
Other manufacturers rate their valves on the basis is energized, slowly opening the valve and allowing
of a stipulated flow rate at a specific pressure differen- the line pressure to gradually increase to full pump-
tial, with the valve open to the atmosphere, without ing head. When the pump shuts off, the solenoid is
regard to change in pressure drop when the system de-energized, and the valve slowly closes as the pump
demand is zero. This method does not provide ample continues to run. When the valve is fully closed, the
information for proper judgment of valve behavior pump stops.
5. More compact than multi-turn valves 4. Broad selection of trim materials to match
6. Offer long cycle life different fluid conditions
5. More compact than multi-turn valves
Disadvantages
6. Offer long cycle life
1. Temperature and pressure range is limited by
seat material. 7. Dead-end service
2. Cavity around ball traps media and does not Disadvantages
drain entrapped media. Susceptible to freezing, 1. They are not to be used with steam.
expansion, and increased pressure due to
increased temperature. 2. Gear operators are needed for 8-inch and larger
valves to aid in operation and to protect against
Body Styles operating too quickly and causing destructive
1. One-piece valves have no potential body leak line shock.
path but have a double-reduced port; thus, Body Styles
significant pressure drop occurs. Not repairable,
they are used primarily by chemical and refining 1. Wafer-style valves are held in place between two
plants. pipe flanges. They are easy to install but cannot
be used as isolation valves.
2. Two-piece end entries are used most commonly
in building services. They are the best-value 2. Lug-style valves have wafer bodies but
valves and are available in full- or standard- tapped lugs matching up to bolt circles of
port balls. They are recommended for on/off or class 125/150-pound flanges. They are easily
throttling service and not recommended to be installed with cap screws from either side. Lug
repaired. style designs from some manufacturers permit
dropping the pipe from one side while the valve
3. Three-piece valves are costly but are easier to holds full pressure if needed.
disassemble and offer the possibility of inline
repair. They are available in full- or standard- 3. Groove butterfly valves directly connect to pipe
port balls. using iron-pipe-size, grooved couplings. While
more costly than wafer valves, grooved valves
Port Size are easier to install.
1. Full-port ball valves provide a pressure drop
equal to the equivalent length of the pipe, Design Detail: Quarter-Turn
slightly better than gate valves. Valve, Lubricated Plug Cock
2. Standard-port (conventional) balls are up to one Advantages and Recommendations
pipe size smaller than the nominal pipe size but
1. Bubble-tight shutoff from stem seal of reinforced
still have significantly better flow characteristics
Teflon. Leak-proof, spring-loaded ball and
than globe valves.
lubricated, sealed check valve and combination
3. Reduced-port ball valves have greater than lubricant screw and button head fitting prevent
one pipe size flow restriction and are not foreign matter from being forced into the
recommended in building services piping, but lubrication system.
rather are used for process piping for hazardous
2. Quick, 90-degree open/close; not dependent on
material transfer.
torque for seating
Handle Extensions
3. Straight-through, unobstructed flow,
1. Insulated handle extensions or extended handles bidirectional flow, three-way flow, or four-way
should be used to keep insulated piping systems flow
intact. 4. Offers long cycle life
Design Detail: Quarter-Turn 5. Adjustable stop for balancing or throttling
Butterfly Valve service
disc, 416 stainless steel stem, EPDM O-ring stem two-piece, cast bronze (ASTM B584) bodies with
seals, and resilient, EPDM cartridge lined to seat. reinforced Teflon seats. Full-port -inch to 1-inch
Sizes 2 inches to 6 inches shall be lever operated valves and conventional-port 1-inch to 2-inch valves
with a 10-position throttling plate. Sizes 8 inches to require blowout-proof stems, chrome-plated brass ball
12 inches shall have gear operators. Sizes 14 inches with a safety vent hole on the downstream side with
and larger shall have worm gear operators only. They threaded or soldered ends and lockout/tagout handles.
are suitable for use as bidirectional isolation valves Lockout/tagout handles must meet the requirements
and, as recommended by the manufacturer, on dead- of Occupational Safety and Health Administration
end service at full pressure without the need for (OSHA) 29 CFR Section 1910.147: The Control of
downstream flanges. Hazardous Energy (Lockout/Tagout). Valves shall
Valves shall comply with MSS SP-67. comply with MSS SP-110.
Note: Butterfly valves in dead-end service require Butterfly Valves
both upstream and downstream flanges for proper
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger
shutoff and retention or must be certified by the
shall be rated 200 psi nonshock CWP. Valves shall be
manufacturer for dead-end service without down-
lug or IPS, grooved-type body and shall be cast or
stream flanges.
ductile iron (ASTM A536) with a Buna-N seat; ductile
Check Valves iron, aluminum bronze disc; ASTM A582: Standard
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars
shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock Type 416 stainless steel stem; and Buna-N O-ring
CWP. They shall have threaded or soldered ends, with stem seals. Sizes 2 inches to 6 inches shall be lever
body and cap conforming to ASTM B62 cast bronze operated with a 10-position throttling plate. Sizes 8
composition and a Y-pattern swing-type disc. Valves inches to 12 inches shall have gear operators. Lever-
shall comply with MSS SP-80 operated valves shall be designed to be locked in the
Note: Class 150 valves meeting the above specifica- open or closed position. Butterfly valves on dead-end
tions may be used where system pressure requires. service or valves needing additional body strength
For class 125 seat disc, specify Buna-N for WOG shall be lug type conforming to ASTM A536, ductile
service and TFE for steam service. For class 150 seat iron, drilled and tapped, with other materials and
disc, specify TFE for steam service. features as specified above. Valves shall comply with
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger MSS SP-67.
shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock Note: Dead-end service requires lug-pattern or
CWP. They shall have an iron body, bronze mounted, grooved-type bodies. For dead-end service, flanges
with body and bolted bonnet conforming to ASTM are required upstream and downstream for proper
A126 class B cast iron, flanged ends, swing-type disc, shutoff and retention, or valves must be certified
and nonasbestos gasket. Valves shall comply with by the manufacturer for dead-end service without
MSS SP-71. downstream flanges. Ductile iron bodies are preferred;
Alternative check valves (2 inches and larger) however, cast iron may be acceptable.
shall be class 125/250 iron body, bronze mounted, wa- Check Valves
fer check valves, with ends designed for flanged-type 2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
connection, aluminum bronze disc, EPDM seats, 316 shall be of class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi
stainless steel torsion spring, and hinge pin. nonshock CWP. They shall have threaded ends, with
A spring-actuated check valve is to be used on body and cap conforming to ASTM B62, cast bronze
pump discharge. Swing check with outside lever and composition, Y-pattern, swing-type with TFE seat
spring (not center guided) is to be used on sewage disc, or spring-loaded lift type with resilient seating.
ejectors or storm water sump pumps. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-80.
Compressed Air Service 2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger
Ball Valves shall be class 125, rated 200 psi nonshock CWP, and
have a maximum temperature of 200F. They shall
2 inches and smaller Main line valves 2 inches and
have ASTM A126 class B cast iron body; wafer-check
smaller shall be rated 150 psi SWP, 600 psi nonshock
valve, with ends designed for flanged-type connec-
CWP. They shall have two-piece, cast bronze bod-
tions; Buna-N resilient seats, molded to body; bronze
ies; reinforced Teflon seats; full port; blowout-proof
disc; 316 stainless steel torsion spring; and hinge
stems; chrome-plated brass ball; and threaded or sol-
pin. Valves shall conform to ANSI B16.10: Gray Iron
dered ends. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-110.
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125,
Branch line valves 2 inches and smaller shall be
and 250.
rated 150 psi SWP, 600 psi nonshock CWP and have
Note: If the compressor is the reciprocating type, bagged for oxygen service. Valves shall comply with
check valves shall be downstream of the receiver MSS SP-110.
tank. Note: Where piping is insulated, ball valves shall
Vacuum Service be equipped with 2-inch extended handles of nonther-
mal, conductive material. Also, a protective sleeve
Ball Valves that allows operation of the valve without breaking
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller the vapor seal or disturbing the insulation should be
shall be rated 150 psi SWP, 600 psi nonshock CWP. provided.
They shall have two-piece, cast brass bodies, rein-
Low-pressure Steam and General Service
forced Teflon seats, a full port, blowout-proof stems,
This includes service up to 125 psi saturated steam
a chrome-plated brass ball, and threaded or soldered
to 353F (178C).
ends. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-110.
Butterfly Valves
Butterfly Valves
Butterfly valves are not allowed in steam service un-
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger less stated as acceptable for the application by the
shall be rated 200 psi nonshock CWP. Valves shall be manufacturer.
lug or IPS grooved-type body with a 2-inch extended
Gate Valves
neck for insulating and shall be cast or ductile iron
(ASTM A536), with a Buna-N seat; ductile iron, alu- 2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
minum bronze disc (ASTM A582); type 416 stainless shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock
steel stem; and Buna-N O-ring stem seals. Sizes 2 CWP, and have a rising stem. Body, union bonnet,
inches to 6 inches shall be lever operated with a 10-po- and solid wedge shall be of ASTM B62 cast bronze
sition throttling plate. Sizes 8 inches to 12 inches shall with threaded ends. Stems shall be of dezincification-
have gear operators. Lever-operated valves shall be resistant silicon bronze (ASTM B371) or low-zinc
designed to be locked in the open or closed position. alloy (ASTM B99). Packing glands shall be bronze
For butterfly valves on dead-end service or requir- (ASTM B62), with aramid fiber, nonasbestos packing,
ing additional body strength, valves shall be lug type, complete with malleable hand wheel. Class 150 valves
conforming to ASTM A536, ductile iron, drilled and meeting the above specifications may be used where
tapped, with other materials and features as specified pressures approach 100 psi. Valves shall comply with
above. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-67. MSS SP-80.
Note: Dead-end service requires lug-pattern or 2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger
grooved-type bodies. For dead-end service, flanges shall be class 125, rated 100 psi SWP, 150 psi nonshock
are required upstream and downstream for proper CWP. They shall have an iron body, bronze-mounted
shutoff and retention, or valves must be certified OS&Y, with body and bolted bonnet conforming to
by the manufacturer for dead-end service without ASTM A126 class B cast iron, flanged ends, with
downstream flanges. Ductile iron bodies are preferred; aramid fiber, nonasbestos packing, and two-piece
however, cast iron may be acceptable. packing gland assembly. Class 250 valves meeting
Medical Gas Service the above specifications may be used where pres-
sures approach 100 psi. Valves shall comply with
Ball Valves MSS SP-70.
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
Ball Valves
shall be rated 600 psi nonshock CWP, 200 psi for
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
medical gas. They shall have three-piece, cast bronze
shall be 150 psi SWP and 600 psi nonshock CWP,
(ASTM B584) bodies, replaceable reinforced TFE
WOG. They shall have two-piece, cast bronze bodies;
seats, a full port, blowout-proof stems, a chrome-
reinforced Teflon seats; a full port; blowout-proof
plated brass/bronze ball, and brazed ends. Valves
stems; an adjustable packing gland; a stainless steel
shall be provided by the manufacturer cleaned and
ball and stem; and threaded ends. Valves shall comply
bagged for oxygen service. Valves shall comply with
with MSS SP-110.
MSS SP-110.
Note: A standard port may be used where pres-
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger sure drop is not a concern. For on/off service, use
shall be rated 600 psi nonshock CWP, 200 psi for ball valves with stainless steel balls. For throttling,
medical gas. They shall have three-piece, cast bronze use globe valves.
(ASTM B584) bodies, replaceable reinforced TFE
Globe Valves
seats, a full port, blowout-proof stems, a chrome-
plated brass/bronze ball, and brazed ends. Valves 2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
shall be provided by the manufacturer cleaned and shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock
CWP and have a body and bonnet of ASTM B62 cast malleable hand wheel. Valves shall comply with MSS
bronze composition, with threaded ends. Stems shall SP-80.
be of dezincification-resistant silicon bronze (ASTM 2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger
B371) or low-zinc alloy (ASTM B99). Packing glands shall be class 250, rated 250 psi SWP, 500 psi nonshock
shall be of bronze (ASTM B62), with aramid fiber, CWP. They shall have an iron body; bronze-mounted
nonasbestos packing, complete with malleable hand OS&Y with body and bolted bonnet conforming to
wheel. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-80. ASTM A126; class B cast iron, flanged ends; with
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger aramid fiber nonasbestos packing; and two-piece
shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock packing gland assembly. Valves shall comply with
CWP. They shall have an iron body, bronze-mounted MSS SP-70.
OS&Y, with body and bolted bonnet conforming to Globe Valves
ASTM A126 class B cast iron and flanged ends, with
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
aramid fiber, nonasbestos packing and two-piece
shall be class 200, rated 200 psi SWP, 400 psi non-
packing gland assembly. Class 250 valves meeting
shock CWP. They shall have a rising stem, body and
the above specifications may be used where pres-
union bonnet of ASTM B61 cast bronze, threaded
sures approach 100 psi. Valves shall comply with
ends, ASTM A276: Standard Specification for Stain-
MSS SP-85.
less Steel Bars and Shapes type 420 stainless steel
Check Valves plug-type disc and seat ring, silicon bronze ASTM
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller B371 alloy stem, bronze ASTM B62 or ASTM B584
shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock packing gland, aramid fiber nonasbestos packing,
CWP. They shall have threaded ends with body and and malleable iron hand wheel. Valves shall comply
cap conforming to ASTM B62 cast bronze composi- with MSS SP-80.
tion, Y-pattern swing type with TFE seat disc or 2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger
spring-loaded lift type with resilient seating. Valves shall be class 250, rated 250 psi SWP, 500 psi nonshock
shall comply with MSS SP-80. CWP. They shall have an iron body; bronze-mounted
Note: Class 150 valves meeting the above specifi- OS&Y with body and bolted bonnet conforming to
cations may be used where system pressure requires ASTM A126; class B cast iron, flanged ends; with ar-
them. For class 150 seat discs, TFE for steam service amid fiber nonasbestos packing and two-piece packing
should be specified. gland assembly. Where steam pressure approaches
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger 150 psi or 366F, gray iron or ductile iron shall be
shall be class 125, rated 125 psi SWP, 200 psi nonshock used. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-85.
CWP. They shall have an iron body, bronze mounted, Check Valves
with body and bolted bonnet conforming to ASTM
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
A126, class B cast iron, flanged ends, a swing-type
shall be class 200, rated 200 psi SWP, 400 psi nonshock
disc, and nonasbestos gasket. Valves shall comply
CWP. They shall have threaded ends with body and
with MSS SP-71.
cap conforming to ASTM B61 cast bronze composition
Medium-pressure Steam Service and a Y-pattern swing-type disc. Valves shall comply
This includes up to 200-psi saturated steam to 391F with MSS SP-80.
(201C). 2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger
Butterfly Valves shall be class 250, rated 250 psi SWP, 500 psi nonshock
Butterfly valves are not allowed in steam service un- CWP. They shall have an iron body, bronze mounted,
less stated as acceptable for the application by the with body and bolted bonnet conforming to ASTM
manufacturer. A126, class B cast iron flanged ends, and a swing-type
disc assembly. Where steam pressure approaches 150
Gate Valves
psi or 366F, gray iron or ductile iron shall be used.
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
Valves shall comply with MSS SP-71.
shall be class 200, rated 200 psi SWP, 400 psi nonshock
CWP. They shall have a rising stem; body and union High-pressure Steam Service
bonnet of ASTM B61: Standard Specification for This includes up to 300-psi saturated steam to 421F
Steam or Valve Bronze Castings cast bronze; threaded (216C).
ends; ASTM B584 solid wedge; silicon bronze ASTM Gate Valves
B371 stem; bronze ASTM B62 or ASTM B584 pack- 2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
ing gland; aramid fiber nonasbestos packing; and shall be class 300, rated 300 psi SWP. They shall have
a rising stem, and body and union bonnet shall be of
ASTM B61 cast bronze composition, with threaded Nonlubricated Plug Valves
ends, bronze ASTM B61 disc, bronze ASTM B371 Valves shall be ANSI class 300, with 70 percent port
stem, stainless steel ASTM A276 type 410 seat rings, nonlubricated, wedge plug, and bolted bonnet. Body,
bronze packing gland, aramid fiber nonasbestos pack- bonnet, and packing gland flange shall be cast carbon
ing, and malleable hand wheel. Valves shall comply steel (ASTM A216) grade WCB.
with MSS SP-80. Plug shall be cast from high-tensile, heat-treated
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger alloy iron. The plug shall have two Teflon O-rings
shall be class 300, rated 300 psi SWP and have a cast inserted into dovetail-shaped grooves machined into
carbon steel, ASTM A216: Standard Specification for the plug faces. O-rings shall provide double seating
Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, and ensure vapor-tight shutoff on both the upstream
for High-Temperature Service wrought-carbon grade and downstream seats. Valves are to be seated in both
B (WCB) body and bolted bonnet. Disc and stem shall open and closed positions to protect body seats.
be ASTM A217: Standard Specification for Steel Stem shall be high-strength alloy steel conforming
Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pres- to American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 4150 and
sure-containing Parts, Suitable for High-temperature sulphurized, with face-to-face dimensions to meet
Service grade CA 15, cast 1214 percent chromium ANSI B16.10: Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimen-
stainless steel, with stellite-faced seat rings, flanged sions of Valves.
ends, and two-piece packing gland assembly. Valves Each valve shall be provided with a position indica-
shall comply with MSS SP-70. tor for visual indication of the 90-degree rotation of
the plug. Valves are to be equipped with a provision
Globe Valves for bypass connections.
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
shall be class 300, rated 300 psi SWP. They shall have Types of Operator
a body and union bonnet of ASTM B61 cast bronze 1. Valves 3 inches and smaller: Hand wheel or
composition, threaded ends, stainless steel ASTM wrench
A276 hardened plug-type disc and seat ring, silicon 2. Valves 4 inches and larger: Enclosed gear with
bronze ASTM B371 stem, bronze ASTM B62 or ASTM hand wheel
B584 packing gland, aramid fiber nonasbestos pack-
ing, and malleable hand wheel. Valves shall comply Each valve shall be certified to have passed the
with MSS SP-80. following minimum test requirements:
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger Shell test: 1,100-psi hydrostatic
shall be class 300, rated 300 psi SWP. They shall have Seat test: 750-psi hydrostatic (both sides to be
a cast carbon steel ASTM A216 grade WCB body and tested) and 100-psi air underwater (both sides to
bolted bonnet. Disc, stem, and seat rings shall be be tested)
ASTM A217 grade CA 15, cast 1214 percent chro- Gasoline and LPG Service
mium stainless steel, flanged or welded ends, with
two-piece packing gland assembly. Valves shall comply Plug valves
with MSS SP-85. Valves shall be ANSI class 150, 70 percent port, nonlu-
bricated tapered plug, bolted bonnet type. Valve body
Check Valves
shall be ASTM A216, grade WCB steel with drain plug,
2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller suitable for double block and bleed service.
shall be class 300, rated 300 psi SWP. They shall have The plug seals shall be two Teflon O-rings inserted
threaded ends with body and cap conforming to ASTM into dovetail-shaped grooves machined into the plug
B61, cast bronze composition, and Y-pattern swing- faces. Operation is to be such that the plug is lifted
type disc. Valves shall comply with MSS SP-80. clear of the seats before rotating 90 degrees.
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger End connections shall be ANSI class 150 raised
shall be class 300, rated 300 psi SWP. They shall have face and flanged. Face-to-face dimensions are to meet
a cast carbon steel, ASTM A216 grade WCB body and ANSI B16.10.
bolted bonnet. Disc and seat ring shall be ASTM A217 Fire Protection Systems
grade CA 15, cast 1214 percent chromium stainless
steel, with flanged or welded ends. Valves shall comply Gate Valves
with MSS SP-71. 2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
shall be of class 175 psi water working pressure
High-temperature Hot Water Service
(WWP) or greater, with body and bonnet conforming
This includes service to 450F.
to ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, threaded ends,
OS&Y, and solid disc and listed by UL, FM approved, Ball Valves
and in compliance with MSS SP-80. 2 inches and smaller Valves 2 inches and smaller
2 inches and larger Valves 2 inches and larger shall be constructed of commercial bronze, ASTM
shall be rated 175 psi WWP or greater. They shall B584, rated 175 psi WWP or higher, with reinforced
have an iron body, bronze mounted or with resilient TFE seats. Valves shall have a gear operator with a
rubber-encapsulated wedge, with body and bonnet raised position indicator and two internal supervisory
conforming to ASTM A126, class B cast iron, OS&Y, switches. Valves shall have threaded or IPS grooved
class 125 flanged or grooved ends. If of resilient-wedge ends and shall have blowout-proof stems and chrome-
design, the interior of the valve is to be epoxy coated. plated balls. They shall be UL listed, FM approved,
Valves shall meet or exceed AWWA C509. Valves are and in compliance with MSS SP-110 for fire protec-
to be UL listed, FM approved, and in compliance with tion service.
MSS SP-70. Butterfly Valves
Valves 4 inches and larger for underground 4 inches to 12 inches Butterfly valves may be sub-
bury shall be rated 200 psi WWP or greater, with body stituted for gate valves, where appropriate. Valves
and bonnet conforming to ASTM A126, class B cast shall be rated for 250 psi WWP, 175 psig working
iron, bronze mounted, resilient-seated gate valve with pressure, UL listed, FM approved, and in compliance
nonrising stem, with O-ring stem seal, epoxy coating with MSS SP-67.
inside and outside, and flanged or mechanical joint Valves furnished shall have ductile iron ASTM
ends as required. All valves furnished shall open left. A536 body and may have ductile iron ASTM A395:
All internal parts shall be accessible without removing Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron
the valve body from the line. Valves shall conform to Pressure-retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Tem-
AWWA C509. Epoxy coating shall conform to AWWA peratures (nickel-plated) discs or aluminum bronze
C550. Valves shall come complete with a mounting discs, depending on local water conditions. In addi-
plate for an indicator post and be UL listed, FM ap- tion, wafer style for installation between class 125/150
proved, and in compliance with MSS SP-70. flanges or lug style or grooved body may be specified,
When required, a vertical indicator post may be depending on the systems needs.
used on underground valves. Posts must provide a Valves shall be equipped with weatherproof gear,
means of knowing if the valve is open or shut. Indica- operator rated for indoor and outdoor use, with hand
tor posts must be UL listed and FM approved. wheel and raised position indicator with two internal
High-rise Service supervisory switches.
Gate Valves Check Valves
2 inches to 12 inches Gate valves 2 inches to Valves 2 inches and larger shall be 500 psi WWP,
10 inches shall be rated 300 psi WWP or greater. 12 bolted bonnet, with body and bonnet conforming to
inches shall be rated 250 psi WWP. They shall have ASTM A126, class B cast iron, flanged end with com-
an iron body, bronze mounted, with body and bonnet position Y-pattern, horizontal, swing-type disc. They
conforming to ASTM A126, class B, cast iron, OS&Y, shall be UL listed, FM approved, and in compliance
with flanged ends for use with class 250/300 flanges. with MSS SP-71 type 1 for fire protection service.
They shall be UL listed, FM approved, and in compli-
ance with MSS SP-70.
Check Valves
2 inches to 12 inches Check valves 2 inches to
10 inches shall be rated 300 psi WWP or greater. 12
inches shall be rated 250 psi WWP. They shall have an
iron body, bronze mounted, with a horizontal swing
check design, with body and bonnet conforming to
ASTM A126, class B, cast iron, with flanged ends for
use with class 250/300 flanges. They shall be UL listed,
FM approved, and in compliance with MSS SP-71.
Note: In New York City, valves are to be approved
by the New York City Materials and Equipment Ac-
ceptance Division (MEA) in addition to the above
specifications.
Efficiency
High efficiency is not the only characteristic to
examine in selecting a pump. It is explored here,
nonetheless, to demonstrate the impact of alterna-
tives when various compromises are considered.
An ideal pump transfers all of the energy from a
shaft to the liquid. Hence, the product of torque and
Figure 4-2 Inline Centrifugal Pump with a Vertical Shaft
Photo courtesy of Peerless Pump Co.
rotational speed equal the product of mass flow and
total head. However, hydraulic losses, such as fric-
as if in a continuation of the pipe run as shown in tion within the liquid through the pump, impeller
Figure 4-2, the pump is referred to as inline. exit losses, eddies from sudden changes in diameter,
Casing materials are generally cast iron and, for leaks, and turns in direction, or short-circuit paths,
domestic water supply, cast bronze. Other materials from high-pressure sections to low-pressure sections
include stainless steel and various polymers. Impel- result in performance degradation. In addition, me-
ler materials include cast iron, bronze, and various chanical losses include friction in bearings and seals.
polymers. Pump bearings and motor bearings vary The amount of both types of losses ranges from 15 to
between traditional sleeves and roller elements such 80 percent in centrifugal pumps and lesser amounts
as steel ball bearings. Bearings on each side of the for positive-displacement pumps.
impeller minimize shaft stresses compared to a pair Design features in centrifugal pumps that minimize
of bearings on one side. At the other extreme, the hydraulic losses include generous passage diameters
suppression is paramount, efficiency invested there flow generally is moving in an axial direction and not
is less important than a reliable pump design. in a tangential direction. Thus:
U v
Comparison of Similar h= 2 g t2
Centrifugal Pumps Figure 4-5 shows the velocity vectors of the flow
The various characteristics of centrifugal pumps can leaving the impeller. Vector vr2 represents the velocity
be reduced to two coefficients and one value referred of the water in a radial direction, Vector X represents
to as specific speed. the velocity of the water relative to the impeller blade,
The coefficients and a set of relationships, com- and Vector Y represents the sum of X and U. Thus,
monly called affinity laws, allow similarly shaped it is possible to resolve these vectors into tangential
centrifugal pumps to be compared. In general, the components and derive the following:
coefficients also apply to axial and mixed-flow pumps, vt2=U2 vr2 cot B=U2 (1 (vr2 /U2) cot B)
as well as turbines and fans.
Deriving the coefficients starts with the law of or
conservation of momentum. That is, the summation h=U2U2 (1 (v
g
r2 /U2) cot B)
to the right of the duty point. The pumps efficiency Head The energy of a fluid at any particular point of
can be estimated from the efficiency curves wrapping a flow stream per weight of the fluid. Units of mea-
around the duty point. Comparing the efficiencies of surement are generally in feet (meters).
several pumps can lead to the more ideal choice. Static head Elevation of water in a standpipe rela-
The shape of various pump curves varies with tive to the pipe centerline of a piping system. Any
pump designs. Steep curves are characterized with pressure gauge reading can be converted to static
a rapidly dropping head as the flow increases. Flat head if the density of the liquid is known.
curves have a slight variation from no flow to BEP,
often defined as 20 percent. The latter is preferred Velocity head The velocity portion of head with its
in most plumbing applications that employ one pump units converted to an equivalent static head.
because of the nearly uniform head. However, a pump Total discharge head The sum of static head and
with a steep curve has an advantage when a high velocity head at a pump discharge.
head is required in an economical pump design and
Suction head Static head near the inlet of a pump
the flow is of less consequence. For example, a sump
relative to the pump centerline.
pump, which has a sump to collect peak flows into its
basin, may have a high static head. With a generous Suction lift In contrast to suction head, this verti-
volume in the sump, the total time to evacuate is sec- cal dimension is between the pump centerline and a
ondary; therefore, the pumps flow is of less concern liquids surface that is below the pump.
than its head. Further, as the inlet flow increases and Total head Total head at the pump discharge minus
the water level rises, the head reduces and the pump suction head or plus suction lift.
flow increases.
A pump design with some Churn Maximum static head of a pump.
slope in its curve is desired for This is typically the head when all flow
parallel pump configurations. is blocked.
The sum of the flows at each Net positive suction head Static
head results in a more flat curve. head, velocity head, and equivalent at-
For control, the drop in head mospheric head at a pump inlet minus
as the demand increases may the absolute vapor pressure of the liquid
serve as an indicator to stage the being pumped.
next pump. A pump with nearly Head coefficient Ratio that expresses
vertical steepness is desired for pump head divided by the square of the
drainage pumps that are part of impeller tips velocity.
a system of pumps that discharge
into a force main. This perfor- Capacity coefficient Ratio of radial
mance characteristic allows a velocity of the liquid at the impeller to
nearly uniform flow at varying the velocity of the impellers tip.
heads. Some centrifugal and all Specific speed An index relating pump
positive-displacement pumps speed, flow, and head so that an optimal
exhibit this characteristic. pump impeller can be selected.
Terminology Staging
The following terms typically are To obtain greater total head, two pumps
used by engineers when discuss- can be connected in series; that is, the
ing pumps. discharge of one pump becomes the inlet
Standpipe A theoretical vertical of the other. As a convenience, pump
pipe placed at any point in a pip- manufacturers have created multistage
ing system so that the static head pumps where two or more centrifugal
can be identified by observing pumps are joined in a series by combining
the elevation of the free surface all of the impellers on a common shaft and
of the liquid. The connection arranging the casing to direct the flow of
of the standpipe to the piping a volute into the eye of the next impeller.
system for a static head reading (See Figure 4-7.) Another way to obtain
is perpendicular to the general a greater head is by using a regenerative
flow stream. turbine pump. Unlike other centrifugal
Figure 4-7 Multistage or Vertical pumps, the outer edge of the impeller
Lineshaft Turbine Pump and its volute intentionally employ higher
Photo courtesy of Peerless Pump Co.
velocities through the recirculation of a portion of A recent variation, for small fire pumps, includes
the flow from the volute to just inside the tip of the a vertical shaft and a single-suction design with the
impeller. The close dimensions of these pumps limit impeller fastened directly to the motor shaft. Pump
their use to clean liquids. Applications of high-head bearings, shaft couplings, and motor mounts are
pumps include water supplies in high-rise buildings, eliminated in this compact design. In applications for
deep water wells, and fire pumps for certain automatic tank-mounted fire pumps, the impeller is suspended
standpipe systems. near the bottom of the tank, and the motor or other
prime mover is located above the cover of the tank.
Applications Between the two is a vertical shaft placed within a
Pump applications in plumbing include specialty discharge pipe. NFPA labels these pumps as verti-
pumps for liquid supplies, pressure boost for domes- cal lineshaft turbine pumps. Flexibility in its design
tic water supply, similar supply for fire suppression, includes multistaging, a wide range of tank depths,
water circulation for temperature maintenance, and and several types of prime movers.
elevation increases for drainage systems. Except Maintaining adequate water temperature in
for the circulation application, pump systems theo- plumbing is achieved through circulation pumps.
retically are open systems, meaning that the liquid Applicable generally for hot water, but equally effec-
is transferred from one reservoir to another of a tive for chilled water to drinking fountains served by
higher elevation. The applications vary in the nature a remote chiller, the circulation pump maintains a
of the liquid, the dutywhether for daily use or for limited temperature change. Heat transfer from hot
rare firefightingand the magnitude of elevation water distribution piping to the surrounding space is
changes. quantified for each part of the distribution network.
To select a specialty pump, the following must For a selected temperature drop from the hot water
be considered: pressure increase, range of flow, na- source to the remote ends of the distribution, an ad-
ture of the energy source (electricity, air, manual, equate flow in the circulation can be determined from
other), whether the liquid contains particulates, Equation 4-5. Since the nature of circulation is as if it
whether pulses are tolerable, accuracy in dispens- were a closed system, pump head is simply the friction
ing, self-priming requirement, whether the pump is losses associated with the circulation flow.
submerged, and if the pump requires an adaptation Equation 4-5
to its supply container.
A domestic booster pump system typically uses
multiple parallel centrifugal pumps to increase mu-
Q=
q
500T [ 4,187T
q
]
nicipal water pressure for the buildings domestic where
Q =Flow, gpm (L/s)
water distribution. Particular design issues such as
q =Heat transfer rate, Btuh (W)
sizing, pump redundancy, pressure-reducing valves,
T =Temperature difference, F (C)
other pump controls, adjustable-frequency drives,
high-rise buildings, and break tanks are described in For example, if it is determined that 1,000 Btuh
Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook, Volume 2, transfers from a length of hot water piping and no
Chapter 5: Cold Water Systems. The same issues more than 8F is acceptable for a loss in the hot
apply for private water systems that require a well water temperature, the flow is determined to be
pump. 1,000/(5008)=0.250 gpm. In SI, if it is determined
The water supply for fire suppression requires a that 293 W transfers from a length of hot water piping
pump that is simple and robust. In addition, the slope and no more than 4.4C is acceptable for a loss in the
of the performance curve is limited by fire pump stan- hot water temperature, the flow is determined to be
dards. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 293/(4,1874.4)=0.0159 L/s.
20: Standard for the Installation of Stationary Fire Where the elevation of the municipal sewer is in-
Pumps for Fire Protection limits the curve to not less sufficient or other elevation shortfalls occur, pumps
than 65 percent of rated total head for 150 percent of are added to a drainage system. The issue may apply
rated flow. A variety of listing agencies monitor pump only to one fixture, one floor, or the entire building.
manufacturing to certify compliance with one or more Sub-soil drainage generally is pumped. In addition,
standards. The design of a single-stage or multistage if backflow is intolerable from floor drains in a high-
centrifugal pump generally qualifies. A double-suction value occupancy, pumps are provided for the floor
centrifugal pump with enclosed impeller, horizontal drains. Terminology varies to describe these pumps,
shaft, wear rings, stuffing-box shaft seals, and bear- but typical names include sewage pump, sump pump,
ings at both ends historically has been used. The sewage ejector, lift station pump, effluent pump, bilge
pump inlet connection generally is in line with the pump, non-clog pump, drain water pump, solids-han-
outlet connection. dling sewage pump, grinder pump, dewatering pump,
or wastewater pump. This chapter uses the broader basin, others in a dry pit adjacent to the basin, and
term, drainage pump, to include sub-soil drainage. others mount the motor above with only the pump
The nature of solids and other contaminants in casing and impeller submerged. In any design, provi-
the water through these pumps necessitates several sion is required for air to enter or leave the basin as
types of pump designs. For minimal contaminants, the the water level varies. The installation of a pump in
design may be with an enclosed impeller, wear rings, a sanitary drain system includes a sealed basin and
and clearance dimensions that allow -inch (19-mm) vent piping to the exterior or vent stack. In some
diameter spheres to pass through. For drainage flows cases, the pump is above the water level but only if a
from water closets and similar fixtures, manufactur- reliable provision is included in the design to prime
ers provide pumps of two designs. One design uses the pump prior to each pumping event.
an open recessed impeller, no wear rings, and clear-
ance dimensions that allow 2-inch (50-mm) diameter Pump Service
spheres to pass through. The other, referred to as a The selection of a pump includes factors such as the
grinder pump (see Figure 4-8), places a set of rotating need to monitor, repair, or replace the pump. Pumps
cutting blades upstream of the impeller inlet, which in accessible locations can be readily monitored. Sen-
slices solid contaminants as they pass through a ring sors on remote pumps, such as seal-leak probes and
or disc that has acute edges. Efficiency is compromised bearing vibration sensors, assist in pump monitoring
in both for the sake of effective waste transport, in to avert a catastrophic pump failure.
the latter more so than the former, but with the Pump maintenance can be facilitated when disas-
benefit of a reduced pipe diameter in the discharge sembly requires minimal disturbance of piping or
piping. Grinder pumps are available in centrifugal wiring. Disassembly may be with the casing split
and positive-displacement types. horizontally along a horizontal shaft or with the
Drainage pumps generally have vertical shafts, casing split perpendicularly to the shaft. The latter
cylindrical basins, and indoor or outdoor locations. allows impeller replacement without disturbing the
Some pumps are designed to be submerged in the inlet pipe connection to the pump body.
Complete pump replacement can be facilitated
with adequate access, shutoff valves, nearby motor
disconnects, minimal mounting fasteners, direct
mounting of the motor on the pump housing (close-
coupled pump), and pipe joints with bolted fasteners.
A simpler arrangement, commonly used for submers-
ible drainage pumps, provides the pump removal
from a basin by merely lifting a chain to extract it.
The lift or return is facilitated by special guide rails,
a discharge connection joint held tight by the weight
of the pump, and a flexible power cable.
Environmental Concerns
In addition to concerns about how pumps may affect
the environment, the environment may affect the
design requirements for pumps. An example of the
former is a provision in an oil-filled submersible pump
to detect an oil leak. A probe in the space between a
pair of shaft seals signals a breach of the lower seal.
Another example is vibration isolation for pumps near
sensitive spaces.
Examples of the latter include provisions in the
pump design for potential explosions, loss of elec-
tric power, or corrosive environments. That is, the
pump, its motor, and its cabling may be subjected to
methane gas in a sewage ejector; a loss of power to a
drainage pump may be supplemented locally with a
parallel pump powered from a marine battery; or the
material of any pump must consider any corrosive
Figure 4-8 Cross-section of a Grinder Pump with Cutting environments surrounding it. Other examples of the
Blades at the Inlet environment affecting a pump include the tempera-
Photo courtesy of Ebara.
ture of the water through the pump, temperature of In addition to shutoff valves, general pump instal-
the air around the pump, and nature of contaminants lations may include drain ports, pressure gauges,
in the water. automatic or manual air release vents, and vibration
isolation couplings. A pressure gauge upstream and
Pump Control downstream of the pump allows easy indication of
Pump controls vary with applications. A small simplex rated pump performance. Check valves are provided
sump pump may have a self-contained motor overload for each pump of duplex and similar multiple-pump
control, one external float switch, an electric plug, and arrangements, fire pumps, and circulation pumps.
no control panel. A larger pump of any application A fire pump includes provisions for periodic flow
may have a control panel with a motor controller, testing. Fire pumps may include a pressure relief
run indicator light, hand-off auto switch, run timer, valve if low flows create high heads that exceed pipe
audio/visual alarm for system faults, and building material ratings.
automation system interface. The manufacturing All pumps require a minimum pressure at their
of the control panel may be certified as comply- inlet to avoid harmful cavitation. Destructive effects
ing with one or more safety standards. The panel occur when low absolute pressures at the entry to
housing may be classified to match its installation the impeller cause the water to vaporize and then
environment. Motor control generally includes an collapse further into the impeller. The resulting
electric power disconnect and related control wiring shock wave erodes the impeller, housing, and seals
as well as power-interrupting controls against motor as well as overloads the bearings and shaft. Anther
overload, under-voltage, over-current, and various effect is reduced flow due to the blockage caused by
alarm conditions. The largest pumps often include the pockets of water vapor. Cavitation is avoided by
reduced-voltage starters. Duplex or triplex pump ar- verifying Equation 4-6.
rangements include these control features for each Equation 4-6
pump and an alternator device that alternates which
pump first operates on rising demand. A micropro- hr ha hv+hs hf
cessor may be economically chosen for applications where
involving at least a dozen sensor inputs. hr =Net positive suction head required, from
A booster pump has additional controls such as low pump manufacturer, feet (m)
flow, low suction pressure, high discharge pressure, ha =Local ambient atmospheric pressure
time clock for an occupancy schedule, and possibly a converted to feet (m) of water
speed control such as a variable-frequency drive. hv =Vapor pressure of water at applicable
temperature, feet (m)
A circulation pump may include a temperature
hs =Suction head (negative value for suction
sensor that shuts down the pump if it senses high lift), feet (m)
demand, which presumably indicates adequate hot hf =Friction head of piping between pump and
water in each distribution branch. A time clock for where hs is measured, feet (m)
an occupancy schedule shuts down the pump during
Increasing hs resolves most issues regarding cavi-
off-hours.
tation, generally by mounting the pump impeller as
The control of a fire pump may include automatic
low as possible. Note that hr varies with flow and
transfer between two power sources, engine control,
impeller diameter, ha=33.96 feet (10.3 m) for an
and pressure maintenance through a secondary pump
ambient of 14.7 pounds per square inch (psi) (101
(jockey pump).
kilopascals [kPa]) and hv=0.592 feet (0.180 m) for
The control of a drainage pump includes one
water at 60F (15.5C). Suction head, hs, may be the
or more float switches and possibly a high-water
inlet pressure converted to head, but it also may be the
alarm.
vertical distance from the impeller centerline to the
Pump Installation surface of the water at the inlet. The ambient head,
Pumping effectiveness and efficiency require a uni- ha, also may need adjusting for sewage pumps, with
form velocity distribution across the pipe diameter the basin connected to an excessively long vent pipe.
or basin dimensions at the pump inlet. An elbow, Reciprocating positive-displacement pumps have an
increaser with a sudden diameter change, check valve, additional acceleration head associated with keeping
and other flow disturbances create an irregular veloc- the liquid filled behind the receding piston.
ity profile that reduces flow and possibly discharge Submergence is a consideration for pumps joined
head. To avoid air entrapment, eccentric reducers, near or in a reservoir or basin. A shallow distance
with the straight side up, are used on inlet piping from the pump inlet to the surface of the water may
rather than concentric reducers. create a vortex formation that introduces air into the
pump unless the reservoir exit is protected by a wide
plate directly above. In addition to lost flow capacity,
a vortex may cause flow imbalance and other harm Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning Engineers,
to the pump. Extra depth can be added to a basin 2000.
to mount the pump lower, and the elevation of the
water surface can be unchanged to keep the same
total head.
Like all parts of engineering, redundancy can be
considered for any pump application. The aggregate
capacity of a set of pumps may exceed the peak de-
mand by any amount; however, the summation for
centrifugal pumps involves adding the flow at each
head to create a composite performance curve. Dis-
cretion is further made to the amount of redundancy,
whether for each duplex pump at 100 percent of de-
mand or each triplex pump at 40 percent, 50 percent,
or 67 percent. For efficiencys sake, a mix may be
considered for a triplex, such as 40 percent for two
pumps and 20 percent for the third pump.
Conclusion
Pumps in plumbing systems generally take advantage
of the inherent qualities of the centrifugal type, even
in a wide range of applications. While water is the
primary liquid considered in plumbing, its tempera-
ture varies by more than 100F (56C) with different
applications, and contaminants range from sand to
human waste to whatever a vandal imagines to add
into plumbing. Issues concerning reliability range
from continuous, but inconsequential, operation to
rare, but essential, operation. For example, minor
inconveniences may occur when a circulation pump
is lost, but great harm may occur when a fire pump
fails to respond. Consequentially, booster pumps and
drainage pumps fall in between these two extremes.
Efficiency of a pump installation can be improved
with careful selection and inlet piping. Safe and ef-
fective control varies with various applications. A
motorized centrifugal pump is used with nearly all
plumbing applications, but each pump varies greatly
with its selection of materials, mounting type, shaft
seals, bearings, shaft orientation, impeller type, pipe
connection configuration, and shaft coupling. Hence,
the centrifugal pump in plumbing is manufactured in
a wide range of designs.
Resources
Mironer, Alan. Engineering Fluid Mechanics, New
York: McGraw-Hill, 1979.
Westaway, C.R., Loomis, A.W., ed. Cameron
Hydraulic Data. 15th ed. Woodcliff Lake, NJ:
Ingersoll-Rand Co., 1977.
Tuve, G.L., Domholdt, L.C., Engineering
Experimentation, New York: McGraw-Hill, 1966.
2000 ASHRAE Handbook: Heating, Ventilating,
and Air-conditioning Systems and Equipment,
Atlanta, GA: American Society of Heating,
is the weight of water, in grains, that is transmitted From this report, it seems likely that smoke developed
through 1 square foot of insulation 1 inch thick in index of up to 200 could provide good visibility.
one hour. A generally accepted value of 0.10 perms is
considered the maximum rate for an effective vapor Cleaning and Sterilization
retarder. A formula for the transmission of water Insulation used for the chemical, pharmaceutical, and
vapor diffusing through insulation systems is given food-processing industries (for example) must have
in Equation 5-1. the ability to withstand repeated cleaning by various
Equation 5-1 methods. This is provided by application of the proper
jacketing material. Important properties of this jacket
P shall be resistance to growth of any organism, smooth,
W=AT white finish, resistance to repeated cleaning by the
L
where method of choice by the owner, and nontoxicity.
W = Total weight of vapor transmitted, grains
(7,000 grains=1 pound of water) Types of Insulation
= Permeability of insulation, grains/ft /h/in.
2
All the various named types of insulation have dif-
Hg P/in. ferent trade names given by manufacturers. The
A = Area of cross-section of the flow path, discussions that follow use the generic names for
square feet the most often used materials in the plumbing and
T = Time during which the transmission drainage industry.
occurred, hours The various properties are based on the following
P = Difference of vapor pressure between ends
conditions:
of the flow path, inches of mercury (in. Hg)
L = Length of flow path, inches All materials have been tested to ASTM, NFPA,
and UL standards for a flame spread index of
Flame and Smoke 25 or less and a smoke developed index of 50 or
less.
Requirements
When a fire starts within a building, many of its The temperature at which the k and R ratings
contents contribute to the fire by either generating were calculated was 75F (24C).
smoke (if the product is incombustible) or supporting Fiberglass
combustion. Code limits for these factors have been Fiberglass insulation shall conform to ASTM C547:
established. These ratings are for complete insula- Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insula-
tion systems tested as a whole and not for individual tion. It is manufactured from glass fiber bonded with
components. The maximum code values for a flame a phenolic resin. It is the chemical composition of this
spread index of 25 or less and smoke developed index resin that determines the highest temperature rating
is 50 or less. These values have been established for of this insulation. (Consult the manufacturer for exact
noncombustible construction. Combustible construc- figures.) This insulation is tested to fall below the in-
tion may be different. dex of 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed.
The tunnel test is used to find the requirements It has a low water absorption and no to very limited
for the different combinations of materials that are combustibility. It has poor abrasion resistance.
used. They are tested for flame spread and smoke This is the most commonly used insulation for
developed. The ratings are compared to red oak the retardation of heat loss from plumbing lines and
flooring (indexed at 100) and cement board (indexed equipment. The recommended temperature range
at zero). Each test is given a different name by the is from 35F to 800F (1.8C to 422C), with ratings
agency that conducts it. The American Society for depending on the binder. It is available as premolded
Testing and Materials calls it ASTM E84: Standard pipe insulation, boards, and blankets. Typical k values
Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of range from 0.22 to 0.26, and R values range from 3.8
Building Materials, the National Fire Protection to 4.5. Its density is about 35 pounds per cubic foot
Association calls it NFPA 255: Standard Method of (4880 kilograms per cubic meter).
Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Fiberglass by itself is not strong enough to stay
Materials, and Underwriters Laboratories calls it on a pipe or piece of equipment, prevent the passage
UL 723: Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of of water vapor, or present a finished appearance. Be-
Building Materials. cause of this, a covering or jacket must be used.
A test conducted by UL determined, however, that
a smoke-developed index of 200 or less did not appre-
Elastomeric
ciably reduce visibility for periods of up to six minutes. Elastomeric insulation, commonly called rubber,
shall conform to ASTM C534: Standard Specification
for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal
Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. This is a for Extruded Preformed Flexible Cellular Polyolefin
flexible, expanded foam, of closed-cell material manu- Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. It
factured from nitrile rubber and polyvinyl chloride is made by the expansion of plastic beads or granules
resin. This insulation depends on its thickness to fall in a closed mold or using an extrusion process. The
below a specific smoke-developed rating. All thickness fire-spread index varies among manufacturers, but
has a flame-spread index of 25. It can absorb 5 percent its combustibility is high. Additives can be used to
of its weight in water and has a perm rating of 0.10. improve fire retardency. It is available molded into
Its density ranges between 3 pounds per cubic foot boards or premolded into pipe insulation.
and 6 pounds per cubic foot. This is most commonly used in 3-inch or 4-inch
The recommended temperature range is from thickness for insulation of cryogenic piping. The rec-
297F to 220F (183C to 103C). A typical k value ommended temperature range for installation is from
is 0.27, and a typical R value is 3.6. Recommended cryogenic to 220F (103C). The density varies from
use for this insulation includes preformed insulation 0.7 pounds per cubic foot and 3 pounds per cubic foot.
for pipe sizes up to 6 inches (DN 150) in -inch, The k value varies between 0.32 and 0.20, depending
-inch, and 1-inch thicknesses. It is also available in on the density and age of the material. The average
48-inch (1,200-mm) wide rolls and in sheet sizes of water absorption is 2 percent.
3648 inches (9001,200 mm). An adhesive must Calcium Silicate
be used to seal the seams and joints and adhere it to
Calcium silicate shall conform to ASTM C533: Stan-
the equipment.
dard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe
Rubber insulation can be painted without treat-
Thermal Insulation. It is a rigid granular insulation
ment. It is widely used in mechanical equipment
composed of calcium silicate, asbestos-free reinforcing
rooms and pipe, and the ease of application makes it
fibers, and lime. This material has a k value of 0.38
less costly. The recommended temperature range is
and an R rating of 2.0.
from -297F to 220F (-183C to 103C)
A mineral fiber commonly referred to as calsil,
Cellular Glass it is used for high-temperature work and does not
Cellular glass shall conform to ASTM C552: Standard find much use in the plumbing industry except as a
Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. rigid insert for installation at a hanger to protect the
This insulation is pure glass foam manufactured with regular insulation from being crushed by the weight
hydrogen sulfide and has closed-cell air spaces. The of the pipe.
smoke-developed rating is zero, and the flame spread Insulating Cement
is 5. The recommended application temperature is
This insulation is manufactured from fibrous and/or
between 450F and 450F (265C and 230C), with
granular material and cement mixed with water to
the adhesive used to secure the insulation to the pipe
form a plastic substance. Sometimes referred to as
or equipment the limiting factor. It has no water re-
mastic, it has typical k values ranging between 0.65
tention and poor surface abrasion resistance.
and 0.95, depending on the composition.
It is rigid and strong and commonly used for
This material is well suited for irregular sur-
high-temperature installations. It generally is manu-
faces.
factured in blocks and must be fabricated by the
contractor to make insulation for pipes or equipment. Types of Jacket
A saw is used for cutting. It has a typical k value of A jacket is any material, except cement or paint, that
0.37 and an R rating of 2.6. Its density is 8 pounds is used to protect or cover insulation installed on a
per cubic foot. pipe or over equipment. It allows the insulation to
It is resistant to common acids and corrosive function for a long period by protecting the underly-
environments. It shall be provided with a jacket of ing material and extending its service life. The jacket
some type. is used for the following purposes:
Foamed Plastic As a vapor retarder to limit the entry of water
Foamed plastic insulation is a rigid, closed-cell prod- into the insulation system
uct, which shall conform to the following standards,
As a weather barrier to protect the underlying
depending on the material. Polyurethane shall
insulation from the outside
conform to ASTM C591: Standard Specification for
Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate To prevent mechanical abuse due to accidental
Thermal Insulation; polystyrene shall conform to conditions or personnel
ASTM C578: Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellu- Corrosion and additional fire resistance
lar Polystyrene Thermal Insulation; and polyethylene
Appearance
shall conform to ASTM C1427: Standard Specification
around the bare pipe, then the jacket is placed over tank. The edges are coated with adhesive to seal it.
the insulation. The exposed edges are tucked in, and Painting is not required.
the jacket is secured with special tacks with a barb
that prevents them from pulling apart. The ends are Pipe Support Methods
sealed with pressure-sensitive tape. As the installation on a project progresses, a contrac-
For large piping, it is common to use straight tor must contend with different situations regarding
lengths of fiberglass, mitering the ends and securing the vapor retarder. Since the insulation system
them with a fiberglass jacket (lagging). selected shall be protected against the migration of
water vapor into the insulation, the integrity of the
Installing Insulation for vapor retarder must be maintained. Where a hanger
Tanks is installed directly on the pipe, the insulation must be
Where fiberglass is specified, tanks are insulated us- placed over both the pipe and the hanger. Figure 5-1
ing 24-foot boards in the thickness required. The illustrates a split-ring hanger attached directly on the
boards are placed on the tank in an appearance similar pipe. This type of hanger is not recommended for use
to bricks. They are secured with metal bands. Wire in chilled drinking water or other low-temperature
is placed over the bands as a foundation for insulat- lines.
ing cement applied over the tank to give a finished Since low-density insulation is the type most often
appearance. used, a situation arises wherein the primary consid-
Where rubber is specified, the tank is coated with erations are keeping the vapor retarder intact and
adhesive, and the rubber sheets are placed on the preventing the weight of the pipe from crushing the
insulation. Figure 5-2 illustrates several high-density
1. Pipe
2. Insulation (shown
with factory-applied,
non-metal jacket).
3. Overlap at logitudinal
joints (cut to allow
for hanger rod).
4. Tape applied at butt
joints (Pipe cover-
ing section at hanger
should extend a few
inches beyond the
hanger to facilitate
proper butt joint seal-
ing.)
5. Insulation altered to
compensate for pro-
jections on split ring
hangers (If insulation
thickness is serverely
altered and left in-
sufficient for high
temperature applica-
tions or condensation
control, insulate with
a sleeve of oversized pipe
insulation.)
6. Insulation applied in like manner around rod on cold instal-
lations.
Source: MICA
1. Pipe
2. Insulation (type specified for the
line).
3. High density insulation insert (Extend
beyond the shield to facilitate proper
butt joint sealing.)
4. Factory-applied vapor-retarder jacket
securing two insulation sections to-
gether (cold application).
5. Jacketing (field-applied metal shown)
6. Metal shield
7. Wood block or wood dowel insert.
Source: MICA
Vertical
1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 8
THK HL
BARE 32 40 49 61 69 84 100 120 152 185 217 277
" 9 92 10 90 13 93 19 99 18 95 20 94 23 94 30 96 35 96 43 96 52 97 67 98
1" 7 86 8 87 9 86 11 88 11 87 13 88 15 88 18 89 22 89 26 89 31 90 38 89
1" 5 84 6 84 7 84 8 84 9 85 10 85 10 84 14 86 16 86 20 86 23 87 28 8
2" 5 83 5 83 6 83 7 83 7 83 9 83 9 83 11 84 14 84 16 85 18 85 23 85
Source: Courtesy of Owens/Corning. HL = heat loss (BTU/h/ft length)
Notes: 80ambient temperature, ST = surface temperature (F)
0 wind velocity, Bare = bare pipe, iron pipe size
0.85 bare surface emittance, THK = thickness
0.90 surface emittance
IPS
Insulation 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
Thickness T, Tubing Size (in.)
(in.) F 1 1 1
0.5 10 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.6 3.3 4.1 4.8
50 2.5 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.5 7.7 9.6 13.5 17.2 21.1 24.8
100 5.2 6.1 7.2 8.6 9.9 11.5 13.5 15.9 19.9 28.1 35.8 43.8 51.6
150 8.1 9.5 11.2 13.4 15.5 17.9 21.0 24.8 31.9 43.8 55.7 68.2 80.2
200 11.2 13.1 15.5 18.5 21.4 24.7 29.0 34.3 42.7 60.4 76.9 94.1 110.7
250 14.6 17.1 20.2 24.1 27.9 32.2 37.8 44.7 55.7 78.8 100.3 122.6 144.2
1.0 10 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6
50 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.7 4.4 5.4 7.4 9.4 11.4 13.4
100 3.4 3.9 4.5 5.2 5.9 6.8 7.8 9.1 11.2 15.5 19.5 23.8 27.8
150 5.3 6.1 7.0 8.2 9.3 10.5 12.2 14.2 17.4 24.1 30.4 37.0 43.3
200 7.4 8.4 9.7 11.3 12.8 14.6 16.8 19.6 24.0 33.4 42.0 51.2 59.9
250 9.6 11.0 12.6 14.8 16.7 19.0 22.0 25.6 31.4 43.6 54.9 66.9 78.2
1.5 10 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.4 1.8
50 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.9 5.3 6.6 8.0 9.3
100 2.7 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.8 6.7 8.1 11.1 13.8 16.7 19.5
150 4.3 4.8 5.5 6.3 7.1 7.9 9.1 10.4 12.6 17.2 21.5 26.0 30.3
200 5.9 6.7 7.6 8.7 9.8 11.0 12.5 14.5 17.5 23.8 29.7 36.0 41.9
250 7.8 8.7 9.9 11.4 12.8 14.4 16.4 18.9 22.8 31.1 38.9 47.1 54.8
2.0 10 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
50 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.6 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.3 7.3
100 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.8 5.5 6.5 8.8 10.9 13.1 15.2
150 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.3 5.9 6.6 7.5 8.5 10.2 13.7 17.0 20.4 23.6
200 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.4 8.2 9.1 10.3 11.8 14.1 19.0 23.5 28.2 32.7
250 6.8 7.5 8.5 9.6 10.7 11.9 13.5 15.4 18.5 24.8 30.7 36.9 42.7
2.5 10 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2
50 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.7 3.6 4.4 5.2 6.0
100 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.7 4.1 4.7 5.6 4.7 9.1 10.9 12.6
150 3.4 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.3 8.7 11.5 14.2 17.0 19.6
200 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.2 8.0 9.0 10.2 12.1 16.0 19.6 23.5 27.1
250 6.1 6.8 7.5 8.5 9.4 10.4 11.7 13.3 15.8 20.9 25.7 30.7 35.4
3.0 10 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0
50 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.1 3.8 4.5 5.2
100 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.0 33 3.7 4.2 4.9 6.5 7.9 9.4 10.8
150 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.3 4.7 5.2 5.8 5.6 7.7 10.1 12.3 14.7 16.8
200 4.3 4.8 5.3 5.9 6.5 7.2 8.0 9.0 10.7 14.0 17.0 20.3 23.3
250 5.7 6.2 6.9 7.7 8.5 9.4 10.5 11.8 13.9 18.3 22.3 26.5 30.5
insert solutions for a clevis hanger Table 5-3 Insulation Thickness - Equivalent Thickness (in.)
supporting an insulated pipe. 1 1 2 2 3
The jacketing method shown in DN NPS L1 A L1 A L1 A L1 A L1 A L1 A
both figures can be used interchange- 15 0.76 0.49 1.77 0.75 3.12 1.05 4.46 1.31
ably with any type of insulation for 20 0.75 0.56 1.45 0.75 2.68 1.05 3.90 1.31
which it is suited. 25 1 0.71 0.62 1.72 0.92 2.78 1.18 4.02 1.46
32 1 0.63 0.70 1.31 0.92 2.76 1.31 3.36 1.46
Selection of 40 1 0.60 0.75 1.49 1.05 2.42 1.31 4.13 1.73
Insulation 50 2 0.67 0.92 1.43 1.18 2.36 1.46 3.39 1.73 4.43 1.99
65 2 0.66 1.05 1.38 1.31 2.75 1.73 3.71 1.99 4.73 2.26
Thickness
80 3 0.57 1.18 1.29 1.46 2.11 1.73 2.96 1.99 3.88 2.26 4.86 2.52
There are four basic reasons for us- 90 3 0.92 1.46 1.67 1.73 2.46 1.99 3.31 2.26 4.22 2.52 5.31 2.81
ing insulation: 100 4 0.59 1.46 1.28 1.73 2.01 1.99 2.80 2.26 3.65 2.52 4.68 2.81
1. Controlling heat loss from 115 4 0.94 1.74 1.61 1.99 2.35 2.26 3.15 2.52 4.11 2.81 5.02 3.08
piping or equipment 125 5 0.58 1.74 1.20 1.99 1.89 2.26 2.64 2.52 3.54 2.81 4.40 3.08
150 6 0.54 2.00 1.13 2.26 1.79 2.52 2.60 2.81 3.36 3.08 4.17 3.34
2. Condensation control 7 1.11 2.52 1.84 2.81 2.54 3.08 3.27 3.34 4.25 3.67
3. Personnel protection 200 8 1.18 2.81 1.81 3.08 2.49 3.34 3.39 3.67 4.15 3.93
9 1.17 3.08 1.79 3.34 2.62 3.67 3.32 3.93 4.06 4.19
4. Economics
250 10 1.09 3.34 1.85 3.67 2.50 3.93 3.18 4.19 3.90 4.45
Controlling Heat Loss 300 12 1.22 3.93 1.82 4.19 2.45 4.45 3.10 4.71 3.79 4.97
350 14 1.07 4.19 1.65 4.45 2.26 4.71 2.90 4.97 3.57 5.24
Increased concern about conserva-
400 16 1.06 4.71 1.63 4.97 2.23 5.24 2.86 5.50 3.50 5.76
tion and energy use has resulted in 450 18 1.05 5.24 1.62 5.50 2.21 5.76 2.82 6.02 3.45 6.28
the insulation of piping to control 500 20 1.05 5.76 1.61 6.02 2.19 6.28 2.79 6.54 3.41 6.81
heat loss becoming one of the prima- 600 24 1.04 6.81 1.59 7.07 2.16 7.33 2.74 7.59 3.35 7.85
ry considerations in design. Heat loss Source: Owens/Corning. where
is basically an economic consider- DN = nominal diameter r1 = inner radius of insulation (in.)
ation, since the lessening of heat loss NPS = nominal pipe size r2 = outer radius of insulation (in.)
L1 = equivalent thickness (in.) In = log to the base e (natural log)
produces a more cost-efficient piping
L1 = r2 In (r2/r1) A = square feet of pipe insulation surface per lineal foot of pipe
system. The proper use of insulation
can have dramatic results.
The insulation installed on domestic hot water, joints and overlaps must be sealed tightly. This is done
hot water return, and chilled drinking water systems through one of three methods:
is intended to keep heat loss from the water to a 1. Rigid jackets such as metallic or plastic
minimum. Since fiberglass insulation is the type most
often used, Table 5-1 is provided to give the heat loss 2. Membranes such as laminated foils
through vertical and horizontal piping as well as the 3. Mastics applied over the pipe, either emulsion or
heat loss through bare pipe. Table 5-2 is given for solvent type
piping intended to be installed outdoors. Table 5-4 shows the dry-bulb dew point tem-
When calculating the heat loss from round sur- perature at which condensation forms. Table 5-5 is
faces, such as a pipe, the plumbing engineer should provided to indicate the thickness of fiberglass insu-
remember that the inside surface of the insulation lation with water at 50F (10C) needed to prevent
has a different diameter than the outside. Therefore, condensation.
a means must be found to determine the equivalent
thickness that shall be used. This is done by the use Personnel Protection
of Table 5-3. To read this table, enter with the actual When hot water flows through an uninsulated piping
pipe size and insulation thickness, and then read the system, it is usually at a temperature that may scald
equivalent thickness of the insulation. any person touching the pipe. Insulation is used to
Software endorsed by the U.S. Department of lower the surface temperatures of hot water pipes to
Energy and distributed by the North American prevent such harm. A surface temperature of 120F
Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) (49C) has been shown to not cause harm to a person
is available from www.pipeinsulation.org that will coming in contact with the pipe. Table 5-6 gives the
calculate heat loss, condensation control, and envi- thickness of fiberglass insulation and the surface
ronmental emissions. temperature of the insulation. The thickness shown
in this table should be compared with that shown in
Condensation Control Table 5-1 or 5-2 to see which thickness is greater. The
As mentioned, water vapor in the air condenses on a larger thickness should be used.
cold surface if the temperature of the cold surface is
at or below the dew point. If the temperature is above Economics
the dew point, condensation does not form. The pur- The two economic factors involved are the cost of
pose of a vapor retarder is to minimize or eliminate insulation and the cost of energy. To calculate the
such condensation. For this to be accomplished, the energy savings in financial terms, the following are
needed:
Service temperature of
the surface
Pipe size or flat
Btu difference between
air and surface or flat
(linear feet or square
feet)
Efficiency of heating
equipment
Annual operating hours
Cost of fuel
If the plumbing designer
wishes to make an economic
comparison among various
insulation systems, many
formulas and computer pro-
grams are available for the
purpose. Discussion of these
methods is beyond the scope
of this chapter.
Freeze
Protection
No amount of insulation can
prevent the freezing of water
(or sewage) in a pipeline
that remains dormant over
a period of time. Studies by
the U.S. Army Cold Regions
Research and Engineering
Laboratory (CRREL) have
shown that the freezing
of water in pipes is much
more complicated and can
Figure 5-3 Temperature Drop of Flowing Water in a Pipeline
be blocked much earlier than
had been thought. A2 =Exposed pipe surface area, square feet
Table 5-7 is provided as a direct reading table for TW =Water temperature, F
estimating the time it takes for dormant water to TA =Lowest air temperature, F
freeze. For some installations, it is not possible for the D =Inside diameter of pipe, feet
water to remain dormant. If the water is flowing, as it
does in a drainage line, use Figure 5-3, a nomogram Insulation Design
that gives the temperature drop of flowing water. If Considerations
the contents cannot be prevented from freezing, the Following are some general items to consider when
plumbing engineer can add hot water to raise the designing the insulation for a plumbing system.
temperature, heat trace the line, or provide sufficient
velocity to keep the contents from freezing. 1. Insulation attenuates sound from the flow of
To calculate the flow of water in a line to prevent pipe contents. Where sound is a problem, such
freezing, use Equation 5-2. as in theaters, adding a mass-filled vinyl layer
over the insulation can lessen the sound.
Equation 5-2
2. The health and safety involved with the storage
A A2(0.5TW TA+16) and handling of the insulation and/or jacketing
gpm= 1 2
40.1 D (TW 32) materials can be alleviated by proper adherence
where to established safe storage and handling
gpm =Flow rate, gallons per minute procedures.
A1 =Pipe flow area, square feet
Resources
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and
Air-conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 90.1:
Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise
Residential Buildings.
Frankel, M. Facility Piping Systems Handbook.
McGraw-Hill. 1996.
Kenny, T. M. Guard Against Freezing in Water
Lines. Chemical Engineering Progress, Sep-
tember 1991.
Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards
Manual. Midwest Insulation Contractors Asso-
ciation. 1999.
OKeefe, W. Thermal Insulation. Power Magazine,
1974.
Depth of Freeze and Thaw in Soils. Technical Manual
TM-5-852-6. U.S. Army.
Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient specific piping system elements. In this initial deter-
strength to support the weight of the pipe and mination, the engineer considers not only the weight
its contents. of the piping itself, but also that of all associated ele-
Piping shall be isolated from incompatible ments, including valves; fittings; the bulk weight and
materials. flow characteristics of the substance to flow through
or be carried within the pipe; and thermal or acousti-
cal insulation or other pipe-covering material.
Hangers and Supports as Part
In addition, depending on the piping systems lo-
of the Piping System
cation, other natural and manmade forces that may
The plumbing engineer must consider a number of create an additional load on the piping system, such
factors to incorporate hangers, supports, and anchors as rain, ice, and snow for piping systems exposed
into the design of a proper piping system. Given the to natural weather conditions, must be considered.
wide variety of environmental and physical charac- When a portion of the piping system will be exposed
teristics around which projects are designed, it is not and relatively easy to reach, the engineer may want
possible to provide an exhaustive listing of potential to give some consideration to the potential for unin-
areas that need evaluation. However, some basic tended uses, such as people using exposed portions of
considerations include the following. the piping system to hang from or use as supports for
Loads various items or devices (e.g., plants, lights, etc.).
What will be the total load of the piping system? The chosen hanger, support, and anchor system
First and foremost, basic engineering requires a must, at a minimum, accommodate the piping system
performance and load calculation to be conducted to load. Moreover, the plumbing engineer needs to work
determine the physical amount and weight of all the closely with the structural engineer to ensure that the
buildings structure will be able to support the load The plumbing engineer must design a piping
created by the attachment of the piping system. This hanger and support system to handle extreme pres-
load calculation also may incorporate other elements sure fluctuations and also ensure that the buildings
as indicated below. structure can handle the applied loads created by the
Thermal Stresses movement of the piping system.
What stresses and accompanying limitations will Structural Stresses
be imposed on the piping system? A wide variety of Perhaps the most obvious of all external influences
external, internal, and thermal stresses need to be on a piping system are the structural elements to
accommodated by the hangers, supports, and anchors which the piping system must be attached and pass
for the piping system. through, such as wood, steel, and glass. Every natural
A number of external and internal influences and manmade material is subject to contraction and
may need to be considered as they relate to thermal expansion due to internal and external effects. Many
effects and the accompanying movements that can of these structural stresses must be accommodated by
occur within a system. Hangers and supports must the plumbing engineer within the design of the hang-
provide for flexibility and axial (twisting), latitudinal, ers and supports for the piping system. Every building
and longitudinal motions. must itself be engineered to handle the stresses of the
Thermal events subject the piping system to both basic structural components.
internal and external influences resulting in con- For example, the diameter of the metal dome of
tractions and expansions, which can be gradual or the Capitol building in Washington, D.C., is known
sudden in their movements. Here again, natural and to expand by up to 6 inches when heated by the sun
manmade environments must be taken into account. during the summer. Anchors and supports of piping
Whenever the piping system and its surrounding systems that initially are attached to vertical metal
environment are subject to any heating or cooling structural components and transition to horizontal
events, the hangers and supports must be able to attachments to concrete structural components must
accommodate the contraction and expansion effects. contend with the contraction and expansion of the
In addition, the hangers also must be able to accom- piping system materials as well as the expansion and
modate the effects of heating and cooling events that contraction of the structural elements.
affect the substances being carried within the piping Natural Environmental Conditions
system (e.g., certain liquids flow at different velocities
The susceptibility of a piping system to natural
under different temperatures).
conditions must be accounted for within the piping
Even in a piping system with thermal consid-
system and the accompanying hangers, supports, and
erations accounted for by design elements such as
anchors. The major effect of these natural environ-
expansion loops, the accompanying lateral movement
mental conditions is on the basic building structure.
should be accommodated by buttressing with the
However, within structures designed to handle ex-
proper hangers and supports.
treme natural phenomena, the piping system itself
Pressure Fluctuations must be hardened, or conditioned.
Just as with thermal stresses, pressure fluctuations Typical natural phenomena consist of seismic forc-
that occur because of the substance being trans- es and sustainable periods of high winds, including
ported within the piping system are accompanied hurricanes and typhoons. These types of phenomena
by contraction and expansion effects that need to be create major stresses and loads on a buildings struc-
accommodated by the proper hangers and supports. ture. For instance, an extreme high-rise building,
These pressure fluctuations are often complex, as they such as the Empire State Building in New York City,
involve the conduct of fluids, gases, and semisolids is known to move 4 inches to 12 inches laterally in
being transported in an enclosed environment. high winds. In zones of known natural phenomena,
Changes in pressure can create unrealized stresses such as areas susceptible to earth movement, the
on the hangers and supports for the piping system. plumbing engineer must engineer the piping and
The condition referred to as water hammer can support systems to sustain the shocks, stresses, and
cause movement and vibration within a piping system loads inherent with and applied by these extreme
that, if too firmly or rigidly anchored, can fail, which forces. The engineer must refer to applicable building
exacerbates the condition. Water hammer can occur codes to determine the seismic design category for any
within any piping system carrying liquids when there mandated piping system support requirements.
is a significant fluctuation of flow volume or pressure While a plumbing system may not be expected to
or when a contaminant substance, such as air, enters survive the complete destruction of a buildings struc-
the piping system. ture, it is expected to survive intact and working in
the event that the building structure itself survives.
Pipe Clamps
VARIATIONS
OFFSET PIPE
CLAMP
PIPE HANGER ADJ. SWIVEL PIPE ADJ. STEEL BAND HGR. EXTENSION PIPE OR ADJ. BAND HGR.
TYPE 5 RING SPLIT RING TYPE TYPE 7 RISER CLAMP TYPE 9
OR SOLID RING TYPE TYPE 8
TYPE 6
ADJ. SWIVEL RING SPLIT PIPE RING W/WO EXTENSION SPLIT PIPE CLAMP
BAND TYPE TURNBUCKLE ADJ HINGED OR TWO BOLT
TYPE 10 TYPE 11 TYPE 12
Threaded Products
Concrete Inserts
U-BOLT
STEEL OR MALLEABLE
TYPE 24
CONCRETE INSERT
TYPE 18
Beam Clamps
TOP BEAM C-CLAMP SIDE BEAM OR CHAN- CENTER BEAM - TYPE 21 WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT
TYPE 19 NEL CLAMP TYPE 22
TYPE 20 AS SHOWN OR INVERTED
LESS BOLT
VARIATION
Brackets
VARIATIONS
PIPE SLIDE & SLIDE PLATE PIPE SADDLE SUPPORT PIPE STANCHION SADDLE
TYPE 35 TYPE 36 TYPE 37
Pipe Rollers
ADJ. ROLLER HANGER PIPE ROLL COMPLETE PIPE ROLL & PLATE ADJ. PIPE ROLL & BASE
W/WO SWIVEL TYPE 44 TYPE 45 TYPE 46
TYPE 43
HORIZONTAL
CONSTANT SUPPORT HANG- PLATE LUG
TRAVELER
ER TRAPEZE TYPE TYPE 57
TYPE 58
TYPE 56
the major purpose of the hangers shown is to support horizontal, vertical, and axial movements and fluc-
the loads and stresses imposed on a piping system, tuations.
specification of the correct hanger is a vital component The most typical selection criterion used is the one
for the overall structural integrity of the building most closely associated with the type of pipe material
itself. The structure must be able to handle the loads and the temperature fluctuations within the system.
and stresses of the piping system, and the hanger and This simple selection process requires the correct
support system must be engineered to provide flex- hanger choice to be made from Table 6-2. Then, based
ibility, durability, and structural strength. on that hanger choice and the temperature of the
Selection Criteria overall piping system, Table 6-3 can be used to select
the appropriate hanger.
To ensure proper hanger and support selection, the
However, this selection process relies on averages
plumbing engineer must determine or be cognizant of
and standards. It does not take into account all the
the degrees of freedom that will be necessary within
three-dimensional fluctuations and movements that,
the piping system due to its operating characteris-
depending on the structure and all the associated or
tics. These degrees of freedom need to be considered
potential stresses and loads, will affect the overall
in a three-dimensional space to account for lateral,
plumbing system.
Tables 6-2 and 6-3 should be used as guidelines plumbing system loadings, such as valves, flanges,
for selecting the most suitable type of hanger for filters, access ports, tanks, motors, drip, splash and
the support requirement at each incremental step of condensate drainage, pipe shielding and insulation;
the design process. These tables offer the basics of and other specialty design requirements.
hanger selectiona variety of hanger choices and the Anchoring
material composition most suited for the temperature
The strength, safety, and integrity of the plumbing
characteristics that will affect the piping system.
system depend on the hangers or supports that are
What these tables cannot do is substitute for the
specified. How much additional design work is re-
engineering and design processes that determine the
quired as part of the plumbing system depends on the
proper hanger selection based on the environmental
specification of the original proposal and the overall
and physical influences that will affect the different
responsibilities of the plumbing engineer. It is not
elements of the piping system under varying condi-
enough to simply specify a hanger or supportan
tions. The most instructive aspect of Table 6-3 is
important consideration is how it is anchored.
found in the notes at the end of the table (see Notes
The plumbing system must be viewed as a com-
b, c, and e).
plete entity. Thus, the engineer must be fully versed in
Hanger and Support Spacing the methodologies of anchoring hangers and supports
After the appropriate hanger components have been in various structural elements and materials. At a
selected for the type of piping system and the type of minimum, the engineer needs to ensure close coordi-
nation between the engineered design and that of the
Table 6-2 Pipe Classification by Temperature other design engineers, including iron and concrete
System Class Temperature Rating, F (C) structural engineers, to ensure properly spaced and
Hot A-1 120 to 450 (49 to 232) applied hangers and supports and their anchors.
Hot A-2 451 to 750 (233 to 399) The anchoring of hangers and supports requires
Hot A-3 Over 750 (over 400) different methodologies depending on the structural
Ambient B 60 to 119 (16 to 48) elements, transitions from vertical and horizontal
Cold C-1 33 to 59 (1 to 15) surfaces, and differing materials (e.g., from steel to
Cold C-2 20 to 32 (29 to O) concrete). A hanger or support will perform only up
Cold C-3 39 to 20 (39 to 29) to the capability of its attachment to a structural
Cold C-4 40 and below (40 and below) element.
Figure 6-2 shows some common materials and
devices often used for anchoring hangers and sup-
building or structural support available, the plumb- ports. Figure 6-3 shows additional supports that
ing engineer must identify the spacing appropriate might be preferred by the engineer in very particular
to the type of pipe used. Table 6-1 provides support circumstances. The extent of detail required within
criteria for some of the most common pipe materials. the plumbing system design depends on the projects
The plumbing engineer must ensure that the design parameters and the practicality and responsibility of
criteria are in compliance with local code require- the engineer to the overall building assembly.
ments. Perhaps the most difficult hanger and support
Again, just as with Table 6-3, it needs to be noted attachment requirement is that to concrete in an
that Table 6-1 provides guidelines only, and the existing structure. It might be necessary for the
piping systems are presumed to exist under ideal plumbing engineer to contact the original concrete
circumstances with little environmental or physical designer or supplier. Depending on experience, it is
influences. Therefore, these spacing guidelines are wise to involve an experienced hanger manufacturer
at the upper end of the specifications. That is, they or contractor for the proper anchoring of hangers
should be considered the maximum spacing for hang- and supports.
ers and supports. Anchor Types
For proper hanger spacing, the engineer needs, The types of anchors vary according to the structural
once again, to evaluate and take into account the elements and materials to be used for attachment.
three-dimensional fluctuations and movements as The basic attachment elements are shown in Figure
well as the environmental and physical influences 6-2. However, a wide variety of anchor bolts, screws,
that will affect the entirety of the plumbing system. washers, nuts, rods, plates, and strengtheners is avail-
Proper spacing is a function of stress, vibration, and able. It might be in the engineers scope to establish
the potential for misuse (e.g., exposed piping used as loading, shear, and stress specifications for the hanger
a ladder, scaffolding, or exercise equipment). Spacing and support anchoring structure.
criteria depend on pipe direction changes; structural
attachment material and anchor points; additional
For shields used with rollers or subject to point loading, see MSS SP-69, Table 5.
e
Continuous inserts, embedded plates, anchor bolts, and concrete fasteners may be used as specified by the piping design engineer.
10/16/2008 12:00:54 PM
Chapter 6Hangers and Supports 127
SelfDrilling Anchor
Anchor Bolt
Eye Rod
(also comes welded)
L-Rod Threaded Both Ends
Turnbuckle
Concrete Insert
J Bolt
Tie Bolt
Rod Stiffener
Eye Socket
Steel Rod Couplings Wedge Anchor
Multiuse Plate
Concrete Inserts
Concrete Insert
Concrete Deck Inserts Steel Spot Concrete Insert
Steel C Clamp
Horizontal/vertical piping
Suspended Water
Heater Platform/
Drain Pan
Depending on the elements and materials of the rigid rod hanger. Care should be taken to observe the
structure, the requirements and specifications for loading associated with special conditions that may
hanger and support anchors vary widely. Anchoring induce a load beyond the hanger rod strength. More-
to wood is significantly different from anchoring to over, lateral stress and axial tension affect the choice
steel. In the latter case, welding specifications may of rod size and material. See Table 6-5 for load ratings
need to be included and bonding material compat- of threaded hanger rods and Table 6-6 for minimum
ibility ensured. design load ratings for rigid pipe hanger assemblies.
Anchoring to concrete requires the use of im- These tables show acceptable standards for hanger
planted anchors during the pouring of the concrete or materials. However, it is important to check a particu-
subsequent attachment using anchor bolts and plates. lar manufacturers specifications as well. See Table
Table 6-4 shows the pipe hanger rod size for a single 6-7 for sample design load tables for a manufacturers
concrete inserts. In the overall engineered design, this reason, the engineer must provide for protection
load and stress calculations for multiple hanger and of the pipes. This protection is achieved by using pipe
support assemblies and the use of multiple anchor sleeves. Pipe sleeves can be constructed of any of a
assemblies (such as concrete rod inserts) require addi- variety of materials that should be selected based on
tional evaluation and analysis to properly incorporate the application as well as the materials of the struc-
the effects of a distributed load. ture and the pipe.
Sleeves Hangers, Supports, and Anchor Materials
Pipes often must pass through walls, floors, and other There is an almost unlimited variety of materials
penetrations. If unlike materials come into contact, that can be used for producing hangers, supports,
there is the possibility of chemical reactions between and anchors. With the increased use of plastic, fiber-
them that can damage the pipe, the structure, or both. glass, and other lightweight and corrosion-resistant
Likewise, when a pipe passes through a penetration, pipe materials has come an increased availability of
what happens if for some reason the structure being matching hangers and supports.
passed through collapses on or damages the pipe? For It is up to the plumbing engineer to match and
coordinate the various materials available. Because
Table 6-4 Recommended Minimum Rod Diameter for of possible chemically reactive and galvanic effects, it
Single, Rigid Rod Hangers is of special importance to match the hanger, support,
Types of Pipe and anchor materials composition to the composition
Steel Water Service Copper Water Service of the piping system material. The plumbing engineer
Steel Vapor Service Copper Vapor Service
Ductile Iron Pipe Glass, Plastic
must be extremely aware of the proper spacing and
Cast Iron Soil Fiberglass Reinforced
Nominal
Pipe or
Table 6-5 Load Ratings of Carbon Steel Threaded Hanger
Tubing Size Nominal Rod Diam. Nominal Rod Diam.
Rods
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Nominal Rod Root Area of Max. Safe Load
Diameter Thread at Rod Temp. of
(6) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10)
650F (343C)
3
8 (10) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10)
in. (mm) in.2 (mm2) lb (kg)
(15) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10)
8 (9.6)
3
0.068 (43.8) 730(3.23)
(20) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10)
(12.7) 0.126 (81.3) 1,350(5.98)
1 (25) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10) 5
8 (15.8) 0.202 (130.3) 2,160(9.61)
1 (32) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10)
(19.0) 0.302 (194.8) 3,230(14.4)
1 (40) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10) 7
8 (22.2) 0.419 (270.3) 4,480(19.9)
2 (50) 3
8 (M10) 3
8 (M10)
1 (25.4) 0.551 (356.1) 5,900(26.2)
2 (65) (M12) (M12)
1 (31.8) 0.890 (573.5) 9,500(42.4)
3 (80) (M12) (M12)
1 (38.1) 1.29 (834.2) 13,800(61.6)
3 (90) (M12) (M12)
1 (44.4) 1.74 (1125) 18,600(82.8)
4 (100) 5
8 (M16) (M12)
2 (50.8) 2.30 (1479) 24,600(109)
5 (125) 5
8 (M16) (M12)
2 (57.2) 3.02 (1949) 32,300(144)
6 (150) (M20) 5
8 (M16)
2 (63.5) 3.72 (2397) 39,800(177)
8 (200) (M20) (M20)
2 (69.8) 4.62 (2980) 49,400(220)
10 (250) 7
8 (M20) (M20)
3 (76.2) 5.62 (3626) 60,100(267)
12 (300) 7
8 (M20) (M20)
3 (82.6) 6.72 (4435) 71,900(320)
14 (350) 1 (M24)
3 (88.9) 7.92 (5108) 84,700(377)
16 (400) 1 (M24)
3 (95.2) 9.21 (5945) 98,500(438)
18 (450) 1 (M24)
4 (101.6) 10.6 (6844) 114,000(505)
20 (500) 1 (M30)
4 (108.0) 12.1 (7806) 129,000(576)
24 (600) 1 (M30)
4 (114.3) 13.7 (8832) 146,000(652)
30 (750) 1 (M30)
4 (120.6) 15.4 (9922) 165,000(733)
Source: From MSS SP-69-2002, Pipe Hangers and Supports: Selection and Application,
reprinted with permission of Manufacturers Standardization Society.
5 (127.0) 17.2 (11074) 184,000(819)
Notes: Source: From MSS SP-58-2002, Pipe Hangers and Supports: Materials, Design, and
1.For calculated loads, rod diameters may be sized in accordance with Table 6-5 (MSS Manufacture, reprinted with permission of Manufacturers Standardization Society.
SP-58-2002, Table 3) provided the requirements of Table 6-6 (MSS SP-58-2002, Table Notes:
1) are satisfied. In addition, hanger rods shall be a minimum of 38 in. (9.6 mm) diameter 1.For materials other than carbon steel, see requirements of MSS SP-58-2002, Section
and shall be limited to pipe or tubing NPS 4 (DN100) and less. For pipe and tubing NPS 4.7 and Table 2.
4 (DN100) and greater, the rod diameter shall be not less than in. (12.7 mm) and 2.Tabulated loads are based on a minimum actual tensile stress of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
sized for loads per Table 6-5. In addition, the minimum rod diameter for rigid hangers divided by a safety factor of 3.5, reduced by 25%, resulting in an allowable stress of
must be sized for the loads shown in Table 6-6. 10.7 ksi. (The 25% reduction is to allow for normal installation and service conditions.)
2.Rods may be reduced one size for double rod hangers. Minimum rod diameter shall be 3.Root areas of thread are based on the following thread series:
3
8 in. (M10). diam. 4 in. and below: coarse thread (UNC)
diam. above 4 in.: 4 thread (4-UN)
Table 6-7(A) Sample Design Load Tables for Manufacturers Concrete Inserts
Design Load Chart for 3000 psi Hard Rock Concrete
Rod Size Design Load Vertical (psi) Design Load Shear (psi) Design Load 45 (psi)
(in.) A B C
a
De (in.) A B C Dea (in.) A B C
3
8 1207 457 457 1 675 675 675 2 612 364 385
2043 496 496 1.4 912 912 912 2 892 454 454
5
8 1690 532 532 1.7 1148 1148 1148 2 967 514 514
2321 567 567 2 1368 1368 1368 2.5 1217 567 567
7
8 2321 878 878 4 1596 1596 1596 3 1338 801 801
Design Load Chart for Lightweight Concrete
Rod Size Design Load Vertical (psi) Design Load Shear (psi) Design Load 45 (psi)
(in.) A B C
a
De (in.) A B C Dea (in.) A B C
3
8 905 343 343 7
8 590 590 590 2 547 307 321
1632 372 372 7
8 590 590 590 2 828 323 374
5
8 1268 399 399 7
8 590 590 590 2 852 337 419
1741 426 426 7
8 590 590 590 2 1084 350 459
7
8 1741 656 656 7
8 590 590 590 3 1178 439 654
Table 6-7(B) Sample Design Load Tables for Manufacturers Concrete Inserts
Design Load Vertical Design Load Shear
Rod Size (psi) (psi) Design Load 45 (psi) EEmbedment Dea min.
(in.) Hard Rock Lt. Wt. Hard Rock Lt. Wt. Hard Rock Lt. Wt. Depth (in.) (in.)
3
8 1255 753 978 733 777 525 3 2
2321 1392 978 733 980 679 3 2
5
8 780 468 1278 958 688 445 4 2
1346 806 1278 958 927 619 4 2
7
8 2321 1392 1278 958 1166 803 4 6
Source: Table 6-7(A) and (B) courtesy of Tolco
a
De = distance to the edge of the concrete that must be maintained for the rod to meet the design load.
anchoring of hangers and, where questionable, must Anchor bolt A fastener (e.g., bolt or threaded rod)
confirm with the pipe, hanger, support, and anchor that is used for attachment or connection of materials,
manufacturers the loads, stresses, and spacing criteria devices, or equipment. Often refers to the bolt that is
specifications. embedded in concrete or passed through an opening
in steel that is used to attach a hanger or support to
Glossary a concrete or steel structure.
The basic word set for this glossary has been excerpted
As built Refers to the actual installation and con-
and/or adapted from Manufacturers Standardization
figuration of construction or placement.
Society (MSS) SP-90: Guidelines on Terminology for
Pipe Hangers and Supports, with permission from Assembly A preformed arrangement or a gathered
MSS. collection of various appliances and components used
to carry, hold, and/or restrain devices, equipment, or
Acceleration limiter A device, hydraulic, me-
a piping system load in tension.
chanical, or spring, used to control acceleration and
control shock and sway in piping systems. Auxiliary stop A supplemental restraint that
temporarily locks or holds in place movable parts.
Access channel Conduit or channel that is cast in
Often used in conjunction with spring devices, such
place within concrete structural elements and that
as a spring hanger, to provide for a fixed position
provides for the passing through of pipe. It is placed
enabling a load to be transferred to a supporting
horizontally throughout a concrete structure to fa-
structure in a desired placement during construction
cilitate future access.
or installation.
Access opening An opening or conduit that is cast
Axial brace An assembly or bracket device used
in place within concrete structural elements and that
to resist twisting or to restrain a piping run in the
provides for the passing through of pipe. The most
axial direction.
typical usage is for short vertical conduit in concrete
slabs to eliminate the subsequent drilling of core Band or strap hanger An appliance or device
holes. used as a hanger or support for pipe that provides for
vertical adjustment. It also is used to connect pipe to
Accumulator A container, used in conjunction
a hanger assembly.
with a hydraulic cylinder or rotating vane device for
the control of shock or sway in piping systems, that Base support A device that carries a load from
is used to accommodate the difference in fluid volume beneath and is used to carry a loads weight in com-
displaced by the piston. It also serves as a continuous pression.
supply of reserve fluid. Beam clamp A mechanical device used to connect,
Adjustable Mechanical or automated movement as a hanger or support, or to hold part of a piping
providing for linear adjustment capability (regard- system to a structural beam element (typically a steel
less of the plane or dimension). Adjustment may be beam). A clamp firmly holds multiple materials or
mechanical, such as a threaded rod, or assisted with devices together and does not require welding.
vacuum or air pressure. Bearing plate See slide plate and roll plate.
Adjustment device Component(s) that provides Bent An assembly or frame consisting of two
for adjustability. (See adjustable.) vertical members joined by one or more horizontal
After cold pull elevation The mechanical drawing members used for the support of a piping system to
view incorporating additional piping elements during a structural element.
installation that will be necessary for thermal fluctua- Bolting Use of bolts, studs, and nuts as fasteners.
tions once piping system is hot or operational.
Brace, brace assembly A preformed appliance
Alloy A chrome-moly material (often less than 5 or assembly consisting of various components that,
percent chrome) used as a material to resist the ef- depending on its location, is used to hold and/or re-
fects of high temperatures (750F to 1,100F [399C strain a piping system from horizontal, vertical, and
to 593C]). Alloys are used as pipe, hanger, support, lateral forces.
and anchor materials.
Brace, hanger, or support drawing The mechan-
Anchor To fasten or hold a material or device to pre- ical drawing detailing the elements and components
vent movement, rotation, or displacement at the point of an assembly or frame structure that incorporates
of application. Also an appliance used in conjunction a bill of material, load and movement data, and both
with piping systems to fasten hangers and supports general and specific identification.
to prevent movement, rotation, or displacement.
Bracket A preformed support or fastener, usually state operating environment (as measured at ambient
constructed in a cantilevered manner, with or with- temperature). The cold load equals the operating load
out additional diagonal structural members for load plus or minus load variations.
stability and designed to withstand a gravity load and Cold setting The position at which a mechanical
horizontal and vertical forces. control device indicator, such as that on a spring
C clamp A preformed appliance in a C shape that hanger, is set to denote the proper nonoperating posi-
attaches to a flange or other part of a structural tion installation setting of the unit.
member and acts as an anchor for a hanger, support, Cold shoe A T section hanger or support with in-
or other device such as a threaded rod. tegrated insulation that has been designed for cold
Cable A component used to brace structural assem- temperature piping system application.
blies and piping systems (also called wire rope). Cold spring The act of prestressing a piping sys-
Cable sway brace Components added to a stan- tem during installation to condition it for minimal
dard pipe support or hanger system to limit sway fluctuations, expansions, and other reactions when
during movement such as during a seismic event. The the finished piping system and related equipment are
components include cable, pipe attachments, and at- used in the designed operating environment.
tachment to the structure. Cable bracing requires two Colored finish A generic term to describe various
attachment locations as it works under tension only color finishes that are used as an identifier for product
and not tension and compression like rigid bracing. compatibility. For example, a copper-colored finish on
Cantilever A projecting structural element or connectors or piping denotes that the product was
member supported at only one end. sized for copper tubing.
Center beam clamp A jaw-type mechanical device Commercial piping system A piping system
used to connect, as a hanger or support, or used to located in a commercial building structure that gener-
hold part of a piping system to a structural beam ele- ally includes fire protection, plumbing, heating, and
ment (typically a steel beam). It is used with I beams cooling piping systems.
and wide flange beams to provide a centered beam Component(s) Any individual item, appliance, or
connection. device that is combined with others to create an as-
Channel clamp A mechanical device with a chan- sembly or is part of a whole.
nel adapter and hook rod that provides an off-center Concrete fastener A device installed in or attached
attachment to the bottom flange of a channel beam for to concrete by various means (often precast, drilled,
a hanger, support, or other part of a piping system. or epoxied) to which a pipe hanger or support can be
Clamp A mechanical device used to connect, as a attached.
hanger or support, or used to hold part of a piping Concrete insert and concrete insert box An an-
system to a structural beam element. (A clamp firmly chor device that is cast in place in a concrete structure
holds multiple materials or devices together and and provides for a hanger, support, rod, or similar
does not require welding.) See beam clamp, C clamp, attachment. The insert provides load assistance to a
channel clamp, double bolt pipe, three-bolt clamp, piping system and has nominal lateral adjustment.
double-bolt riser, riser clamp, and pipe clamp.
Continuous insert An anchoring device in the
Clevis A connector device or metal shackle with form of a channel (which can be of varying lengths)
drilled ends to receive a pin or bolt and that is used that is cast in place in a concrete structure and pro-
for attaching or suspending parts. vides for multiple hangers, supports, rods, or similar
Clevis hanger A support device providing vertical attachments. The insert provides load assistance to
adjustment consisting of a clevis-type top bolted to a a piping system and has the capability for lateral
formed steel bottom strap. adjustments.
Cold elevation See design elevation and after cold Constant support hanger A mechanical, spring-
pull elevation. coil device that provides constant support for a
Cold hanger location The location of the pipe piping system, while permitting some dimensional
hangers, supports, and assemblies of the installed movement.
piping system in reference to the buildings structure Constant support hanger indicator A device
and structural elements prior to the invoking of an attached to the movable arm of a constant support
operating environment. hanger that measures vertical pipe movement.
Cold load The stress or loading put on a piping Copper plating See plating.
system prior to the occurrence of a normal or steady-
Corrosion The process that describes the oxida- Electroplated Plating by using an electro-deposi-
tion of a metal that is weakened or worn down by tion process. (See also plating.)
chemical action. Electrolysis The producing of chemical changes
Cut short The shortening or lengthening of a due to the differences in electrical potential between
section of pipe to provide for reduced fluctuations, dissimilar materials in the presence of moisture. (See
expansions, and other reactions when the finished also corrosion.)
piping system and related equipment are used in the Elevation A mechanical drawing view that is a geo-
designed operating environment. metrical projection as seen on a vertical plane.
DWV Drain, waste, and venting. Embedded A device or fastener that is cast in place
Deadweight load The combination of all stress in a concrete structure
or loading put on a piping system that takes into Engineered drawing A mechanical drawing that
consideration only the weight of the piping system, details the elements and components of a piping
including the pipe, hangers, supports, insulation, and system and incorporates a bill of material, load and
pipe contents. movement data, location information, and both gen-
Design elevation The overall mechanical drawing eral and specific identification.
view of the piping system as designed. Engineered hanger assembly A mechanical
Design load The combination of all stress or drawing that details the elements and components
loading put on a piping system as defined in the en- of a hanger assembly and incorporates a bill of mate-
gineered drawing or as part of the engineered design rial, load and movement data, location information,
specification. and both general and specific identification. (See also
Deviation A measurement of difference often ex- semi-engineered hanger assembly.)
pressed as a percentage. It often is used to describe Erected elevation See design elevation.
the accuracy difference between actual and specified Extension riser clamp An attachment device for
performance criteria. the support of vertical piping that provides for the
Double acting A descriptor for a mechanical device transfer of the piping load to the bearing surface to
that provides resistance in both tension and compres- which the clamp is attached.
sion cycles. Eye rod A bolt or rod with a circular or pear-shaped
Double-bolt pipe clamp See three-bolt pipe end that permits other components or devices to be
clamp. attached by means of a bolt or pin. The eye may be
Drag The retarding force that acts on a portion of forged, welded, or nonwelded.
a hydraulic or mechanical device as it moves through Eye socket An appliance that provides for the at-
fluid, gas, or other friction-generating substances. It tachment of a threaded bolt or rod to the bolt or rod
also refers to the force required to extend and retract of another component or device.
a hydraulic or mechanical element of a hanger or sup- Fabrication A term used to refer to a part con-
port device during activation at low velocity. structed or manufactured out of standard parts or
Dual-use brace A single brace that can be used raw materials.
as both a longitudinal and lateral brace in a single Fabricated steel part A component that is con-
location. structed from standard shapes of steel plate.
Dynamic force or dynamic loading The ad- Fabricator A business engaged in the fabrication
ditional loading and stress conditions that must be of parts.
taken into consideration over and above a steady-state
condition. Forged clevis A connector device, a clevis, that has
been formed as one piece (i.e., forged).
Dynamic load The temporary stress or loading
put on a piping system as the result of internal or Four-way brace An assembly consisting of lateral
external forces that create movement or motion in and longitudinal bracing that is designed to control
the system. back-and-forth movement in four directions.
Elbow lug An elbow-shaped device with a pipe con- Framing steel A structural steel member, normally
nector welded to it for use as an attachment. less than 10 feet in length, used between existing
members as a means of providing for the attachment
Electrogalvanized A protective coating of electro- of a hanger or support for a piping system.
plated zinc. (See also galvanized.)
Friction load The stress or loading put on a pip- Hot setting The position at which a mechanical
ing system as the result of frictional forces that exist control device indicator, such as that on a spring
between different surfaces that are in contact with hanger, is set to denote the proper operating position
each other, such as moving or sliding surfaces. setting of the unit.
Galvanized A zinc coating applied to steel for pro- Hot shoe A T section hanger or support with in-
tection from oxidation and other chemical actions. tegrated insulation that has been designed for hot
Gang hanger A hanger assembly utilizing a com- temperature piping system application.
mon cross member to provide support for parallel HVAC Heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning.
runs or banks of piping. Hydraulic snubber See hydraulic sway brace.
Guide A device used to permit pipe movement in a Hydraulic sway brace A hydraulic cylinder or
predetermined direction while restraining movement rotating vane device used for the control of shock or
in other directions. sway in piping systems, while allowing for normal
Hanger A device that is suspended from a structure thermal expansion.
and used to carry or support a load. Hydrostatic load The stress or loading put on a
Hanger assembly A general term used to describe piping system as the result of hydrostatic testing. (See
a series of assembled components that make up a hydrostatic test load.)
device that is connected to or suspended from a struc- Hydrostatic lock The condition wherein a supple-
ture and is used to carry or support a load in tension mental restraint temporarily locks or holds in place
or carry a load under compression. The device may moveable parts during a hydrostatic test. It often is
be designed to prevent, resist, or limit movement, used in conjunction with spring devices, such as a
or it may be used to permit movement in a prede- spring hanger, to provide for a fixed position enabling
termined direction while restraining movement in a load to be transferred to a supporting structure in
other directions. a desired placement during construction or instal-
Hanger drawing See brace, hanger, or support lation.
drawing. Hydrostatic test A preoperational test whereby
Hanger loads See pipe hanger loads. the piping system is subjected to a pressurized fluid
Hanger rod Round steel bar, normally threaded, test in excess of the specified operational pressure to
used to connect components for hangers and sup- ensure the integrity of the system.
ports. Hydrostatic test load The temporary loading
Heavy bracket A bracket used for the support of condition consisting of the total load weight of the
heavy loads. (See bracket.) piping (gravitational load), insulation, and test fluid
for piping systems subjected to hydrostatic tests.
Hinged pipe clamp Also known as a split ring, it is
a hinged attachment device that permits installation Industrial piping system A piping system located
before or after piping is in place and is used primarily in an industrial complex that generally includes fire
on noninsulated piping. protection, plumbing, heating, and cooling piping
systems and also incorporates process, vacuum, air,
Horizontal traveler A hanger or support device steam, or chemical piping systems.
that accommodates horizontal piping movement.
Insert An anchor device that is cast in place in a
Hot-dip galvanized A corrosion protection coating concrete structure and provides for a hanger, support,
of zinc applied to steel or other metals. rod, or similar attachment. Inserts provide load as-
Hot elevation The mechanical drawing view of the sistance to a piping system and have nominal lateral
piping system as it will appear in its full operating adjustment.
environment. Insert box See concrete insert.
Hot hanger location The location of the pipe Insert nut A female threaded anchor device that
hangers, supports, and assemblies of the installed is locked into position as part of an insert and that
piping system in reference to the buildings struc- receives a threaded rod or bolt.
ture and structural elements within the operating
environment. Institutional piping system A piping system
located in an institutional environment or building
Hot load The stress or loading put on a piping sys- structure that generally includes fire protection,
tem as the result of a normal or steady-state operating plumbing, heating, and cooling piping systems, as
environment. (See operating load.)
well as process, vacuum, air, or chemical gas piping Load variation The difference in the elevations at
systems. a support point between the time of installation (cold)
Insulated pipe support A hanger or support with and actual operating (hot) environment.
an integrated insulation insert designed for use with Load See pipe hanger load.
insulated pipe. Location See pipe hanger location.
Insulation protection saddle A device used to Lock up The operational period when a hydraulic,
prevent damage to the insulation on a pipe at the mechanical, or spring device used for the control of
support point. shock and sway in piping systems is actuated.
Integral attachment When connector pieces and Longitudinal brace A brace designed to restrain
devices have been welded together as hangers and a piping system against axial loads.
supports or an assembly.
Lug A welded appliance to provide an attachment
Intermediate anchor An attachment point used point to a structural member or piping.
to control the distribution, loading, and movement
on a flexible piping system. Mechanical snubber See mechanical sway
brace.
Invert Drawing elevation view from the bottom or
underneath. Mechanical sway brace A mechanical device used
for the control of shock or sway in piping systems,
Jacket A metal covering placed around the insula- while allowing for normal thermal expansion.
tion on a pipe to protect it against damage.
Medium bracket A bracket used for the support
Knee brace A diagonal structural member used to of moderate loads (See bracket.)
transfer load or provide stability.
Metric hanger A hanger or support that conforms
Lateral brace A brace designed to restrain a piping to metric measurements and, where appropriate,
system against transverse loads. contains a metric threaded connection.
Lateral stability The state or degree of control of Mill galvanized A corrosion-protection coating of
a piping system transverse to the run of the pipe. zinc applied at the point of fabrication.
Light bracket A bracket used for the support of Multiple support See gang hanger.
light loads. (See bracket.)
Negligible movement The calculated minimum
Limit stop An internal device built into a mechani- movement at a support point for a portion of a piping
cal device to prevent the overstressing of a spring coil, system where there is an inherent flexibility of the
overtravel, or release of a load. piping system.
Liner Material placed between hangers, supports, Nominal size The identified size, which may vary
or an assembly to protect a piping system from dam- from the actual size.
age or other undesirable effects.
Nonintegral attachment When connector pieces
Load adjustment scale A scale used on a mechani- and devices do not require being welded together as
cal device to indicate the load adjustment. hangers and supports or an assembly.
Load bolt or pin A bolt or pin used to support the Nut, insert See insert nut.
weight or load carried by a hanger or assembly.
Offset A relative displacement between a structural
Load coupling An adjustment device used to con- attachment point and a piping system that is incorpo-
nect hanger and support components. rated into the design to accommodate movement.
Load indicator A pointer, dial, or gauge for read- Operating load The stress or loading put on a pip-
ing or determining the settings and changes of a ing system as the result of a normal or steady-state
device. operating environment.
Load rated The rating of a particular size of com- OSHPD California Office of Statewide Health
ponent or assembly to withstand a specified force with Planning and Development. OSHPD is essentially a
a safety factor applied. service organization providing services that include
Load scale A measurement pointer, dial, or gauge the efficient processing of approvals for health facility
attached to a device to provide a means of determining construction. OSHPD is a national leader in seismic
the static or dynamic aspects of a supported load. restraint guidelines and requirements.
Pipe attachment Any component or device used to
connect a pipe to a hanger, support, or assembly.
Pipe brace See brace. and that provides for the passing through of pipe.
Pipe channel Conduit or channel that is cast in The most typical usage is for short vertical conduit
place within concrete structural elements and that in concrete slabs to eliminate the subsequent drilling
provides for the passing through of pipe. It is placed of core holes.
horizontally throughout a concrete structure to fa- Pipe rack A structural frame that is used to sup-
cilitate future access. port piping systems. (See assembly.)
Pipe clamp A bolted clamp attachment that Pipe roll A pipe hanger or support that utilizes
connects a pipe to a hanger, support, assembly, or a roller or bearing device to provide the ability for
structural element. lateral axial movement in a piping system.
Pipe clip An attachment appliance used to connect Pipe saddle support A pipe support that utilizes
a pipe directly to a structural element, also referred a curved section for cradling the pipe.
to as a strap or pipe clamp. Pipe shoe A hanger or support (typically T shaped)
Pipe covering protection saddle A protective attached to the pipe to transmit the load or forces to
covering used to prevent damage to insulation sur- adjacent structural elements.
rounding a pipe at hanger and support points. Pipe size Reference to nominal pipe size, unless
Pipe elevations See design elevation, erected eleva- otherwise specified.
tion, after cold pull elevation, and cold elevation. Pipe sleeve An opening, conduit, or channel that
Pipe hanger An appliance or device that is attached is cast in place within concrete structural elements
to or suspended from a structural element and that is and that provides for the passing through of pipe.
used to support a piping system load in tension. The most typical usage is for short vertical conduit
Pipe hanger assembly An assembly used for a in concrete slabs to eliminate the subsequent drilling
piping system. of core holes. However, conduit or channel may be
placed horizontally throughout a concrete structure
Pipe hanger drawing A mechanical drawing to facilitate future access.
that details the elements and components of a piping
system and incorporates a bill of material, load and Pipe sleeve, pipe sleeve hanger or support An
movement data, location information, and both gen- appliance or device that surrounds a pipe and connects
eral and specific identification. (See also engineered to a hanger or support to provide for alignment and
drawing and semi-engineered drawing.) limited movement.
Pipe hanger load See specific load types: cold load, Pipe slide A hanger or support that incorporates
deadweight load, design load, dynamic load, friction a slide plate to accommodate horizontal pipe move-
load, hot load, hydrostatic load, operating load, thrust ment.
load, seismic load, thermal load, trip-out load, wind Pipe strap An attachment appliance used to con-
load, and water hammer load. nect a pipe directly to a structural element. (See pipe
Pipe hanger location See location types: cold clip and pipe clamp.)
hanger location and hot hanger location. Pipe support A device or stanchion by which a pipe
Pipe hanger plan and pipe hanger plan loca- is carried or supported from beneath. In this position,
tion The engineered design and elevations that the pipe load is in compression.
fully detail the hangers, supports, and anchors of a Pipe system load See specific load types: cold load,
piping system. Mechanical drawings include appropri- deadweight load, design load, dynamic load, friction
ate offsets as a result of movement and displacement load, hot load, hydrostatic load, operating load, thrust
expectations. load, seismic load, thermal load, trip-out load, wind
Pipe insulation shield A rigid insert appliance load, and water hammer load.
designed to protect pipe insulation passing through Plate lug See lug.
hangers, supports, and assemblies. Plating An electroplating process whereby a metal-
Pipe load See specific load types: cold load, dead- lic coating (e.g., copper, chrome, or zinc) is deposited
weight load, design load, dynamic load, friction load, on a substrate.
hot load, hydrostatic load, operating load, thrust load, Point loading The point of application of a load
seismic load, thermal load, trip-out load, wind load, between two surfaces. It typically describes the load
and water hammer load. point between a curved and a flat surface.
Pipe opening An opening, conduit, or channel that
is cast in place within concrete structural elements
Preset Prior installation adjustment of hangers, Riser clamp An appliance or device used to provide
supports assemblies, equipment, and devices. connections to and support for upright or vertical
Protection saddle A saddle that provides a protec- members, structural or otherwise.
tive covering or coating to prevent damage to pipe or Riser hanger A hanger or support used in conjunc-
to the insulation surrounding a pipe at hanger and tion with a riser.
support points. Rod A slender bar typically considered to have a
Protection shield An appliance, which may be circular cross section, available in a variety of materi-
rigid or flexible, designed to protect pipe or insulation als. (See threaded rod.)
at contact points with hangers and supports. Rod coupling An appliance or device used to join
Random hanger A hanger or support that requires two rods. (See threaded rod coupling.)
field fabrication and the exact location, shape, and Rod hanger A hanger or support that has an inte-
type of which are left to the discretion of, and are to grated rod as part of its construction.
be determined by, the installer.
Rod stiffener An appliance or device used to pro-
Reservoir An attachment or separate container vide additional rigidity to a rod.
used in conjunction with a fluid- (or gas-) using device
(e.g., hydraulic) that provides a means to store or hold Roll stand A pipe roll mounted on a stand and
a supply of liquid (or gas) to provide for a reserve or used for support.
otherwise ensure for an adequate or continuous sup- Roll and plate A combination of a pipe roll and a
ply of fluid (or gas). slide plate used for minimal lateral and axial move-
Restraint Any appliance, device, or equipment ment where minimal or no vertical adjustment is
that prevents, resists, or limits unplanned or random required.
movement. Roll hanger An appliance or device that utilizes a
Restraining control device Any hydraulic, me- pipe roll for lateral and axial movement when used
chanical, spring, or other rigid or flexible hanger, to carry a load in suspension or tension.
support, or device used to control movement. Roll plate A flat appliance, typically a steel or al-
Resilient support A hanger, support, or device loy plate, that permits movement and/or facilitates a
that provides for vertical, horizontal, lateral, or axial sliding motion. (See slide plate.)
movement. Roll trapeze A combination device utilizing a pipe
Retaining strap An appliance or device used in roll and a trapeze hanger.
conjunction with clamps and other components to se- Saddle A curved appliance or device designed to
cure hangers and supports to structural elements. cradle a pipe and used in conjunction with a hanger
Rigid sway brace Components added to a standard or support.
pipe support or hanger system to limit sway during Safety factor The ultimate strength of a material
movement such as a seismic event. The components divided by the allowable stress. It also refers to the
include solid strut or pipe, pipe attachments, and at- ultimate strength of a device divided by the rated
tachment to the structure. Rigid bracing only requires capacity.
one attachment per location because it works under
Scale plate A device attached to hangers, sup-
tension and compression.
ports, and assemblies to detect changes in load or
Rigid hanger A hanger or support that controls or movement.
limits vertical and horizontal movement.
Seismic control device An appliance or device
Rigid support See rigid hanger. used to provide structural stability in the event of
Rigging Appliances and devices, including chain, a change in the steady-state environment affecting
rope, and cable, used to erect, support, and manipu- a buildings structure, such as would occur with a
late. natural event such as an earthquake or other violent
action.
Ring band An appliance or device consisting of a
strap (steel, plastic, or other material) formed in a Seismic load The temporary stress or loading
circular shape with an attached knurled swivel nut put on a piping system as the result of a change in
used for vertical adjustment. the steady-state environment affecting a buildings
structure, such as would occur with a natural event
Riser An upright or vertical member, structural such as an earthquake or other violent action.
or otherwise.
Threaded rod coupling An appliance or device Two-way brace A brace designed to control
used to join two threaded rods. movement in two directions. (See lateral brace and
Three-bolt pipe clamp A pipe clamp normally longitudinal brace.)
used for horizontal insulated piping that utilizes bolts U-bolt A U-shaped rod with threaded ends that fits
to attach the clamp to the pipe and a separate load around a pipe and is attached to a structural element
bolt to transfer the piping weight to the remainder or a supporting member.
of the pipe hanger assembly from a point outside the Vapor barrier An uninterrupted, nonpermeable
insulation (previously known as a double-bolt pipe material used as a cover for insulated pipe to exclude
clamp). moisture from the insulation.
Top beam clamp A mechanical device used to Variability The load variation of a variable-spring
connect, as a hanger or support, or used to hold part hanger divided by the hot load expressed as a per-
of a piping system to the top of a structural beam ele- centage.
ment (typically a steel beam). A clamp firmly holds
multiple materials or devices together and does not Variable-spring hanger A spring coil device that
require welding. produces varying support while permitting vertical
movement.
Thrust load The temporary stress or loading
put on a piping system as the result of a change in Variable-spring hanger indicator A device
the steady-state operating environment of the pipe attached to a variable-spring hanger that measures
contents as a result of regular or abrupt changes as- vertical pipe movement.
sociated with equipment or mechanical devices such Velocity limited A term relating to snubbers in
as the discharge from a safety valve, relief valve, which velocity is the means of control.
pump failure, or failure of some other mechanical
Vibration control device An appliance used to
device or element.
reduce and/or control the transmission of vibration
Transverse brace See lateral brace. to structural elements.
Trapeze hanger A pipe hanger consisting of par- Vibration isolation device See vibration control
allel vertical rods connected at their lower ends by a device.
horizontal member that is suspended from a struc-
Water hammer load The temporary stress or load-
tural element. This type of hanger often is used when
ing put on a piping system as the result of a change,
there is an overhead obstruction or where insufficient
abrupt or otherwise, in the steady-state flow of the
vertical space is available to accommodate a more
pipe contents.
traditional hanger or support.
Welded beam attachment A U-shaped, flat-bar
Travel device A hanger or support device that ac-
appliance, normally welded to a steel beam, used to
commodates piping movement.
connect a hanger, support, or assembly.
Travel indicator See constant support hanger
Welded pipe attachment The use of a weld to at-
indicator and variable spring hanger indicator.
tach a pipe to a hanger, support, or assembly.
Travel scale A device attached to a spring unit to
Weldless eye nut A forged steel appliance that
measure vertical movement.
provides an attachment point for a threaded hanger
Travel stop An appliance or device that temporar- rod to a bolt or pin connection.
ily locks moveable parts in a fixed position, enabling
Wire hook A type of hanger or support that is
a load to be transferred to a supporting structural
simply a bent piece of heavy wire.
element during installation and testing phases.
Wind load The temporary or steady-state stress
Trip-out load The temporary stress or loading put
or loading put on or added to a piping system as the
on a piping system as the result of a change in the
result of a change of environmental conditions such
steady-state flow of the pipe contents as a result of
as increased steady state or alternating air movement.
the change associated with equipment or mechanical
Usually refers to piping systems in environmentally
devices such as a turbine or pump.
exposed conditions.
Turnbuckle A device with one left-hand female
threaded end and one right-hand female threaded
end, used to join two threaded rods and provide linear
adjustment.
[ ]
Ft =
T= F 1 1
(fd/fn)2 1 Ft=Fd
d
(fd/fn)2 1
where
A system may have up to six natural frequencies.
T= Transmissibility
Ft =Force transmitted through the resilient In the practical selection of machine mountings, if
mountings the vertical natural frequency of the system is made
Fd =Unbalanced force acting on the resiliently low enough for a low transmissibility, the horizontal
supported system and rotational natural frequencies generally will be
fd =Frequency of disturbing vibration, cycles per lower than the vertical and can be disregarded, except
minute (cpm [hertz, Hz]) on machines with very large horizontal, unbalanced
fn =Natural frequency of the resiliently forces or with large unbalanced moments, such as
mounted system, cpm (Hz) horizontal compressors and large two-, three-, and five-
This equation is exact for steel springs because cylinder engines.
they have straight-line load deflection characteristics Obviously, the transmitted force (Ft) should be
and negligible damping. When the equation is used for minimized. Since the disturbing force (Fd) is a function
organic materials, the following corrections normally of the machine characteristics and cannot be reduced,
give conservative results: For rubber and neoprene, except by dynamic balancing of the machineor
use 50 percent of the static deflection when calculating
fn. For cork, use fn equal to one and one-half times the
natural frequency determined by actual test.
The natural frequency of the resiliently mounted
system (fn) can be calculated using the following
equation:
Equation 7-2
fn= 188
(1/d)
where
d =Static deflection of the resilient mounting,
inches (millimeters)
When using Equation 7-2 in international stan-
dard (SI) units, the 188 multiplying factor should be
changed to 947.5. The static deflection can be obtained
from the expression:
Figure 7-1 Transmissibility vs. Frequency Ratio
Note: This curve applies to steel spring isolators and other materials with very little
damping.
(A)
(B)
(D)
(C)
Figure 7-4 Typical Elastomer and Elastomer-cork Mountings: (A) Compression and Shear Elastomer Floor Mountings
Provide Up to in. (12.7 mm) Deflection; (B) Elastomer Hangers for Suspended Equipment and Piping; (C) Elastomer/Cork
Mountings Combine Characteristics of These Two Materials, Provide Nonskid Surface, which Eliminates Bolting Machine
Down; (D) Elastomer/Cork Mounting with Built-in Leveling Screw.
and other materials. Special steel spring isolators to stop such transmission into the floor on critical
can provide deflections up to 10 inches (254 mm). installations.
Since the performance of steel springs follows the Table 7-1 tabulates the useful ranges of cork, rub-
vibration control equations very ber, and steel springs for different
closely, their performance can be equipment speeds.
predetermined very accurately,
eliminating costly trial and error, Applications
which is sometimes necessary in Properly designed mountings
other materials. now permit installation of the
Steel spring isolators are avail- heaviest mechanical equipment
able in static deflections from in penthouses and on roofs di-
0.75 inch to 6.0 in (19 to 152 mm), rectly over offices and sleeping
yielding natural frequencies from areas. Such upper-floor instal-
4 Hz to 1.3 Hz with open steel lations permit certain operating
spring isolators. (Restrained economies and release valuable
spring isolators have different basement space for garaging au-
capacity levels than open steel tomobiles. However, when heavy
spring.) Most steel spring isola- machinery is installed on upper
tors are equipped with built-in floors, great care must be used
leveling bolts, which eliminate to prevent vibration transmis-
the need for shims when in- sion, which often shows up many
stalling machinery. The more floors below when a wall, ceiling,
rugged construction possible in or even a lighting fixture has the
steel spring isolators provides same natural frequency as the
for a long life, usually equal to disturbing vibration. The result
that of the machine itself. Since of such resonance vibration is a
high-frequency noises sometimes very annoying noise.
tend to bypass steel springs, rub- Efficient mountings permit
ber sound isolation pads usually lighter, more economical con-
are used under spring isolators Figure 7-5 Typical Steel Spring Mounting struction of new buildings and
Table 7-1 The Relative Effectiveness of Steel Springs, Rubber, and Cork in the
Various Speed Ranges
Range RPM Springs Rubber Cork
Low Up to 1200 Required Not recommended Unsuitable except for shocka
Medium 12001800 Excellent Fair Not recommended
High Over 1800 Excellent Good Fair to good for critical jobs
a
For noncritical installations only; otherwise, springs are recommended.
rate (Q) of 35 gallons per minute (gpm), the tank Vt is the vertical rise rate of the design grease/oil
volume is: globule.
As noted, the separation of grease/oil from water by
V= 352 =9.36 ft3
7.48 gravity differential can be expressed mathematically
by the use of Stokes law. Stokes law can be used to
Retention periods should be based on peak flows.
In International Standard (SI) units, the denominator calculate the rise rate of any grease/oil globule on the
in Equation 8-4 becomes approximately unity (1). basis of its size and density and the density and viscos-
ity of water. (See Figure 8-1 for the rise rate versus
Flow-through Period globule size at a fixed design temperature.)
The actual time required for the water to flow through The primary function of a grease interceptor is to
an existing tank is called the flow-through period. separate free-floating FOG from the wastewater. Such
How closely this flow-through period approximates a unit does not separate soluble substances, and it
the retention period depends on the tank. A well- does not break emulsions. Therefore, it never should
designed tank should provide a flow-through period be specified for these purposes. However, like any set-
of at least equal to the required retention period. tling facility, the interceptor presents an environment
in which suspended solids are settled coincident with
Factors Affecting Flotation in the Ideal
the separation of the FOG in the influent.
Basin
The ability of an interceptor to perform its primary
When designing the ideal separation basin, four
function depends on a number of factors. These in-
parameters dictate effective FOG removal from the
clude the type and state of FOG in the waste flow, the
water: grease/oil droplet size distribution, droplet
characteristics of the carrier stream, and the design
velocity, grease/oil concentration, and the condition of
and size of the unit. Due to the reliance on gravity
the grease/oil as it enters the basin. Grease/oil can be
differential phenomena, there is a practical limita-
present in five basic forms: oil-coated solids, free oil,
tion to interceptor effectiveness. In terms of grease/
mechanically emulsified, chemically emulsified, and
oil globule size, an interceptor will be effective over a
dissolved. When designing the ideal basin, consider
globule diameter range having a lower limit of 0.015
only free grease/oil.
centimeter (150 microns).
The ideal separation basin is one that has no
Gravity separation permits the removal of particles
turbulence, short-circuiting, or eddies. The flow
that exhibit densities different from their carrier
through the basin is laminar and distributed uni-
fluid. Separation is accomplished by detaining the
formly throughout the basins cross-sectional area.
flow stream for a sufficient time to permit particles to
The surface-loading rate is equal to the overflow rate.
separate out. Separation, or retention, time (T) is the
Free oil is separated due to the difference in specific
theoretical time that the water is held in the basin. A
gravity between the grease/oil globule and the water.
basin must be designed such that even if the grease/oil
Other factors affecting the design of an ideal basin
globule enters the chamber at the worst possible loca-
are influent concentration and temperature.
tion (at the bottom), there will be enough time for the
It is important to evaluate and quantify a basin
globule to rise the distance needed for capture. (See
design both analytically and hydraulically. Figure 8-2
Figure 8-3.) If the grease/oil globule rate of rise (Vt)
shows a cross-section of
a basin chamber. The
basin chamber is di-
vided into two zones:
liquid treatment zone
and surface-loading area
(grease/oil mat). The
mat zone is that portion
of the basin where the
separated grease/oil is
stored. L is the length
of the chamber or basin,
and D is the liquid depth
or the maximum dis-
tance the design grease/
oil globule must rise to
reach the grease mat.
Vh is the horizontal ve-
locity of the water, and Figure 8-2 Cross-section of a Grease Interceptor Chamber
exceeds the retention time required for separation, The greater the density differences between the
the basin will experience pass-through or short- particle and carrier fluid, the faster the rate of
circuiting. Retention time can be expressed as: separation.
Equation 8-5 The less viscous the carrier fluid, the faster the
V=QT rate of separation and vice versa.
where
V =Volume of basin
Grease Interceptor Design
Q =Design flow Example
T =Retention time The following example illustrates the application of
the above equations for the design of a grease inter-
As previously noted, particles that rise to the sur-
ceptor.
face of a liquid are said to possess rise rates, while
particles that settle to the bottom exhibit settling Data
rates. Both types obey Stokes Law, which establishes Without additional data describing the distribution
the theoretical terminal velocities of the rising and/or of oil droplets and their diameters within a repre-
settling particles. This basic principle governing the sentative wastewater sample, it is not possible to
separation of oil from water by gravity differential quantitatively predict the effect that increased inter-
may be expressed mathematically. With a value of ceptor size or reduced flow and subsequent increased
0.015 centimeter for the diameter (D) of the globule, retention time within the grease interceptor will have
the rate of rise of oil globules in wastewater may be on the effluent concentration of the interceptor. How-
expressed in feet per minute as: ever, experimental research on oil droplet rise time
Equation 8-6 (see Table 8-1) illustrates the effect that increased
interceptor size or reduced flow and subsequent in-
Vt= 0.0241 (Sw
u
So) creased retention time within the grease interceptor
will have on oil droplet removal.
where
Vt =Rate of rise of oil globule (0.015 centimeter An examination of Table 8-1 enables the designer
in diameter) in wastewater, feet per minute to at least be able to predict the effect of increased
Sw =Specific gravity of wastewater at design interceptor size or reduced flow and subsequent in-
temperature of flow creased retention time within the grease interceptor
So =Specific gravity of oil in wastewater at on oil droplet removal.
design temperature of flow If you follow this logic, you can improve the grease
u =Absolute viscosity of wastewater at design interceptor by increasing the interceptor volume or
temperature, poises reducing flow and subsequently lowering horizontal
This is an expression of Stokes law for terminal velocity and increasing retention time within the
velocity of spheres in a liquid medium that is appli- grease interceptor.
cable to the rate of rise of oil globules or the rate of Other data is as follows:
settling of suspended solids. Specific gravity of grease/oil in wastewater: 0.90
An examination of this law discloses: (average)
The larger the particles, the faster the rate of Temperature of wastewater and oil mixture:
separation. 68F (average)
Rate of rise of oil globules in wastewater:
flotation period, the amount of flocculation depends effect. A flotation test might determine the point of
on the detention period. Accordingly, with a given agglomeration for a known water sample.
overflow rate, a tank of considerable depth should be
more efficient than a shallow unit. On the other hand, Practical Design
a decrease in the overflow rate might have the same While acquaintance with the theory of flotation is
important to the engineer, several factors have pre-
vented the direct application of this theory to the
design of grease interceptors. Some turbulence
is unavoidable at the inlet end of the tank. This
effect is greatly reduced by good inlet design (in-
cluding baffling) that distributes the influent as
uniformly as practicable over the cross-section of
the tank. There is also some interference with the
streamline flow at the outlet, but this condition is
less pronounced than the inlet turbulence and is
reduced only by using overflow weirs or baffles.
Density currents are caused by differences in the
temperature, the density of the incoming wastewa-
ter, and the interceptors contents. Incoming water
(A) has more suspended matter than the partially
clarified contents of the tank. Therefore, there
is a tendency for the influent to form a relatively
rapid current along the bottom of the tank, which
even may extend to the outlet. This condition is
known as short-circuiting and occurs even with a
uniform collection at the outlet end.
Flocculation of suspended solids has been
mentioned. Its effects, however, are difficult to
predict.
In general, the engineer depends on experience
as well as the code requirements of the various
local health departments for the preferred reten-
tion and overflow rates. Length, width, depth, and
inlet and outlet details enter into the design of a
(B) grease interceptor. Of these items, depth already
has been discussed as having some effect on the
tanks efficiency. A smaller depth gives a shorter
path for the rising particle to settle, which gives
the basin a greater efficiency as the surface-loading
rates match the overflow rates based on a given
retention time. The tanks inlets and outlets re-
quire careful consideration by the designer. The
ideal inlet reduces the inlet velocity to prevent
the pronounced currents toward the outlet, dis-
tributes the inlet water as uniformly as practical
over the cross-section of the tank, and mixes the
inlet water with the water already in the tank to
prevent the entering water from short-circuiting
toward the outlet.
Hydromechanical Grease
Interceptors
For over a hundred years, grease interceptors have
been used in plumbing drainage systems to prevent
(C)
grease accumulations from clogging interconnect-
Figure 8-4 (A) Hydromechanical Grease Interceptor (B) Timer- ing sanitary piping and sewer lines. However, it
controlled Grease Removal Device (C) FOG Disposal System
wasnt until 1949 that a comprehensive standard for Grease Removal Devices
the basic testing and rating requirements for hydro- Grease removal devices are typically hydromechanical
mechanical grease interceptors was developed. This interceptors that incorporate automatic, electrically
standard is known as PDI G101. It has been widely powered skimming devices within their design. The
recognized and is referenced in most plumbing codes, two basic variations of this type of interceptor are
replicated in American Society of Mechanical Engi- timer-controlled units and sensor-controlled units.
neer (ASME) A112.14.3: Grease Interceptors, referred
to in manufacturers literature information, and Timer-controlled Units
included in the basic testing and rating requirement In such units, FOG is separated by gravity flotation in
of Military Specification MIL-T-18361. A specifying the conventional manner, at which point the accumu-
engineer or purchaser of a hydromechanical grease lated FOG is skimmed from the surface of the water
interceptor can be assured that the interceptor will in the interceptor by a powered skimming device and
perform as intended when it has been tested, rated, activated by a timer on a time- or event-controlled
and certified in conformance with PDI G101, ASME basis. (See Figure 8-4(B).)
A112.14.3, and ASME A112.14.4: Grease Removal The skimmed FOG essentially is scraped or wiped
Devices. from the skimmer surface and directed into a trough,
Conventional manually operated hydromechani- from which it drains through a small pipe from the
cal interceptors are extremely popular and generally interceptor into a disposal container located adjacent
available up to 100-gpm (6.31-liters-per-second [L/s]) to the interceptor. Most GRDs are fitted with an elec-
rated flow capacity for most applications. (See Figure tric immersion heater to elevate the temperature in
8-4(A).) For flow rates above 100 gpm (6.31 L/s), large the interceptor to maintain the contained FOG in a
capacity units up to 500 gpm (31.5 L/s) commonly are liquid state for skimming purposes.
used. The internal designs of these devices are similar. A variation of this type of interceptor utilizes a
The inlet baffles, usually available in various styles FOG removal pump that is positioned in a tray inside
and arrangements, act to ensure at least a 90 percent the interceptor and controlled from a wall unit that
efficiency of grease removal through the HGI, per contains a timer device. The pump is attached to a
PDI G101 standard testing requirements for units of small translucent tank with a drain outlet that is
100 gpm and less. Care should be taken to avoid long located adjacent to the interceptor.
runs of pipe between the source and the interceptor to To operate these units, a timer is set to turn on
avoid FOG accumulation and mechanical emulsifica- the skimmer or FOG removal pump within a selected
tion prior to entering the interceptor. time period. In a short time, the accumulated FOG
Grease removal from manually operated hydrome- is drained into the adjacent container, to be disposed
chanical grease interceptors typically is performed by of in a proper manner.
opening the access cover and manually skimming the Sensor-controlled Units
accumulated grease from the interior water surface These interceptors employ computer-controlled sen-
(along with the removal of a perforated filter screen sors or probes, which sense the presence of FOG and
for cleaning if so equipped). automatically initiate the draw-off cycle at a prede-
Semiautomatic Units termined percentage level of the interceptors rated
These units are typically a hydromechanical intercep- capacity. FOG then is drawn from the top of the FOG
tor design, with FOG accumulation on the surface of layer in the interceptor. The draw-off cycle continues
the water inside the interceptor. However, these types until the presence of water is detected by the sensor,
of HGIs are not used as widely as they once were due which stops the cycle to ensure that only water-free
in part to advances in grease retention equipment FOG is recovered. If required, an immersion heater
technology. In addition, the FOG removal process is activated automatically at the onset of the draw-off
involves the running of hot water through the inter- cycle to liquefy FOG in the interceptor. In addition,
ceptor to raise the water level and force the FOG into if either the units grease collection reservoir (where
the draw-off recovery cone or pyramid and then out the recovered grease is stored pending removal) or
through the attached draw-off hose to a FOG disposal the interceptor itself is near capacity with potential
container until the running water becomes clear. As overloading sensed, warning measures and unit shut-
compared to the operational qualities of the intercep- down are activated automatically.
tor types and technologies currently available, this When GRDs are considered for installation,
process is wasteful of potable water at a time when the manufacturer should be consulted regarding
water conservation should be of legitimate concern electrical, service, and maintenance requirements.
to the plumbing engineer, especially in certain areas The plumbing engineer must coordinate these re-
of the country where the cost of water may be at a quirements with the appropriate trades to ensure
premium for a facility owner. a proper installation. Furthermore, owing to these
requirements, it is essential that those responsible maintenance to remove undigested materials, and
for operating GRDs be trained thoroughly in their inspections to ensure all components are clean and
operation. functioning properly are required and should be per-
formed on a regular basis.
FOG Disposal Systems Furthermore, it is essential that the plumbing en-
A FOG disposal system is very similar to a hydro- gineer coordinate all electrical and equipment space
mechanical interceptor in its operation. However, in allocation requirements with the appropriate trades
addition to reducing FOG in effluent by separation, to allow for proper installation and functioning of a
it automatically reduces FOG in effluent by mass and FOG disposal system.
volume reduction, without the use of internal me-
chanical devices or manual FOG removal. This system Gravity Grease Interceptors
is specifically engineered, and one type is configured Gravity grease interceptors commonly are made of
to contain microorganisms that are used to oxidize 4-inch (101.6-mm) minimum thickness concrete walls,
FOG within the interceptor to permanently convert with interior concrete barriers that act to sectionalize
the FOG material into the by-products of digestion, the interior into multiple chambers that dampen flow
a process otherwise referred to as bioremediation. It and retain FOG by flotation. Figure 8-5(A) shows a
should be noted that this is also the same process used typical installation. However, standards allow other
by municipal wastewater treatment plants. Other materials such as fiberglass, plastic, and protected
FOG disposal systems utilize thermal or chemical steel. Generally, these units are used outside buildings
methods of oxidation. as inground installations rather than as inside sys-
Figure 8-4(A) is an example of a bioremediation tems adjacent to or within kitchen areas. These units
type of interceptor. The interceptor is divided into
two main chambers, separated by baffles
at the inlet and outlet sides. The baffle
located at the inlet side of the intercep-
tor acts to distribute the inflow evenly
across the horizontal dimension of the
interceptor. However, unlike conven-
tional HGIs, a media chamber is its main
compartment, which contains a coalesc-
ing media that is engineered to cause
FOG to rise along the vertical surfaces of
the media structure where it comes into
contact with microorganisms inhabit-
ing a biofilm attached to the media. A
wall-mounted shelf located above the
interceptor supports a metering pump,
timer, controls, and a bottle filled with a (A)
bacteria culture provided by the system
manufacturer.
As the FOG material collects in the
biofilm, bacteria from the culture bottle
(injected by the metering pump) break
the bonds between fatty acids and glyc-
erol and then the bonds between the
hydrogen, carbon, and oxygen atoms
of both, thereby reducing FOG volume.
Drainage continues through the media
chamber around the outlet baffle, where
it then is discharged to the sanitary
system.
Though FOG disposal systems signifi-
cantly reduce the need for manual FOG
removal or the handling of mechani- (B)
cally removed FOG materials, the need
Figure 8-5 (A) Gravity Grease Interceptor (B) Passive, Tank-type
for monitoring effluent quality, routine Grease Interceptor
generally do not include the draw-off or flow-control The effluent should be drawn from near the
arrangements common to hydromechanical units. bottom of the unit, via a dip pipe, to remove as
The unit should be installed as close to the source of much floatable grease and solids as possible.
FOG as possible. If this cannot be achieved due to A large manhole, or removable slab, should be
field conditions or other site constraints, a heat trace provided for access to all chambers of the grease
system can be installed along the drain piping that interceptor for complete cleaning of both the
is routed to the inlet side of the GGI to help keep the floatable and the settleable solids.
temperature of the FOG-laden waste from solidifying
The top, or cover, should be gas-tight and
before it enters the interceptor. Increasing the slope
capable of withstanding traffic weight.
of the drain piping to the interceptor also can be
considered in lieu of heat tracing where allowable by A difference in elevation between the inlet and
local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. the outlet of 3 inches to 6 inches (76.2 mm to
If a unit is located in a traffic area, care must be 152.4 mm) should be provided to ensure a flow
taken to ensure that the access covers are capable through the grease interceptor during surge
of withstanding any possible traffic load. It is also conditions without the waste backing up in the
inlet sewer. As the grease begins to accumulate,
important that the interceptor be located in such a
the top of the grease layer will begin to rise
way as to allow an easy cleanout procedure.
above the normal water level at a distance of
Prefabricated GGIs also tend to be internally
approximately 1 inch (25.4 mm) for each 9
and externally configured with unique, pre-installed inches (228.6 mm) of grease thickness.
features designed to meet the local jurisdictional
requirements of any given project location. The After installation, testing of the GGI for leakage
plumbing engineer must verify the local jurisdictional should be a specification requirement prior to
requirements to which these units must conform to final acceptance.
ensure proper unit selection. In addition to concrete GGIs, gravity grease inter-
Field-formed Concrete Units ceptors in the form of prefabricated round, cylindrical
protected steel tanks are also available. (See Figure
Field-formed concrete gravity grease interceptors
8-5(B).) These units often are referred to as pas-
are basically identical to the prefabricated units as
sive grease interceptors, but they fall into the same
described above, with the exception that they usu-
category as gravity grease interceptors because they
ally are constructed at the project site. Though likely
operate in virtually the same manner. Interceptors of
more expensive to install than a prefabricated unit,
this type are available with single and multiple cham-
one reason for its installation could be unique project
bers (depending on local jurisdictional requirements),
site constraints. For example, a GGI may need to be
with internal baffles, vent connections, and manhole
installed in a very tight area, too close to existing
extensions as required to allow for proper operation.
property lines or adjacent structures to allow hoist-
They also are manufactured in single- and double-wall
ing equipment the necessary access to an excavated
construction and can be incorporated with steam or
area that otherwise would be sufficient for a standard
electric heating systems to help facilitate FOG separa-
prefabricated GGI installation.
tion and extraction from the unit.
Following is a list of recommended installation
Protected steel tank GGIs are built to Underwrit-
provisions for prefabricated and field-formed GGIs
ers Laboratories (UL) specifications for structural
located outside a building.
and corrosion protection for both the interior and
The unit should be installed as close to the the exterior of the interceptor.The exterior corrosion
source of FOG as possible. If this cannot be protection is a two-part, polyurethane, high-build
achieved due to field conditions or other site coating with interior coating options of polyurethane,
constraints, a heat trace system can be installed epoxy, or proprietary coatings (depending on influent
along the drain piping that is routed to the inlet wastewater temperature, wastewater characteristics,
side of the GGI. etc.). When protected steel tank GGIs are considered
The influent should enter the unit at a location for installation, the manufacturer should be consulted
below the normal water level or near the regarding venting and hold-down requirements for
bottom of the GGI to keep the surface as still as buoyancy considerations.
possible.
The inlet and the outlet of the unit should be Equipment Summary
provided with cleanouts for unplugging both the It is important for the plumbing engineer to under-
sewers and the dip pipes. stand that the topic of FOG retention and removal
is a continuing and ever-changing evolution of both
technology and the latest equipment available at the
time. Types of interceptors currently on the market this particular arrangement is allowed by governing
(such as the FOG disposal system and protected codes and local jurisdictions, special attention should
steel tank GGIs mentioned) may be proprietary in be paid to air inlet sources for the air-injected flow
nature and may include features specifically inherent control if no p-trap is attached to the fixture outlet to
to one particular manufacturer. The purpose of the avoid circuiting the building vent to the fixture.
equipment descriptions contained in this chapter is The location of a grease interceptor far from the
to expose the reader to the basic types of FOG treat- fixtures it serves allows the grease to cool and solidify
ment equipment presently available as they currently in the waste lines upstream of the grease interceptor,
are defined and listed within model codes. The text is causing clogging conditions or requiring more fre-
not intended to imply that any one particular type of quent rodding-out of the waste lines. However, a heat
device is superior to another for a given application. trace system can be installed along the main waste
That being the case, the plumbing engineer must ex- line that is routed to the inlet side of the interceptor
ercise care when proposing to specify FOG treatment to help keep the temperature of the FOG-laden waste
equipment that could be considered proprietary, in from solidifying before it enters the interceptor. Long
conjunction with a government-controlled or publicly horizontal and vertical runs also can cause mechanical
funded project that may prohibit the specifying of emulsification of entrained FOG such that it is not
such equipment due to a lack of competition by other easily separated.
manufacturers. Some practical considerations are also important
if an interceptor is to be located near the fixtures it
Applications serves. If the interceptor is an under-the-counter,
Most local administrative authorities require in their above-the-slab device, the engineer should leave
jurisdictions codes that spent water from food service enough space above the cover to allow the complete
fixtures and equipment producing large amounts of cleaning and FOG removal from the unit.
FOG discharge into an approved interceptor before Some ordinances also require that interceptors
entering the municipalitys sanitary drainage system. not be installed where the surrounding temperatures
These requirements (generally code and pretreatment under normal operating conditions are less than 40F
regulations, with pretreatment coordinators having (4.4C).
the final word) can include multi-compartment pot Some administrative authorities prohibit the
sinks, pre-rinse sinks, kettles, and wok stations, as discharge of food waste disposers through HGIs and
well as area floor drains, grease-extracting hoods GRDs because of the clogging effect of ground-up
installed over frying or other grease-producing equip- particles. Other jurisdictions allow this setup, pro-
ment, and dishwashing equipment. vided that a solids interceptor or strainer basket is
If floor drains are connected to the interceptor, installed upstream of these devices to remove any food
the engineer must give special consideration to other particulates prior to entering the interceptor. It is rec-
adjacent fixtures that may be connected to a common ommended that food waste disposers be connected to
line with a floor drain upstream of the interceptor. HGIs and GRDs (in conjunction with a solids strainer)
Unless flow control devices are used on high-volume when allowed by the authority having jurisdiction due
fixtures or multiple fixtures flowing upstream of the to the fact that disposer waste discharge is a prime
floor drain connection, flooding of the floor drain can carrier of FOG-laden material.
occur. A common misapplication is the installation The same situation is similar with respect to
of a flow control device at the inlet to the intercep- dishwashers. Some administrative authorities pro-
tor that may restrict high-volume fixture discharge hibit the discharge of dishwasher waste to HGIs and
into the interceptor, but floods the floor drain(s) on GRDs, while other jurisdictions allow it, provided
the common branch. Floor drains connected to an that the dishwashers are without pre-rinse sinks. It
interceptor require a recessed (beneath the floor) is recommended that dishwashers not be connected
interceptor design. to HGIs or GRDs. Although the high discharge waste
An acceptable design concept is to locate the in- temperature from a dishwasher may be beneficial to
terceptor as close to the grease-producing fixtures as the FOG separation process by helping to maintain
possible. Under-the-counter or above-slab intercep- the FOG in a liquid state, the detergents used in dish-
tor installations are often possible adjacent to the washing equipment can enter these types of devices
grease-producing fixtures. This type of arrangement and inhibit their ability to separate FOG altogether.
often avoids the individual venting of the fixtures, This allows FOG to pass through the device where it
with a common vent and trap downstream of the eventually can revert to its original state and cause
grease interceptor serving to vent the fixtures and problems within the municipal sanitary system.
the grease interceptor together. Therefore, a p-trap is
not required on the fixture outlet. However, provided
certain amendments and regulations that may super- having jurisdiction have likely established their own
sede any model code requirements. set of guidelines and requirements for an intercep-
Grease extraction water-washed hood equipment tor on a specific project and, therefore, also should
may be used. It should be noted that while these be consulted at the start of the design. It is up to the
systems are used in some cases, grease hoods that plumbing engineer to pull together the various agency
incorporate troughs that entrap grease, which are requirements in an effort to design a code-compliant
sloped to drip cups at the ends of the hood, are used system, while incorporating any additional governing
quite prevalently. These cup drains are removed by requirements and regulations.
hand, and the FOG material contained is disposed The following model plumbing codes should be
of in a proper manner and never discharges to the viewed for provisions regarding interceptors:
interceptor. It is important that the plumbing engi- Uniform Plumbing Code
neer verify which types of systems will be used with
respect to grease hood equipment prior to the selec- International Plumbing Code
tion of the interceptor so that the proper capacity can National Standard Plumbing Code
be determined. Following are itemized lists incorporating the ma-
It also should be noted that the phrase sizing an jor provisions of the model plumbing codes reviewed
interceptor is used throughout the industry quite and are included herein as an abbreviated design
loosely. However, grease interceptors are not sized. guide for the engineer when specifying sizing. It is
They are selected based on specific flow parameters important to review the applicable code in effect in
and requirements as determined by the plumbing the area for any variation from this generalized list.
engineer during the design process for each individual
facility. Furthermore, the design flow rates and pipe Summary of Uniform Plumbing Code
sizing criteria for food preparation facilities should Requirements for Interceptors
not be determined by using the fixture unit method 1. Grease interceptors are not required in
typically used for other types of facilities due to the individual dwelling units or residential
fact that the probability of simultaneous use factors dwellings.
associated with fixture unit values do not apply in
2. Water closets, urinals, and other plumbing
food preparation facilities where increased and con- fixtures conveying human waste shall not drain
tinuous flow rates are encountered. Also, the facility into or through any interceptor.
determines the peak flows used to select the proper
interceptor for the intended application, not the other 3. Each fixture discharging into an interceptor
way around (i.e., a single facility does not discharge shall be individually trapped and vented in an
at a multitude of different flow rates dependant on approved manner.
which particular type of interceptor is being consid- 4. Grease waste lines leading from floor drains,
ered for installation.) floor sinks, and other fixtures or equipment in
Lastly, in certain projects the plumbing engineer serving establishments such as restaurants,
may be called on to select an interceptor in which the cafes, lunch counters, cafeterias, bars, clubs,
flow rates for a facility are not readily quantifiable hotels, hospitals, sanitariums, factory or school
at the time of design, such as for a future expansion, kitchens, or other establishments where grease
restaurant, or food court area within a new develop- may be introduced into the drainage or sewage
ment. In this case, tables or formulas can be used in system shall be connected through an approved
an effort to help quantify the maximum flow rate that interceptor.
will be encountered for a specific pipe size at a given 5. Unless specifically required or permitted by the
slope and velocity that ultimately discharges to the authority having jurisdiction, no food waste
interceptor. This information can be used to select disposal unit or dishwasher shall be connected
the proper interceptor capacity for the intended flow to or discharge into any grease interceptor.
rates anticipated. Commercial food waste disposers shall be
permitted to discharge directly into the building
Code Requirements drainage system.
The necessity for the plumbing engineer to verify all 6. The waste discharge from a dishwasher may be
state and local jurisdictional requirements prior to drained into the sanitary waste system through
the start of any food service facility design cannot a gravity grease interceptor when approved by
be emphasized enough. Although state and model the authority having jurisdiction.
plumbing codes provide information with respect 7. Flow control devices are required at the
to interceptor requirements and regulations, local drain outlet of each grease-producing fixture
health departments and administrative authorities connected to a hydromechanical grease
interceptor. Flow control devices having interceptors shall be sized and rated for the
adjustable (or removable) parts are prohibited. discharge of the food waste grinder.
The flow control device shall be located such 4. Grease interceptors shall be equipped with
that no system vent shall be between the flow devices to control the rate of water flow so that
control and the interceptor inlet. (Exception: the water flow does not exceed the rated flow.
Listed grease interceptors with integral flow The flow control device shall be vented and
controls or restricting devices shall be installed terminate not less than 6 inches above the flood
in an accessible location in accordance with the rim level or be installed in accordance with
manufacturers instructions). manufacturers instructions.
8. A vent shall be installed downstream of 5. Hydromechanical grease interceptors shall have
hydromechanical grease interceptors. the minimum grease retention capacity for the
9. The grease collected from a grease interceptor flow-through rates indicated in Table 8-2.
must not be introduced into any drainage piping
or public or private sewer. Table 8-2 Minimum Grease Retention Capacity
10. Each gravity grease interceptor shall be so Total Flow- Grease Retention
through Rating Capacity
installed and connected that it shall be at all (gpm) (pounds)
times easily accessible for inspection, cleaning,
and removal of intercepted grease. No gravity 4 8
grease interceptor shall be installed in any part 6 12
of a building where food is handled. 7 14
11. Gravity grease interceptors shall be placed as 9 18
practical to the fixtures they serve.
10 20
12. Each business establishment for which a 12 24
gravity grease interceptor is required shall
have an interceptor that shall serve only that 14 28
establishment unless otherwise approved by the 15 30
authority having jurisdiction. 18 36
13. Gravity grease interceptors shall be located 20 40
so as to be readily accessible to the equipment 25 50
required for maintenance and designed to retain
grease until accumulations can be removed by 35 70
pumping the interceptor. 50 100
Summary of International Plumbing 75 150
Code Requirements for Hydromechanical 100 200
Grease Interceptors
1. Grease interceptors are not required in
Operation and Maintenance
individual dwelling units or private living Operational methods can create problems for the
quarters. engineer even if all the design techniques for grease
interceptors presented have been observed. Failing
2. A grease interceptor or automatic grease to scrape dinner plates and other food waste-bearing
removal device shall be required to receive the
utensils into the food waste disposer prior to loading
drainage from fixtures and equipment with
them into dishwasher racks means that the liquid
grease-laden waste located in food preparation
waste discharged from the dishwasher to the grease
areas such as restaurants, hotel kitchens,
hospitals, school kitchens, bars, factory interceptor also carries solid food particles into the
cafeterias, and clubs. The fixtures include pre- grease interceptor unit. The grease interceptor is not
rinse sinks, soup kettles or similar devices, wok a food waste disposer.
stations, floor drains or sinks to which kettles Another common problem is insufficient grease
are drained, automatic hood wash units, and removals. The period between removals differs for
dishwashers without pre-rinse sinks. each interceptor type and is best left to the experience
of licensed professional cleaning services. However,
3. Where food waste disposal units are connected
if the flow rate of the unit is constantly exceeded (no
to grease interceptors, a solids interceptor shall
flow control) with high-temperature water, such as
separate the discharge before connecting to
the interceptor. Solids interceptors and grease a heavy discharge from a dishwasher, the grease in
the unit may periodically be liquefied and washed
into the drainage system downstream of the grease
Economics
Broadly speaking, a single grease interceptor is more
economical than a multiple interceptor installation
for any given grease waste system. The length and
cost of the grease waste piping to transport waste to a
single large interceptor must be compared to the cost
of short lengths and more than one unit.
Resources
Camp, Thomas R. Sedimentation and the Design
of Settling Tanks. Transactions of the American
Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. III, p. 895.
ASME A112.14.4: Grease Removal Devices.
American Society of Testing and Materials.
Davis, Calvin V. Handbook of Applied Hydraulics.
New York: McGraw-Hill.
Hardenberg, W. A., and E. R. Rodie. 1961. Water
supply and waste disposal. Scranton, PA:
International Textbook Company.
Guide to Grease Interceptors. Plumbing and
Drainage Institute.
PDI G101: Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease
Interceptors. Plumbing and Drainage Institute.
Steel, Ernest W. Water Supply and Sewage, 3rd ed.
New York: McGraw-Hill.
the surface elevation level of the reservoir relative to elevation potentially may flow in a reverse direction.
the piping system discharge level. Submerged irrigation systems or yard hydrants with
All discussions of CCC include identification of a submerged drain point potentially may flow soil
back-pressure and back-siphonage. The maximum contaminants into the water supply system. Hence,
back-pressure at the base of the riser in Figure 9-3(a), the safety of a water supply distribution depends on
for a reservoir other than the normal water supply, effective control at each connection point. The safety
occurs if the tank shown is filled to its rim or overflow is not ensured if the effectiveness of one point is un-
outlet. Back-pressure can be defined as the pressure known despite the investment of controls at all other
at a point in a water supply system that exists if the points. One example of a cross-connection catastrophe
normal water supply is cut off or eliminated. In Figure occurred in Chicago in 1933 from defective fixtures
9-3(d), flow from the basin may occur if the water sup- and piping. As a result, 1,409 individuals contracted
ply is cut off or eliminated and if the water elevation amoebic dysentery, which caused 98 deaths.
is near or above the pipe outlet. This reverse flow, Further, control methods today do not detect or
or siphon action, is caused by atmospheric pressure remove the presence of contaminants. A control de-
against the free surface of the water in the basin. vice added to hot water piping supplying a laboratory
Recall that a siphon can be defined as a bent tube full will not be effective if the circulation return brings
of water between two reservoirs under atmospheric contaminated hot water out of the laboratory.
pressure so that flow takes place despite the barrier A manually closed water supply valve is not con-
between them. Back-siphonage is defined as an un- sidered a cross-connection control, even if the valve
intended siphon situation in a water supply with the is bubble-tight and well supervised. Ordinary check
source reservoir being a fixture or other source with valves also are not considered a cross-connection
an unknown level of contamination. control. The history of such good intentions for
In a network, when the law of hydrostatics is equipment connections or water fill into processing
generally applied to the reservoir with the highest operations has not been sufficiently effective as com-
elevation, the networks pressure distribution is pared to cross-connection control.
identifiable, and the direction of flow can be known In addition, as a measure of containment, a control
through general fluid mechanics. In an ideal case, device in the water service is a primary candidate to
the presence of that reservoir generally keeps the isolate a hazard within a building. However, its func-
direction of flow in a favorable direction. However, tion is to preserve the safety of adjacent buildings and
the connection of a supply reservoir is vulnerable to not the building itself. That is, reverse flows may occur
any cause for a pressure interruption, and the normal within a building having only containment cross-
network pressure distribution may be disturbed. For connection control. Its occupants remain at risk even
example, when a valve anywhere in a general system though the neighborhood is otherwise protected.
isolates a part of the system away from the supply res-
ervoir, another part of the isolated section may become Hazards in Water
the water source, such as any fixture, equipment, or Distribution
connected system. As an example in Figure 9-2 with A hazard exists in a water supply system if a risk may
endpoint 2 being the city water supply, consider that occur and if the probability of occurrence is beyond
endpoint 4 is a closed-loop ethylene glycol system on a the impossible. The various pressure interruptions
roof. If the city supply is cut off, the glycol may freely previously described do not occur frequently, but they
feed into endpoints 1 and 3. happen and often without warning. Hence, the prob-
Other pressure interruptions include broken pipes, ability cannot be discounted even if an occurrence is
broken outlets, air lock, pressure caused by thermal uncommon, especially in large networks. Risks are
energy sources, malfunctioning pumps, malfunction- more common since they are associated with every
ing pressure-reducing valves, and uncommon water plumbing fixture, many types of equipment, and
discharges such as a major firefighting event. Several various connections with non-plumbing systems. The
specific instances of mishaps are described in Ap- nature of the risk ranges from mere objections such
pendix 9-G. as water color or odor to varying exposure levels of
Because it cannot be predicted where a valve may nuclear, chemical, or biological material. The varying
close or where another type of pressure interruption level further ranges from imperceptible to mildly toxic
may occur, each water connection point becomes a to generally lethal in healthy adults. A risky material
potential point for reverse flow. Thus, every fixture, generally is referred to as a contaminant. Appendix
every connected piece of equipment, and every con- 9-E presents a list of contaminants and maximum
nected non-plumbing system becomes a point of concentration levels as mandated by the U.S. Safe
reverse flow. Containers of any liquid that receive Drinking Water Act of 1974.
water from a hose or even a spout of inadequate
Control Techniques
Control to prevent reverse flow is achieved by tech-
niques such as certain piping designs and installation
of control devices. If no mechanical moving parts ex-
ist, the control can be regarded as passive. Effective
operation is more inherent, but limitations warrant
other controls. If there are moving parts, the control
can be regarded as active.
Passive Techniques
Examples of a passive control include air gaps and
barometric loops. An air gap is regarded as effec-
tive if the outlet of the flow discharge is adequately
Figure 9-4 Siphon Sufficiently High to Create a Figure 9-5 Five Typical Plumbing Details With Cross-
Barometric Loop connection Control
Figure 9-9 Dual-check with Atmospheric Vent Figure 9-10 Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker
their design. Backflow preventers with relief ports Back-pressure backflow preventers have several
cannot be placed in a sub-grade structure that is shortfalls. A floor drain or indirect waste receptor is
subject to flooding because the air gap will potentially required, which complicates its installation, especially
be submerged. Thus, backflow preventers for water in renovation work and for water services. An air gap
services are located in buildings and above grade is required for the relief port, which has its own set of
outdoors. Where required for climatic reasons, heated shortfalls. For the reduced-pressure principle back-
enclosures commonly are provided. Features include flow preventer, its shortfall includes high first cost
an adequate opening for the relief port flow and large and added cost for annual testing. Its testing disrupts
access provisions. a water service. In addition, it requires space for its
Manufacturers of reduced-pressure principle large size and its accessibility requirement. Another
backflow preventers recommend an inline strainer hazard exists with this backflow preventer in fire
upstream of the backflow preventer and a drain valve protection supply because of the additional pressure
permanently mounted at the strainers upstream drop in the water supply in contrast with a single
side. Periodic flushing of the screen and upstream check valve. Lastly, the publics perception of backflow
piping should include brisk opening and closing to preventers is mired by confusing regulations, misun-
jar potential debris and flush it away before it could derstandings when they fail, and modifications of the
enter the backflow preventer. Manufacturers also air gap when nuisance splashing occurs.
have incorporated flow sensors and alarm devices that Existing water distribution systems and connec-
can provide warnings of malfunctions. tion points commonly have installation faults. These
If special tools are required to service and maintain range from submerged inlets in fixtures or tanks,
an active control device, the specification should re- direct connections to equipment or the sanitary
quire the tools to be furnished with and permanently drain system, tape wrapped around air gaps to limit
secured to the device. splashing, and the discharge of relief pipes below
Installation Shortfalls floor drain rims.
Though relatively simple, air gaps have some short- Flood Hazard
falls. Namely, the structure of the outlet must be Reduced-pressure principle backflow preventers
sufficiently robust to withstand abuse while maintain- represent a significant flood hazard during low flow
ing the gap. The general openings around the air gap conditions if the upstream check has a slight leak
must not be covered. The rim of the basin must be because the pressure will equalize, which opens the
wide enough to capture attendant splashing that oc- relief not to the mere back-pressure but to the sup-
curs from fast discharges. The nature of the rim must ply pressure.
be adequately recognized so that the gap is measured Break Tank
from a valid elevation. That is, if the top edge of the
In addition to noise, energy consumption, and
basin is not practical, the invert of a side outlet may
maintenance, break tanks allow the opportunity for
be regarded as the valid elevation. Similarly, the rim
microbial growths. Chlorine eventually dissipates in
of a standpipe inside the basin may be regarded as
the open air above the water level if consumption
the valid elevation. In either design, the overflow and
is modest. Lastly, an obstructed overflow pipe may
downstream piping must be evaluated to consider if
render the air gap ineffective.
it will handle the greatest inlet flow likely to occur. A
common design of potable water filling a tank through Splashing
an air gap that is below the tank rim but where the The vent openings of active devices and air gaps are
tank has an overflow standpipe is the design found prone to splashing and nuisance wet floors. Each drain
in water closet tanks. The generous standpipe emp- with its rim above the floor should be accompanied
ties into the closet bowl so that the air gap is never with a nearby floor drain or indirect waste drain.
compromised.
Vacuum breakers have several shortfalls. A valve Quality Control
downstream of the vacuum breaker will send shock Product Standards and Listings
waves through the vacuum breaker every time the For quality assurance in cross-connection control,
valve closes. This causes the disc to drop during the standard design and device testing have been part of
percussion of the shock wave, which momentarily the manufacturing and sale of active control devices.
opens the vent port, allowing a minute amount of In addition, the product is furnished with an identify-
water to escape. The design of vacuum breakers is ing label of the standard, and the model number is
sensitive to the elevation of the breaker relative to the furnished in a list that is published by a recognized
elevation of the water in the basin. A vacuum breaker agency.
mounted too low may allow back-siphonage because
the vacuum is too low for the disc to respond.
Cross-connection A connection or potential con- The owner is responsible for ensuring that the build-
nection that unintentionally joins two separate piping ings system complies with the plumbing code or, if no
systems, one containing potable water and the other code exists or is enforced, within reasonable industry
containing pollution or a contaminant. standards. The owner is also responsible for the ongo-
Cross-connection control Active or passive ing testing and maintenance of backflow devices that
controls that automatically prevent backflow. Such are required to protect the potable water supply.
controls include active and passive devices, or other Negligent act An act that results from a failure
design techniques; standardized designs, testing, and to exercise reasonable care to prevent foreseeable
labeling; and frequent site surveys and field testing backflow incidents from occurring or when another
of mechanical devices. problem is created when correcting a potential
Cross-connection control program A program problem. For example, if a closed system is created
consisting of both containment and point-of-use by requiring a containment device without consider-
fixture or equipment isolation. The containment pro- ing how such a device will alter the hydrodynamics
gram requires a control installed at the point where within the system, and this causes the rupture of a
water leaves the water purveyors system and enters vessel such as a water heater, this could be considered
the consumer side of the water meter. The isolation negligent.
program requires an ongoing survey to ensure that Plumbing code A legal minimum requirement for
there have been no alterations, changes, or additions the safe installation, maintenance, and repair of a
to the system that may have created or recreated a plumbing system, including the water supply system.
hazardous condition. Isolation protects occupants as When there is no applicable code, good plumbing
well as the public. practice should be applied by following reasonable
Double-check valve assembly A device that con- industry standards.
sists of two independently acting spring-loaded check Pollutant A foreign substance that, if permitted to
valves. They typically are supplied with test cocks get into the public water system, will degrade the
and shutoff valves on the inlet and outlet to facilitate waters quality so as to constitute a moderate hazard
testing and maintenance. The device protects against or to impair the usefulness or quality of the water to
both back-pressure and back-siphonage backflow; a degree that is not an actual hazard to public health
however, it should be installed only for low-hazard but adversely and unreasonably affects the water for
applications. domestic use.
Effective opening The diameter or equivalent Potable water Water that is furnished by the water
diameter of the least cross-sectional area of a faucet purveyor with an implied warranty that it is safe to
or similar point at a water discharge through an air drink. The public is allowed to make the assumption
gap. For faucets, it is usually the diameter of the seat that it is safe to drink by the water purveyor or regu-
of the faucet valve. latory agency having jurisdiction.
Fixture isolation The cross-connection control at Pressure-type vacuum breaker A device that
a fixture or piece of equipment. contains two independently operating valves, a
spring-loaded check valve, and a spring-loaded air
Flood level rim The elevation at which water inlet valve. The device has test cocks for inline test-
overflows from its receptacle or basin. ing and two tightly sealing shutoff valves to facilitate
Flushometer valve A mechanism energized by maintenance and testing. It is used only to protect
water pressure that allows a measured volume of against back-siphonage.
water for the purpose of flushing a fixture. Professional An individual who, because of his or
Free water surface A free water surface whose her training and experience is held to a higher stan-
pressure against it is equal to the local atmospheric dard than an untrained person. The professional is
pressure. exposed to a liability for their actions or inaction.
Indirect waste pipe A drainpipe that flows into a Reasonable care Working to standards that are
drain system via an air gap above a receptacle, inter- known and accepted by the industry and apply-
ceptor, vented trap, or vented and trapped fixture. ing those standards in a practical way to prevent
injury or harm via predictable and foreseeable cir-
Joint responsibility The responsibility shared
cumstances.
by the purveyor of water and the building owner for
ensuring and maintaining the safety of potable water. Reduced-pressure principle backflow pre-
The purveyor is responsible for protecting their water venter A device consisting of two separate and
supply from hazards that originate from a building. independently acting spring-loaded check valves, with
a differential pressure-relief valve situated between American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE):
the check valves. Since water always flows from a www.asse-plumbing.org
zone of high pressure to a zone of low pressure, this American Water Works Association (AWWA): www.
device is designed to maintain a higher pressure on awwa.org
the supply side of the backflow preventer than is found
downstream of the first check valve. This ensures the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
International: www.nsf.org
prevention of backflow. An artificial zone of reduced
pressure across the check valve is created by torsion University of Southern California (USC)
on the check valve spring. Pressure on the inlet side Foundation for Cross-connection Control and
of the device is intended to remain a minimum of 2 psi Hydraulic Research: www.usc.edu/dept/fccchr/
(13.8 kPa) higher than the pressure in the reduced- education.html
pressure zone. If the pressure in the zone increases Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission
to within 2 psi (13.8 kPa) of the supply pressure, the (WSSC): www.wssc.dst.md.us
relief valve will open to atmosphere to ensure that the
differential is maintained. These devices are designed
to be inline, testable, and maintainable. They are
equipped with test cocks and inlet and outlet shutoff
valves to facilitate testing and maintenance. The
device should be installed in an accessible location
and orientation that allows testing and maintenance.
This device provides effective high-hazard protec-
tion against both back-pressure and back-siphonage
backflow.
Special tool A tool peculiar to a specific device
and necessary for the service and maintenance of
that device.
Spill-resistant vacuum breaker A device
containing one or two independently operated spring-
loaded check valves and the independently operated
spring-loaded air inlet valve mounted on a diaphragm
that is located on the discharge side of the check or
checks. The device includes tightly closing shutoff
valves on each side of the check valves and properly
located test cocks for device testing.
Survey A field inspection within and around a build-
ing, by a qualified professional, to identify and report
cross-connections. Qualification of a professional,
whether an engineer or licensed plumber, includes
evidence of completion of an instructional course in
cross-connection surveying.
Vacuum A pressure less than the local atmospheric
pressure.
Vacuum breaker A device that prevents back-
siphonage by allowing sufficient air to enter the water
system so that backflow is prevented.
Water supply system A system of service and dis-
tribution piping, valves, and appurtenances to supply
water in a building and its vicinity.
Resources
Cross-connection Control Manual. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. February
2003.
9. In the event the Owner installs plumbing to pro- a. Cross-connection permits that are required for
vide potable water for domestic purposes that are each cross-connection control device are obtained
on the Departments side of the backflow preven- from the Department. A fee of $[XX.XX] will be
ter, such plumbing must have its own backflow charged for the initial permit and $[XX.XX] for
preventer installed. the renewal of each permit.
10. The Owner shall be responsible for the payment b. Permits shall be renewed every [ ] year(s) and are
of all fees for permits and annual or semiannual nontransferable. Permits are subject to revocation
device testing. For devices that failed to operate and become immediately revoked if the Owner
correctly, the Owner shall be responsible for the should so change the type of cross-connection or
payment of retesting and subsequent inspec- degree of hazard associated with the service.
tions. c. A permit is not required when fixture isolation
11. The Department strongly recommends that all is achieved with the utilization of a nontestable
new retrofit installations of reduced-pressure backflow preventer.
principle devices and double-check valve backflow
preventers include the installation of strainers IX. Existing In-Use Cross-
located immediately upstream of the backflow connection control Devices
device. However, the use of strainers may not be Any existing backflow preventer shall be allowed by
acceptable by the fire protection authority having the Department to continue in service unless the
jurisdiction. The installation of strainers will pre-
degree of hazard is such as to supersede the effec-
clude the fouling of backflow devices due to both
tiveness of the present backflow preventer, or result
foreseen and unforeseen circumstances occurring
in an unreasonable risk to the public health. Where
to the water supply system such as water main
repairs, water main breaks, fires, periodic clean- the degree of hazard has increased, as in the case of
ing, and flushing of mains. These occurrences a residential installation converting to a business
may stir up debris within the water main that establishment, any existing backflow preventer must
will cause fouling of backflow preventers. be upgraded to a reduced-pressure principle device, or
a reduced-pressure principle device must be installed
c. Residential Owner in the event that no backflow device was present.
Effective the date of the acceptance of this Cross-
Connection Control Program for the Town of [ ], X. Periodic Testing
all new residential buildings will be required to a. Reduced-pressure principle backflow devices,
install a residential dual-check device immediately double-check valve devices, pressure-type vacuum
downstream of the water meter. Installation of this breakers, and spill-resistant vacuum breakers
residential dual-check device on a retrofit basis on shall be tested and inspected at least semiannually
existing service lines will be instituted at a time and or as required by the administrative authority.
at a potential cost to the homeowner as deemed neces-
b. Periodic testing shall be performed by the
sary by the Department.
Departments certified tester or his delegated
The Owner must be aware that installation of a
representative. This testing shall be done at the
residential dual-check valve results in a potential Owners expense.
closed plumbing system within his residence. As
such, provisions may have to be made by the Owner c. The testing shall be conducted during the Depart-
to provide for thermal expansion within his closed ments regular business hours. Exceptions to this,
loop system, i.e., the installation of thermal expansion when at the request of the Owner, may require
devices and/or pressure-relief valves. additional charges to cover the increased costs to
the Department.
VII. Degree of Hazard d. Any backflow preventer that fails during a period-
The Department recognizes the threat to the public ic test shall be repaired or replaced. When repairs
water system arising from cross-connections. All are necessary, upon completion of the repair, the
threats shall be classified by degree of hazard and device shall be retested at the Owners expense to
shall require the installation of approved cross- ensure correct operation. High-hazard situations
connection control devices. shall not be allowed to continue unprotected if
the backflow preventer fails the test and cannot
VIII. Permits be repaired immediately. In other situations, a
The Department shall not permit a cross-connection compliance date of not more than 30 days after
within the public water supply system unless it is con- the test date will be established. The Owner is
sidered necessary and that it cannot be eliminated. responsible for spare parts, repair tools, or a
replacement device. Parallel installation of two
10/16/2008 12:02:23 PM
Chapter 9Cross-connection Control 187
2,4,5TP Silvex
Methoxychlor
Giardia Cysts
Tannic Acids
Taste & Odor
Particulates
Manganese
Toxaphene
Chromium
Aluminum
Iron (Fe2)
Iron (Fe3)
Chlorine b
Hardness
Cadmium
Asbestos
Selenium
Turbidity
Mercury
Chloride
Fluroide
Lindane
Arsenic
Radium
Barium
Sulfate
Copper
Nitrate
Endrin
Radon
c
2,4D
Silver
VOCs
Color
Lead
Zinc
Equipment Options a
Carbon
Filtration
Reverse osmosis
Distillation
Cation exchange
Mineral bed
Activated alumina
Anion exchange
a
Some equipment may reduce additional contaminants because of its unique design and/or combinations of technology. Ask for proof of performance.
b
Not all reverse osmosis units are effective for chlorine reduction. Ask for proof of performance.
c
Not all carbon units are effective for lead reduction. Ask for proof of performance.
Appendix 9-G Case Studies of human remains as part of the embalming process.
Cross-Contamination The aspirator directly connected to the water sup-
The following documentation outlines cases of cross- ply system at a faucet outlet located on a sink in the
connection incidents registered with the EPA that preparation (embalming) room. Water flow through
illustrate and emphasize how actual cross-connections the aspirator created suction that was utilized to draw
have compromised and continue to compromise drink- body fluids through a hose and needle attached to the
ing water quality and public health. suction side of the aspirator.
The contamination of the funeral homes potable
Human Blood in Water Supply water supply was caused by a combination of low
Health department officials cut off the water supply water pressure in conjunction with the simultaneous
to a funeral home located in a large city after it was use of the aspirator. Instead of the body fluids flowing
determined that human blood had contaminated the into the sanitary system drain, they were drawn in
freshwater supply. City water and plumbing officials the opposite direction into the potable water supply
said they did not think that the blood contamination of the funeral home.
had spread beyond the building; however, inspectors
were sent into the neighborhood to check for pos- Chemical Burn in the Shower
sible contamination. The chief plumbing inspector A resident of a small town in Alabama jumped into
had received a telephone call advising that blood was the shower at 5 a.m., and when he got out his body
coming from drinking fountains within the building. was covered with tiny blisters. The more I rubbed
Plumbing and county health department officials and it, the worse it got, the 60-year-old resident said.
inspectors went to the scene and found evidence that It looked like someone took a blow torch and singed
the blood had been circulating in the water system me. He and several other residents received medical
within the building. They immediately ordered the treatment at the emergency room of the local hos-
building cut off from the water system at the meter. pital after it was discovered that the water system
Investigation revealed that the funeral home had was contaminated with sodium hydroxide, a strong
been using a hydraulic aspirator to drain fluids from caustic solution. One resident claimed that the water
bubbled up and looked like Alka-Seltzer. I stuck my Boiler Water Enters High
hand under the faucet and some blisters came up. School Drinking Water
One neighbors head was covered with blisters after A high school was closed for several days when a
she washed her hair, and others complained of burned home economics teacher noticed that the water in
throats or mouths after drinking the water. the potable water system was yellow. City chemists
The incident began after an 8-inch water main that determined that the samples taken contained levels
fed the town broke and was repaired. While repairing of chromium as high as 700 parts per million, as-
the water main, one workman suffered leg burns from tronomically higher than the accepted levels of 0.05
a chemical in the water and required medical treat- parts per million. The head chemist said that it
ment. Measurements of the pH of the water were as was miraculous that no one was seriously injured or
high as 13 in some sections of the pipe. killed by the high levels of chromium. The chemical
Investigation into the cause of the problem led to a was identified as sodium dichromate, which is used
nearby chemical company that distributes chemicals in heating system boilers to inhibit corrosion of the
such as sodium hydroxide as a possible source of the metal parts.
contamination. The sodium hydroxide was brought No students or faculty were known to have con-
to the plant in liquid form in bulk tanker trucks, sumed any water; however, area physicians and
transferred to a holding tank, and then dumped into hospitals advised that if anyone had consumed those
55-gallon drums. When the water main broke, a truck high levels of chromium, the symptoms would be nau-
driver was adding water from the bottom of the tank sea and burning of the mouth and throat. Fortunately,
truck instead of the top, and sodium hydroxide back- the home economics teacher, who saw the discolored
siphoned into the water main. water before school started, immediately covered all
water fountains with towels so that no one would
Propane Gas in Water Supply drink the water.
Hundreds of people were evacuated from their homes Investigation disclosed that chromium used in
and businesses on an August afternoon as a result of the heating system boilers to inhibit the corrosion of
propane entering a citys water supply system. Fires metal parts entered the potable water supply system
were reported in two homes, and the town water as a result of backflow through leaking check valves
supply was contaminated. One five-room residence on the boiler feed lines.
was gutted by a blaze resulting from propane gas
bubbling and hissing from a bathroom toilet. In Carwash Water in City Main
another home, a washing machine explosion blew a This carwash cross-connection and back-pressure
woman against a wall. Residents throughout the area incident resulted in backflow chemical contamina-
reported hissing, bubbling noises coming from wash- tion of approximately 100 square blocks of water
ing machines, sinks, and toilets. Faucets sputtered out mains. Because of the prompt response by the water
small streams of water mixed with gas, and residents department, a potentially hazardous water quality
in the area were asked to evacuate their homes. degradation problem was resolved without a recorded
This near disaster occurred when the gas com- case of illness.
pany initiated immediate repair procedures in one Numerous complaints of gray-green and slippery
30,000-gallon capacity liquid propane tank. To start water were received by the water department from
the repair, the tank was purged of residual propane the same general area of town. A sample brought to
using water from one of two private fire hydrants the water department by a customer confirmed the
located on the property. Water purging is the method reported problem, and preliminary analysis indicated
of purging preferred over carbon dioxide, since it is contamination with what appeared to be a detergent
more positive and floats out any sludge as well as any solution. While emergency crews initiated flushing
gas vapors. The purging consisted of hooking up a operations, further investigation within the contami-
hose to one of the private fire hydrants located on the nated area signaled that the problem probably was
property and initiating flushing procedures. caused by a carwash or laundry because of the soapy
Since the vapor pressure of the propane residual in nature of the contaminant.
the tank was 85 psi to 90 psi and the water pressure The source was quickly narrowed down to a
was only 65 psi to 70 psi, propane gas back-pressure carwash, and the proprietor was very cooperative,
backflowed into the water main. It was estimated admitting to the problem and explaining how it had
that the gas flowed into the water mains for about occurred. On Saturday, a high-pressure pump had
20 minutes and about 2,000 cubic feet of gas was broken down at the carwash. This pump recycled
involved. This was enough gas to fill approximately reclaimed wash and rinse water and pumped it to
1 mile of an 8-inch water main. the initial scrubbers of the carwash. A potable water
connection is not normally made to the carwashs
scrubber system. After the pump broke down, the people. Quantities of 50 parts per million hexavalent
carwash owner was able to continue operation by chromium were found in the drinking water, which
temporarily connecting a 2-inch hose section between is sufficient to cause severe vomiting, diarrhea, and
the potable water supply within the carwash and the intestinal sickness.
scrubber cycle piping. Maintenance crews working during the plant shut-
On Monday, the owner repaired the high-pressure down were able to eliminate the cross-connection and
pump and resumed normal carwash operations. The thoroughly flush the potable water system, thereby
2-inch hose connection (cross-connection) was not preventing a serious health hazard from occurring.
removed. Because of the cross-connection, the newly The incident occurred as follows. Laser machine
repaired high-pressure pump promptly pumped a lenses were kept cool by circulating chilled water that
large quantity of the reclaimed wash/rinse water out came from a large refrigeration chiller. The water used
of the carwash and into a 12-inch water main in the in the chiller was treated with hexavalent chromium,
street. This in turn was delivered to the many resi- a chemical additive used as an anticorrosive agent and
dences and commercial establishments connected to an algicide. As a result, the chilled water presented
the water main. a toxic, nonpotable substance unfit for human con-
Within 24 hours of the incident, the owner of the sumption but very acceptable for industrial process
carwash had installed a 2-inch reduced-pressure water. No health hazard was present as long as the
principle backflow preventer on his water service, and piping was identified, kept separate from potable
all carwash establishments in his town that used a drinking water lines, and not cross-connected to the
wash water reclaim system were notified of the state potable water supply.
requirement for cross-connection control. A maintenance mechanic correctly reasoned that
by adding a tempering valve to the chilled water line,
Shipyard Backflow he could heat up the water and eliminate fogging of
Contamination the laser lenses resulting from the chilled water be-
Water fountains at an East Coast shipyard were ing too cold. The problem with the installation of the
marked No Drinking as workers flushed the water tempering valve was that a direct cross-connection
lines to eliminate raw river water that had entered was inadvertently made between the toxic chilled
the shipyard following contamination from incorrectly water and the potable drinking water system.
connected water lines between ships at the pier and Periodic maintenance to the chiller was performed
the shipyard. Some third shift employees drank the in the summer, requiring that an alternate chiller
water before the pollution was discovered and later feed pump be temporarily installed. This replacement
complained of stomach cramps and diarrhea. pump had an outlet pressure of 150 psi and promptly
The cause of the problem was a direct cross- established an imbalance of pressure at the tempering
connection between the on-board salt water fire valve, thereby over-pressurizing the 60-psi potable
protection water system and the freshwater connected water supply. Back-pressure backflow resulted and
to one of the ships at the dock. While the shipyard had pushed the toxic chilled water from the water heater
been aware of the need for backflow protection at the and then into the plants potable drinking water sup-
dockside tie-up area, the device had not been delivered ply system. Yellowish-green water started pouring out
and installed prior to the time of the incident. As a of drinking fountains, the washroom, and all potable
result, the salt water on-board fire protection system, water outlets.
being at a greater pressure than the potable water
supply, forced the salt water, through back-pressure, Dialysis Machine
into the shipyards potable water supply system. Contamination
Fortunately, a small demand for potable water at Ethylene glycol, an antifreeze additive to air-condi-
the time of the incident prevented widespread pollu- tioning cooling tower water, inadvertently entered the
tion in the shipyard and the surrounding areas. potable water supply system in a medical center, and
two of six dialysis patients succumbed as a direct or
Hexavalent Chromium in indirect result of the contamination. The glycol was
Water Supply added to the air-conditioning water, and the glycol
A well-meaning maintenance mechanic, attempting to water mix was stored in a holding tank that was an
correct a fogging lens in an overcooled laser machine, integral part of the medical centers air-conditioning
installed a tempering valve in the laser cooling line cooling system. Pressurized makeup water for the
and inadvertently set the stage for a back-pressure holding tank was supplied by a medical center potable
backflow incident that resulted in hexavalent chro- water supply line and fed through a manually oper-
mium contaminating the potable water of a large ated control valve. With this valve open, or partially
electronic manufacturing company employing 9,000 open, potable makeup water flowed slowly into the
Need and Purpose for Water demineralizers, deionizers, and reverse osmosis) is
Treatment called external treatment because such treatment is
outside the equipment into which the water flows.
Damage by Untreated Water Neutralizing the objectionable constituents by adding
Impure water damages piping and equipment by scor- chemicals to the water as it enters the equipment is
ing, scaling, and corroding. Under certain conditions, referred to as internal treatment. Economic consid-
water containing particles in suspension erodes the erations usually govern the choice between the two
piping and scores moving parts. Water containing methods.
dissolved acidic chemicals in sufficient quantities Sometimes it is necessary to apply more than one
dissolves the metal surfaces with which it comes in technology. For instance, a water softener may be
contact. Pitted pipe and tank walls are common mani- required to treat domestic water, but a reverse osmo-
festations of the phenomenon called corrosion. sis system may be needed before the water is sent to
Scaling occurs when calcium or magnesium com- HVAC or medical equipment. Another example is the
pounds in the water (in a condition commonly known need for an iron prefilter to remove large iron particles
as water hardness) become separated from the water to protect a reverse osmosis membrane, which would
and adhere to the piping and equipment surfaces. be damaged by the iron particles.
This separation is usually induced by a rise in tem-
perature (as these minerals become less soluble as Basic Water Types
the temperature increases). In addition to restricting Following are the basic types of water.
flow, scaling causes damage to heat-transfer surfaces
Raw water is received from a well, surface water,
by decreasing heat-exchange capabilities. The result
etc.
of this condition is the overheating of tubes, followed
by failures and equipment damage. Tower water is monitored and controlled for pH,
Table 10-2 can be used to identify solutions to algae, and total dissolved solids.
listed impurities and constituents found in water. Potable water is filtered, chlorinated, and/
External and Internal Treatment or otherwise treated to meet the local health
departments standards for drinking water as
Changing the chemical composition of the water
well as the Safe Drinking Water Act.
by means of mechanical devices (filters, softeners,
Table 10-2 Water TreatmentImpurities and Constituents, Possible Effects and Suggested Treatments
Possible Effectsa Treatment
filtration, evaporation, ion
Neutralizing, followed by
chemicals, ion exchange
softening or evaporation
ion exchange materials,
Softening by chemicals,
demineralization by ion-
materials, evaporatiors
Coagulation, filtration,
filtration, evaporation
Softening by heaters,
Setting, coagulation,
Setting, coagulation,
exchange material
Evaporation and
Embritlement
None (Inert)
evaporators
evaporation
De-aeration
exchange
Corrosion
Priming
Foamin
Sludge
Scale
Suspended solids X X X X X
Silica SiO2 X X
Calcium carbonate CaCO3 X X
Calcium bicarbonate Ca(HCO3)2 X X
Calcium Sulfate CaSO4 X X X
Calcium chloride CaCl2 X X
Magnesium carbonate MgCO3 X X
Constituents
Soft water meets additional requirements to The typical water distillation system consists
reduce hardness. of an evaporator section, internal baffle system,
Deionized water is specified in ranges of water-cooled condenser, and storage tank. The best
conductivity. material of construction is a pure block-tin coating for
both the still and the tank. The heat sources, in order
Purified water meets the requirements of the of preference based on economy and maintenance, are
local health department as well as the Safe
steam, electricity, and gas. Gas is a very poor choice.
Drinking Water Act.
The still may be operated manually or automatically.
Distilled water meets the requirements of the The distilled water may be distributed from the tank
local health department as well as the Safe by gravity or by a pump. A drain is required. On stills
Drinking Water Act. larger than 50 gallons per hour (gph), a cooling tower
should be considered for the condenser water.
Pure water is a relative term used to describe
water mostly free from particulate matter and Demineralization
dissolved gases that may exist in the potable Sometimes called deionization, demineralization pro-
water supply. Pure water is generally required in duces high-purity water that is free from minerals,
pharmacies, central supply rooms, laboratories, most particulate matter, and dissolved gases. Depend-
and laboratory glassware-washing facilities. The ing on the equipment, it can have a specific resistance
two basic types of pure water are high-purity of 50,000 to nearly 18 M. However, it can be con-
water, which is free from minerals, dissolved taminated with bacteria, pyrogens, and organics, as
gases, and most particulate matter, and biopure these can be produced inside the demineralizer itself.
water, which is free from particulate matter, Demineralized water can be used in most laboratories,
minerals, bacteria, pyrogens, organic matter, and in laboratory glassware-washing facilities as a final
most dissolved gases. rinse, and as pretreatment for still feed water.
Water purity is most easily measured as specific The typical demineralizer apparatus consists of
resistance in ohm-centimeters (-cm) or expressed either a two-bed unit with a resistivity range of 50,000
as parts per million (ppm) of ionized salt (NaCl). to 1 M or a mixed-bed unit with a resistivity range
The theoretical maximum specific resistance of pure of 1 M to nearly 18 M. The columns are of an inert
water is 18.3 megaohm-centimeters (M-cm) at 25C, material filled with a synthetic resin that removes the
a purity that is nearly impossible to produce, store, minerals by an ionization process. Since the unit runs
and distribute. It is important to note that the specific on pressure, a storage tank is not required, nor is it
resistance of water is indicative only of the mineral recommended as bacteria may grow in it. A demin-
content and in no way indicates the level of bacterial, eralizer must be chemically regenerated periodically,
pyrogenic, or organic contamination. during which time no pure water is being produced.
Methods of Producing High-grade Water If a continuous supply of water is needed, a backup
unit should be considered, as the process takes sev-
The four basic methods of producing high-grade or
eral hours. The regeneration can be done manually
pure water are distillation, demineralization, reverse
or automatically. An atmospheric, chemical-resistant
osmosis, and filtration. Depending on the type of pure
drain is needed. Note that higher-pressure water is
water required, one or more of the methods described
required for backwash during regeneration.
below will be needed. Under certain conditions, a com-
If deionized water is required in a small amount
bination of methods may be required. These processes
and the facility does not want to handle the regener-
are explained in detail later in the chapter.
ant chemicals and/or the regenerant wastewater, it
Distillation may contract with a deionized water service provider
Distillation produces biopure water that is free from to supply the facility with the quality and quantity of
particulate matter, minerals, organics, bacteria, deionized water required. The service deionized wa-
pyrogens, and most of the dissolved gases and has ter (SDI) provider furnishes the facility with service
a minimum specific resistance of 300,000 -cm. deionized water exchange tanks to supply the quality,
The important consideration here is that it is free flow rate, and quantity of water required. When the
from bacteria and pyrogen contaminants that are tanks are exhausted, the SDI provider furnishes a new
dangerous to a medical patient, particularly where set of tanks. The SDI provider takes the exhausted
intravenous solutions are concerned. Biopure water tanks back to its facility for regeneration.
is needed in the pharmacy, central supply room, and
Reverse Osmosis (RO)
any other area where there may be patient contact.
Reverse osmosis produces a high-purity water that
Biopure water also may be desired in specific labora-
does not have the high resistivity of demineralized
tories at the owners request and as a final rinse in a
water and is not biopure. Under certain conditions,
laboratory glassware washer.
it can offer economic advantages over demineralized For applications where water demand is high and
water. In areas that have high mineral content, it can space is limited, a mechanical device such as a clarifier
be used as a pretreatment for a demineralizer or still utilizing a chemical coagulant may be more practical.
when large quantities of water are needed. Reverse This device mixes the water with a coagulant (such
osmosis is used primarily in industrial applications as ferric sulfate) and slowly stirs the mixture in a
and in some hospitals and laboratories for specific large circular container. The coarse particles drop
tasks. It also is used by some municipalities and end to the bottom of the container and are collected in
users for removal of dissolved components or salts. a sludge pit, while the finer particles coagulate and
Several types of reverse osmosis units are available. also drop to the bottom of the container. The clarified
Basically, they consist of a semipermeable membrane water then leaves the device ready for use or further
in either a roll form or a tube containing numerous treatment, which may include various levels filtration
hollow fibers. Water is forced through the semiper- and disinfection.
meable membrane under high pressure. A drain and Hardness
storage tank are required with this system.
The hardness of water is due mainly to the presence
Filtration of calcium and magnesium cations. These salts, in
Various types of filters are available to remove the order of their relative average abundance in water,
particulate matter from water as a pretreatment. are bicarbonates, sulfates, chlorides, and nitrates.
Filters can range from a back-washable filter to filter They all produce scale.
cartridge housing. Depending on the type of filter, a Calcium salts are about twice as soluble as mag-
drain may be required. nesium salts in natural water supplies. The presence
Nanofiltration is a membrane system similar to re- of bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium produces
verse osmosis but with a looser membrane that rejects a condition in the water called temporary hardness
most polyvalent ions while allowing the monovalent because these salts can be easily transformed into a
ions of sodium and chloride to pass through. It also calcium or magnesium precipitate plus carbon dioxide
is called a softening membrane. gas. The noncarbonic salts (sulfates, chlorides, and ni-
Ultrafiltration is a membrane system that is trates) constitute permanent hardness conditions.
even looser and generally is used to separate oil and Hardness is most commonly treated by the
water. sodium-cycle ion exchange process, which exchanges
the calcium and magnesium salts responsible for the
Water Conditions and hardness of the water for the very soluble sodium
Recommended Treatments salts. Only calcium and magnesium (hardness ions) in
Turbidity the water are affected by the softening process. This
process produces water that is non-scale forming. If
Turbidity is caused by suspended insoluble matter,
the oxygen or carbon dioxide contents of the water
including coarse particles that settle rapidly in stand-
are relatively high, the water may be considered ag-
ing water. Amounts range from almost zero in most
gressive.
groundwater and some surface supplies to 60,000
The carbonic acid may be removed by aeration or
nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) in muddy,
degasification, and the remaining acids may be re-
turbulent river water. Turbidity is objectionable for
moved by neutralization. Neutralization by blending
practically all water uses. The standard maximum
hydrogen and sodium cation exchanger water is one
for drinking water is 1 NTU (accepted by industry),
of the methods for obtaining water with the desired
which indicates quite good quality. Turbidity exceed-
alkalinity level.
ing 1 NTU can cause health concerns.
Another method of neutralizing the acid in wa-
Generally, if turbidity can be seen easily, it will
ter is by adding alkali. The advantage of the alkali
clog pipes, damage valve seats, and cloud the drinking
neutralization method is that the cost of the sodium
water. For non-process water, if turbidity cannot be
cation exchange softener is eliminated. However, the
seen, it should present few or no problems.
engineer may want to weigh the cost of chemicals
Turbidity that is caused by suspended solids in the
against the cost of the sodium ion exchange unit.
water may be removed from such water by coagula-
tion, sedimentation, and/or filtration. In extreme Aeration and Deaeration
cases, where a filter requires frequent cleaning due As hardness in water is objectionable because it forms
to excessive turbidity, it is recommended that engi- scale, high oxygen and carbon dioxide contents are
neers use coagulation and sedimentation upstream of also objectionable because they corrode iron, zinc,
the filter. Such a device can take the form of a basin brass, and several other metals.
through which the water can flow at low velocities to Free carbon dioxide (CO2) can be found in most
let the turbidity-causing particles settle naturally. natural water supplies. Surface waters have the low-
est concentration, although some rivers may contain ization has a practical advantage over distillation.
as much as 50 ppm. In groundwater, the CO2 content The distillation process involves removing the natural
varies from almost zero to concentrations so high that water from the mineral salts (or the larger mass from
the carbon dioxide bubbles out when the pressure is the smaller mass). Demineralization processes are the
released. reverse of the distillation process as they remove the
Carbon dioxide also forms when bicarbonates are mineral salts from the natural water. This renders
destroyed by acids, coagulants, or high temperatures. demineralization the more economical method of pu-
The presence of CO2 accelerates oxygen corrosion. rifying natural water in most cases. Many industries
Carbon dioxide can be removed from water by an today are turning to demineralization as the answer
aeration process. Aeration is simply a mechanical to their water problems.
process for mixing the air and the water intimately. The stringent quality standards for makeup water
It can be done with spray nozzles, cascade aerators, for modern boilers are making demineralizers and
pressure aerators, or forced draft units. When this reverse osmosis a must for these users. Modern plat-
aeration process is complete, the water is relatively ing practices also require the high-quality water that
free of CO2 gas. demineralization produces.
Water with a high oxygen content can be extremely
corrosive at elevated temperatures. Oxygen (O2) can Ion ExchangeTheory and
be removed from the water by a deaeration process. Practice
Oxygen becomes less and less soluble as the water According to chemical theory, compounds such as min-
temperature increases; thus, it is removed easily from eral salts, acid, and bases break up into ions when they
the water by bringing the water to its boiling point. are dissolved in water. Ions are simply atoms, singly
Pressure and vacuum deaerators are available. or in groups, that carry an electric charge. They are
When it is necessary to heat the water, as in boilers, of two types: cation, which is positively charged, and
steam deaerators are used. Where the water is used anion, which is negatively charged. For example, when
for cooling or other purposes where heating is not dissolved in water, sodium chloride (NaCl) splits into
desired, vacuum units may be employed. the cation Na+ and the anion Cl. Similarly, calcium
With aerators and deaerators in tandem, water sulfate (CaSO4) in solution is present as the cation
free of CO2 and O2 is produced. Ca2+ and the anion SO42. All the mineral salts in water
Minerals are in their ionic form.
Synthetic thermal-setting plastic materials, known
Pure water is never found in nature. Natural water
as ion exchange resins, have been developed to re-
contains a series of dissolved inorganic solids, which
move these objectionable ions from the solution and
are largely mineral salts. These mineral salts are
to produce water of very high purity. These resins
introduced into the natural water by a solvent action
are small beads (or granules) usually of phenolic, or
as the water passes through (or across) the various
polystyrene, plastics. They are insoluble in water,
layers of the earth. The types of mineral salt absorbed
and their basic nature is not changed by the process
by the natural water depends on the chemical content
of ion exchange. These beads (or granules) are very
of the soil through which the natural water passes
porous, and they have readily available ion exchange
before it reaches the consumer. This may vary from
groups on all their internal and external surfaces. The
area to area. Well water differs from river water, and
electrochemical action of these ion exchange groups
river water differs from lake water. Two consumers
draws one type of ion out of the solution and puts a
separated by a few miles may have water supplies of
different one in its place. These resins are of three
very dissimilar characteristics. Even the concentra-
types: cation exchanger, which exchanges one positive
tion and types of minerals may vary with the changing
ion for another, anion exchanger, which exchanges
seasons in the same water supply.
one negative ion for another, and acid absorber, which
Many industries can benefit greatly by being sup-
absorbs complete acid groups on its surface.
plied with high-grade pure water. These industries
A demineralizer consists of the required number
are finding that they must treat their natural water
of cation tanks and anion tanks (or, in the case of
supplies in various ways to achieve this condition.
monobeds, combined tanks) with all the necessary
The recommended type of water treatment depends
valves, pipes, and fittings required to perform the
on the chemical content of the water supply and the
steps of the demineralization process for the cation
requirements of the particular industry. High-grade
resin, as well as an acid dilution tank material for the
pure water typically results in greater economy of
cation resin and an acid dilution tank, as the sulfuric
production and better products.
acid is too concentrated to be used directly. If hydro-
Before the advent of the demineralization process,
chloric acid is to be used as a cation regenerant, this
the only method used to remove mineral salts from
mix tank is unnecessary since the acid is drawn in
natural water was a distillation process. Demineral-
directly from the storage vessel. A mixing tank for Type B: Manually operated individual valves.
soda ash or caustic soda, used in anion regeneration, This system combines maximum flexibility and
is always provided. minimum maintenance with an economical first
Since calcium and magnesium in the raw regener- cost. It is used on larger installations.
ant water precipitate the hydroxide (or carbonate)
salts in the anion bed, the anion resin must be re- Internal Arrangements
generated with hardness-free water. This condition The internal arrangements of the vessels are similar
may be accomplished either with a water softener for all types of controls. The internal arrangement
(which may be provided for this purpose) or by use of used on medium to large units is shown in Figure 10-
the effluent water from the cation unit to regenerate 1. Smaller units have simpler arrangements since the
the anion resin. The use of a softener decreases the distribution problems are less complex. The positive
regeneration time considerably, as both units may be and thorough distribution of regenerants, rinse, and
regenerated simultaneously rather than separately. wash waters to achieve maximum efficiency provides
Provided with each unit is a straight reading vol- economy and reliability.
ume meter, which indicates gallons per run as well as Ion Exchange Water Softeners
the total volume put through the unit. Also provided A typical hydrogen-sodium ion exchange plant is
with each unit is a conductivity and resistivity indi- shown in Figure 10-2. This process combines sodium-
cator used to check the purity of the effluent water cycle ion exchange softening with hydrogen-cycle
at all times. This instrument is essentially a meter cation exchange.
for measuring the electrical resistance of the treated The sodium ion exchange process is exactly the
water leaving the unit. It consists of two principal same as a standard ion exchange water softener. The
parts: the conductivity cell, which is situated in the hardness (calcium and magnesium) is replaced with
effluent line, and the instrument box to which the sodium (nonscal-
conductivity cell is connected. ing). The alkalinity
The conductivity cell contains two electrodes (bicarbonates) and
across which an electric potential is applied. When other anions re-
these poles are immersed in the treated water, the main as high as in
resistance to the flow of the electricity between the the raw water.
two poles (which depends on the dissolved solids The cation ex-
content of the water) is measured by a circuit in the changer is exactly
instrument. The purity of the water may be checked the same as the
by reading the meter. When the purity of the water one used with
is within the specific limits, the green light glows. demineralizers;
When the water becomes too impure to use, the red therefore, its ef-
light glows. In addition, a bell may be added that rings fluent contains
when the red light glows to provide an audible as well carbonic acid,
as a visible report that the unit needs regeneration. sulfuric acid, and
This contact also can close an effluent valve, shift hydrochloric acid.
operation to another unit if desired, or put the unit Sodium ion ex-
into regeneration. change units are
Controls operated in par-
Several types of control are currently available to allel, and their
carry out the various steps of regeneration and return effluents are com-
to service. Common arrangements are as follows: bined. Mineral
acids in the hydro-
Type A: Completely automatic, conductivity gen ion exchange
meter initiation of regeneration, individual
effluent neutralize
air- or hydraulic-operated diaphragm valves Figure 10-1 Ion Exchange
the bicarbonates VesselInternal Arrangements
controlled by a sequence timer. Any degree of
in the sodium ion
automation can be provided, if desired. This
arrangement provides maximum flexibility exchange effluent.
in varying amounts and concentrations The proportions of the two processes are varied to
of regenerants, length of rinsing, and all produce a blended effluent having the desired alka-
other steps of the operating procedure. The linity. The carbon dioxide is removed by a degasifier.
diaphragm valves used are tight seating, offering The effluent of this plant is soft and reduced in solids
maximum protection against leakage and thus and has an alkalinity as low as is desired.
contamination with a minimum of maintenance.
Basic Water
Treatment
The water provided by munici-
palities is usually low enough in
turbidity and organic constituents
to preclude the use of filters, clari-
fiers, or chlorinators. As always,
however, there are exceptions to
the rule. When dealing with health
and safety or with the operating
Figure 10-2 Hydrogen-Sodium Ion Exchange Plant efficiency of machinery, engineers
In a sodium ion exchange softener plus acid ad- always must consider the occa-
dition process (see Figure 10-3), the acid directly sional exception.
neutralizes the bicarbonate alkalinity to produce Chlorination
a soft, low-alkalinity water. The carbon dioxide Chlorination of water is most commonly used to de-
produced is removed by a degasifier. The chief disad- stroy organic (living) impurities. Organic impurities
vantages of this process are that the total dissolved fall into two categories: pathogenic, which cause dis-
solids are not reduced and control of the process is ease such as typhoid and cholera, and nonpathogenic,
somewhat more difficult. which cause algae and slime that clog pipes and valves,
In a sodium ion exchange softener plus chloride discolor water, and produce undesirable odors.
dealkalizer process, water passes first through the These pathogenic and nonpathogenic organisms
sodium ion exchange softener, which removes the can be controlled safely by chlorine with scientifi-
hardness, and then through a chloride dealkalizer. cally engineered equipment to ensure constant and
The chloride dealkalizer is an ion exchanger that reliable applications. An intelligent choice of the
operates in the chloride cycle. The bicarbonates treatment necessary cannot be made until a labora-
and sulfates are replaced by chlorides. The resin is tory analysis of the water has determined its quality
regenerated with sodium chloride (common salt). and the quantities of water to be used are known. If
The equipment is the same as that for sodium ion microorganisms are present in objectionable amounts,
softeners. This process produces soft, low-alkalinity a chlorination system is required.
water. Total dissolved solids are not reduced, but When chlorine is added to the water, hypochlorous
the chloride level is increased. The chief advantages and hydrochloric acids are formed. Hydrochloric acid
of this process are the elimination of acid and the is neutralized by carbonates, which are naturally
extreme simplicity of the operation. No blending or present in the water. It is the hypochlorous acid that
proportioning is required. provides the disinfecting properties of chlorine solu-
In some cases, the anion resin can be regenerated tions. Part of the hypochlorous acid is used quickly
with salt and caustic soda to improve capacity and to kill (by the oxidation process) the bacteria in the
water. The remaining acid
keeps the water bacteria
free until it reaches the
point of ultimate use.
This residual hypochlo-
rous acid can take two
forms. It may combine
with the ammonia pres-
ent in almost all waters.
This combined residual,
or chloramine, takes a
relatively long time to
kill the bacteria, but it is
very stable. Thus, when a
water system is large, it
is sometimes desirable to
Figure 10-3 Sodium Cycle Softener Plus Acid Addition keep a combined residual
tent flows cause the filter cake to detach from the trates the degree of scale deposit and the rate increase
support base. as the temperature of the water is elevated on water
having a hardness of 10 gpg. For water of 20-gpg
Water Softening hardness, scale deposit values can be multiplied by
The engineer should not overlook the fact that water two. Although the rate of scale deposit is higher as
softening is required for practically all commercial the temperature increases, significant scale buildup
and industrial building water usage. Generally, the en- occurs with cold water. Thus, the cold water scale,
gineer is cognizant of the water softening needs only while taking a longer period of time to build up, is
when designing power plants, industrial laundries, nevertheless significant.
and other similar applications. The result is usually
Water Softener Selection
that the owner has a water softener installed after
The factors the designer should consider in sizing
occupancy, at greater cost than if it had been done in
water softeners include the following: flow rate,
the original construction.
softener capacity, frequency of regeneration, single
Generally speaking, almost any building supplied
versus multiple systems, space requirements, cost,
with water having a hardness of 3.5 grains per gallon
and operating efficiency.
(gpg) or more should have a water softener. This is
true even if the only usage of the water other than for Flow Rate
domestic purposes is for heating. Most water heater After determining the total flow rate requirements for
manufacturers recognize this fact and have stated the building, including all equipment, the engineer
that the principal threat to water heater life and per- can consider the size of the water softener. The water
formance is hard water. Approximately 85 percent of softener selected should not restrict the rate of water
the water supplies in the United States have hardness flow beyond the pressure loss that the building can
values above the 3.5 gpg level. Thus, geographically withstand, based on the pressures available at the
speaking, the engineer should recognize that the need
for water softening is almost
universal.
Many engineers specify a
water softener to supply the
heating equipment only and
completely disregard the soft-
ening needs for the balance of
the cold water usage in the
building. A typical example
of this condition is in a col-
lege dormitory. Many fixtures
and appliances in a dormitory
in addition to the hot water
heater require soft water, in-
cluding the piping itself, flush
valve toilets, shower stalls,
basins, and laundry rooms.
Many fixtures and appliances
that use a blend of hot and
cold water experience scale
buildup and staining, even
with the hot water softened.
One of the most common
reasons for installing water
softening equipment is to pre-
vent hardness scale buildup
in piping systems, valves,
and other plumbing fixtures.
Scale builds up continually
and at a faster rate as the
temperature increases. The Figure 10-16 Lime Deposited from Water of 10 Grains Hardness as a Function of
graph in Figure 10-16 illus- Water Use and Temperature
source and the minimum pressure needed throughout Knowing (or estimating) the total gallons of water
the entire system. used per day indicates the frequency of regeneration.
With the rate of flow and the pressure drop known, Most often, it is best to have a slight reserve capacity
a water softener that meets both requirements can to accommodate any small increases in water usage.
be selected. Standard softener units are designed for Softening is not really a form of water purification
a pressure differential of approximately 15 psi, the since the function of a softener is to remove only the
most common differential acceptable for building hardness (calcium and magnesium) from the water
design. Thus, for general usage, a water softener may and substitute, by ion exchange, the softer element of
be selected from a manufacturers catalog. sodium. Softeners frequently are used in hard water
The softener system should be capable of provid- areas as pretreatment to distillation to simplify main-
ing the design flow rates within the desired pressure tenance. They are often necessary as a pretreatment
drop. This means not only that the pipe and valve sizes to deionizers and reverse osmosis, depending on the
must be adequate, but also that the water softener analysis of the feed water and the type of deionizer.
tank and its mineral must be capable of handling The following steps should be taken prior to select-
the flows while providing the soft water. The water ing a water softener.
softener design should be based on hydraulic and 1. Perform a water analysis.
chemical criteria.
A. Analyze water with portable test kit.
Good design practices for general use dictate that
service flow rates through the water softener be ap- B. Check with local authorities for water
proximately 15 gpm per cubic foot with mineral bed analysis.
depths of 30 inches or more. Based on these accepted C. Send a water sample to a qualified water
practices, the water softener is generally able to testing lab.
handle peak flows for short periods.
2. Determine water consumption.
The engineer should give more detailed consid-
eration to the selection of water softeners where A. Use sizing charts.
especially low-pressure losses are needed. Many B. Use consumption figures from water bills.
equipment manufacturers offer complete pressure (If bills are in cubic feet, multiply by 7.5 to
drop curves for their equipment, allowing the se- convert to gallons.)
lection of components to fit any flow pressure drop C. Take water meter readings.
conditions desired.
3. Determine continuous and peak flow rates.
Softener Capacity
A. Use the fixture count flow rate estimating
Once the size of the water softener is selected based guide to determine the required flow rate.
on flow rate, the designer should consider the length
B. Obtain flow rate figures for equipment to
of the service run.
be serviced. (If flow rate data are given in
For each standard-size water softener, a nominal
pounds per hour, divide by 500 to convert to
quantity of softening mineral is used. This amount gallons per minute.)
is based on the recommended depths of mineral (nor-
mally 3036 inches) and the proper free-board space C. Take water meter readings during peak
above the mineral (the space required for the proper periods of water consumption.
expansion of the mineral during backwashing). Thus, 4. Determine the water pressure.
from the unit initially selected, a standard capacity A. If there is a well supply, check the pumps
is known. start and stop settings.
The capacity of a water softener is its total hard-
ness exchange ability, generally expressed in terms B. Install a pressure gauge.
of grains exchange. The normal capacity of available 5. Determine the capacity: gallons per daygrains
softening mineral (resins) is 20,00030,000 grains for per gallon=grains per day.
each cubic foot of mineral. Thus, the total capacity
6. Select the smallest unit that can handle
for the water softener is obtained by multiplying this the maximum capacity required between
value by the number of cubic feet of mineral in the regenerations with a low salt dosage. Avoid
water softener. The hardness of the raw water must sizing equipment with the high dosage unless
be ascertained. By dividing the water hardness (grains there is reason to do so, such as a high-pressure
per gallon) (expressed as CaCO3 equivalent) into the boiler.
total softener capacity (grains), the designer can de-
termine the number of gallons of soft water that the
unit will produce before requiring regeneration.
Example 10-1 psi at the highest point of use in the building. The
For example, the capacity required is 300,000 grains. maximum rates are equal to the fixture count figures
What size unit should be selected? commonly used to size water lines and are applicable
especially in low water pressure areas where pressure
A 300,000-grain unit will produce this capacity drop is critical.
when regenerated with 150 pounds of salt. Following is a step-by-step procedure for estimat-
A 450,000-grain unit will produce this capacity ing fixture count flow rates.
when regenerated with 60 pounds of salt. 1. Count and list each type of fixture used
The 450,000-grain unit is the better selection intermittently. Multiply the total of each type
to remove 300,000 grains. Salt consumption is 75 by its private or public unit weight. Private or
pounds per regeneration as opposed to 150 pounds public unit weights must be determined by the
on the smaller unit, a 50 percent salt consumption use of the fixture. For example, lavatories in an
savings. It should be noted that while a salt saving is apartment house are private. Lavatories in a
realized in using the lower salting rate on the larger restaurant are public. Add the products of each
unit, hardness leakage will increase. If minimum type of fixture to determine the total fixture
hardness leakage is required, such as for boiler feed count weight.
water, the maximum salting rate (15 pounds per cubic 2. From the intermittent flow rate chart, select the
foot) should be used. total fixture count, or the next highest fixture
count, determined in step 1.
7. Determine if the unit selected will deliver the
required flow rate. 3. Add to the flow rate determined in step 2 any
A. When sizing to a continuous flow rate, continuously used flow rates in gallons per
subtract the pressure drop from the line minute. These additional requirements may
pressure. At least 30 psi should be left for include commercial dishwashers, garbage
the working pressure. disposals that run continually, boiler makeup
water, or swimming pool makeup water. In
B. When sizing to a peak flow rate, subtract some cases, these additional requirements are
the pressure drop from the line pressure. At seasonal and used separately. For example, if
least 20 psi should be left for the working boilers are shut down during the summer, use
pressure. the additional requirement of the boiler or the
C. If A or B has less than the minimum air-conditioning system, whichever is greater.
allowable working pressure, select a larger Example 10-2 10-unit apartment house
model that has a higher flow rate.
For example, the flow rate for a 10-unit apartment
D. The water softener requires a dynamic
can be estimated as follows:
pressure of 35 psi to draw brine.
Type and Number of Fixtures Private Unit Total Weight
8. Compare the dimensions of the unit selected
Weight
with the space available for installation.
10 kitchen sinks 2 = 20
9. Make sure both the softener and brine tank
will fit through all doors and hallways to the 10 bathtub/showers 2 = 20
installation area. If not, a twin unit or smaller 10 lavatories 1 = 10
brine tank may be used. 10 tank-type toilets 3 = 30
10. Make sure a drain is available that will handle 3 washing machines 2 = 6
the backwash flow rate of the unit selected.
1 air-conditioner with 5-gpm makeup = 86 total
Refer to the specification sheet for backwash
flow rates. Fixture count weight = Average gpm
86 31
Fixture Count Flow Rate Estimating Guide For a total of 86 fixture units, the corresponding
for Water Conditioners flow rate is 31 gpm.
This guide is for estimating average and maximum
flow rate requirements (in gallons per minute) for Add 31 gpm to 5 gpm for the air conditioner:
31+5=36 gpm.
both private and public buildings and is based on
fixture flow rates and probability of use. It is to be Select the smallest unit that has a continuous
used when actual continuous and peak flow rates are flow rate of 36 gpm.
not known. 4. Select the smallest water conditioner with a
The average rates may be used when line pres- continuous flow rate that is equal to or greater
sure less the conditioner pressure drop is at least 30 than the total flow rate requirement in step 3.
The line pressure less the pressure drop of the Table 10-3 Water Consumption Guide
selected unit must be at least 30 psi to handle
Apartments
the peak flow rate periods. If it is less than 30
One-bedroom units 1.75 people/apartment
psi:
Two-bedroom units Three people/apartment
A. Repeat step 2 using the maximum column Three-bedroom units Five people/apartment
on the intermittent flow rate chart. Full line 60 gpd/person
B. Add to A the additional requirements of Hot only 25 gpd/person
step 3. One bath 1.5 gpm/apartment
Two baths 2.5 gpm/apartment
C. Select a water conditioner with a Barber shops 75 gpm/chair
continuous flow rate that is equal to Beauty shops 300 gpd/person
or greater than the new total flow rate Bowling alleys 75 gpd/lane
requirement. Factories (not including process waters)
When the maximum figures are used, the With showers 35 gpd/person/shift
line pressure less the conditioner pressure Without showers 25 gpd/person/shift
drop must be 20 psi minimum. Farm animals
Dairy cow 35 gpd
Note: When water conditioners are Beef cow 12 gpd
installed in series, such as an iron filter Hog 4 gpd
in a water softener, the 30-psi and 20-psi Horse 12 gpd
minimum pressures must be maintained Sheep 2 gpd
after both units. Select combinations of Chickens 10 gpd/100 birds
conditioners with a total pressure drop, Turkeys 18 gpd/100 birds
when subtracted from the line pressure, of Hospitals 225 gpd/bed (Estimate air-
30 psi minimum when using the average conditioning and laundry
figures or 20 psi when using the maximum separately.)
figures. Motels (Estimate the restaurant, bar, air-conditioning,
swimming pool, and laundry facilities separately, and add these
Where measurements of water consumption are
to the room gallonage for total consumption.)
not possiblefor instance, where water meter records Full line 100 gpd/room
are not availablethe information in Table 10-3 can Hot only 40 gpd/room
be used to estimate the amount of water consumed Mobile home courts Estimate 3.75 people/home,
in several establishments. (Note: For more accurate and estimate 60 gpd/person.
figures, take meter readings during average or peak (Outside water for sprinkling,
periodsa week or a month. Water bills may be used washing cars, etc., should be
bypassed.)
to determine daily water consumption.)
Restaurants
If manually operated equipment is desired, longer
Total (full line) 8 gal/meal
periods between regenerations may be desired to Food preparation (hot and cold) 3 gal/meal
reduce the attention that an operator must give to Food preparation (hot only) 1.5 gal/meal
the water softener. Thus, larger capacity units must Cocktail bar 2 gal/person
be selected. Rest homes 175 gpd/bed (Estimate laundry
Single or Multiple Systems separately.)
Schools
A single-unit softener will bypass the hard water
Full line 20 gpd/student
during periods of regeneration (normally 1.5 hours).
Hot only 8 gpd/student
This is the danger in a single-unit softener. If soft Trailer parks 100 gpd/space
water requirements are critical and adequate soft
water storage is not available, a twin or duplex water
can be located on the upper side shell of the softener
softener is needed.
tank (if so specified).
Space Needs Severe room height restrictions normally require
Many times a softener system is selected without specifying a large-diameter, squat softener tank with
much concern for space needs. Generally, sufficient the same specified quantity of softening mineral.
floor space is available, although this factor should Further consideration must be given to the floor
not be overlooked for storage. More commonly over- space around the equipment, particularly around the
looked is the actual height of the softener tank and salt tanks, for loading purposes and accessibility for
the additional height required (24 inches) for access servicing the units.
through the top manhole opening for loading the unit. Where water softeners are being installed in exist-
If height in the room is critical, the upper manhole ing buildings, the door openings should be checked
for passage of the softener equipment to the final high-quality soft water is required in an area where
loading. very high-hardness water exists, this approach is not
Cost recommended.
Technical advances in the water-softening industry Sizing
and increasing labor costs are, for the most part, re- Figure 10-17 will assist the engineer in developing the
sponsible for the fact that almost all the equipment data required to size the basic softening equipment.
produced is operated automatically. The final selection of a system for specification should
For budget estimating purposes, automatic water- be made using this information. In many cases, the
softening costs range from $15.00 to $40.00 per 1,000 importance of the water-softening equipment justi-
grains of exchange capacity, depending on the degree fies calling on manufacturers representatives for
of sophistication. This estimate is based on the total their recommendations. Their specialized knowledge
capacity of all units. can help in the design of a reliable, economical water
Operating Efficiency softener system. Figure 10-18 provides a step-by-step
Most water softeners are alike in terms of their procedure for selecting the water softener equip-
operation. Their basic operating cost is the salt con- ment.
sumption. Practically all use a high-capacity, resinous Salt Recycling Systems
mineral. The mineral can exchange 30,000 grains of If the engineer is interested in increasing the efficiency
hardness per cubic foot of mineral when regenerated of the water softener in terms of salt consumption and
with 15 pounds of salt, which is the nominal standard water usage during the regeneration cycle, one option
rating currently used in the industry. to consider is the use of a salt recycling system. It is
As salt is the basic commodity that effects the essentially a hardware modification available for both
operating cost, it is the only area where reduced new and existing water softeners that immediately
costs may be considered. Fortunately, the softening reduces the amount of salt needed to regenerate a
mineral can be regenerated at different salt levels, softener by 25 percent, without any loss of resin capac-
yielding actual cost savings on the salt consumption. ity or treated water quality. It works best with water
As indicated, with a 15-pound salt level, 30,000 gains softener equipment that utilize a nested diaphragm
per cubic foot can be obtained. With a salt dosage of valve configuration as seen in Figure 10-19. It is not
10 pounds or 6 pounds, a resulting capacity yield of recommended for water softeners that utilize a top-
25,000 gains per cubic foot or 20,000 gains per cubic mounted, multi-port motorized control valve.
foot respectively is obtained. The salt recycling process adds a brine reclaim
Thus, approximately a 40 percent salt rating can step to the regeneration process after the brine draw
be effected at the lower salt level. The lower salt levels has occurred. During brine reclaim, used dilute brine
can be used effectively on general applications, result- flow is diverted from the drain and routed back to the
ing in lower operating costs. However, where very brinemaker tank where it is stored and resaturated
date
Project name
Location
Type of facility
What is water being used for?
Space limitation L W H
Figure 10-17 Water Softener Survey Data
Date
Project name
Location
Step I. Operating conditions
A. Operating hours per day
B. Can regeneration take place once each day? Yes No
C. If B is No, state days between regenerations
D. Is a twin unit required? Yes No
E. Type of operation:
Time clock Alarm meter Auto reset meter
F. Allowable pressure loss psi.
Step 2. Flow rate (gpm) (peak, average, continuous)
Step 3. Water usage per day:
60 min./hr. GPM =
Operating hr/day Average flow rate gal/day
=
Gal/day water usage Water hardness (gr/gal) Required exchange capacity (gr/day)
=
Required exch. cap (gr/day) Resin cap (gr/ft3) Required resin (ft3/day)
Note: If more than one day between regenerations is required, use step no. 7 instead of step no. 6.
Step 7. More than one day of operation per regeneration (step no. 1-B)
Cubic feet of resin required:
=
Required exch. cap. (gr/day) Number of days/regn. Resin cap. (gr/ft3) Resin required (ft3)
=
Required resin (ft3 /regn.) Salt dosage (lb/ft3) Salt regeneration (lb)
Step 9. System selection:
(If auto-reset operation is desired, refer to step no. 10.)
A. Select from the manufacturers specification table, a single unit that meets the flow rate (step no. 2).
B. Check that selected unit meets the allowable pressure loss at the flow rate (step no. 1-F).
C. If a single unit will not meet both steps no. 9-A and 9-B, then a multiple unit is required (refer to step no. 10).
D. Check that selected unit contains the required cubic feet of resin (step no. 6 or 7).
E. If single unit will not meet step no. 9-D, then a multiple unit is required. (refer to step no. 10).
F. Select a standard system that meets, or exceeds by no more than 10%, step nos. 9-A, 9-B, and 9-D. If a good balance
is not available, refer to step no. 10.
G. Check that brine-tank salt storage is sufficient to provide a minimum of two regenerations before requiring refill (step
no. 8).
Step 10. Multiple systems:
The following procedure should be followed for a twin unit.
A. Select either auto-reset meter initiation or time clock to start regeneration. Refer to the appropriate subtitle.
Auto-reset meter-initiated regeneration.
B. Select, from the specification table, a tank size that meets the flow rate (step no. 2) and the allowable pressure loss (step
no. 1-F). Each tank in the system must meet these conditions.
C. Divide the required cu. ft. of resin (step no. 6 or 7) by two to determine the required cubic feet of resin contained in the tanks
selected in step no. 10-B. Select a tank large enough to match the required cu. ft. resin/tank.
D. Check that the brine tank salt storage is sufficient to provide a minimum of four regenerations per tank.
Time clock regeneration
E. Divide the flow rate (step no. 2) by 2 to determine the flow rate per tank. Select a tank size that meets this flow rate. (Both
tanks will be on line during the operating period.)
F. Check that the tank selected meets the allowable pressure loss (step no. 1-F) at the flow rate per tank.
G. Follow step no. 10-C to determine the required cubic feet of resin per tank.
H. Follow step no. 10-D to determine the brine tank to be used.
Step 11. Using this data, select a standard system from the softener specifications that most closely matches all the data. If none is
available, a detailed specification should be developed which will allow the manufacturer to match the system requirements.
Step 12. Select options such as ASME code tanks, lining, and materials of construction, as required.
Distillation
The principles of distillation are quite
simple. The water passes through two phase
changes, from liquid to gas and back to liq-
uid (see Figure 10-20). All the substances
that are not volatile remain behind in the
boiler and are removed either continuously
or intermittently. Water droplets are pre-
vented from coming up with the water vapor
by proper design of the still, which takes into
account the linear velocity, and by use of an
appropriate system of baffles.
It should be understood that, although
the nonvolatile substances can be taken
care of, the volatile substances in the feed
water cause more problems. These, mainly
CO2, which are already present in the feed
water or are formed by the decomposition of
bicarbonates, can be removed by keeping the
Figure 10-19 Water Softener with Salt Recycling System
distillate at a relatively high temperature.
for later use, thereby saving both salt and water. The The solubility of CO2 at higher temperatures
salt savings occur because the make-up water to the is much lower than at normal temperatures.
brinemaker contains approximately 25 percent of Ammonia (NH3) is much more soluble in water
the salt needed for the next regeneration. Therefore, than CO2, and its tendency to redissolve is much
only 75 percent of new salt is dissolved for the higher as well. Moreover, the ionization constant of
next regeneration. Water savings occur because the ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) is much greater than
recycled brine is not discharged to drain but is used that of carbonic acid (H2CO3), which means that equal
to make up the brine solution for the next regenera-
tion. The effective salt dosage for the water softener
is unchanged; therefore, the 25 percent salt savings
can be realized in softener systems that use both
maximum and minimum salt dosages.
The hardware package consists of a diverter valve
(see Figure 10-19) in the drain line that routes the
recycled brine to the brinemaker tank and a modi-
fied control system that incorporates the extra brine
reclaim step.
Salt Storage Options
There are a few options for salt storage. Salt blocks
and bags of salt, or beads, may not be suitable for large
systems. Dozens or even hundreds of pounds maybe
needed on a daily basis. These systems may require
bulk salt storage and delivery systems, which may
consist of an aboveground storage tank that is loaded
directly from salt trucks. The salt then is conveyed
through piping to the brine tank. This system may
be wet or dry.
Underground storage tanks almost always require
the salt to be premixed with water in the storage
tank. It then can be piped to the brine tank as a brine
solution and mixed down to the desired concentra-
tion levels.
amounts of NH3 and CO2 show different conductivities due to its inert characteristic. It is the least soluble.
(that for NH3 is much higher than that for CO2). (Other materials, such as gold, silver, and platinum,
The purity of the distillate is usually measured have equal or superior qualities but are not consid-
with a conductivity meter, and a resistivity of 1 ered for obvious reasons.) A secondary but almost
M or a conductivity of 1 microsiemen (S)is equal advantage of tin is its relatively low porosity,
equivalent to approximately 0.5 ppm of NaCl. Most which virtually eliminates the possibility of particle
of the conductivity is accounted for by the presence entrapment and growth in pores. In a good water
of CO2 (and NH3) and not by dissolved solids. The still, therefore, all the surfaces that come in contact
question arises: Which is preferred, 1 M resistivity with the pure vapors and distillate should be heav-
or a maximum concentration of dissolved solids? It ily coated with pure tin. Likewise, the storage tank
is quite possible that a distillate with a resistivity should be heavily coated or lined with pure tin on all
of 500,000 (a conductivity of 2 S) contains fewer interior surfaces. Tinned stills and storage tanks are
dissolved solids than a distillate with a resistivity of not significantly more expensive than glass ones in
1,000,000 (1 S). all but the smallest sizes.
A problem in distillation can be scale formation. Titanium is being strongly considered as a prom-
Scale forms either by the decomposition of soluble ising material for distillation equipment. Although
products of insoluble substances or because the some stills have been made of titanium, it is more
solubility limit of a substance is reached during the expensive than tin and has not yet been proven su-
concentration. There are several solutions to this perior.
problem: Distillation Equipment Applications and
A careful system of maintenance, with descaling Selection
at regular intervals. The use of distilled water was limited to hospitals
Softening of the feed water, that is, removing and some pharmaceutical applications until recent
2+ 2+
all Ca and Mg ions. However, this does not advances in the industry. Now, in virtually every hos-
remove the silica, which then may form a hard, pital, schools with science departments, laboratories,
dense scale that is very difficult to remove. and industries other than pharmaceuticals, distilled
Removal of the alkalinity (HCO3). When water is vital to many operational functions.
originally present, sulfate and silica still form a In the construction of buildings requiring distilled
harder scale than a carbonate scale. water, the selection of the appropriate equipment to
furnish it is usually the responsibility of the plumb-
Removal of all or most of the dissolved ing engineer. Before the proper equipment can be
substances. This can be done by
selected, the following factors should be considered:
demineralization with ion exchangers or by
reverse osmosis. The quantity of distilled water that will
be required per day (or per week) by each
It may sound foolish to remove the impurities department
from the water before distilling the water. However,
keep in mind that distillation is the only process that The purity requirements of each department
produces water guaranteed to be free of bacteria, and how critical these requirements are
viruses, and pyrogens. It may pay to have a pre- The space available for the equipment
treatment before a still to cut down on maintenance The availability of power
(descaling), downtime, and energy consumption and
to have better efficiency, capacity, and quality. It may Regarding the first two items, the engineer should
require a higher initial investment, but the supplier obtain the anticipated quantity and purity require-
who has the experience and technology in all water ments from all department heads who require distilled
treatment systems can give unbiased advicethat is, water.
to offer a systems approach instead of pushing only In this section, it is assumed that less than 1,000
one method. gallons per day (gpd) of distilled water is required
Distilled water is often called hungry water. This for applications. The single-effect still operated at
refers to the fact that distilled or deionized water atmospheric pressure is generally the most practical
absorbs in solution much of the matter, in any phase, and widely used still. For the consumption of larger
with which it comes in contact. It becomes important, quantities of distilled water, consideration may be
therefore, to select a practical material for the produc- given by the engineer to other types of stills (such
tion, storage, and distribution of distilled water. as the multiple-effect and vapor-compression stills).
Years of experience and research have shown that These stills have advantages and disadvantages that
pure tin is the most practical material for the pro- should be studied when conditions warrant.
duction, storage, and distribution of distilled water
is the most powerful oxidizer that can be safely used oxidizable carbon reduction. The dosage required to
in water treatment. destroy microorganisms is the product of light inten-
Ozone frequently is used to treat wastewater sity and exposure time. The exposure requirements
and as a disinfectant and oxidant for bottled water, for different microorganisms are well documented by
ultrapure waters, swimming pools, spas, breweries, the EPA. Ultraviolet bulbs are considered to provide
aquariums, soft drinks, cooling towers, and many 8,000 hours of continuous use and not to degrade to
other applications. Ozone is not able to produce a more than 55 percent of their initial output.
stable residual in a distribution system. However, When ultraviolet equipment is sized, the flow rate
ozone can lower the chlorine demand and thus the and quality of incoming water must be taken into
amount of chlorine required and the chlorinated by- consideration. It is generally necessary to filter the
products. water before the ultraviolet equipment. Sometimes
Ozone systems can be big enough to serve central it may be necessary to filter downstream of the ultra-
plants or municipalities. The RO membrane is only violet equipment with 0.2- absolute filter cartridges
one part of a system. Figure 10-22 shows an example to remove dead bacteria and cell fragments.
of a large-scale system. Figure 10-23 shows a simpli- Ultraviolet equipment often is used in drinking
fied plan view of such a system. water, beverage water, pharmaceutical, ultra-pure
Ultraviolet Light Treatment rinse water, and other disinfection applications.
Ultraviolet light is electromagnetic radiation, or ra- Reverse Osmosis
diant energy, traveling in the form of waves. When Reverse osmosis (RO) is a water purification method
ultraviolet light of a sufficient energy level is absorbed that, over the past several years, has become an
into matter, it causes a chemical or physical change. alternative to the more traditional techniques of
In the case of microorganisms, ultraviolet light is distillation and deionization. This process is proving
absorbed to a level that is just enough to physically itself to be very practical and economical in a grow-
break the bonds in DNA to prevent life reproduction. ing number of applications. Technical innovations
Therefore, ultraviolet light is a mechanism capable of and good design have handled many of the earlier
the disinfection of water. The most widely used source limitations of the RO technology. Ozone systems can
of this light is low-pressure mercury vapor lamps be small enough for an undercounter system in a
emitting a 254-nanometer (nm) wavelength. However, home kitchen or big enough to serve central plants
185 nm can be used for both disinfection and total or municipalities. The RO membrane is only one part
contaminant and yet may contain large amounts cium, magnesium, carbonates, and heavy metals to
of another. The key, of course, is the application in- the level of 98 percent, while monovalent ions, such
volved. For injectable pharmaceutical preparations, as sodium, potassium, and chloride, are removed to
particles and pyrogens are a major concern. In atomic the level of 90 percent to 94 percent by RO and 97
absorption spectrophotometry or high-pressure liq- percent by distillation processes.
uid chromatography, however, even parts-per-billion Large-scale deionization processes achieve simi-
traces of heavy metals or organics can present serious lar levels of inorganic ion removal, but they do not
problems. remove bacteria, pyrogens, particles, and organics.
One useful distinction is between reagent-grade Bacteria, in fact, can multiply on the resins, result-
water and laboratory-grade water. Reagent-grade ing in an increase of biological contaminants over
water means that all classes of contaminants have normal tap water.
been removed from the water. There are several na- It should be stressed that the degrees of water
tionally recognized standards for reagent-grade water, purity shown in Table 10-4 are obtainable only from
including those published by the American Society well-cleaned equipment that is performing to its
for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the College of original specifications. Maintaining this condition for
American Pathologists (CAP). The minimum resistiv- the deionization process means that the resins must
ity for reagent-grade water is 10 M-cm at 25C. The be replaced (or regenerated) regularly and that the
production of reagent-grade water always requires internal components of the still must be thoroughly
more than one stage of treatment. It should be pro- cleaned. If a still is not properly and regularly cleaned,
duced at the point of use to minimize (or eliminate) the residual contaminants can cause the pH value of
transportation and storage, which invariably degrade the end product water to fall as low as pH 4. Reverse
the reagent water purity. A system for producing osmosis is the only one of the methods that uses a
reagent-grade water might, for example, use the RO reject stream to continuously remove the residual
process to produce laboratory-grade water, plus a contaminants. Regularly scheduled prefilter changes
combination of activated carbon, deionization, and and system maintenance are, of course, necessary to
0.20- membrane filtration. Only the laboratory-grade maintain the desired water quality.
water would be accumulated and stored. The reagent For dependable long-term performance, the
water would be produced at high flow rates as needed, construction of the RO equipment for large-volume
thus eliminating the need to store it. applications should be of all stainless steel fittings
Laboratory-grade water is less rigorously defined, and bowls. Such a system should use solid-state con-
but it still refers to the water from which one or trols (with simple indicator lights and gauges) plus
more types of contaminants have been removed. a conductivity meter that reads the tap and perme-
This definition should be distinguished from other ates water quality. High-pressure relief devices and
processes that exchange one
contaminant for another, such
Table 10-4 Comparison of Laboratory-grade Water Quality Produced by
as water softening (in which Centralized Systems
calcium and magnesium salts
Reverse Osmosis Distilled Deionized
are removed by exchanging
Tap, Percent Percent Percent
them with sodium salts). The Contaminant Typical Actual Removal Actual Removal Actual Removal
reverse osmosis, deionization, Microorganism/ mL 100 1 >99 1 >99 1000 a none
and distillation processes Particles 5 m/mL 10,000 1 >99 200 >97 10,000 none
are all capable of producing Pyrogens Variable >99 >99 Variable none
laboratory-grade water. Dissolved
The quality of the labora- organics ppm 12 1 >95 1 >95 12 b none
tory-grade water produced by Dissolved
several methods of central- inorganics ppm CaCO3 170 117 >9098 18 >9599 18 >9599
c
system water production is Monovalent ions >90 >97 >97
d
shown in Table 10-4. The Multivalent ions >97 >97 >97
Conductivity, S, 25C 333 240 210 210
RO and distillation processes
Specific resistance
remove more than 99 percent M/cm, 25C
0.003 0.0250.5 0.10.5 0.10.5
of all bacteria, pyrogens, col- Silicates ppm 1 0.1 >90 0.1 >90 0.1 >90
loidal matter, and organics Heavy metals ppm 1 0.1 >97 0.1 >97 0.1 >90
above molecular weight 200. pH 7.5 6. 8 47. 5 7.0
These methods remove the a
Bacteria often multiply in large deionizing (D.I.) resin beds used directly on tap water.
dissolved inorganic material, b
Large D.I. resin beds also contribute organics from the resin beds.
such as multivalent ions, cal-
c + +
Monovalent ions: Singly charged ions such as Na , K , Cl
d
Multivalent ions: Multiply charged ions such as Ca , Mg , CO32, SO42
2+ 2+
Figure 10-26 Approaches to Providing Laboratory-grade and Reagent-grade Water: (A) RO Water
Purified Centrally and Transported by Pipe to Points of Use Then Polished, (B) RO System Coupled with
Deionization System Totally at the Point of Use, Eliminating Piping
in the water conditioner and result in poor opera- Bypass A connection or a valve system that allows
tion because of a restricted water flow. Chlorination hard water to supply the system while the water
and dechlorination control this problem and protect softener is being regenerated or serviced.
plumbing lines and fixtures. Calcium As one of the principal elements that
Alkalinity The capacity to neutralize acid, usually constitutes the earths crust, calcium compounds,
because of the presence of bicarbonate or carbonate when dissolved in water, make the water hard. The
ions. presence of calcium in the water is one of the major
Anion Negatively charged ion in a solution. factors contributing to the formation of scale and
insoluble soap curds, which are two ways of easily
Automatic softener A fully automatic water soft- identifying hard water. Often it is expressed as cal-
ener that regenerates at regular intervals, without cium carbonate (CaC03).
attention, to provide a continuous supply of soft,
conditioned water. CAP College of American Pathologists, which has
set water purification standards for laboratory use.
Backwashing After the ion exchange capacity of
the water softener resin is exhausted, it is necessary Capacity The ability of certain size water con-
to regenerate the resin so that its original capacity ditioners to remove a specific quantity of hardness
may be restored. A very important step in this process minerals, iron, or manganese from the water going
is called backwashing, which is accomplished by re- through the water conditioner.
versing the flow of the water through the resin. This Carbon dioxide (CO2) A gas that is produced from
upward flow of water carries out to the drains any dirt the air when water falls as rain or by the decaying
and oxidized iron collected on top of the resin bed. action of organic matter in the earth.
Backwashing also prevents the resin from becoming Cartridge filter A filter device, usually disposable,
packed or channeled. with a wide range of micron sizes.
Bacteria Tiny organisms occurring naturally in Cation Positively charged ion.
waters. Pathogenic (disease-causing) bacteria cause
illnesses, such as typhoid, dysentery, and cholera. Chemical oxygen demand A measurement of the
amount of oxygen required to oxidize chemicals in
Bacteriological examination New wells and water.
private water supplies should be tested at periodic
intervals to determine if the water is safe to drink. Chloride (Cl) An element commonly found in most
This bacteria test should be conducted by an of- natural groundwater and generally combined with
ficial representative for the state board of health other minerals, such as sodium chloride (NaCl).
or drinking water regulatory agency in accordance Clarifier A device that removes turbidity, which
with accepted practice and local standards. A water is defined as sand, clay, silt, or other undissolved
softener, iron remover, clarifier, or neutralizer does foreign matter.
not purify the water.
Coagulant A chemical added to water and waste-
Bed depth In every water conditioner, there is a water applications to form flocs that adsorb, entrap,
material for a specific purpose. In the water softener, it and bring together suspended matter so that it can
is called high-capacity resin or ion exchange mineral. be removed.
Depending on the size of the tank, this material is
Coalescing The separation of immiscible fluids
measured in inches of depth in the tank. This mea-
(such as oil and water) with different specific gravi-
surement is called the bed depth.
ties.
Biochemical oxygen demand A measurement of
Concurrent regeneration During regeneration of
the amount of oxygen required for the biochemical
a water conditioner, the flow is in the same direction
degradation of organic material in water.
of the service flow in all steps in the regeneration cycle
Bleed through When all of the iron is not removed except the backwash.
during the service cycle of a water softener (or iron
Concentrate In cross-flow filtration, reverse osmo-
remover), the iron remaining in the effluent of treated
sis, nanofiltration, and ultrafiltration, concentrate is
water usually is referred to as the bleed through.
that amount of feed stream that does not permeate
Brine A solution of sodium chloride (common salt) (go through) the membrane and thus concentrates
used for regenerating water softeners. the ions, suspended solids, and organics in the waste
Brine tank A separate tank in the system employed stream.
to store the water and salt (sodium chloride) to form Conductivity The ability of water to conduct elec-
a brine solution. tricity. Conductivity is the inverse of resistivity. It is
measured with a conductivity meter and described the undissolved, or ferric, iron is almost always in-
as microsiemens per centimeter, which is the same soluble in water.
as micromhos per centimeter, which was used in the Dissolved solids The residual material remaining
past. after a filtered solution evaporates.
Control valve A device on a water conditioner Distributor Sometimes this device is called a
that may be manually or automatically operated and strainer. It is used within a softener tank to distrib-
used to direct (or control) the flow of the water in a ute the flow of the water throughout the tank and to
certain direction. prevent the resin from escaping into the lines.
Conversion formulaparts per million to Down flow Usually designates the down direc-
grains per gallon Hardness minerals, calcium tion in which the water flows. For example, during
and magnesium, are measured in parts per mil- the brine cycle of manual and semiautomatic water
lion (ppm) or grains per gallon (gpg). The accepted softeners, the direction of the water flow is in the
conversion factor is 17.1 ppm=1 gpg, i.e., 10 gpg of down direction.
hardness=171 ppm.
Drain valve (drain line) A valve or line employed
Corrosion The attack by water on any part of a wa- to direct or carry the backwash water, used regener-
ter system causing the wasting away of metal parts. ant, and rinse water to the nearest drain of the waste
Countercurrent regeneration During the re- system.
generation of a water conditioner, in all steps of the Effluent The water moving away from, or out of, a
regeneration cycle, the flow is in the opposite direction water conditioner.
of the service flow.
Endotoxin A heat-resistant pyrogen found in the
Cross-flow membrane filtration The separa- cell walls of viable and nonviable bacteria. Expressed
tion of components of a fluid by a semipermeable as EDU units.
membrane such as reverse osmosis, nanofiltration,
ultrafiltration, and microfiltration. Exhaustion In water softening or ion exchange,
the point where the resin no longer can exchange
Cubic foot of mineral The high-capacity resin additional ions of the type for which the process was
or ion exchange mineral used in a water softener is designed.
measured and rated in cubic foot lots. For example, 1
cubic foot of high-capacity resin will remove approxi- Ferric iron The insoluble form of iron. Ferrous
mately 30,000 grains per gallon of hardness minerals iron in the water is readily converted to ferric iron
(calcium and magnesium) before a regeneration of the by exposure to oxygen in the air.
material is required. Ferrous iron The soluble form of iron.
Cycle The cycle of a water softener is generally Filter-ag A mineral used in the clarifier to physi-
defined as the length of time it will operate without cally separate the suspended matter in some water
a backwashing and/or regeneration. supplies. This ceramic-like granular material is in-
Cycle operation Usually the sequence of valve soluble, and it backwashes freely with less water than
operations on automatic water softeners. A two-cycle sand and other similar filter materials.
valve is a device in which upflow brining is combined Filtration The process of passing a fluid through a
with the backwash cycle, sacrificing the performance filter material for the purpose of removing turbidity,
on both the backwashing and the brining. The five- taste, color, or odor.
cycle valve, such as the one fully automatic softeners
Floc The suspended particles in the water that
feature, performs each essential regeneration step
have coagulated into larger pieces and may form a
separately. Therefore, under optimum conditions,
mat on the top of the mineral or resin bed in a water
this type of valve provides a longer life, more efficient
conditioner and reduce or impair the efficient opera-
service, and better performance.
tion of the equipment.
Diatom An organism commonly found in waters
Flow rate In water treatment, this term refers
and considered by health officials to be non-harmful.
to the quantity of water flowing, in a unit of time,
Diatoms occasionally may impart objectionable odors,
often given in gallons per minute (gpm) or gallons
and their calcified skeletons make chalk and provide a
per hour (gph).
diatomite powder used for swimming pool features.
Flow regulator A mechanical or automatic device
Dissolved iron In water treatment, iron usually is
used in water treatment equipment to regulate the
described as being dissolved in water. The dissolved,
flow of the water to a specified maximum flow rate.
or ferrous, iron is highly soluble in most waters, and
Flux In cross-flow filtration, the unit membrane Influent The water moving toward, or into, a water
throughput, expressed as volume per unit of time per softener.
area, such as gallons per day per square foot. Inlet or outlet valve A gate valve on the inlet or
Free board The space above a bed of ion exchange outlet piping of a water conditioner.
resin or mineral in a water softener tank that allows Installation sequence In water treatment applica-
for the unobstructed expansion of the bed during the tions, it sometimes is necessary to install more than
backwash cycle. one piece of water treatment equipment to properly
Grains capacity The amount of hardness mineral condition the untreated water. When this situation
(calcium or magnesium) that is removed by a water is necessary, it is imperative for the water treatment
softener mineral or resin within a specified length of equipment to be installed in the proper sequence to
time or by a specific quantity of the resin. ensure a satisfactory operation.
Grains per gallon (gpg) A common basis of re- Ion An electrically charged atom or molecule. For
porting water analysis. One grain per gallon equals example, one particle of salt is composed of approxi-
17.1 parts per million. One grain is 1/7,000 of a mately 100 million molecules, and each molecule of
pound. sodium chloride (salt) is composed of one sodium
Hardness The compounds of calcium and magne- atom and one chlorine atom. The chlorine and sodium
sium that are usually present in hard water. atoms in a sodium chloride molecule are separated by
dissolving the molecule in water in a process known as
Hardness leakage The presence of hardness ionization. However, the ions retain the electrostatic
minerals (calcium and magnesium) after the water charge present in the original salt molecule.
has passed through the softener. Hardness leakage is
encountered primarily because of hardness retained Ion exchange The replacement of one ion by
in the resin bed from the previous service run. This another. In the softening process, the sodium in the
is normal, as a point of diminishing return is realized softener resin is exchanged for calcium, magnesium,
in salt consumed versus percentage of original new iron, and manganese (if present).
capacity. In normal practice, 15 pounds of salt per cubic Iron An element common to most underground
foot
of resin is considered the practical upper limit for water supplies, though not present in the large
a regeneration. The amount of leakage expected in quantities that calcium and magnesium can be. Even
a properly operating system is directly proportional small amounts of iron are objectionable in the water
to the salt rate and the total dissolved solids in the system. The small amounts of the dissolved iron may
incoming water. The greater the total dissolved solids be removed by an ion exchange process or by precipi-
and the lower the skating rate (5 pounds per cubic foot tation and filtration processes. For the latter method,
generally is considered the minimum), the greater the an iron remover is used.
hardness leakage. While some leakage is normal, as Limestone A common rock of the earth composed
explained above, excessive leakage usually indicates primarily of calcium. It combines with carbon dioxide
faulty regeneration. present in groundwater to form calcium carbonate
High-capacity resin This term applies to the and causes hardness of water.
manufactured material, in the form of beads or gran- Magnesium An element that, along with calcium,
ules, that can be described as having the power to take is responsible for the hardness of water.
hardness-forming ions and give up softness-forming
ions and the reverse cycle thereof. This material Natural water Water containing dissolved inor-
sometimes is called ion exchange resin. ganic solids, which are largely mineral salts. These
salts are introduced into the water by a solvent action,
High purity A term describing highly treated as the water passes through, or across, various lay-
water with attention to microbiological reduction ers of the earth. The type of mineral salts absorbed
or elimination, commonly used in the electronic and depends on the chemical contents of the soil through
pharmaceutical industries. which the water passes. Note: Pure water (no impuri-
Hose bib An outside plumbing connection for at- ties) is never found in nature.
taching a hose. Nitrate Something that sometimes is found in nat-
Hydrogen sulfide A highly corrosive gas that often ural water, but in trace amounts. It is becoming more
is found in water supplies. Water containing hydrogen of a concern, as nitrate contamination from sewage
sulfide gas has a characteristic boiled or rotten egg or predominantly concentrated nitrogen fertilizers
odor. A water softener is not designed to correct this in the groundwater table is surfacing in some areas
condition. of the country. High nitrate levels, generally 10 parts
per million or more, can cause a condition known as
blue baby, a condition that inhibits the transfer of Sulfate (S042) A compound commonly found in
oxygen through the lung tissue to the bloodstream, waters in the form of calcium sulfate (CaS04) or mag-
resulting in oxygen starvation. Pregnant women and nesium sulfate (MgS04).
young children are cautioned in this regard. Pregnant Suspension The foreign particles carried (but not
women are cautioned in regard to their unborn child dissolved) in a liquid, like rusty iron in water.
as opposed to their own physical well-being. Adults
do not normally suffer any effect at these levels. In Tannin An organic color or dye, not a growth,
animals, such as cattle and horses, high nitrate levels sometimes found in waters. (The latter is the result
can cause stillborn offspring and miscarriages, as well of decomposition of wood buried underground.)
as a high mortality rate of the newly born. Titration A laboratory method of determining the
Ohm A unit of measurement. One ohm (1) is presence and amount of chemical in a solution, such
equals 0.5106 parts per million or 106 microsie- as the grains hardness (calcium and magnesium) of
mens. water.
Parts per million (ppm) A common method of Total dissolved solids (TDS) All dissolved materi-
reporting water analyses. 17.1 ppm equals 1 grain als in the water that cannot be removed by mechanical
per gallon. Parts per million commonly is considered filtration, generally expressed in terms of parts per
equivalent to milligrams per liter. million.
pH value A number denoting the alkaline or acid Turbidity A term used to define the degree of
nature of the water (or solution). The pH scale ranges cloudiness of water. Laboratory analysis shows the
from 0 to 14, 7.0 being the accepted neutral point. A turbidity in nephelometric turbidity units. All undis-
pH value below 7.0 indicates acidity in the water (or solved materials, such as clay, silt, or sand, are taken
solution). Values for pH above 7.0 indicate alkalinity into consideration. If the turbidity is high and the
of the water (or solution). water is unacceptable for use, a clarifier is recom-
mended.
Precipitate A solid residue formed in the process
of removing certain dissolved chemicals out of a Up flow The up direction in which the water flows
solution. through the water conditioner during any phase of
the operating cycle.
Pressure drop A decrease in the water pressure,
typically measured in pounds per square inch. Virus A tiny organism that is smaller than bacteria
and is resistant to normal chlorination. Viruses cause
Regeneration Complete regeneration of a water diseases, such as poliomyelitis and hepatitis (both of
softener, consisting of a backwash cycle, addition of so- which are transmitted primarily through water sup-
dium chloride (salt), and rinsing the sodium chloride plies). Cross-connections or polluted waters are the
solution through the ion exchange resin to exchange primary means of transmission.
the hardness ions collected in the resin and prepare
the solution for a service cycle. Resources
Resin A synthetic polystyrene ion exchange mate- American Water Works Association: www.awwa.org
rial (often called a high-capacity resin).
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: www.epa.
Rinse Part of the regeneration cycle of a water gov
softener where freshwater is passed through a water
EPA Water Quality Standards: www.epa.gov/
softener to remove the excess salt (sodium chloride)
waterscience/standards
prior to placing the water softener into service.
Partnership for Safe Water: www.epa.gov/safewater/
Salt A high-grade sodium chloride of a pellet or bri- psw/psw.html
quette type used for regenerating a water softener.
The Joint Commission: www.jointcommission.org
Service run The operating cycle of a water soft-
ener, during which the hard water passes through Ozone Technology Inc.: www.o3ti.com
the ion exchange resin and enters the service lines
as soft water.
+
Sodium (Na ) An element usually found in water
supplies (depending on local soil conditions) that is a
basic part of common salt (sodium chloride).
Soft water Water without hardness material, which
has been removed either naturally or through ion
exchange.
Complete pH treatment
and monitoring systems ORION FITTINGS
a subsidiary of Watts Water Technologies
USE IT BELOW GROUND 2850 Fairfax Trafficway
Kansas City, KS 66115
Use non-flame Brownline
PP below ground with either
Ph# 913-342-1653
CF or No-Hub couplings Fax# 913-342-7218
www.orionfittings.com
Equation 11-1
where
L2 L1 = L1 (T2 T1)
If runs in excess of 20 feet are required, flexural tion 11-4 is used, the flexural modulus of elasticity
offsets or loops should be provided. To not exceed the must be known. In cases where the modulus of the
maximum allowable strain in the piping, the devel- specific compound is not available, the following ap-
oped length that should be provided in the offset or proximately average values are usually adequate:
loop can be calculated from the following equation:
Compound E at 73F, psi Hydrostatic Design Stress for
Equation 11-2 Water at 73F, S
3 Copper 15.6106 6,000
PL
= Steel 3010
6
3EI
Cast iron
where Brass
=Maximum deflection at the end of a PVC 1120 400,000 2,000
cantilever beam, inches PVC 2110 340,000 1,000
P =Force at end, pounds ABS 1210 240,000 1,000
L =Length of pipe subjected to flexible stress, ABS 1316 340,000 1,600
inches PE 2306 90,000 630
E =Flexural modulus of elasticity, pounds per
square inch (psi) Equation 11-3 can be factored to yield the follow-
I =Moment of inertia, inches4 ing equation:
For pipes in which the wall thickness is not large Equation 11-5
with respect to the outside diameter, the moment of
inertia and the sectional modulus can be calculated
as follows:
L=
( )( )
3E
2S
D
3 where
I=R t E and S=Constants for any given material
and
Using the values for E and S in the above table,
Z=R2t
Equation 11-3 or Equation 11-5 reduces to the fol-
where
lowing table:
R =Outside radius, inches
t =Wall thickness, inches Compound Equation 11-3, inchesa
Z =Section modulus, cubic inches Steel pipe L=6.16 (D)
For thin-walled pipes, the maximum allowable Brass pipe L=6.83 (D)
stress and the maximum allowable strain can be Copper pipe L=7.40 (D)
PVC 1120 L=17.3 (D)
calculated as follows:
PVC 2110 L=22.8 (D)
4PL
S= D2t ABS 1210 L=19.0 (D)
ABS 1316 L=17.9 (D)
D St
2
PE 2306 L=14.6 (D)
=
4L PE 3306 L=16.9 (D)
a
where L=Developed length of piping used to absorb movement (feet); D=Outside
diameter of pipe (inches); = Amount of movement to be absorbed (inches)
S =Maximum fiber stress in bending=M/Z, psi
M =Bending moment=PL, inch pounds Provisions must be made for the expansion and
D =Outside diameter, inches contraction of all hot water and circulation mains,
=Strain risers, and branches. If the piping is restrained from
Substituting the maximum allowable stress and moving, it will be subjected to compressive stress on
the maximum allowable strain into Equation 11-2, a temperature rise and to tensile stress on a tempera-
the development length of piping can be estimated ture drop. The pipe itself usually can withstand these
by Equations 11-3 and 11-4 respectively. stresses, but failure frequently occurs at pipe joints
and fittings when the piping cannot move freely.
Equation 11-3 Two methods commonly are used to absorb pipe
(
L=
3ED
2S )
expansion and contraction without damage to the
piping:
Equation 11-4 1. Expansion loops and offsets
( )
3D 2. Expansion joints
L=
2 The total movement to be absorbed by any expan-
Equation 11-3 is used when the maximum allow- sion loop or offset often is limited to a maximum of
able stress is fixed, and Equation 11-4 is used when 1 inches for metallic pipes. Thus, by anchoring at
the maximum allowable strain is fixed. When Equa- the points on the length of run that produce 1-inch
movement and placing the expansion loops or joints It does create problems in high-rise buildings where
midway between the anchors, the maximum move- long stacks are installed. Three methods of accom-
ment that must be accommodated is limited to modating expansion or contraction are described
inch. The piping configuration used to absorb the below:
movement can be in the form of a U bend; a single- 1. To accommodate expansion and contraction
elbow offset; a two-elbow offset; or a three-, five-, or in building drains and drainage stacks, offsets
six-elbow swing loop. In the great majority of piping may be provided. The developed length of
systems, the loop or joint can be eliminated by tak- the offset that should be provided can be
ing advantage of the changes in direction normally calculated in accordance with the appropriate
required in the layout. formula. For example, for a 50F temperature
Table 11-2 gives the total developed length re- differential in the straight run, the amount to
quired to accommodate a 1-inch expansion. (The be accommodated at the branch connection is
developed length is measured from the first elbow to approximately 38 inch. To accommodate this
the last elbow, see Figure 11-1.) amount of expansion, the branch pipe must
have sufficient development length to overcome
a bending twist without being subjected to
Table 11-2 Developed Length of Pipe to Accommodate
1-in. Movement excessive strain.
Pipe Size, in. Steel Pipe, ft Brass Pipe, in. Copper Pipe, ft 2. Where allowed by applicable codes, expansion
0.5 7.7 7.7 8.3 joints may be used. There are two types of
0.75 8.7 8.6 9.3 expansion joints: slip and bellows. The slip-type
1 9.8 9.6 10.4 joint with an elastomeric seal requires packing
1.25 10.4 10.8 11.7 and lubrication. The bellows-type expansion
1.5 11.5 11.5 12.5 joint is satisfactory for the 1-inch design
2 12.8 12.7 13.8 limitation in movement. Proper pipe guiding is
2.5 14.2 14.2 15.4 essential when using expansion joints. Guides
3 16.0 15.7 17.0 allow axial movement, but prevent lateral and
4 16.0 17.7 19.2 angular movement. Without guides, the pipe
Note: m
m = in.25.4, may buckle, causing the expansion joint to
m = ft0.3048. fail. Most manufacturers of expansion joints
require guides to be installed properly to ensure
the manufacturers warranty. The quantity
and location of the guides depend on the pipe
size, proximity of the expansion joint to the
anchor, and length of pipe run. An expansion
joint should be installed every 30 feet according
to the manufacturers recommendations.
Normally, the expansion joint is installed in the
thermal neutral position so that it can move in
either direction to absorb either expansion or
contraction. On vertical piping, the pipe should
Figure 11-1 Expansion Loop Detail be anchored by side inlets or clamps at or near
the joint.
3. Engineering studies have shown that by
If a maximum allowable strain of 0.01 inch per inch
restraining the pipe every 30 feet to prevent
for plastic pipes is used, Equation 11-4 reduces to movement, satisfactory installations can be
L=12.2 (D) made. Tensile or compressive stresses developed
Use of the factors given in the table for Equation by contraction or expansion are readily
11-3 or Equation 11-5 above indicates that a strain absorbed by the piping without any damage.
Special stack anchors are available and should
of less than 0.01 inch per inch will result.
be installed according to the manufacturers
Computer programs are available that readily
recommendations.
solve these equations as well as address the various
installation configurations.
Underground Piping
Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Underground piping temperature changes are less
Expansion or contraction usually does not present a drastic because the piping is not exposed to direct
problem in DWV installations in one- and two-family heating from solar radiation, the insulating nature
dwellings due to the short lengths of piping involved. of the soil prevents rapid temperature changes, and
Flexible Pipe
Maximum Temperature Variation (Between Installation and Service), F
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Loop Length, ft Offset for Contraction, in.
20 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
50 7 10 12 15 17 20 22 25 27 30
100 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Rigid Pipe
Maximum Temperature Variation (Between Installation and Service), F
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Loop Length, ft Offset for Contraction, in.
20 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6
50 3 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 15
100 7 10 12 15 17 20 22 25 27 30
Note: C = (F 32) /1.8
mm = in.25.4
m = ft0.3048
(A)
(B)
Figure 11-2 Closed Hot Water System Showing the Effects as Water and Pressure Increase from
(A) P1 and T1 to (B) P2 and T2
(A)
(B)
Figure 11-3 Effects of an Expansion Tank in a Closed System as Pressure and Temperature Increase from
(A) P1 and T1 to (B) P2 and T2
hot water system and to explain the theory behind Equation 11-6
the design and calculations. The following discussion
is based on the use of a diaphragm or bladder-type
expansion tank, which is the type most commonly
Vew=Vs1
( vsp2
vsp1 1 )
used in the plumbing industry. This type of expansion Example 11-1
tank does not allow the water and air to be in contact
with each other. A domestic hot water system has 1,000 gallons of
water. How much will the 1,000 gallons expand from
Expansion of Water a temperature of 40F to a temperature of 140F?
A pound of water at 140F has a larger volume than
Solution
the same pound of water at 40F. To put it another
way, the specific volume of water increases with an From Table 11-4,
increase in temperature. Specific volume data show vsp1 =0.01602 (at 40F)
the volume of 1 pound of water for a given tempera- vsp2 =0.01629 (at 140F)
ture and are expressed in cubic feet per pound. If
Utilizing Equation 11-6,
the volume of water at each temperature condition
is known, the expansion of water can be calculated
as follows:
Vew=1000
( 0.01629
0.01602 1 )
Vew=Vs2 Vs1 Vew =16.9 gallons
where Note that this is the amount of water expansion
Vew =Expansion of water, gallons and should not be confused with the size of the expan-
Vs1 =System volume of water at sion tank needed.
temperature 1, gallons
Vs2 =System volume of water at Table 11-4 Thermodynamic Properties of Water at a
temperature 2, gallons Saturated Liquid
Vs1 is the initial system volume and can be deter- Specific Volume,
mined by calculating the volume of the domestic hot Temp., F ft3/lb
water system. This entails adding the volume of the 40 0.01602
water-heating equipment with the volume of piping 50 0.01602
and any other part of the hot water system. 60 0.01604
Vs2 is the expanded system volume of water at the 70 0.01605
80 0.01607
design hot water temperature. Vs2 can be expressed in
90 0.01610
terms of Vs1. To do that, look at the weight of water
100 0.01613
at both conditions. 110 0.01617
The weight (W) of water at temperature 1 (T1) 120 0.01620
equals the weight of water at T2, or W1=W2. At T1, 130 0.01625
W1=Vs1/vsp1, and similarly at T2, W2=Vs2/vsp2, 140 0.01629
where vsp equals specific volume of water at the two 150 0.01634
temperature conditions. (See Table 11-4 for specific 160 0.01639
volume data.) Since W1=W2, then:
Vs1 Vs2 Expansion of Material
vsp1 = vsp2
Will the expansion tank receive all the water expan-
Solving for Vs2: sion? The answer is no, because not just the water is
( ) vsp
Vs2=Vs1 vsp2
1
expanding. The piping and water-heating equipment
expand with an increased temperature as well. Any
Earlier it was stated that Vew=Vs2 Vs1. Sub- expansion of these materials results in less of the wa-
stituting Vs2 from above, it can be calculated that ter expansion being received by the expansion tank.
since Another way of looking at it is as follows:
( )
Vs2=Vs1 vsp2
vsp1 , then
where
Venet=Vew Vemat
( )
Vew=Vs1 vsp2 Vs1 , or
vsp1
Venet =Net expansion of water received by the
expansion tank, gallons
Vew =Expansion of water, gallons
Vemat =Expansion of material, gallons
To determine the amount of expansion each mate- Table 11-5 Nominal Volume of Piping
rial experiences per a certain change in temperature, Volume of Pipe, gal/linear
look at the coefficient of linear expansion for that ma- Pipe Size, in. ft of pipe
terial. For copper, the coefficient of linear expansion is 0.02
9.5106 inch/inchF and for steel it is 6.5106 inch/ 0.03
inchF. From the coefficient of linear expansion, the 1 0.04
coefficient of volumetric expansion of material can be 1 0.07
1 0.10
determined. The coefficient of volumetric expansion
2 0.17
is three times the coefficient of linear expansion:
2 0.25
=3
3 0.38
where
4 0.67
=Volumetric coefficient of expansion
6 1.50
=Linear coefficient of expansion
8 2.70
The volumetric coefficient for steel, then, is
19.510 6 gallon/gallonF, and for copper it is 2. The initial system volume of water (Vs1) equals
28.5106 gallon/gallonF. The material will expand Vmat1+Vmat2, or 900 gallons+100 gallons.
proportionally with an increase in temperature. From Example 11-1, 1,000 gallons of water
Equation 11-7 going from 40F to 140F expands 16.9 gallons.
So, utilizing Equation 11-8, Venet=16.9
Vemat=Vmat (T2 T1) (1.8+0.03)=15 gallons. This is the net amount
of water expansion that the expansion tank will
Making the above substitution and solving for
see. Once again, note that this is not the size of
Venet,
the expansion tank needed.
Equation 11-8
Venet=Vew [Vmat11 (T2 T1)+Vmat22 (T2 T1)] Boyles Law
After determining how much water expansion the
Example 11-2 expansion tank will see, it is time to look at how
the cushion of air in an expansion tank allows the
A domestic hot water system has a water heater made
designer to limit the system pressure.
of steel with a volume of 900 gallons. It has 100 feet
Boyles law states that at a constant temperature,
of 4-inch piping, 100 feet of 2-inch piping, 100 feet of
the volume occupied by a given weight of perfect gas
1-inch piping, and 300 feet of -inch piping. All of
(including for practical purposes atmospheric air)
the piping is copper. Assuming that the initial tem-
varies inversely as the absolute pressure (gauge pres-
perature of water is 40F and the final temperature
sure+atmospheric pressure). It is expressed by
of water is 140F, (1) how much will each material
expand, and (2) what is the net expansion of water Equation 11-9
that an expansion tank will see? P1V1=P2V2
Solution where
P1 =Initial air pressure, pounds per square inch
1. Utilizing Equation 11-7 for the steel (material absolute (psia)
no. 1), V1 =Initial volume of air, gallons
Vmat1=900 gallons P2 =Final air pressure, psia
Vemat1=900 (19.5106)(140 40) =1.8 gallons V2 =Final volume of air, gallons
How does this law relate to sizing expansion tanks
For the copper (material no. 2), first look at Table
in domestic hot water systems? The air cushion in
11-5 to determine the volume of each size of pipe.
the expansion tank provides a space into which the
4 inches 1000.67=67 gallons expanded water can go. The volume of air in the
2 inches 1000.17=17 gallons tank decreases as the water expands and enters the
tank. As the air volume decreases, the air pressure
1 inches 1000.10=10 gallons
increases.
inch 3000.02=6 gallons Utilizing Boyles law, the initial volume of air (i.e.,
Total volume of copper piping: 100 gallons the size of the expansion tank) must be based on (1)
initial water pressure, (2) desired maximum water
Utilizing Equation 11-7 for copper,
pressure, and (3) change in the initial volume of the
Vmat2 =100 gallons air. To utilize the above equation, realize that the
Vemat2=100 (28.5106)(140 40) =0.3 gallon pressure of the air equals the pressure of the water
at each condition, and make the assumption that the P1 =Incoming water pressure, psia (Note:
temperature of the air remains constant at condition Absolute pressure is gauge pressure plus
1 and condition 2. This assumption is reasonably ac- atmospheric pressure, or 50 psig=64.7
curate if the expansion tank is installed on the cold psia.)
water side of the water heater. Remember, in sizing P2 =Maximum desired pressure of water, psia
an expansion tank, the designer is sizing a tank of Example 11-3
air, not a tank of water. Looking again at the domestic hot water system
Referring to Figure 11-4, at condition 1, the tanks described in Example 11-2, if the cold water supply
initial air pressure charge, P1, equals the incoming pressure is 50 psig and the maximum desired water
water pressure on the other side of the diaphragm. pressure is 110 psig, what size expansion tank is
The initial volume of air in the tank, V1, is also the required?
size of the expansion tank. The final volume of air in Example 11-2 determined that Venet equals 15
the tank, V2, also can be expressed as V1 less the net gallons. Converting the given pressures to absolute
expansion of water (Venet). The pressure of the air at and utilizing Equation 11-10, the size of the expansion
condition 2, P2, is the same pressure as the maximum tank needed can be determined as:
desired pressure of the domestic hot water system at
the final temperature, T2. P2 always should be less 15
than the relief valve setting on the water heater. V1= =31 gallons
1 (64.7/124.7)
Utilizing Boyles law,
P1V1=P2V2 Note: When selecting the expansion tank, make
sure the tanks diaphragm or bladder can accept 15
Since V2=V1 Venet, then gallons of water (Venet).
P1V1=P2 (V1 Venet)
P1V1=P2V1 P2Venet Summary
(P2 P1)V1=P2Venet Earlier in this section, the following were estab-
lished:
P2Venet
V1= Equation 11-6
P2 P1
Multiplying both sides of the equation by (1/P2)/
(1/P2), or by 1, the equation becomes:
Vew=Vs1
( vsp2
vsp1 1 )
Equation 11-10 Equation 11-8
Venet Venet=Vew [Vmat11 (T2 T1)+Vmat22 (T2
V1=
1 (P1/P2) T1)]
where
V1 =Size of expansion tank required to maintain In Equation 11-6, Vs1 was defined as the system
the desired system pressure, P2, gallons volume at condition 1. Vs1 also can be expressed in
Venet =Net expansion of water, gallons terms of Vmat:
Vs1=Vmat1+Vmat2
Making this substitution and combining the equa-
tions provides the following two equations:
Equation 11-11
Venet=(Vmat1+Vmat2) ( vspvsp 1 )
1
2
Resources
Copper Tube Handbook. Copper Development As-
sociation.
Steele, Alfred. Engineered Plumbing Design II.
American Society of Plumbing Engineers.
PPI-TR 21: Thermal Expansion and Contraction in
Plastics Piping Systems. Plastics Pipe Institute.
UNITARy COOLERS
UNITARy
A mechanically refrigerated drinking-water cooler
consists of a factory-made assembly in one structure.
This cooler uses a complete, mechanical refrigeration
system and has the primary functions of cooling po-
table water and providing such water for dispensing
by integral and/or remote means.
Water coolers differ from water chillers. Water
coolers are used to dispense potable water, whereas
water chillers are used in air-conditioning systems for
residential, commercial, and industrial applications
and in cooling water for industrial processes.
The capacity of a water cooler is the quantity
of water cooled in one hour from a specified inlet
Figure 12-1 Early Drinking Faucet temperature to a specified dispensing temperature,
Source: Haws Corp.
expressed in gallons per hour (gph) (liters per hour
[L/h]). (See the section on ratings, which follows,
Today, a plethora of types and aesthetically and Table 12-1.) Standard capacities of water coolers
pleasing models satisfies even the most demanding range from 1 gph to 30 gph (3.8 L/h to 114 L/h).
applications. The industry is focused on providing the Types
highest quality of water while using the least amount The three basic types of water coolers are as fol-
of floor space, allowing water coolers to be installed lows:
in heavy-traffic areas while satisfying code and end-
user requirements. 1. A bottled water cooler (see Figure 12-2) uses
a bottle, or reservoir, for storing the supply of
W
WATER IN THE HUMAN BODy
BOD water to be cooled and a faucet or similar means
The importance of nutrients is judged by how long for filling glasses, cups, or other containers.
the human body can function without them. Water is It also includes a wastewater receptacle. The
238 ASPE Plumbing Engineering Design HandbookVolume 4
Figure 12-2 Bottled Water Cooler Figure 12-3 Wheelchair-accessible Figure 12-4 Pressure-type Pedestal
Pressure-type Water Cooler Water Cooler
Source: Halsey Taylor Source: Halsey Taylor
vanes go upward and that the recess is of sufficient Options and Accessories
depth and width for a person in a wheelchair. (For The designer should consider all accessories and op-
additional information on ADA-compliant fixtures, tions to satisfy project requirements. Water coolers
refer to Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook, are available with several different options:
Volume 1, Chapter 6, Plumbing for People With Dis-
Activation devices, such as hands-free, sensor-
abilities and American National Standards Institute
operated, foot pedals, or push bottoms and push
(ANSI) A117.1: Accessible and Useable Buildings and bars
Facilities. Child requirements are based on the final
ruling of the U.S. Access Board.) Glass or pitcher fillers, such as push lever or
Types of installations include the following: push down
Freestanding or floor mount (see Figures 12-4 Ice and/or cup dispensers, cane apron, hot
and 12-8) water dispensers, water filters, and refrigerated
compartments
Wall hung (see Figure 12-9)
Bubblers, including standard, vandal resistant,
Fully recessed (see Figure 12-10), allowing an and the flexible bubbler, which is constructed of
unobstructed path pliable polyester elastomer that flexes on impact
Fully recessed with accessories (see Figure 12- before returning to its original position to help
11) protect against accidental injuries. Flexible
bubblers usually contain an antimicrobial agent
Fully recessed (inverted) barrier-free (see Figure
blended into the plastic to prevent bacteria from
12-12), for wheelchair access
multiplying on the surface of the bubbler.
Semi-recessed or simulated recessed (see Figure
12-13) Water Cooler Features
Water coolers may have any of the following acces-
sories (see Figure 12-14):
1. Antimicrobial safety
2. Stainless steel basin
3. Activation, such as push button, push bar, or
infrared
4. Stream height regulator, which automatically
maintains a constant stream height
5. Water system, manufactured of copper
components or other lead-free materials
6. Compressor and motor
7. Non-pressurized cooling tank
8. Fan motor and blade
9. Condenser coil, fin or tube type
10. Drier, which prevents internal moisture from
contaminating the refrigeration system
11. Drain outlet with 1-inch slip-joint fitting
12. Preset cooler control
13. Water inlet connection (not shown), which
accepts 38-inch outside diameter tubing for
hookup to incoming water line
14. Inline strainer (not shown)
15. Water filtration Figure 12-14 Water Cooler Accessories
Bottled water, which should be purchased from a An adequately sized storage tank to
reliable source accommodate the fluctuating demands of a
Lead-absorbent filters, for installation on the multiple-outlet system. Without a tank or with
incoming water to the cooler a tank that is too small, the fluctuations will
cause overloading or short-cycling, causing
Reverse osmosis (RO) systems, which can be excessive wear on the equipment. The tank must
built into the water cooler be of nonferrous construction. The evaporator
mounted in the tank should be of the same
Ratings construction as the tank to reduce galvanic
Water coolers are rated on the basis of their continu- action.
ous flow capacity under specified water temperature Circulating pumps, normally of the bronze-
and ambient conditions. Air-conditioning and Re- fitted, close-coupled, single-stage type with
frigeration Institute (ARI) 1010: Self-contained, mechanical seals. For systems designed for 24-
Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking Water Coolers hour operation, duplex pumps are installed, with
provides the generally accepted rating conditions and each pump being used 12 hours per day.
references test methods as prescribed in American So- Controls consisting of high- and low-pressure
ciety of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-conditioning cutouts, freeze protection, and thermostatic
Engineers (ASHRAE) 18: Methods of Testing for control to limit the temperature of the water
Rating Drinking Water Coolers with Self-contained leaving the chiller. A flow switch or differential
Mechanical Refrigeration. pressure control also should be provided to stop
the compressor when there is no flow through
Central systems
A central, chilled drinking water system typically is AIR BALANCING
designed to provide water at 50F (10C) to the drink- VENT VALVE
units. In either case, the chiller consists of the fol- 5TH FLOOR
DRINKING
6TH FLOO
lowing: FOUNTAIN
(TYPICAL)
HFC-134a
A condenser of the shell-and-tube or shell-and- 3RD FLOOR 4TH FLOO
WATER DOMESTIC
CHILLED FILTER WATER
WATER (OPTIONAL) SUPPLY
SUPPLY
AIR
VENT
RECIRCULATING
PUMP
CHILLER
MECHANICAL STORAGE TANK
PENTHOUSE
10TH
FLOOR
9TH FLOOR
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
(TYPICAL) Figure 12-17 Drinking Fountain
8TH FLOOR Source: Halsey Taylor
7TH FLOOR
6TH FLOOR
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
(TYPICAL)
5TH FLOOR
4TH FLOOR
3RD FLOOR
2ND FLOOR
CHILLED
WATER BALANCING
SUPPLY VALVE
1ST FLOOR
CIRCULATING
Figure 12-18 Drinking Fountain
WATER Source: Haws Corp.
RETURN
BASEMENT
glass fiber insulationsuch as that normally used
Figure( Storage
12-16 Downfeed Central System
Figure 12-16 - Downfed System
Tank and Pump Located at Top of on chilled-water piping, with a conductivity (k) of
System) 0.22 (32) at a 50F (10C) mean temperature and a
the cooler. Another desirable item is a time vapor barrier jacketor equal. All valves and piping,
switch that can be used to operate the plant
including the branch to the fixture, should be insu-
during periods of building occupancy.
lated. The waste piping from the drinking fountain,
Distribution Piping System including the trap, should be insulated. This insula-
The distribution piping delivers chilled water to the tion is the same as is recommended for use on cold
drinking fountains. Systems can be upfeed as shown water lines.
in Figure 12-15 or downfeed as shown in Figure 12- Drinking Fountains
16. The piping can be galvanized steel, copper, or Any standard drinking fountain can be used on a
brass designed for a working pressure of 125 psig central drinking water system. Drinking fountains
(861 kPa). typically are made of vitreous china or stainless steel.
Drinking Water Coolers and Central However, the automatic volume or stream regulator
Systems provided with the fountain must be capable of provid-
The makeup cold water lines are made of the same ing a constant stream height from the bubbler with
material as the distribution piping. When the water inlet pressures up to 125 psig (861 kPa). (See Figures
supply has objectionable characteristics, such as high 12-17 and 12-18.)
iron or calcium content, or contains odoriferous gases
System Design
in solution, a filter should be installed in the makeup
water line. Refrigeration
Insulation is necessary on all the distribution pip- For an office building, a usage load of 5 gph (19 L/h)
ing and the storage tanks. The insulation should be per fountain for an average corridor and office is
L/s) per branch or the gpm (L/s) Btu/h (W) 636 (186) 850 (249) 1272 (373) 1908 (559) 2545 (746)
necessary to limit the tempera-
ture rise of the circulatory water Table 12-6 Circulating Pump Capacity
to 5F (2.8C), whichever is greater. Table 12-6 lists Pipe Size, Room Temperature, F (C)
the circulating pump capacity needed to limit the in. (mm) 70 (21.1) 80 (26.7) 90 (32.2)
temperature rise of the circulated water to 5F (2.8C). (13) 8.0 (99) 11.1 (138) 14.3 (177)
If a separate pump is used to circulate water between (19) 8.4 (104) 11.8 (146) 15.2 (188)
the evaporator and the storage tank, the energy input 1 (25) 9.1 (113) 12.8 (159) 16.5 (205)
to this pump must be included in the heat gain. 1 (32) 10.4 (129) 14.6 (181) 18.7 (232)
1 (38) 11.2 (139) 15.7 (195) 20.2 (250)
Storage Tank Notes
The storage tanks capacity should be at least 50 1. Capacities are in gph per 100 ft (L/h per 100 m) of pipe including all branch
percent of the hourly usage. The hourly usage may lines necessary to circulate to limit temperature rise to 5F (2.8C) [water at
45F (7.2C)].
be selected from Table 12-2. 2. Add 20% for a safety factor. For pump head, figure longest branch only. Install
pump on the return line to discharge into the cooling unit. Makeup connection
should be between the pump and the cooling unit.
and distribution piping to the risers. Then, the Standards, codes, and
heat gains in the piping system are (from Table regulations
12-4): Whether a self-contained (unitary) cooler or a central
Risers: (120 feet) (490 Btu/100 feet) (2 risers) = 1,189 Btuh (349 W) chilled water system, most mechanical installations
Distribution mains: (90 feet) (490 Btu/100 feet) = 440 Btuh (129 W) are subject to regulation by local codes. They must
Return riser: (330 feet) (490 Btu/100 feet) = 1,620 Btuh (475 W) comply with one or more plumbing, refrigeration,
Total piping heat gain = 3,249 Btuh (953 W)
electrical, and accessibility codes. The majority of
The water that must be cooled and circulated is such local codes is based on guide codes prepared by
at a minimum of 3 gpm (11.4 L/h) per riser, or a associations of nationally recognized experts.
total of 6 gpm (22.7 L/h). Municipalities choose one of these model codes and
6. Refrigeration load due to circulating pump modify it to suit local conditions. For this reason, it
input: The pump head can be determined from is important to refer to the code used in the locality
data given in Table 12-7 and Figure 12-15. The and the authority having jurisdiction.
results of the calculations are given in Table Local refrigeration codes vary considerably. The
12-8, with the indicated pumping requirements Uniform Building Code sets up guide regulations
being 6 gpm (22.7 L/h) at a 25.77-foot (7.85-m) pertaining to the installation of refrigeration equip-
head. Data from one manufacturer indicates ment. It is similar in most requirements to ANSI/
that a -hp (0.56-kW) motor is needed. From ASHRAE 15: Safety Standard for Refrigeration
Table 12-5, the heat input of the pump motor is Systems, with some notable exceptions. Therefore, it
1,908 Btuh (559 W). is important to carefully apply the local codes in the
7. Refrigeration load due to storage tank heat design of the refrigeration portion of chilled drinking
gain: The tank is normally sized for 50 percent water systems. Other local codes that merit a careful
of the total hourly demand. Thus, for 100 gph review are the electrical regulations as they apply to
(379 L/h), a 50-gallon (190-L) tank would be controls, disconnection switches, power wiring, and
used. This is approximately the capacity of a American Society of Mechanical Engineer (ASME)
standard 16-inch (406-mm) diameter, 60-inch requirements for tanks and piping.
(1,524-mm) long tank. Assume 1-inch (38-mm) In addition to ARI 1010 and ASHRAE 18: Methods
insulation, 45F (7.2C) water, with the tank of Testing for Rating Drinking Water Coolers with
in a 90F (32.2C) room. Assume an insulation Self-contained Mechanical Refrigeration, UL 399
conductivity of 0.13 Btuh per square foot (0.4 covers safety and sanitation requirements. Federal
W/m2). The surface area of the tank is about 24
Specification WW-P-541: Plumbing Fixtures, among
square feet (2.2 m2). Thus, the heat gain is (24)
others, usually is prescribed by government purchas-
(0.13)(90 45)=140 Btuh (41 W).
ers.
Thus, the load summary is as follows:
ANSI/NSF 61 is intended to cover specific materi-
Item Heat Gain, Btuh (W)
als or products that come into contact with drinking
Makeup water 25,000 (7,325)
water, drinking water treatment chemicals, or both.
Piping 3,240 (949)
Pump heat input 1,908 (559)
The focus of the standard is the evaluation of contami-
Storage tank 140 (41) nants or impurities imparted indirectly to drinking
Subtotal 30, 288 (8,874) water.
20 percent safety factor 6,050 (1,773) Many local plumbing codes apply directly to water
Required chiller capacity 36,338 (10,647) coolers. Primarily, these codes are directed toward
Installation eliminating any possibility of cross-connection be-
tween the potable water system and the wastewater
A supply stop should be used so that the unit may be
(or refrigerant) system. Therefore, most coolers are
serviced or replaced without having to shut down the
made with double-wall construction to eliminate the
water system. Also, the designer should consult local,
possibility of conflict with any code.
state, and federal codes for proper mounting height.
in aqueous environments and begin to excrete a slimy, The general sizing procedure contains the follow-
glue-like substance that can anchor them to many ing steps:
materials, such as metals, plastics, soil particles, 1. Fixture inventory: Itemize each and every
medical implants, and tissue, according to the Center fixture capable of liquid discharge to the grease
for Biofilm Engineering. waste piping system including, but not limited
Biofilms are cultivated on structures of various to, sinks, hoods, ware washers, floor sinks
configurations of the greatest possible surface area per and drains, and kettles. Grinder pulpers are
given volume. The structure or structures generally generally not to be discharged to bioremediation
are referred to as media. The media may be fixed systems. Review the manufacturers
(i.e., stationary relative to the device and the waste requirements for each particular system.
flow); moved by mechanical movement, such as a se- 2. Capacity calculation: Calculate the capacity (in
ries of rotating discs or small, ball-shaped elements; gallons) of liquid-retaining devices such as sinks
or moved randomly by the energy of the waste stream as follows:
flow and/or pump or aerator agitation.
The organisms inhabiting biofilms reduce the LengthWidthDepth=Capacity, in cubic
inches (cubic centimeters)
FOG to carbon dioxide and water through a process
called beta oxidation, which is a catabolic process CapacityNumber of compartments=Total
consisting of the shortening of fatty acid chains by the capacity, in cubic inches (cm3)
successive removal of two carbon fragments from the Total cubic capacity 231=Gallons (liters)
carboxyl end of the chain, according to the Diction- capacity
ary of Bioscience. Bioremediation systems utilizing
Gallons capacity0.75(fill factor) =Rated
structured biofilms are much more resistant to the
discharge, in gallons per minute (gpm) (liters
effects of biocides, detergents, and other chemicals
per second [L/s])
frequently found in kitchen effluent than systems
using planktonic application of organisms. The effi- (Note: If a 2-minute drain duration is used,
ciency of bioremediation systems in terms of disposal divide the rated discharge by two.)
depends on the total surface area of the media relative 3. Rated discharges: Fixtures such as ware washers
to the quantity of FOG separated and retained, the with a manufacturers rated water consumption
viability and species diversity of the biofilm, system or single discharge rate are calculated at the
sizing, and installation. greater rate.
4. Floor sinks and drains: Floor sinks and drains
Flow Control generally are rated at 4.0 gpm. Count the
Flow control sometimes are used with bioremedia- number of floor drains and sinks not receiving
tion systems depending on system design. When flow indirect discharges from the fixtures calculated
control devices are prescribed by the manufacturer, above and multiply by 4.0 to determine gpm
generally they are best located near the discharge of potential. Should this number exceed the total
the fixtures they serve. However, because bioreme- supply to the facility, select the smaller of the
diation systems are engineered systems, the use and two numbers.
placement of system elements are prescribed by the 5. Loading influences: Some manufacturers
manufacturer. In instances in which elements of a may prescribe multipliers for various facility
bioremediation system may be common to the plumb- characteristics such as cuisine to accommodate
ing industry, the manufacturers prescription for the anticipated increased organic content per gallon
application of those elements to the system shall pre- of calculated discharge. Refer to manufacturers
vail over common practice or code requirements. requirements for specific systems.
Installation and
Workmanship
Installation should be in accordance with the manu-
facturers requirements. Bioremediation systems
should be free of cracks, porosity, flashing, burrs,
chips, and filings or any defects that may affect per-
formance, appearance, or serviceability.
Resources
Center for Biofilm Engineering, Montana State
University.
Dictionary of Bioscience, 5th ed. New York:
McGraw-Hill.
International Association of Plumbing and
Mechanical Officials (IAPMO). 2000. Uniform
Plumbing Code.
Plumbing and Drainage Institute. PDI G101:
Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease
Interceptors With Appendix of Sizing and
Installation Data.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40.
Plumbing engineers play some part in the grand If all mothers refresh their floral arrangements
scheme of things, but they are not the green police. and flowering plants after Mothers Day, they
Their primary responsibility is serving the client that use a total of 2.8 million gallons of water. Thats
hires them to design a specific set of plumbing sys- equivalent to the amount needed to supply a
tems. However, plumbing engineers can try to educate weeks worth of water to 1,157 households.
clients and help them appreciate the immediate and 1 inch of rainfall drops 7,000 gallons, or nearly
long-term benefits of sustainable design, and as a re- 30 tons of water, on a 60 180-foot plot of land.
sult, an increasing number of projects is going green.
On average, 5070 percent of residential water is
In fact, many code authorities already require some used outdoors for watering lawns and gardens.
of the practices discussed in this chapter.
This chapter is designed to help plumbing engi- After a typical Thanksgiving dinner, 16.4 million
neers incorporate sustainable design practices in their Americans watch football. At halftime, American
designs, as well as to provide assistance in designing toilets flush 16.4 million times and use 48.5
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design million gallons of water. Using water-efficient
toilets would save 22.3 million gallons of water,
(LEED)-certified projects. These are expansive sub-
or the same amount of water needed to fill 1,476
jects with a constant growth of emerging technologies.
swimming pools.
It is up to each individual to further investigate these
concepts and technologies, as plumbing engineering The average five-minute shower uses 1525
continues its journey into this new era. gallons of water.
All benefit by increasing the efficiency of build-
Water and Sanitation
ings. Also, it is essential to make efforts to preserve
some of the natural resources that are being flushed What about underdeveloped nations?
away every day. Some of these design considerations An estimated 2.6 billion people lack adequate
are mandated by federal law. Some may be legislated sanitation, and 1.1 billion people are without
in the future. Others provide immediate financial access to safe water, according to UNICEF.
benefits, and many provide health benefits. Part of Globally, more than 125 million children under
this learning process begins with some facts about five years of age live in households without
the current state of affairs to further appreciate the access to an improved drinking-water source,
need for these practices. and more than 280 million children under five
live in households without access to improved
THE BIG PICTURE sanitation facilities, according to UNICEF.
Humanity is consuming the worlds natural resources 90 percent of wastewater in developing countries
at an amazing rate. is discharged into rivers and streams without
Water Use Facts any treatment, according to World Resources
According to the American Water Works Association 2000-2001: People and Ecosystems: The Fraying
(AWWA): Web of Life.
Approximately 4,776 gallons of water are needed Diarrhea can be reduced by 26 percent when
to raise a Christmas tree. For the 35 million basic water, hygiene, and sanitation are supplied,
Christmas trees that U.S. families enjoy each according to the World Health Organization
year, a total of 167 billion gallons of water is (WHO).
consumed.
256 ASPE Plumbing Engineering Design HandbookVolume 4
How Can LEED Help? the scorecard, a project narrative, and documentation
LEED stands for Leadership in Energy and Environ- for each prerequisite and credit.
mental Design. A LEED AP is a LEED Accredited The LEED Rating System
Professional. The LEED rating system covers different types of
The LEED certification process encourages a buildings and construction, which are differentiated
whole-building approach. This promotes and guides under the following LEED categories:
a collaborative approach toward integrated design
LEED-NC: LEED for New Construction and
and construction process. It includes a rating system
Major Renovations
that includes new construction, existing building
renovations, core and shell, commercial interiors, LEED-EB: LEED for Existing Buildings:
and residential projects. It is expanding to encompass Operations and Maintenance
other categories, such as neighborhood development, LEED-CI: LEED for Commercial Interiors
as needs are identified. LEED helps plumbing engi-
LEED-CS: LEED for Core and Shell
neers design systems that optimize environmental
and economic factors, increasing efficiency in these LEED-H: LEED for Homes
areas. LEED-SC: LEED for Schools
LEED also provides recognition of quality build-
LEED for Homes
ings and environmental stewardship through:
LEED for Healthcare
Third-party validation of achievement
LEED for Neighborhood Development (in pilot
Federal, state, and local government incentives
in 2008)
Contributing to a growing knowledge base
LEED for Retail (in pilot in 2008)
LEED certification plaques to mount on
For the latest information on LEED categories, go
buildings
to www.usgbc.org.
Official certificates The program offers a total of 69 possible points
Marketing exposure via the USGBC website, to achieve certification. The four levels of LEED
case studies, and media announcements certification are:
Certified: 2632 points
The LEED Certification Process
The LEED certification process is essentially a three- Silver: 3338 points
step process: Gold: 3951 points
1. Project registration Platinum: 52 or more points
2. Technical support Note that the certification levels are subject to
3. Building certification change and reflect the current system. For instance,
LEED for Schools has a total of 79 points. Always
The project team can register a building at www. double-check which system and version applies to
leedbuilding.org. Someone on the team must be each particular project.
committed to overseeing the certification process. A The LEED program is broken into six catego-
LEED Accredited Professional would be ideal, but is ries:
not required.
After the project is registered, the team is entitled 1. Sustainable Sites
to two free credit interpretation rulings (CIRs). Any- 2. Water Efficiency
one on the team can search and view previous CIRs 3. Energy and Atmosphere
on the USGBC website.
A review process starts 14 days after submittal. 4. Materials and Resources
When the application is returned to the team leader, 5. Indoor Environmental Quality
the team has a maximum of 30 days to correct appli- 6. Innovation and Design Process
cation deficiencies and resubmit. The USGBC then
performs a final review, concluding with a certification Some of these credits are directly related to water
score. If problems with the application still exist, the use reduction, and some are related to other aspects
client or design team must appeal within 30 days. The of plumbing systems. Among those that are directly
USGBC then has another 30 days to respond. related to reduced water consumption are:
For the final submittal, the following items must be Water Efficiency (WE) Credit 1.1: Water
sent in a three-ring binder: a copy of the application, Efficient Landscaping: Reduce by 50 Percent
WE Credit 1.2: Water Efficient Landscaping: No Perceived high cost of LEED documentation
Potable Water Use or No Irrigation Design and construction costs
WE Credit 2: Innovative Wastewater Resistance to change
Technologies
Lack of financial resources
WE Credit 3.1: Water Use Reduction, 20 Percent
Reduction Domestic Water Use
WE Credit 3.2: Water Use Reduction, 30 Percent Reduction for irrigation
Reduction Credits WE 1.1 and WE 1.2 are related to irrigation.
Sustainable Sites (SS) Credit 6.1: Storm Water A building can receive one point if the project team
Design: Quantity Control demonstrates that the domestic water required for
irrigation and landscaping was reduced by 50 percent.
SS Control 6.2: Storm Water Design: Quality
Control By eliminating domestic water use for landscaping al-
together, the building receives an additional point.
Innovation and Design (ID) Credit 1: Innovation How to accomplish this? Methods for earning these
in Design credits include many deign choices, such as:
ID Credit 1 may be applied to water management Utilizing plantings that do not require watering
design or may be related to some other aspect, such other than the rain that they receive naturally
as reduced energy consumption in plumbing sys-
Using rainwater to sustain the landscaping
tems. Other applicable credits that may be obtained
in plumbing system design include those relating Capturing and reusing various wastewater from
to energy savings, third-party Commissioning, and the building, such as condensate waste, for
recycled materials. This chapter focuses primarily on landscaping needs
credits relating to water use reduction and wastewa-
ter management. Domestic Water Use
Reduction for Fixtures
Real Life Financial Benefits The water reduction credits related to plumbing
Increased sustainability in plumbing system designs fixture specifications are WE 3.1 and WE 3.2. The
can have direct financial rewards. It is estimated project team must demonstrate that the domestic
that construction costs may increase 3 percent for water required for plumbing fixtures was reduced by
a LEED-certified building. In fact, the construction 20 percent to qualify for one point. The total domestic
cost of a typical office building has been shown to be water used for fixtures must be reduced by 30 percent
about 2 percent of the total lifetime cost, assuming to qualify for an additional point.
a 20-year lifespan, and about 5 percent for operation Low-flow Fixtures
and maintenance, whereas the people inhabiting the A number of low-consumption fixtures facilitate this
building may account for as much as 92 percent of task. Specifying these fixtures in lieu of conventional
the total cost through salaries and benefits. fixtures can easily accomplish this objective for most
Some of the ways that sustainable design practices projects. The standards used as the reference, or
can provide tangible financial benefits are through baseline, are per the requirements of the Energy
reduced operating costs and reduced maintenance Policy Act of 1992. This includes 1.6-gallon-per-flush
costs: (gpf) toilets, 1.0-gpf urinals, 2.5-gallon-per-minute
Higher valuation of the building: The rule of (gpm) faucets, and 2.5-gpm showerheads. Note that
thumb is to divide the reduction in annual flush fixtures are rated in gpf, and flow fixtures are
operating costs by 10 percent to get the rated in gpm. These fixture types have different
increased value of the building, which may be up characteristics and need to be addressed relative to
to $4 in increased valuation for every $1 spent. their functionality.
Higher visibility and marketability Some of the reduced-consumption fixtures in-
clude:
Reduced insurance and risk of liability:
Improved health of occupants, greater occupant 1.28-gpf toilets
satisfaction, improved performance of occupants, 0.5-gpf urinals
reduced absenteeism, lower environmental
impacts, and streamlined regulatory approvals 0.125-gpf urinals
2.0-gpm, 1.8-gpm, 1.5-gpm, and even 1.0-gpm shall be provided for irrigation and cooling use.
showerheads Provide a collection tank, circulating pump, and
Which fixtures are best? It depends on the project. point of connection for landscaping, coordinating
This is a decision that must be made by the plumbing with the landscape and heating, ventilating, and
designer in conjunction with the architect, taking air-conditioning (HVAC) contractors. Recovery
into consideration the needs of the owner. Some of and delivery systems should include redundant
the considerations may be site-specific. For instance, tanks and other equipment to facilitate cleaning
waterless urinals may be a good choice for areas that and maintenance. Domestic water makeup also
have little or no water supply. 0.125-gpf urinals may should be included for emergency use and when
be more appropriate for other projects. supplementary water is required. Excess water
Another water-saving technique is vacuum- production from Level 1 shall be conveyed to
operated waste transport systems. They are used on Level 2.
cruise ships and in some prisons. The water closets Level 2: Low-level potable systems: Level 2
require only 0.5 gpf, but additional energy is required systems shall collect water from graywater
to operate the vacuum pumping systems. This drain- processing, as well as from Level 1 production
age system relies on a mechanical device requiring surpluses. Each system should include
power to operate, which adds another potential weak redundant tanks and other equipment to
point to the system. facilitate cleaning and maintenance. Domestic
water makeup also should be included for
Wastewater Management emergency use and when supplementary water
Wastewater management must be part of a total is required. Each graywater system shall include
sustainable building strategy. This must include con- filters, an ultraviolet (UV) system, tanks,
sideration for environmental aspects relative to waste. pumps, etc., all of which must be indicated on
The quality, quantity, and classification of wasted mat- the plumbing drawings. The graywater reuse
ter must be taken into
account. The wastewater
Table 14-1 Treatment Stages for Water Reuse
expelled from build-
Level 1 Components
ings is a combination
Nonpotable systems needing limited treatment
of biodegradable waste, Catchment flushing Screen
reusable waste, storm Large contaminate removal First Flush
water runoff, and non- Sediment filtration Vortex/Centrifugal
degradable waste. The Level 2 Components
biodegradable waste can Low-level potable systems Everything above
be considered a source All of the previous steps Cartridge filters
Treatment for odor control Automated sand filters
of nutrients that can Increased level of filtration Ultraviolet (UV) light
go back into nature by Limited treatment for disease-causing pathogens Ozone
bioremediation methods. Level 3 Components
Many non-degradable Potable water for human consumption Everything above
wastes can be recycled. All of the previous steps Membrane filtration
Some by-products may Automated system testing of pre-potable incoming water Reverse osmosis (RO)
require handling as Increased level of filtration Nanofiltration
Increased level of disinfection processes Chlorination as required
hazardous materials. Automated system of testing the water after treatment
Storm water runoff can to confirm water quality meets the standards for human
be recycled and used to consumption
reduce domestic water Level 4 Components
consumption. Black water for nonpotable systems Everything above.
Wastewater reclama- All of the previous steps Manmade wetlands
Bio-remediation with membrane system and air injectors Additional filtration
tion and reuse systems Post-recovery filtration similar to Level 3: RO, O3, UL, etc. Additional testing and monitoring.
can be categorized into Additional testing with strict manual and electronic monitoring 24-hour technician on site
levels (see Table 14-1). Biosludge disposal 24-hour technician on site
On-site technician, 24/7 Proper disposal plan and systems
Level 1: Nonpotable
Level 5 Components
systems needing
Black water for potable systems Everything above
limited treatment: All of the previous steps Additional filtration
Rainwater and Additional filtration similar to Level 3: RO, O3, UL, etc. Additional testing and monitoring
condensate waste Additional testing with strict manual and electronic monitoring Proper disposal plan and systems
collection systems On-site technician, 24/7
fixtures may return their waste to a black water captured water may be used for irrigation, flushing
treatment system. This type of system typically toilets, cooling tower makeup, or other uses. Various
treats suspended solids, odors, and bacteria in filtration methods may be necessary, depending on
water to be reused for toilet flushing. the final use of the water. Ideally, the storage tanks
Level 3: Potable water for human consumption: should be elevated, such as on the top floor of the
Level 3 consists of both public domestic water building, to reduce or eliminate pumping require-
and water from Level 1 and Level 2 systems, ments. Remember that tanks store water, but also
with additional treatment. Water shall be can store pressure by permitting the stored water to
collected from the public water utility, as well as flow by gravity. Static head increases with height. If
from Level 1 and Level 2 production surpluses. the building is high enough to require multiple water
The Level 1 and 2 water must be processed with pressure zones, multiple tanks can be located at vary-
UV, reverse osmosis (RO), ozone, and filtering ing levels, possibly with one tank cascading down to
systems similar to Level 2, but monitored to another. As with all aspects of design, the approach
EPA or National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) must be customized relative to each individual proj-
standards or local equivalents. Each system shall ect. Figure 14-1 shows a typical small cistern system
include filters, a UV or similar system, tanks, diagram.
pumps, etc., all of which must be indicated on Many jurisdictions require rainwater detention to
the plumbing drawings. control the release rate into the sewer systems. Many
municipal systems are overloaded and cannot process
Level 4: Black water for
nonpotable systems: Level 4
includes water not meant for
human consumption without
further processing. It can be
used for toilet flushing and
laundry facilities. This system
must include redundancy.
Water shall be collected from
the graywater system, as well
as from Level 1 and Level 2
production surpluses. Each
system shall be provided with
emergency domestic water
makeup. Each system shall
include filters, a UV system,
tanks, pumps, etc., all of which
must be indicated on the
plumbing drawings.
Level 5: Black water for
potable systems: Level 5
includes water not meant
for human consumption or Figure 14-1 Typical Small Rainwater Cistern System Diagram
contact without additional
treatment. It consists of black water that has the storm water entering the system during times of
been collected and treated. Each system shall significant rain events. Some cities have combined
include membrane filters, bio-chambers, a UV storm and sanitary sewer systems, which can make
system, tanks, pumps, etc., as indicated on the problem even worse. One of the causes of this
the plumbing drawings. Sludge accumulation problem is increased impermeable surface features
shall be conveyed to a suitable site for further due to increased density, a result of urban sprawl. This
processing and disposal, based on analysis of effect can be reduced through the use of green roofs,
sludge components. permeable paving materials, storm water detention,
and other innovative approaches.
Rainwater Capture and Reuse Table 14-2 outlines some types of treatment for
Rainwater reuse can help earn more than one credit: rainwater systems. Many options are available,
water use reduction, innovative wastewater, storm for different purposes. Most systems require some
water management, and innovation in design. The combination of these treatment options. Table 14-3
compares the cost, maintenance, and effectiveness of Figure 14-2 and Table 14-5 compare the two types of
these filtration and disinfection methods. wastewater.
Storage Tanks Wastes from dishwashers and kitchen sinks can
Storage tanks come in many shapes, sizes, and mate- be piped to automatic grease separators. These
rials. They can be located below grade, above grade, separators automatically siphon off the fats, oils,
near the roof, or in many other locations. Table 14-4 and greases, which can be used for bio-diesel fuel.
compares the different storage tank options for rain- The remaining wastewater then is processed as black
water collection. water. Its a good idea to locate these facilities on the
truck dock or another location that provides plenty
Graywater and Black Water of external venting to reduce odors indoors.
About 68 percent of household wastewater is graywa-
Biosolids Technology
ter. The other approximately 32 percent is black water.
Biosolids can be a by-product of graywater, but they
primarily come from blackwater processing. Biosolids
plied to the land do not threaten public health, the rial decomposes, oxygen filters through the compost
EPA created 40 CFR Part 503.This rule categorizes site, releasing water, heat, and carbon dioxide. This
biosolids as Class A or B depending on the level of process helps dry the organic material, while the
pathogenic organisms in the material and describes generated heat increases the rate of decomposition
specific processes to reduce pathogens to these lev- and kills pathogens.
els.The rule also requires vector attraction reduction Heat dryingThis process applies direct or indirect
(VAR)reducing the potential for spreading of infec- heat to reduce the moisture in biosolids. It eliminates
tious disease agents by vectors (i.e., flies, rodents, and pathogens, reduces volume, and results in a product
birds)and spells out specific management practices, that can be used as a fertilizer or soil amendment.Be-
monitoring frequencies, recordkeeping, and reporting cause dryers produce a 90 percent dry material,
requirements.Incineration of biosolids also is covered additional VAR is not required.
in the regulation.
Class A biosolids contain minute levels of patho- Digestion In autothermal thermophilic aerobic
gens.To achieve Class A certification, biosolids must digestion (ATAD) systems, biosolids are heated from
undergo heating, composting, digestion, or increased 131F to 140F (55C to 60C) and aerated for about 10
pH that reduces pathogens to below detectable levels. days. This autothermal process generates its own heat
Some treatment processes change the composition of and reduces volume. The result is a high-quality Class
the biosolids to a pellet or granular substance, which A product acceptable for reuse as a liquid fertilizer.
can be used as a commercial fertilizer. Once these Pasteurization Pasteurization produces a Class A
goals are achieved, Class A biosolids can be applied to material when the biosolids are heated to at least
land without any pathogen-related restrictions at the 158F (70C) for 30 minutes. This extreme heat kills
site. Class A biosolids can be bagged and marketed to pathogens in the organic matter. When followed by
the public for application on lawns and gardens. anaerobic digestion, the VAR is attained, and the bio-
Class B biosolids have less stringent standards solids can be applied to land with minimal restrictions.
for treatment and contain small but compliant The majority of the energy used in the pasteuriza-
amounts of bacteria. Class B requirements ensure tion process is recovered with an innovative heat
that pathogens in biosolids have been reduced to exchanger system and used to maintain the proper
levels that protect public health and the environment temperature in downstream anaerobic digesters.
and include certain restrictions for crop harvesting,
Class B Technologies
grazing animals, and public contact for all forms of
The EPA regulations list a number of technologies,
Class B biosolids. As is true of their Class A counter-
which, under certain operating conditions, can treat
part, Class B biosolids are treated in a wastewater
and reduce pathogens so that the material qualifies
treatment facility and undergo heating, composting,
as Class B biosolids. These processes are known as
digestion, or increased pH processes before leaving the
processes that can significantly reduce pathogens, or
plant. This semi-solid material can receive further
PSRP. Class B technologies include anaerobic diges-
treatment when exposed to the natural environment
tion, aerobic digestion, composting, air-drying, and
as a fertilizer, where heat, wind, and soil microbes
lime stabilization.
naturally stabilize the biosolids.
The biosolids rule spells out specific treatment Digestion Several EPA-approved stabilization
processes and treatment conditions that must be met technologies are available for anaerobic and aerobic
for both A or B classifications. digestion, including:
Class A Technologies Heaters, heat exchangers, digester covers, gas,
Technologies that can meet Class A standards include and hydraulic mixing systems, all important
thermal treatment methods such as composting, heat components in conventional anaerobic digestion
drying, heat treatment, thermophilic (heat generat- systems
ing) aerobic digestion, and pasteurization. Class A Temperature-phased anaerobic digestion
technologies are known as PFRP, or processes that (TPAD) systems, which optimize anaerobic
can further reduce pathogens. The technologies must digestion through a heat recovery system that
process the biosolids for a specific length of time at a pre-heats raw material and simultaneously cools
specific temperature. the digested biosolids
Composting This is an environmentally friendly Membrane gas storage systems, which include
way to recycle the nutrients and organic matter an expandable membrane cover that provides
found in wastewater solids. Composting systems variable digester gas storage, optimizes digester
turn wastewater biosolids, sawdust, yard waste, and gas utilization for heating and electrical
wood chips into high-quality compost.As the mate- generation, and increases storage capacity
Hydraulic mixers, which use a multi-port with several factors, including incoming water tem-
discharge valve to greatly improve biosolids perature and return temperature. These factors apply
mixing in the digestion process to all types of heaters, but the numbers typically are
Air diffusers and aerators, which can jaded. Thus, it might be reasonable to assume that
be incorporated in any aerobic digester the system is still 14 percent more efficient. Using
configuration low-flow fixtures, with their related reduced hot wa-
ter consumption, saves as much as 40 percent of the
Lime stabilization Adding lime can stabilize biosol-
energy required to heat the domestic hot water.
ids by raising the pH and temperature. While adding
The expected energy savings can be calculated
sufficient amounts of lime to wastewater solids pro-
using gallon-per-day (gpd) figures and extrapolating
duces Class B biosolids, adding higher amounts yields
an estimated savings. These numbers, combined with
Class A biosolids. Combining low amounts of lime
energy consumption and reduction figures for other
with anoxic storage also can yield Class A biosolids.
aspects of the building, can indicate the percentage
Energy Requirements of total energy saved. These savings may be applied
Rainwater and condensate collection systems use to LEED Energy and Atmosphere credits.
minimal electrical power. Graywater systems for a High efficiency does not always come from high-
large project may be estimated to require up to 10,000 efficiency equipment alone. The efficacy must be
kilowatt-hours per year. Blackwater systems for the considered relative to the application. 98 percent ef-
same project may be estimated to require as much ficient water heaters do not necessarily save energy
as 20,000 kilowatt-hours per year. These numbers on every system. All designs require an integrated
are subject to the building systems for the particular approach and a balance of the correct elements rela-
project and vary greatly from project to project. tive to the needs of the project and the goals of the
As an example, the power consumption ratios of a client.
typical bioremediation system may consists of:
Solar Water Heating
38 percent for membrane aeration blowers
Solar water heating is an excellent way to reduce
35 percent for other blowers energy consumption. The average solar system for a
16 percent for recirculation pumps typical home (see Figure 14-3) can save about two-
5 percent for process pumps thirds of the homes yearly cost for providing domestic
SOLAR
Energy Efficiency 5
RADIATION
and Energy-Saving
Strategies 1 6
Energy consumption within plumbing
systems can be reduced using several
methods, such as variable-frequency drive
domestic booster pump systems. The en-
ergy savings are difficult to define precisely
and vary for every project.
Water heaters offer a potential area for
energy savings, as plumbing engineers are
specifying more high-efficiency equipment
LEGEND
these days. If required to specify a mini-
mum efficiency of 84 percent for gas-fired 1. SOLAR COLLECTORS 5. WATER SUPPLY
boilers, specifying 98 percent efficient 2. TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE 6. AUXILLARY HEAT SOURCE
units can save 14 percent of energy costs, RELIEF VALVE 7. TO BUILDING
theoretically. 3. STORAGE TANK
One problem in quantifying these sav- 4. HEAT EXCHANGER
ings lies in the fact that efficiencies vary Figure 14-3 Simple Solar Domestic Water Heater Diagram
Geothermal Systems
Geothermal energy can be used for homes, as well as
industrial and commercial buildings. They even are
used by some utility companies to generate steam to
spin turbines, creating electrical power for munici-
palities. They can be used for radiant heat, as well
as radiant cooling.
Refer to other Plumbing Engineering Design
Handbook chapters for additional information, includ-
ing Volume 4, Chapter 10: Water Treatment, as well
as the resources listed at the end of this chapter.
RESOURCES
LEED Green Building Rating System: www.
leedbuilding.org
U.S. Green Building Council: www.usgbc.org
American Water Works Association: www.awwa.org
American Rainwater Catchment Systems
Association: www.arcsa.org
Water for People: www.waterforpeople.org
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: www.epa.
gov
Texas Manual on Rainwater Harvesting, Third
Edition. Texas Water Development Board, 2005.
ABS. See acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) ACI (American Concrete Institute), 2005 V2:64, 2008
abs, ABS (absolute), 2004 V1:14 V4:252
absolute (abs, ABS), 2004 V1:14 acid absorbers in ion exchange, 2008 V4:197
absolute pressure acid-containing inhibitors, 2005 V2:218
Boyles law, 2008 V4:233234 acid dilution tanks, 2008 V4:197
defined, 2004 V1:17, 2007 V3:166, 169, 2008 V4:177 acid feed pumps, 2007 V3:125126
formulas, 2008 V4:169170 acid fumes, 2007 V3:46
in vacuums, 2005 V2:176 acid manholes, 2007 V3:223
absolute temperature, 2004 V1:17, 2007 V3:166 acid neutralization, 2007 V3:4345, 84
absolute zero, 2004 V1:17 acid-neutralization tanks, 2007 V3:4445
absorber area, defined, 2007 V3:183 acid pickling, 2008 V4:59
absorber (plate), defined, 2007 V3:183 acid radicals, 2005 V2:199
absorphan (carbon filtration). See activated carbon acid regenerants, 2005 V2:209, 216, 217
filtration (absorphan) acid resins, 2005 V2:210
absorptance, defined, 2007 V3:183 acid-resistant fixtures, 2008 V4:12
absorption acid-resistant floor drains, 2005 V2:15
air drying, 2007 V3:172 acid-resistant glass foam insulation, 2008 V4:107
defined, 2004 V1:17, 2008 V4:220 acid-resistant piping, 2005 V2:13, 249
rates for soils, 2007 V3:91 acid-resistant sinks, 2007 V3:41
trenches. See soil-absorption sewage systems acid vents (AV), 2004 V1:8, 17
absorptive silencers, 2007 V3:171 acid-waste systems
ac, AC (alternating current), 2004 V1:14 acid-waste treatment, 2005 V2:244245
AC (air chambers). See air chambers (AC) continuous systems, 2005 V2:246
AC-DC rectifiers, 2004 V1:150, 151 health and safety concerns, 2005 V2:239240
acc (accumulate or accumulators), 2004 V1:14, 17 health care facilities, 2007 V3:4246
acceleration introduction, 2005 V2:239
earthquakes, 2004 V1:159, 160 large facilities, 2005 V2:244, 245
linear, 2004 V1:33, 35 metering, 2007 V3:45
measurements, 2004 V1:33 piping and joint material, 2005 V2:242244, 2008 V4:54
acceleration limiters, 2008 V4:134 solids interceptors, 2007 V3:4445
accelerators (dry-pipe systems), 2007 V3:8, 9 system design considerations, 2005 V2:244
accelergrams, 2004 V1:159 types of acid, 2005 V2:240242
access. See also people with disabilities acid wastes (AW), 2004 V1:8, 17, 2007 V3:4246
aboveground tank systems, 2007 V3:145 acidity
bioremediation pretreatment systems, 2008 V4:252 in corrosion rates, 2004 V1:145
clean agent gas fire containers, 2007 V3:27 pH control, 2007 V3:8485
to equipment, piping and, 2008 V4:23 in water, 2005 V2:168, 199, 202203
underground liquid fuel tanks, 2007 V3:136137 acids, defined, 2005 V2:198
access channels for pipes, 2008 V4:134 acme threads, 2004 V1:17
access doors, 2004 V1:17 acoustics in plumbing systems
access openings for pipes, 2008 V4:134 acceptable levels in buildings, 2004 V1:193
accessibility, 2004 V1:17. See also people with disabilities acoustics, defined, 2004 V1:206
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities, 2004 building material acoustic insulation, 2004 V1:193
V1:105 cork insulation, 2008 V4:149150
Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, 2004 critical problems with noise, 2008 V4:145
V1:105, 123, 2008 V4:2 design procedures, 2004 V1:198200
accessories section in specifications, 2004 V1:91 equipment selection, 2004 V1:200
accreditation of health care facilities, 2007 V3:51 flow velocity, 2004 V1:198
accumulate (acc, ACCUM), 2004 V1:14 glossary, 2004 V1:206210
accumulators (acc, ACCUM), 2004 V1:14, 17, 2008 V4:134 gurgling noises in pipes, 2005 V2:37
accuracy hangers and supports, 2008 V4:120
in measurements, 2004 V1:32 insulation and, 2008 V4:105, 115
of pressure-regulating valves, 2005 V2:67 introduction, 2004 V1:193
ACEC (American Consulting Engineers Council), 2004 neoprene vibration control, 2008 V4:149150
V1:62 noise and vibration control, 2004 V1:199200
acetylene, 2005 V2:126 occupied domestic spaces, 2004 V1:196
acfh (actual cfh), 2005 V2:131 pipe sleeves and, 2004 V1:201
acfm (actual cubic feet per minute) pressure and, 2004 V1:200
defined, 2007 V3:76, 169 pumps, 2004 V1:196198, 201202
medical air compressors, 2007 V3:62, 63 ratings for fixtures and appliances, 2004 V1:194195,
medical vacuum systems, 2007 V3:6465 198
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:177178 silencers on vacuum systems, 2005 V2:189
sound power levels, 2004 V1:194 ADAAG Review Federal Advisory Committee, 2004 V1:123
system design, 2004 V1:200206 adapter fittings, 2004 V1:17
system layout, 2004 V1:202 addenda in contract documents, 2004 V1:6263
transmission in pipes, 2005 V2:14 addresses of organizations and associations, 2004 V1:58
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:184 59
vibration isolation, 2004 V1:202206 adiabatic processes, 2007 V3:165
water hammer, 2004 V1:198, 201, 2005 V2:7982 adjustable, defined, 2008 V4:134
water piping design, 2004 V1:195196 adjustable diverter plate, fountains, 2007 V3:103
acoustics in swimming pools, 2007 V3:107 adjustment devices, 2008 V4:134
acquisition costs adjustment section in specifications, 2004 V1:71, 92
acquisition prices defined, 2004 V1:222 administrative and operation costs in value engineering.
base acquisition costs, 2004 V1:223 See overhead
ACR/MED pipes, 2008 V4:31 administrative authorities, 2004 V1:17
ACR piping, 2008 V4:31 admiralty brass, 2004 V1:144
acres, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 adp, ADP (apparatus dew points), 2004 V1:14
acrylic fixtures, 2008 V4:2 adsorption, 2007 V3:172, 2008 V4:220
acrylic insulation jackets, 2008 V4:108 adult-sized wheelchairs, dimensions, 2004 V1:108. See also
acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber (ABR), 2007 V3:147 wheelchairs
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) Advanced Chem, 2008 V4:224
defined, 2004 V1:17 advanced oxidation water treatment, 2005 V2:228
fixtures, 2008 V4:2 aerated lagoons, 2007 V3:88
insulation jackets, 2008 V4:108 aeration, 2004 V1:17, 2008 V4:196197
pipe characteristics, 2008 V4:4950, 54 aeration cells, 2004 V1:151
piping, 2005 V2:13, 14, 50, 2007 V3:49 aerators
stress and strain figures, 2008 V4:228229 aeration treatment, 2005 V2:208, 228
thermal expansion or contraction, 2008 V4:227 lavatories and sinks, 2007 V3:35
activated alumina air dryers, 2007 V3:172 sovent aerators, 2005 V2:17
activated alumina water treatment, 2005 V2:228, 2008 aerobic bioremediation, 2008 V4:249
V4:187 aerobic, defined, 2004 V1:17
activated carbon filtration (absorphan) aerobic digestion, biosolids, 2008 V4:263
in gray-water systems, 2005 V2:30 aerobic wastewater treatment plants, 2005 V2:157158
in gray-water treatment, 2005 V2:31 AFF (above-finished floor), 2004 V1:14
illustrated, 2005 V2:215 AFFF foam concentrates, 2007 V3:25
overview, 2005 V2:211214 after cold pull elevation, 2008 V4:134
pure-water systems, 2005 V2:231232 after-coolers
RO treatments, 2008 V4:219 air compressors, 2007 V3:171
small water systems, 2005 V2:228 air dryers and, 2007 V3:175
water problems, 2008 V4:187 medical air compressors, 2007 V3:63
well water, 2005 V2:168 after-filters, 2007 V3:171
Activated Carbon Process for Treatment of Wastewater aftercooling, defined, 2007 V3:166
Containing Hexavalent Chromium (EPA 600/2-79- AGA (American Gas Association)
130), 2007 V3:88 defined, 2004 V1:17
activated sludge systems, 2007 V3:88 relief valve standards, 2005 V2:116
active controls, cross-connections, 2008 V4:173175 water heating standards, 2005 V2:124
active, defined, 2004 V1:151 age of water mains, 2007 V3:6
active potential, defined, 2004 V1:151 age-related disabilities, 2004 V1:107
active sludge, 2004 V1:17 agglomeration, 2008 V4:157
Active Solar Energy System Design Practice Manual, 2007 aggressiveness index, 2005 V2:208
V3:194 aging disabilities, 2004 V1:107
active solar systems, 2007 V3:185 aging water mains, 2007 V3:6
active verbs in function analysis, 2004 V1:224, 225 agitators in kill tanks, 2005 V2:252
activities in FAST approach, 2004 V1:231 agreement documents, 2004 V1:62
actual cfh (acfh), 2005 V2:131 agreement states, 2005 V2:248
actual cubic feet per minute. See acfm (actual cubic feet AHJ. See authorities having jurisdiction
per minute) ahp, AHP (air horsepower), 2004 V1:14
actual flow rates, 2007 V3:4, 202 AHU (air-handling units), 2004 V1:14
actual liters per minute (aL/min), 2007 V3:6465, 169 AI (aggressiveness index), 2005 V2:208
actual pressure. See static pressure (SP) AIA (American Institute of Architects). See American
ACU (air-conditioning units), 2004 V1:14 Institute of Architects
ADA. See Americans with Disabilities Act air
ADAAG (Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility depleted in air chambers, 2005 V2:81
Guidelines), 2004 V1:105, 106 expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:233234
free, 2004 V1:17, 2007 V3:165, 167, 169170 defined, 2004 V1:17, 2008 V4:177, 180
oil-free, 2007 V3:76 shortfalls, 2008 V4:176
in pipes, 2005 V2:2 standards, 2008 V4:172
properties, 2007 V3:165 air-gate valves, 2005 V2:189
standard, 2004 V1:1718 air-handling units (AHU), 2004 V1:14, 267
water vapor in, 2007 V3:169170 air horsepower (ahp, AHP), 2004 V1:14
air, compressed. See compressed air (A, X#, X#A) air intakes, 2007 V3:178, 2008 V4:163
air, free, 2004 V1:17, 2007 V3:165, 167, 169170 air lines
air, oil-free, 2007 V3:76 ABS pipe, 2008 V4:54
air, standard, 2004 V1:17 direct connection hazards, 2008 V4:184
air-admittance valves, 2004 V1:43, 2005 V2:46 air locks, 2004 V1:201
air-bleed vacuum controls, 2005 V2:189 air pressure, 2005 V2:176178, 2007 V3:9
air-bleed valves, 2005 V2:181 air purges in vacuum pumps, 2005 V2:182
air breaks, 2004 V1:17. See also air gaps air receivers, 2007 V3:173174
air chambers (AC) air solar systems, 2007 V3:185
defined, 2004 V1:17 air springs, 2004 V1:203, 210
symbols for, 2004 V1:10 air temperatures, swimming pools and, 2007 V3:107
water hammer arresters, 2004 V1:198, 201, 2005 air tests
V2:8081, 81 in cold-water systems, 2005 V2:103
air circuits in instrumentation, 2007 V3:165 defined, 2004 V1:18
air compressors air velocity in vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:190191
accessories, 2007 V3:171172 air vents in centralized drinking-water systems, 2008
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:170171 V4:246
dry-pipe systems, 2007 V3:9 air vessels (chambers), 2004 V1:198
medical systems, 2007 V3:62 airborne contamination, 2008 V4:213
pulsation, 2007 V3:173 aircraft cable bracing method, 2004 V1:171
selection factors, 2007 V3:178179 aircraft fuel, 2005 V2:12
sizing, 2007 V3:177179 airgaps. See air gaps
types of, 2007 V3:170171 airport runways, piping underneath, 2008 V4:120
vacuum pumps, 2005 V2:180 aL/min (actual liters per minute), 2007 V3:6465, 169
AIR COND (air conditioning). See air-conditioning alachlor levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
systems ALARA (as low as reasonably achievable), 2005 V2:248
Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI), 2004 alarm check valves, 2004 V1:13, 18, 2007 V3:67
V1:4647, 58, 2008 V4:243 alarm lines on sprinklers, 2007 V3:67
air-conditioning cooling towers. See cooling-tower water alarm relays, 2007 V3:2728
air-conditioning engineers, 2007 V3:29 alarms
air-conditioning systems (AIR COND) aboveground tank leakage, 2007 V3:146
direct water connections, 2008 V4:184 defined, 2004 V1:18, 2007 V3:76
fixture-unit values, 2005 V2:8 on bulk oxygen supply, 2007 V3:59
pipes, 2008 V4:31 on corrosive-waste systems, 2007 V3:43
symbols, 2004 V1:14 on hazardous waste systems, 2007 V3:84
waste heat usage, 2004 V1:131 on kill tanks, 2005 V2:252
water chillers, 2008 V4:237 on medical gas systems
air-conditioning units (ACU), 2004 V1:14 area alarms, 2007 V3:6768
air-consuming devices, 2007 V3:174 master alarms, 2007 V3:67
air-cooled after-coolers, 2007 V3:171 testing, 2007 V3:75
air densities, calculating, 2004 V1:5 on vacuum systems, 2005 V2:180, 182
air dryers overfill prevention, 2007 V3:137, 145
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:172173 pressurized fuel delivery systems, 2007 V3:141
deliquescent dryers, 2007 V3:174175 Alaska Earthquake, 2004 V1:161162
desiccant dryers, 2007 V3:175 Albern, W.F., 2005 V2:196
medical air compressors, 2007 V3:63 alcohol-resistant AFFF foam concentrates, 2007 V3:25
refrigerated air dryers, 2007 V3:175 algae, 2005 V2:199, 205, 2008 V4:199, 220221
selection, 2007 V3:173 alkali neutralization, 2008 V4:196
air ducts, 2007 V3:27 alkalinity
air filters after ion exchange, 2008 V4:198199
hydrophilic and hydrophobic, 2008 V4:213214 alkaline solutions in corrosion rates, 2004 V1:145
stills, 2008 V4:213214 boiler feed water, 2005 V2:226
air flow rates, 2004 V1:14 cork and, 2008 V4:149
air gaps. See also air breaks; effective openings dealkalizing treatment, 2005 V2:209210
applications, 2008 V4:185 defined, 2008 V4:221
booster pumps and, 2005 V2:73 distillation feed water, 2008 V4:212
anaerobic wastewater treatment, 2007 V3:88 annual costs. See costs and economic concerns
anaerobic, defined, 2004 V1:18, 151 annular chambers in dry-pipe systems, 2007 V3:8
Analysis phase of value engineering, 2004 V1:213, 224. See annular spaces in wells, 2005 V2:164, 166
also Function Analysis phase in value engineering anodes
analytical grade water, 2005 V2:229 anode expected life, 2004 V1:148
anchor bolts, 2008 V4:134 anodic protection, 2004 V1:151152
anchoring equipment defined, 2004 V1:139, 151
anchorage forces in earthquakes, 2004 V1:186 galvanic series of metals, 2004 V1:141
anchors, defined, 2004 V1:191 sacrificial anodes, 2004 V1:147
fire-protection equipment, 2007 V3:27 anodic inhibitors, 2004 V1:151
illustrations of potential problems, 2004 V1:189 anodic potential (electronegative potential), 2004 V1:153
seismic protection, 2004 V1:163 anodic protection, defined, 2004 V1:151152
anchoring pipes, 2005 V2:16, 63 ANSI. See American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
anchors, defined, 2008 V4:134 anthracite coal filters, 2005 V2:168, 211
anchors for hangers and supports, 2008 V4:127131 anthropometrics for wheelchairs, 2004 V1:109
DWV stacks, 2008 V4:229 anti-cross-connection precautions, 2005 V2:35
hangers and supports, 2008 V4:125 anti-siphon ballcocks, 2008 V4:8
types of anchors, 2008 V4:6365, 123 antifreeze, 2008 V4:189190
water hammer and, 2008 V4:119 apartment buildings
anchors, defined, 2004 V1:18, 12004 V1:191, 2008 V4:134 firefighting demand flow rates, 2007 V3:216
anechoic chambers, 2004 V1:198 gas demand, 2005 V2:135, 136
anesthesia workrooms hot water demand, 2005 V2:109, 110
fixtures, 2007 V3:39 natural gas demand, 2005 V2:135
health care facilities, 2007 V3:36 numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19, 20
medical air, 2007 V3:53 water consumption, 2008 V4:208
medical gas stations, 2007 V3:52 API. See American Petroleum Institute
anesthetic gas management, 2007 V3:6667 apparatus dew points (adp, ADP), 2004 V1:14
anesthetics, 2007 V3:76 appearance functions
anesthetizing locations, 2007 V3:76 defined, 2004 V1:225
ANG (angle). See angles (ANG) in value engineering, 2004 V1:243
ANGI (angles of incidence), 2004 V1:14 appearance of pipes, 2008 V4:105, 107
angle-globe valves, 2008 V4:83 appliances. See also fixtures
angle of incidence, defined, 2007 V3:183 acoustic ratings, 2004 V1:194195, 198
angle of reflection, defined, 2007 V3:183 codes and standards, 2004 V1:4344
angle of refraction, defined, 2007 V3:183 gas control valves, 2005 V2:127
angle snubbers, 2004 V1:165 gas demand, 2005 V2:128
angle stops, 2004 V1:18 gas regulators, 2007 V3:237
angle valves (AV), 2004 V1:9, 18 Applied Polymer Science, 2008 V4:224
defined, 2008 V4:76 Applied Technology Council (ATC), 2004 V1:183, 191
resistance coefficients, 2005 V2:100 approaches to toilet compartments, 2004 V1:114
stems, 2008 V4:79 approvals
angled grates in school shower rooms, 2005 V2:11 for radioactive materials systems, 2005 V2:248
angles (ANG) for special-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:237238
measurements, 2004 V1:33 approved, defined, 2004 V1:18, 2008 V4:180
symbols, 2004 V1:14 approved testing agencies, 2004 V1:18
angles of bend, 2004 V1:18 approximate (approx., APPROX)
angles of incidence (ANGI), 2004 V1:14 approximate values, 2004 V1:32
angular acceleration measurements, 2004 V1:33 defined, 2004 V1:14
angular velocity measurements, 2004 V1:33 appurtenances, in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93,
animal research centers, 2005 V2:251, 2007 V3:52 97
animal shelters, 2005 V2:15 aquastats, 2004 V1:10
animal treatment rooms, 2007 V3:47 Aqueous Film-Forming Foam (AFFF), 2007 V3:25
anion exchange aquifers
anion exchangers defined, 2008 V4:197 defined, 2005 V2:163164
in water treatment, 2008 V4:187 formation of, 2005 V2:163
anions potentiometric surfaces, 2005 V2:165
anion resins, 2005 V2:201, 218 unconsolidated aquifers, 2005 V2:165
defined, 2004 V1:151, 2005 V2:197, 2008 V4:197, 221 Arabic numerals, 2004 V1:32
in electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144 arcades, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
in ion exchange, 2005 V2:215, 216 Architect-engineers Turf Sprinkler Manual, 2007 V3:96
in pH values, 2005 V2:239 architects supplemental instructions (ASI), 2004 V1:63
annealed temper (soft), 2008 V4:32 Architectural Barriers Act (90-480), 2004 V1:106
Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads butt-end welding, 2008 V4:80
in Buildings and Other Structures, 2004 V1:191 butt-welded standard weight pipe, 2008 V4:48
building drains butt welding
combined, 2004 V1:19 butt-weld end connections, 2004 V1:23
cross-sections of, 2005 V2:2 butt weld joints, 2004 V1:20
defined, 2004 V1:19 butt weld pipes, 2004 V1:20
flow in, 2005 V2:2 defined, 2008 V4:62
inspection checklist, 2004 V1:102103 radioactive drainage systems, 2005 V2:249
installation, 2005 V2:1415 Butterfield, C. T., 2008 V4:224
pneumatic pressure in, 2005 V2:23 Butterfly Valves, 2008 V4:85, 86, 90
sanitary. See sanitary drainage systems butterfly valves (BFV), 2004 V1:9, 20, 2005 V2:100, 2007
storm. See storm-drainage systems V3:121, 127128
Building Officials and Code Administrators International, compressed-air service, 2008 V4:86
Inc. (BOCA), 2005 V2:64, 2007 V3:134 defined, 2008 V4:73, 7677
BOCA Basic Plumbing Code, 2005 V2:64, 2007 V3:134 design details, 2008 V4:84
Building Research Establishment Environmental high-rise service, 2008 V4:90
Assessment Method, 2008 V4:256 hot and cold water supply service, 2008 V4:8586
building sewers (house drains), 2004 V1:19, 2005 V2:1415 low-pressure steam systems, 2008 V4:87
building sites. See site utilities; sites medium-pressure steam service, 2008V4:88
building storm-sewer pipe codes, 2004 V1:42 vacuum service, 2008 V4:87
building structure attachments, 2008 V4:126 butylene, 2005 V2:126
building subdrains, 2004 V1:19 BV (ball valves), 2004 V1:9, 18, 2005 V2:240
Building Systems Design, 2005 V2:196 bypass systems for water-pressure regulators, 2008 V4:81
building traps, 2004 V1:19 bypass valves, 2004 V1:20, 2008 V4:17
defined, 2005 V2:38 gate valves and, 2008 V4:75
vent sizing and, 2005 V2:4344 bypasses, 2004 V1:20, 2008 V4:221
buildings
acceptable plumbing noise levels, 2004 V1:193
building material acoustic insulation, 2004 V1:193
C
C, C (celsius), 2004 V1:14, 34
construction and fire hazards, 2007 V3:2 c (centi) prefix, 2004 V1:34
defined, 2004 V1:18 C (conductance), 2004 V1:14, 33
essential facilities, 2004 V1:191 C (coulombs), 2004 V1:33, 139
expansion, 2007 V3:50 c (curies), 2005 V2:247
minimum numbers of fixtures, 2008 V4:1821 C (specific heat). See specific heat
standard fire tests, 2007 V3:2 c to c, C TO C (center to center), 2004 V1:14
storm-drainage systems. See storm-drainage systems C-12 standard, 2008 V4:56
subdrains, 2004 V1:19 C-301 standard, 2008 V4:56
traps, 2004 V1:19 C-425 standard, 2008 V4:56
type of structure and earthquake protection, 2004 C-700 standard, 2008 V4:56
V1:167 C-828 standard, 2008 V4:56
utilities. See site utilities C-896 standard, 2008 V4:56
vibration and, 2008 V4:145 C-1091 standard, 2008 V4:56
built-in showers, 2008 V4:14 C-1208 standard, 2008 V4:56
bulk media tests, 2008 V4:56 C clamps, 2008 V4:122, 126, 129, 135
bulk oxygen systems, 2007 V3:5759 C-clamps. See C clamps
bulkhead fittings, 2007 V3:141 C/m3 (coulombs per cubic meter), 2004 V1:33
bull head tees, 2004 V1:20 CAAA (Clean Air Act Amendments), 2007 V3:134
bumpers, 2007 V3:212213 cable sway braces, 2008 V4:130, 135
Buna-N (nitrile butadiene), 2007 V3:147, 2008 V4:83, 86 cables
Bunsen burners, 2005 V2:128129 defined, 2008 V4:135
burat ochre, 2008 V4:193 earthquake protection and, 2004 V1:166
buried piping. See underground piping CABO (Council of American Building Officials), 2004
burners, defined, 2005 V2:142 V1:123
burning methane, 2004 V1:130131 cadmium, 2004 V1:141, 2008 V4:186, 187
burning rates of plastic pipe, 2008 V4:4950 cafeterias
burst pressure, 2004 V1:20 cafeteria-type water coolers, 2008 V4:239
bushels, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 drinking fountain usage, 2008 V4:245
bushings, 2004 V1:20, 2005 V2:100 calcined natural pozzolan, 2008 V4:252
businesses, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18 calcium
butadiene and acrylonitrile (Buna-N), 2008 V4:83, 86 defined, 2005 V2:200, 2008 V4:221
butane, 2005 V2:126, 143. See also fuel-gas piping systems in hardness, 2008 V4:198
butt caps on fire hydrants, 2007 V3:3 laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218
case studies of cross connections, 2008 V4:187190 CISPI 301 standard, 2008 V4:24
casings CISPI 310 standard, 2008 V4:24, 61
driven wells, 2005 V2:165 Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded
jetted wells, 2005 V2:165 Ends, 2008 V4:86, 88, 90
pumps, 2008 V4:94 cast-iron tank legs, 2004 V1:163
well casings, 2005 V2:164 Cast Iron Valves, 2008 V4:85, 87, 88, 89
Cassidy, Victor M., 2004 V1:137 Category II, III, or IV vent systems, 2004 V1:43
Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tube, 2008 cathodes
V4:32 defined, 2004 V1:139, 152
Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, galvanic series of metals, 2004 V1:141
2008 V4:32 cathodic corrosion, 2004 V1:152
Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings, 2008 cathodic inhibitors, 2004 V1:151
V4:42 cathodic potential (electropositive potential), 2004 V1:153
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings (DWV), cathodic protection
2008 V4:32 criteria, 2004 V1:150151
cast-filled acrylic fixtures, 2008 V4:2 defined, 2004 V1:20, 152
cast-filled fiberglass fixtures, 2008 V4:2 introduction, 2004 V1:139
cast glands, 2007 V3:213 liquid fuel tanks, 2007 V3:135
cast-in-place anchor bolts, 2004 V1:163 methods, 2004 V1:147151
cast iron wells, 2005 V2:172
in electromotive series, 2004 V1:144 cathodic, defined, 2004 V1:152
fixtures. See cast-iron fixtures cation exchangers
in galvanic series, 2004 V1:141 defined, 2008 V4:197
graphitization, 2004 V1:141 hydrogen-sodium ion exchange plants, 2008 V4:198
hanging rolls, 2008 V4:126 199
pipe sleeves, 2008 V4:69 water problems, 2008 V4:187
piping. See cast-iron soil pipe cations
pumps, 2007 V3:119 cation resins, 2005 V2:201, 217
stanchions, 2008 V4:126 defined, 2004 V1:152, 2005 V2:197, 2008 V4:221
stress and strain figures, 2008 V4:228229 in ion exchange, 2005 V2:215, 216, 2008 V4:197
supporting rolls, 2008 V4:126 in pH values, 2005 V2:239
thermal expansion or contraction, 2008 V4:227 caulked joints, defined, 2008 V4:61
cast-iron boiler supports, 2004 V1:162 caulking
cast-iron fixtures caulked joints on floor drains, 2005 V2:15
enameled, 2008 V4:1 defined, 2004 V1:20
in health care facilities, 2007 V3:35 drains, 2005 V2:13
standards, 2008 V4:2 pipe sleeves, 2008 V4:69
cast-iron floor drains, 2005 V2:15 causes and effects
Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends, 2008 in creativity checklist, 2004 V1:234
V4:85, 88, 90 of earthquakes, 2004 V1:156158
cast-iron piping caustic embrittlement, 2004 V1:152
bracing, 2004 V1:177 caustic soda, 2005 V2:245, 2007 V3:85. See also sodium
corrosion and, 2004 V1:150 hydroxide (lye or caustic soda)
laboratories, 2007 V3:42 caustic waste from regeneration cycle, 2005 V2:217
Manning formula and, 2007 V3:232 cavitation
natural gas, 2007 V3:239 cavitation corrosion, 2004 V1:152
radioactive materials systems and, 2005 V2:249 defined, 2004 V1:20, 152
roughness, 2005 V2:83, 86 flexible pipe connectors and, 2004 V1:200
sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:13 modifications to pump plants, 2004 V1:197
underground piping, 2005 V2:50 pressure levels and, 2004 V1:200
cast-iron soil pipe reducing noise source strength, 2004 V1:199
dimensions of hubs, spigots and barrels, 2008 V4:2527 cavitation corrosion, 2004 V1:152
gaskets, 2008 V4:60 CCS (Certified Construction Specifier), 2004 V1:72
hangers, 2008 V4:132 ccw, CCW (counterclockwise), 2004 V1:14
lead and oakum joints, 2008 V4:61 CD. See construction contract documents (CD)
shielded hubless coupling, 2008 V4:61 cd (candelas), 2004 V1:33
telescoping and laying lengths, 2008 V4:24 CD (condensate drains), 2004 V1:8
types, 2008 V4:2527 cd/m2, 2004 V1:33
Cast-iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Engineering Manual, CDA (Copper Development Association), 2004 V1:20
2005 V2:64 CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), 2005
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI), 2004 V1:20, 53, 58, V2:118
2005 V2:64 CDI (continuous deionization), 2005 V2:219220
hot and cold water supply service, 2008 V4:86 chemicals. See also names of specific chemicals
irrigation systems, 2007 V3:95 chemical characteristics of drinking water, 2005
low-pressure steam systems, 2008 V4:88 V2:227228, 228
medium-pressure steam service, 2008 V4:88 chemical control of microbes in water, 2005 V2:223
swing check and lift check valves, 2008 V4:77 chemical treatment of oil spills, 2005 V2:255256
symbols for, 2004 V1:9 emulsions, 2007 V3:87
thermal expansion compensation and, 2005 V2:116 laboratory vacuum systems, 2005 V2:182
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:189 material safety data sheets, 2007 V3:83
checklists and forms in septic tanks, 2005 V2:155156
creativity worksheets, 2004 V1:233234, 236 in special-waste effluent, 2005 V2:238
designs and drawings, 2004 V1:100102 swimming pools, 2007 V3:113114, 123127
detail/product/material specification checklist, 2004 water softeners, 2008 V4:193, 194
V1:220 chemistry of water. See water chemistry
evaluation checklists, 2004 V1:237238 The Chemistry, Technology and Physiology of Iodine in
field checklists, 2004 V1:102103 Water Disinfection, 2008 V4:224
final checklist, 2004 V1:103 Chicago
forms of agreement, 2004 V1:62 case of cross connections, 2008 V4:171
fuel systems, 2007 V3:148 city building code, 2005 V2:118
function definitions, 2004 V1:225227 children, fixtures and
functional evaluation worksheets, 2004 V1:243251 fixture heights, 2004 V1:107
general checklists for jobs, 2004 V1:99 in hot water demand classifications, 2005 V2:109
health care facility medical gas and vacuum systems, water closets, 2008 V4:5
2007 V3:5051 water coolers, 2008 V4:14
idea development and estimated cost forms, 2004 chilled drinking water recirculating (DWR), 2004 V1:8
V1:241242 chilled drinking water supply (DWS), 2004 V1:8, 265, 2007
idea evaluation worksheet, 2004 V1:243, 253 V3:37
project information checklists, 2004 V1:215220 chilled water returns (CWR), 2004 V1:8
project information sources checklists, 2004 V1:221 chilled water supply (CWS), 2004 V1:8, 2008 V4:185
recommendations worksheets, 2004 V1:258, 259 chilling systems
storage tanks, 2007 V3:150151 centralized drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:243244
using in presentations, 2004 V1:257 laser machine cross contamination case, 2008 V4:189
value engineering checklists, 2004 V1:214 chimneys
chemical cleaning connections, 2007 V3:4849 codes, 2004 V1:43
chemical coagulants defined, 2005 V2:143
in filtration, 2008 V4:201202 china fixtures, 2008 V4:1. See also ceramic fixtures
functions of, 2008 V4:196 chips in acid-neutralization tanks, 2007 V3:44, 45
mechanical clarifiers, 2008 V4:201 chloramines
chemical descaling, 2008 V4:59 in chlorination, 2008 V4:215
chemical feed pumps, 2007 V3:125126 defined, 2008 V4:199
chemical feeders, 2008 V4:184 chlordane, 2008 V4:186
chemical fumes, 2008 V4:120 chloride (Cl)
chemical oxygen demand (COD), 2008 V4:221 defined, 2008 V4:221
Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping (ANSI laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218
B3.13), 2007 V3:88 levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
chemical plants, 2007 V3:81 nanofiltration, 2008 V4:220
chemical pre-treatment with sand filters, 2008 V4:202 treating in water, 2008 V4:187
chemical pretreatment of oils, 2007 V3:87 water hardness and, 2008 V4:196
chemical reactions, hangers and supports and, 2008 chloride of lime, 2008 V4:193
V4:120 chlorides, 2004 V1:147, 2005 V2:199, 200, 216, 2008 V4:59
chemical regeneration in demineralizers, 2007 V3:48 chlorimine, 2005 V2:211
chemical-resistance testing, 2008 V4:2 chlorinated polyethylene sheet shower pans, 2008 V4:14
chemical spill emergency fixtures, 2008 V4:17 chlorinated polyvinyl-chloride (CPVC)
chemical tanks, 2008 V4:185 defined, 2004 V1:21, 2005 V2:67
chemical-waste drains industrial waste usage, 2007 V3:85
glass pipe, 2008 V4:48 pipe characteristics, 2007 V3:49, 2008 V4:4950
plastic pipes, 2008 V4:4849 pipes, 2005 V2:201, 2008 V4:5354
chemical-waste systems thermal expansion or contraction, 2008 V4:227
codes and standards, 2005 V2:252253 velocity and, 2005 V2:92
defined, 2004 V1:20 VOCs and, 2005 V2:201
design considerations, 2005 V2:253 chlorination
pipe and joint selection, 2005 V2:253 automatic chlorinators, 2008 V4:200
chemically-stabilized emulsions, 2005 V2:255 defined, 2008 V4:199201, 215
health care facilities, 2007 V3:33, 35 excess water pressure, 2005 V2:7779
hot-water systems, 2005 V2:124 glossaries, 2005 V2:67
industrial wastewater treatment, 2007 V3:8183 heat loss, 2008 V4:113
infectious and biological waste systems, 2005 V2:251 introduction, 2005 V2:67
medical gas systems, 2007 V3:76 pipe codes, 2004 V1:45
natural gas services, 2007 V3:235 pipe sizing, 2005 V2:8696, 8790
natural gas systems, 2005 V2:127 potable water systems, 2007 V3:47
NFPA standards, 2007 V3:1 references, 2005 V2:104
plumbing codes, defined, 2008 V4:178 sizing, 2005 V2:97
plumbing materials and equipment, 2004 V1:4157 testing, cleaning, and disinfection, 2005 V2:103104
plumbing standards for people with disabilities, 2004 valves for, 2008 V4:8586
V1:105106 water flow tests, 2005 V2:95
preventing Legionella growth, 2005 V2:118 water hammer, 2005 V2:7982
private water systems, 2005 V2:163 water line sizing, 2005 V2:82103
reference-based standards, 2004 V1:66 water pressure, 2008 V4:86
sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:1 water supply graph, 2007 V3:204
searching, 2007 V3:197 cold working pressure (CWP), 2008 V4:85
seismic protection, 2004 V1:171184 Colebrook formula, 2005 V2:8486
special-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:237 coliform group of bacteria, 2004 V1:21, 2008 V4:186
storm-drainage systems, 2005 V2:50 coliform organism tests, 2005 V2:104
storm sewers, 2007 V3:227 coliseums, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
sustainable design, 2008 V4:256 collective bargaining agreements, cost estimates and, 2004
swimming pools, 2007 V3:105 V1:98
vacuum-cleaning systems, 2005 V2:188 collectors (dug wells), 2005 V2:164
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:182 collectors (solar)
valves, 2008 V4:73 concentrating, 2007 V3:183, 186187
water analysis, treatment and purification, 2005 cover, defined, 2007 V3:184
V2:197, 229 defined, 2007 V3:183
water heaters, 2004 V1:129 efficiency, defined, 2007 V3:184
coefficients (coeff., COEF), 2004 V1:14 evacuated tube (vacuum tube), 2007 V3:183
coefficients of expansion (CE), 2004 V1:20, 2008 V4:69, flat-plate, 2007 V3:183, 186188
227, 233 subsystem, defined, 2007 V3:184
coefficients of hydrant discharge, 2007 V3:3, 4 tilt, defined, 2007 V3:184
coefficients of permeability (K factor), 2005 V2:166 transpired, defined, 2007 V3:184
coefficients of valve flow (Cv, Cv, CV), 2004 V1:14 trickle, defined, 2007 V3:184
coefficients of volumetric expansion, 2008 V4:233 vacuum tube, 2007 V3:183, 186
coffee sinks. See sinks and wash basins College of American Pathologists (CAP), 2005 V2:197, 229,
coffee urns, 2008 V4:184 2008 V4:218, 221
cogeneration systems, waste heat usage, 2004 V1:134 Collentro, W.V., 2005 V2:234
coherent unit systems, 2004 V1:32 colloidal particles
coils (COIL), 2004 V1:14 laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218
coke oven gas, 2005 V2:126 removing, 2005 V2:209, 2007 V3:87
cold elevation. See after cold pull elevation; design colloidal silica, 2005 V2:200
elevations colony forming units (cfus), 2005 V2:199
cold fluids color
hangers and supports for systems, 2008 V4:126 of drinking water, 2005 V2:227, 2008 V4:186
piping for, 2008 V4:125 of feed water, 2005 V2:198, 203
cold hanger location, 2008 V4:135 of gray water, 2005 V2:35
cold loads, 2008 V4:135 of soils, 2005 V2:148
cold settings, 2008 V4:135 treating in water, 2008 V4:187
cold shoes, 2008 V4:135 color codes
cold spring, 2008 V4:135 copper drainage tube, 2008 V4:41
cold water (CW), 2004 V1:8 copper pipes, 2008 V4:3031
cold-water systems medical gas codes, 2007 V3:51, 55
backflow prevention, 2005 V2:6970 medical gas tube, 2008 V4:42
booster pump systems, 2005 V2:7077 seamless copper water tube, 2008 V4:32
chilled drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:244 colored finishes, 2008 V4:135
codes and standards, 2005 V2:68 columns in ion exchange systems, 2005 V2:216
constant pressure in, 2005 V2:72 combination building water supplies, 2007 V3:210212
cross connection controls, 2005 V2:6970 combination dry-pipe and pre-action systems, 2004 V1:29,
domestic water meters, 2005 V2:6869 2007 V3:1011
examples for pipe sizing, 2005 V2:9799 combination fixtures, defined, 2004 V1:21
condensates, as feed water for distillation, 2008 V4:214 hot water system improvements, 2004 V1:127
condensation (cond, COND) insulation thickness and, 2008 V4:109113
air drying, 2007 V3:172 introduction, 2004 V1:124
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:179 nondepletable and alternate energy sources, 2004
corrosion and, 2004 V1:146 V1:130131
dew points, 2007 V3:170 off-peak power, 2004 V1:128129
earthquakes and, 2004 V1:170 reduced water flow rates, 2004 V1:126127
formation of, 2008 V4:113 references, 2004 V1:137
gray water systems, 2004 V1:267 saving utility costs, 2004 V1:128130
insulation and, 2008 V4:105 standby losses in circulating systems, 2004 V1:127
non-circulating hot water systems, 2004 V1:127 thermal insulation thickness, 2004 V1:127
protecting against, 2005 V2:16 waste heat usage, 2004 V1:131134
swimming pools, 2007 V3:107 conserving water
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 design techniques, 2004 V1:134135
vacuum piping, 2005 V2:184 domestic water supply, 2007 V3:46
condensed steam green design, 2004 V1:263267
defined, 2007 V3:153155 institutional wastewater systems, 2005 V2:157
removal, 2007 V3:157158 introduction, 2004 V1:124
condensers urinals, 2008 V4:89
centralized drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:243 water closet fixtures, 2008 V4:3
condenser system water treatments, 2005 V2:227 constant-pressure pumps, 2005 V2:72
distilled water systems, 2007 V3:48 constant support hangers and indicators, 2008 V4:135
scale deposits, 2005 V2:205 constant supports, 2008 V4:124
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 constant velocity method, 2005 V2:67, 97
waste heat reclamation, 2004 V1:132, 133 Constructed Science Research Foundation Spectext, 2004
condensing gas water heaters, 2004 V1:130 V1:71
conditioning compressed air, 2007 V3:174175, 178 construction change directives, 2004 V1:63
conditioning water. See water treatment construction contract documents (CD)
conditions in creativity checklist, 2004 V1:234 contract documents defined, 2004 V1:61
conductance (C), 2004 V1:14, 33, 2008 V4:105 defined, 2004 V1:61
conduction, defined, 2007 V3:184 overview, 2004 V1:61
conductivity cells, 2008 V4:198, 214 project manuals, 2004 V1:6263
conductivity (cndct, CNDCT, K). See also thermal value engineering clauses in, 2004 V1:258, 260
conductivity (k, K) construction costs in value engineering, 2004 V1:212
defined, 2008 V4:105, 221222 Construction Specifications Canada (CSC) Uniformat,
hangers and supports and, 2008 V4:120 2004 V1:64
insulation, 2008 V4:105 Construction Specifications Institute (CSI)
laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218 classes, 2004 V1:72
measurements, 2004 V1:33 Constructed Science Research Foundation, 2004 V1:71
mho (specific conductivity), 2005 V2:203 general conditions documents, 2004 V1:62
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 Manual of Practice, 2004 V1:61
conductivity/resistivity meters, 2008 V4:198, 212, 218 MasterFormat, 2004 V1:64
conductors MasterFormat 2004, 2004 V1:6465, 7788
defined, 2004 V1:21 MasterFormat Level Four (1995), 2004 V1:76
number of, 2004 V1:14 MasterFormat Level One (1995), 2004 V1:73
conduits MasterFormat Level Three (1995), 2004 V1:76
defined, 2004 V1:21 MasterFormat Level Two (1995), 2004 V1:7375
seismic protection, 2004 V1:155 section shell outline, 2004 V1:8892
cones Sectionformat, 2004 V1:65
calculating volume, 2004 V1:4 solar energy specifications, 2007 V3:192194
of depression, 2005 V2:165 Uniformat, 2004 V1:64, 73
Conference Generale de Poids et Measures, 2004 V1:32 web site, 2004 V1:65
confluent vents, 2004 V1:21 Consultation phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:243, 254
connected loads, defined, 2005 V2:144 consumption. See demand
connected standbys, 2007 V3:27 contact corrosion, defined, 2004 V1:152
connection strainers, 2007 V3:120 contact factors (CF), 2004 V1:14
connections section in specifications, 2004 V1:91 contact sheets, 2007 V3:197
conserving energy contact time for microbial control, 2005 V2:223
alternate energy sources, 2004 V1:130131 containment
Bernoullis equation, 2004 V1:56 biological wastes, 2005 V2:250251
domestic water temperatures, 2004 V1:124125 defined, 2008 V4:177, 181
glossary, 2004 V1:136137
Copper Tube Handbook, 2008 V4:61, 62, 235 hot-water relief valves, 2005 V2:115
Copper Development Institute, 2005 V2:104 impure water and, 2008 V4:194
copper drainage tube, 2008 V4:40, 4142 inhibitors, 2004 V1:151
copper-nickel alloys, 2004 V1:141 insulation and, 2008 V4:107
copper-phosphorous-silver brazing (BCuP), 2008 V4:42 introduction, 2004 V1:139
copper-phosphorus brazing, 2008 V4:42 oxygen and carbon dioxide, 2008 V4:196
copper piping passivation, 2004 V1:146147
aboveground piping, 2005 V2:13, 50 plastic water pipes, 2005 V2:172
bending, 2008 V4:63 predicting water deposits and corrosion, 2005 V2:206
commodity tube, 2008 V4:30 208
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:176 prevention, 2004 V1:152
conserving energy, 2004 V1:128 protection, 2007 V3:145
copper K piping, 2005 V2:183 references, 2004 V1:154
copper L piping, 2005 V2:183 sacrificial anodes, 2004 V1:148
hangers and supports, 2008 V4:67 soldering and, 2008 V4:62
Legionella control and, 2005 V2:122 storage tanks, 2007 V3:84, 135, 145
mechanical joints, 2008 V4:6162 total organic carbon and, 2005 V2:204
pure-water system, 2007 V3:49 types of, 2004 V1:141
radioactive waste systems, 2005 V2:249 water mains, 2007 V3:6
roughness, 2005 V2:83 Corrosion, 2004 V1:154
sprinkler systems, 2007 V3:13 Corrosion and Resistance of Metals and Alloys, 2004
tape wrapping, 2008 V4:67 V1:154
types, 2008 V4:3032 Corrosion Causes and Prevention, 2004 V1:154
velocity and, 2005 V2:92 Corrosion Control, 2004 V1:154
copper plating, 2008 V4:135 Corrosion Engineering, 2004 V1:154
copper-silver ionization, 2005 V2:120, 122, 2008 V4:220 corrosion fatigue, 2004 V1:152
Copper Sovent Single-stack Plumbing System Handbook Corrosion Handbook, 2004 V1:154
Supplement, 2005 V2:47 corrosion mitigation, 2004 V1:152
copper-sulfate electrodes, 2004 V1:150 corrosion potential, 2004 V1:152
Copper Tube Handbook, 2008 V4:61, 62, 235 corrosion prevention, 2004 V1:152
copper tube size (CTS), 2008 V4:51 Corrosion Prevention for Practicing Engineers, 2004
copper water tube, 2008 V4:3042, 61, 132 V1:154
Copson, H.R., 2004 V1:154 corrosion-resistant materials, 2004 V1:146, 2005 V2:14
cork Corrosion Resistant Materials Handbook, 2007 V3:89
elastomer-cork mountings, 2008 V4:150 corrosion-resistant sprinklers, 2004 V1:29
speed and vibration control, 2008 V4:146, 149, 151 corrosive atmospheres, insulation and, 2008 V4:116
corona-discharge generators, 2005 V2:224 corrosive wastes, 2005 V2:13, 2007 V3:42
corona discharge ozone system, 2007 V3:129 double containment, 2008 V4:60
corporation cocks, 2004 V1:21 duriron pipe, 2008 V4:57
correction factors, 2004 V1:14 stainless steel valves, 2008 V4:79
correctional centers, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19 corrosivity levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
corroded end of galvanic series, 2004 V1:141 corrugated bends in pipes, 2008 V4:63
corrosion corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST), 2008 V4:60
boilers, 2005 V2:226 corrugated steel piping, 2005 V2:83, 2007 V3:232
calcium carbonate and, 2005 V2:206 cosmic radiation, 2005 V2:247
cathodic protection, 2004 V1:147151 Cost Analysis phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:235,
causes, 2005 V2:205206 241243, 254
coatings, 2004 V1:147 costs and economic concerns
control of, 2004 V1:145151, 2005 V2:16, 168 administrative and operation costs, 2004 V1:212
cooling towers, 2005 V2:227 collecting data on, 2004 V1:222225
corrosion cells, 2004 V1:139, 140, 148 construction costs, 2004 V1:212
corrosion mitigation, 2004 V1:152 cost fitting, defined, 2004 V1:258
corrosion potential, 2004 V1:152 cost information in value engineering, 2004 V1:222
corrosion-resistant materials, 2004 V1:146, 2005 V2:14 225
corrosion-resistant sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 cost of goods, 2004 V1:222
corrosive wastes, 2005 V2:13 cost-to-function relationship, 2004 V1:225
deaeration and, 2005 V2:209 defined, 2004 V1:213, 222225
defined, 2004 V1:139, 152, 2008 V4:136, 222 development costs, 2004 V1:212
electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144 economic values, 2004 V1:213214
factors in rate of, 2004 V1:144145 engineering and design costs, 2004 V1:212
fatigue and fatigue limits, 2004 V1:152 estimating costs, 2004 V1:9398
glossary, 2004 V1:151154
idea development and estimated cost forms, 2004 countercurrent regeneration, 2008 V4:222
V1:241242 counterzoning, 2007 V3:2728
labor costs, 2004 V1:212 couple action. See galvanic corrosion
life-cycle costs, 2004 V1:137 couples, defined, 2004 V1:152
material costs, 2004 V1:212 couplings. See joints
overhead, 2004 V1:212 course vacuum, 2005 V2:175
Pareto principle, 2004 V1:224 coverings. See jacketing
relationships, 2004 V1:223 covers, collector, defined, 2007 V3:184
specific applications cp, cp, CP (sp ht at constant pressure), 2004 V1:16
air dryers, 2007 V3:174175 CPC (Compound Parabolic Concentrator) system, 2007
cathodic protection costs, 2004 V1:150, 2004 V3:189
V1:151 CPD (Certified Plumbing Designer), 2004 V1:72
centralized or decentralized stills, 2008 V4:213 cprsr (compressors). See compressors
chlorination, 2008 V4:200, 215 CPVC. See chlorinated polyvinyl-chloride (CPVC)
corrosion resistant materials, 2004 V1:146 CPVC (chlorinated polyvinyl chloride). See chlorinated
diatomaceous earth filters, 2008 V4:204 polyvinyl-chloride (CPVC)
double containment, 2008 V4:60 cracking, defined, 2004 V1:152
fuel product dispensing systems, 2007 V3:143 Craytor, J., 2005 V2:35
galvanic cathodic protection costs, 2004 V1:150 creativity
gas booster location, 2005 V2:133 assisted and unassisted, 2004 V1:232
gray-water system costs, 3234 creativity worksheets, 2004 V1:233234, 236
grease interceptors, 2008 V4:166 first phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:213, 231235
green plumbing benefits, 2008 V4:258 questions for, 2004 V1:234
hardness treatments, 2008 V4:196 second phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:254
horizontal pressure sand filters, 2008 V4:202 creep, pipe supports and, 2005 V2:13
hot-water systems, 2005 V2:107 crevice-attack corrosion
insulation, 2008 V4:113115 crud traps in radioactive-waste piping, 2005 V2:249,
insulation thickness, 2008 V4:109113 250
ion-exchange cartridges, 2005 V2:219, 233 defined, 2004 V1:141, 152, 2005 V2:206
ion-exchange resins, 2005 V2:216, 217 reducing, 2004 V1:146
iron and bronze valves, 2008 V4:7879 crimping tools, 2008 V4:32
laboratory acid-waste drainage, 2005 V2:242 CRIP (critical pressure), 2004 V1:15
sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:1 critical care areas, 2007 V3:36, 55
seismic protection costs, 2004 V1:156, 183 critical flows, defined, 2004 V1:2
solar energy, 2007 V3:182183, 186 critical level, defined, 2004 V1:21
special-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:238 critical path functions, 2004 V1:230
utility costs, 2004 V1:128130 critical pressure, 2004 V1:15
vacuum system piping, 2005 V2:183 critical pressure, defined, 2007 V3:166
vibration control, 2008 V4:151 critical temperature, defined, 2007 V3:166
water distillers, 2005 V2:210 Cross-connection Control Manual, 2008 V4:179
water softeners, 2008 V4:209 cross connections. See also back-siphonage; backflow
water treatments, 2008 V4:194 active control, 2008 V4:173175
water usage, 2008 V4:256 air gaps, 2008 V4:172173
well construction, 2005 V2:165, 172 authorities having jurisdiction, 2008 V4:177
in specifications, 2004 V1:69 backflow prevention, 2005 V2:69
supporting details for, 2004 V1:257258 barometric loops, 2008 V4:172173
types of, 2004 V1:222225 break tanks, 2008 V4:176
value engineering process and, 2004 V1:211 case studies, 2008 V4:187190
vs. prices, 2004 V1:222 Chicago example, 2008 V4:171
cotton gin, creativity and, 2004 V1:231 cold-water systems, 2005 V2:6970
coulombs (C) control paradox, 2008 V4:172
corrosion, 2004 V1:139 defined, 2004 V1:21, 2008 V4:177178, 181
SI units, 2004 V1:33 field testing, 2008 V4:176
3
coulombs per cubic meter (C/m ), 2004 V1:33 flood hazard, 2008 V4:176
Council of American Building Officials (CABO), 2004 glossary, 2008 V4:177179
V1:123 health care facilities, 2007 V3:4647
countdown timer delays, 2007 V3:2728 installation, 2008 V4:175176
counter-e.m.f.s, 2004 V1:153 medical gas pipe tests, 2007 V3:74
counter-mounted kitchen sinks, 2008 V4:12 model ordinances, 2008 V4:179183
counter-mounted lavatories, 2008 V4:11 overview, 2008 V4:169171
counter sinks, 2007 V3:36 passive control techniques, 2008 V4:172173
counterclockwise (ccw, CCW), 2004 V1:14 product standards, 2008 V4:176
fire demand, 2007 V3:3 Depth of Freeze and Thaw in Soils, 2008 V4:116
fire hydrant water demand, 2007 V3:46 derived units of measurement, 2004 V1:33
flow rates, 2007 V3:214217 description in value engineering phases, 2004 V1:214
gas appliances, 2005 V2:128 descriptive specifications, 2004 V1:66
hot water, 2004 V1:136, 2005 V2:107 desiccant air dryers, 2007 V3:172, 175
hydropneumatic-tank systems, 2005 V2:72, 7374 design
medical air systems, 2007 V3:63 LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental
medical gas systems, 2007 V3:50, 51, 53, 57 Design), 2008 V4:23
medical school-laboratory water demand, 2007 V3:46 for people with disabilities, 2004 V1:107
natural gas, 2005 V2:136, 2007 V3:239 reducing corrosion, 2004 V1:146
natural gas systems, 2005 V2:135 seismic, 2004 V1:160161, 186188
pipe sizing and, 2005 V2:86, 92 sustainable, 2008 V4:256
sizing water heaters, 2005 V2:108109 value engineering and, 2004 V1:212
sprinkler systems, 2007 V3:26, 13 design areas for sprinkler systems, 2007 V3:12
vacuum systems, 2007 V3:55, 66 design (built-in) compression ratio, 2007 V3:166
water conservation and paybacks, 2004 V1:126 design density, 2007 V3:1112
water heater types and, 2005 V2:111 design development phase (DD), 2004 V1:64
water softeners and, 2008 V4:206 design elevations, 2008 V4:136
water treatment methods and, 2005 V2:221 Design Information for Large Turf Irrigation Systems,
demineralizer systems, 2005 V2:209, 215, 2007 V3:48 2007 V3:96
activated carbon, mixed bed deionization, 2008 V4:219 design loads, 2008 V4:136
cation and anion tanks, 2008 V4:197 Design of Hoffman Industrial Vacuum Cleaning Systems,
compared to distillation, 2008 V4:197 2005 V2:196
compared to reverse osmosis, 2008 V4:218 design standards, 2004 V1:66
defined, 2008 V4:195 design storms, 2007 V3:228229
for distillation, 2008 V4:214 desolver tanks, 2005 V2:220
laboratory grade water comparison, 2008 V4:218 destruction phase in ozonation, 2005 V2:225
using with distillation, 2008 V4:212 destructive forces in pipes. See water hammer
water softening pretreatment, 2008 V4:206 details in projects, checklists, 2004 V1:220
demographics in hot water demand classifications, 2005 detector-check water meters, 2005 V2:6869
V2:109 detectors, smoke, 2004 V1:22
demolition work, in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93 detention centers, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19
Denoncourt, 2005 V2:234 detention periods
dens, DENS (density). See density grease interceptors, 2008 V4:157
density (dens, DENS, RHO) treated water, 2005 V2:208
gas, defined, 2007 V3:166 detergent cross contamination case, 2008 V4:188189
grease particles, 2008 V4:154156 detergents
measurements, 2004 V1:33 factors in trap seal loss, 2005 V2:45
of natural gas, 2005 V2:131133 high-expansion foam, 2007 V3:25
purified water, 2005 V2:82 in septic tanks, 2005 V2:156
settling velocity and, 2008 V4:200 venting for, 2005 V2:46
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 developed length, 2004 V1:22
dental equipment, 2007 V3:42, 52, 2008 V4:185 developers
department connections, 2004 V1:12 perception of engineering, 2004 V1:260
departments having jurisdiction, 2004 V1:22 value engineering and, 2004 V1:212
dependent functionality development costs
defined, 2004 V1:225 defined, 2004 V1:222
in FAST approach, 2004 V1:230 in value engineering, 2004 V1:212
depolarization, defined, 2004 V1:152 Development phase in value engineering
depolarizing cathodes, 2004 V1:145 activities, 2004 V1:235, 243, 254
deposition corrosion, defined, 2004 V1:152 idea development and estimated cost forms, 2004
deposits from feed water, 2005 V2:205206. See also scale V1:241242
and scale formation; sediment; slime; sludge in process, 2004 V1:213
depth (dp, DP, DPTH) sketches, 2004 V1:254, 255
grease interceptors, 2008 V4:157 Development Presentation phase in value engineering,
of liquids in septic tanks, 2005 V2:155 2004 V1:213
of reflecting pools, 2007 V3:101 deviations in measurements, 2004 V1:32, 2008 V4:136
of septic tanks, 2005 V2:154 dew-point temperature (dpt, DPT), 2004 V1:14
of soils, 2005 V2:148 dew points
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 defined, 2004 V1:22, 2007 V3:166, 170, 2008 V4:113
of wells, 2005 V2:164 lowering, 2007 V3:172
depth filters, 2005 V2:221, 2008 V4:202 medical gas system tests, 2007 V3:76
centralized systems, 2008 V4:243247 dry-vacuum cleaning systems (DVC), 2004 V1:9, 2005
compared to water chillers, 2008 V4:237 V2:188, 194, 2007 V3:65
defined, 2008 V4:237 dry-weather flows, 2004 V1:23
features, 2008 V4:240241 dry wells (leaching wells), 2004 V1:26, 2007 V3:233
health care facilities, 2007 V3:36 dryers in laundry facilities, 2007 V3:39
heating functions, 2008 V4:240 du Moulin, G.C., 2005 V2:234
installing, 2008 V4:247 dual. See also entries beginning with double-, multiple-, or
invention of, 2008 V4:237 two-
options, 2008 V4:240 dual-bed deionization (two-step), 2005 V2:216, 217
public areas in health care facilities, 2007 V3:37 dual-check valve assemblies
ratings, 2008 V4:238 applications, 2008 V4:185
refrigeration systems, 2008 V4:242 with atmospheric vents, 2008 V4:185
standards, 2008 V4:2 defined, 2008 V4:174175, 180
stream regulators, 2008 V4:242 dual-flush water closets, 2004 V1:136, 265
types, 2008 V4:14, 237240 dual-gas booster systems, 2005 V2:132
water conditioning for, 2008 V4:242243 dual-height water coolers, 2008 V4:239
wheelchair space around, 2004 V1:112 dual vents (common vents), 2004 V1:21. See also common
drip irrigation, 2004 V1:266 vents
drip legs, condensate drainage, 2007 V3:160 dual water-supply systems, 2007 V3:46
drip pots, 2007 V3:238 ductile action of building systems, 2004 V1:183
drive points, 2005 V2:165 ductile iron grates, 2005 V2:13
driven wells, 2005 V2:165 ductile iron piping
drives, variable-frequency (VFD), 2007 V3:122 characteristics and standards, 2008 V4:2829
droop, 2004 V1:22, 2008 V4:80 hangers, 2008 V4:132
drop elbows, 2004 V1:22 pressure classes, 2008 V4:28
drop manholes, 2007 V3:220, 224 radioactive waste and, 2005 V2:249
drop nipples on pendant sprinklers, 2004 V1:13 sizing, 2007 V3:232
drop tees, 2004 V1:23 underground piping, 2005 V2:50
drop tubes, 2007 V3:136137, 142 ducts. See vents and venting systems
drops, 2004 V1:11, 22, 2007 V3:136 Duffie, J.A., 2007 V3:194
dross, 2004 V1:23 dug wells, 2005 V2:164
drug rooms, 2007 V3:38 Dumfries Triangle and Occoquan-Woodbridge Sanitary
drum traps, 2007 V3:4546 District, 2005 V2:35
dry (DRY), 2004 V1:14 dump loads, 2007 V3:47
dry-bulb temperature (dbt, DBT, DB), 2004 V1:14, 23, Dunleavy, M., 2005 V2:234
2007 V3:167, 2008 V4:112, 113 duplex. See also entries beginning with double-, dual-, or
dry-chemical extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:23, 28 two-
Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems (NFPA 17), 2007 duplex air compressors, 2007 V3:63, 179
V3:23, 30 duplex bed pressure swing dryers, 2007 V3:172
dry gas, 2007 V3:167, 239 duplex manifolds, 2007 V3:60, 62
dry hose stations, 2004 V1:13 duplex sump pump systems, 2005 V2:8
dry ice, 2007 V3:26 duplex vacuum pump arrangements, 2005 V2:182183,
dry nitrogen, 2007 V3:241 186
dry pendent sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 duration of rainfall, 2005 V2:5357, 2007 V3:231
dry-pipe systems Durham systems, 2004 V1:23
accelerators, 2007 V3:9 durion, 2004 V1:23
air compressors, 2007 V3:9 duriron pipe, 2008 V4:5759
combined dry-pipe and pre-action systems, 2007 duty cycles, 2007 V3:174, 175, 178
V3:1011 duty-cycling controls, 2007 V3:63, 65
defined, 2004 V1:29 DVC (dry vacuum cleaning), 2004 V1:9, 2005 V2:188, 194
normal conditions, 2007 V3:89 dwellings. See buildings
riser diagram, 2007 V3:8 DWR (drinking water supply recirculating), 2004 V1:8
sprinklers, 2007 V3:79 DWS (drinking water supply), 2004 V1:8
dry-pipe valves, 2004 V1:13, 23 DWV. See drain, waste, and vent pipes (DWV); drain,
dry-pit pumps, 2008 V4:100 waste, and vent stacks (DWV)
dry-powder extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:23 dye tests, 2008 V4:5, 9
dry pumps, 2005 V2:183 dyes in gray water, 2005 V2:35
dry standpipes, 2004 V1:13, 30 dynamic air compressors, 2007 V3:62, 63, 170
dry-storage water softeners, 2005 V2:220 dynamic force (dynamic loading), 2008 V4:136
dry surfaces, 2004 V1:16 dynamic head, 2005 V2:169
dry units, defined, 2007 V3:167 dynamic loads, 2008 V4:136
dry upright sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 dynamic pressure, 2004 V1:15
dynamic pressure drop, 2005 V2:67 layers of in septic tanks, 2005 V2:153
dynamic properties of piping, defined, 2004 V1:191 pumps, 2008 V4:99
dynamic response (K) to ground shaking, 2004 V1:159, 161 samples of radioactive waste effluent, 2005 V2:250
dynamic viscosity special-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:237
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 temperature of special-waste effluent, 2005 V2:238
measurements, 2004 V1:33 treatment of sewage effluent, 2005 V2:153
dyne, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 Effluent Guideline program, 2007 V3:8283
dysentery, 2008 V4:171 EFT (effectiveness), 2004 V1:14
Egozy, 2005 V2:234
E EJ (expansion joints). See expansion joints
EJCDC (Engineers Joint Contract Documents
E (exa) prefix, 2004 V1:34
E (roughness), 2004 V1:16. See also roughness Committee), 2004 V1:63
E (volts). See volts ejector pumps and pits, 2007 V3:220
E-33.08B (Plumbing Noise), 2004 V1:194 ejectors
early flame knockdown, 2007 V3:23 defined, 2005 V2:8
earth loads in sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:8
bioremediation pretreatment systems, 2008 V4:252 EL (elevation). See elevation
protecting against, 2005 V2:16 elastic limits, 2004 V1:23
earthquake protection of plumbing equipment. See seismic elastic rebound theory, 2004 V1:158
protection elastic vibration in pipes, 2004 V1:6
Earthquake Resistance of Buildings, 2004 V1:191 elasticity
Earthquake Resistant Design Requirements Handbook, flexural modulus of, 2008 V4:228
2004 V1:191 plastic pipes, 2006 V4:50
Eaton, Herbert N., 2005 V2:4, 19 elastomeric insulation
eccentric fittings, 2004 V1:23 defined, 2008 V4:106107
eccentric reducers, 2004 V1:10 elastomer-cork mountings, 2008 V4:150
eccentricity in connections, 2004 V1:189 heat loss, 2008 V4:111
economic concerns. See costs and economic concerns vibration insulation, 2008 V4:149150
Economic Thickness of Insulation, 2004 V1:127 elastomeric seals or gaskets
economic values, 2004 V1:213214 reinforced concrete pipe, 2008 V4:32
economizers in drinking water coolers, 2008 V4:242 slip expansion joints, 2008 V4:229
Eddy, 2005 V2:161 water closets, 2008 V4:6
edge distances, problems in seismic protection, 2004 elbow lugs, 2008 V4:136
V1:190 elbow offsets, 2008 V4:229
edr, EDR (equivalent direct radiation), 2004 V1:14, 39 elbows
educating public on graywater systems, 2005 V2:35 angle valves and, 2008 V4:76
educational facilities. See schools ells, 2004 V1:23
eff, EFF (efficiency). See efficiency risers up or down, 2004 V1:10
effective openings, 2004 V1:23, 2008 V4:178 elderly
effective pressure, 2005 V2:67 aging disabilities, 2004 V1:107
effective temperature (ET*, ET), 2004 V1:14 fixtures and, 2004 V1:107
effectiveness (EFT), 2004 V1:14 in hot water demand classifications, 2005 V2:109
effects in multi-effect distillation, 2005 V2:210211 electric arc welding, 2008 V4:6263
effects of earthquakes, 2004 V1:156158 electric capacitance measurements, 2004 V1:33
efficiency (eff, EFF) electric charge density measurements, 2004 V1:33
energy, 2008 V4:264 electric fire pumps, 2007 V3:22
fin (FEFF), 2004 V1:14 electric hot-water heaters, 2004 V1:129130
grease interceptors, 2008 V4:157 electric inductance, 2004 V1:33
heat transfer, 2007 V3:158 electric instantaneous water heaters, 2004 V1:265
pumps, 2008 V4:9496 electric irrigation valves, 2007 V3:94
surface (SEFF), 2004 V1:14 electric permeability measurements, 2004 V1:33
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 electric permitivity measurements, 2004 V1:33
thermal, 2004 V1:136 electric resistance, 2004 V1:33
water softeners, 2008 V4:209 electric-resistance welding (ERW), 2008 V4:48
efficiency quotient (Eq), defined, 2008 V4:145 electric resistivity measurements, 2004 V1:33
effluent. See also private onsite wastewater treatment electric solenoid level-sensing systems, 2007 V3:127128
systems (POWTS) electric vaporizers, 2007 V3:59
bioremediation pretreatment. See bioremediation electric water heaters, 2005 V2:110
pretreatment systems electrical components in gas boosters, 2005 V2:130
chemicals in special-waste effluent, 2005 V2:238 electrical engineers, 2007 V3:29
defined, 2004 V1:23, 2008 V4:222 electrical equipment
estimating sewage quantities, 2005 V2:158160 fires, 2007 V3:25
pump head/capacity curves, 2008 V4:97 essential facilities, defined, 2004 V1:191
pump noise levels, 2004 V1:198 estates, septic tank systems for, 2005 V2:156157
Rational Method formulas, 2004 V1:7, 2007 V3:228 estimating calculations, solar energy, 2007 V3:185186
references, 2004 V1:40 estimating costs. See also costs and economic concerns
Reynolds number, 2004 V1:2, 2008 V4:154 factors in estimates, 2004 V1:98
soil resistivity, 2004 V1:150 idea development and estimated cost forms, 2004
solar energy, 2007 V3:185186 V1:241242
Spitzglass formula, 2004 V1:7, 2005 V2:137 overestimating, 2004 V1:224
sprinkler demand, 2007 V3:13 per-area costs, 2004 V1:9798
sprinkler design density, 2007 V3:12 per-fixture or per-appurtenance estimates, 2004 V1:97
sprinkler end-head pressures, 2007 V3:14 plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:9398
SRTA absorber, 2007 V3:188 software for cost estimation, 2004 V1:98
stack terminal velocity and length, 2004 V1:3 in value engineering, 2004 V1:243
steady-state heat balance equations, 2005 V2:109110 estimating medical gas and vacuum stations, 2007 V3:51,
steam velocity, 2007 V3:155 5253
Stokes law, 2008 V4:154, 200 ET*, ET (effective temperature), 2004 V1:14
storm drainage, 2004 V1:7 ethane, 2005 V2:126
tank volume, 2008 V4:154 ethylbenzene levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
terminal velocity and terminal length, 2005 V2:2 ethylene dibromide levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
thermal efficiency, 2007 V3:187188 ethylene glycol, 2008 V4:189190
thermal expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:228229 ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM), 2008 V4:41,
vacuum system demand, 2007 V3:66 86
value, worth and cost, 2004 V1:213 ETI (Economic Thickness of Insulation), 2004 V1:127
velocity head, 2004 V1:5 EVAC stations, 2007 V3:5253
vent piping length, 2004 V1:3 Evaluation phase in value engineering
vibration transmission, 2008 V4:146149 activities, 2004 V1:235243
water expansion, 2008 V4:232235 checklists, 2004 V1:237238
water flow in pipes, 2004 V1:2 comparing functions, 2004 V1:243
water hammer, 2004 V1:198 functional evaluation worksheets, 2004 V1:243251
water heating, swimming pools, 2007 V3:122 idea evaluation checklist, 2004 V1:243, 253
water mass and volume, 2005 V2:77 in process, 2004 V1:213
water vapor transmission, 2008 V4:106 second creativity, cost, and evaluation analysis, 2004
well equilibrium equations, 2005 V2:165166 V1:254
Weymouth formula, 2004 V1:7, 2005 V2:137 evap, EVAP. See evaporation; evaporators
equilibrium equations for wells, 2005 V2:165166 evaporation (evap, EVAP)
equipment staged, 2005 V2:210
acoustic concerns in selection, 2004 V1:200 storage tanks, 2007 V3:149
defined, 2004 V1:191 symbols for, 2004 V1:14
section in specifications, 2004 V1:91 evaporative coolers. See cooling-tower water
seismic protection, 2004 V1:163171 evaporative cooling, defined, 2007 V3:167
Equipment Handbook, ASHRAE, 2007 V3:194 evaporators (evap, EVAP), 2004 V1:14, 2007 V3:48
equivalent air, defined, 2007 V3:167 centralized chilled water systems, 2008 V4:243
equivalent direct radiation (edr, EDR) drinking water coolers, 2008 V4:242
EDR hot water, 2004 V1:39 flushing in stills, 2008 V4:214
EDR steam, 2004 V1:39 evapotranspiration
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 defined, 2004 V1:23
equivalent feet (eqiv ft, EQIV FT, EQFT), 2004 V1:14 in irrigation, 2007 V3:96
equivalent inches (eqiv in, EQIV IN, EQIN), 2004 V1:14 sewage treatment, 2005 V2:153
equivalent length exa prefix, 2004 V1:34
compressed air piping, 2007 V3:176 exact conversions, 2004 V1:32
defined, 2005 V2:144 exam/treatment rooms
medical gas piping, 2007 V3:68 fixtures, 2007 V3:38
natural gas piping, 2005 V2:136 health care facilities, 2007 V3:36
equivalent static force, calculating, 2004 V1:183 medical gas stations, 2007 V3:52
equivalent weight, 2005 V2:198, 199 medical vacuum, 2007 V3:54
equivalents per million, 2005 V2:201 examination section in specifications, 2004 V1:71, 91
erected elevations, 2008 V4:136 excavation
erosion, 2004 V1:23, 2007 V3:49, 91, 157 labor productivity rates, 2004 V1:9597
impure water and, 2008 V4:194 plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93
erosion corrosion, 2005 V2:205 excess air, defined, 2005 V2:143
erosion feeders, 2007 V3:126 excess flow gas valves, 2005 V2:127
ERW (electric-resistance welding), 2008 V4:48 excess pressure pumps, 2004 V1:24
Federal Energy Management Improvement Act (FEMIA), cold water systems, 2005 V2:68
2004 V1:124 exposed piping on storage tanks, 2007 V3:145
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 2005 V2:229 fixtures, 2008 V4:2
Federal Register (FR), 2007 V3:81 fuel product dispensing, 2007 V3:147
federal specifications (FS), 2004 V1:25, 54, 58. See also liquid fuel tanks, 2007 V3:135
U.S. Federal Specifications plastic pipe, 2008 V4:56
Fdration Internationale de Nataton Amateur (FINA), storage tanks, 2007 V3:144, 150
2007 V3:105 sulfuric acid and, 2007 V3:85
feed-gas treatment units in ozone generators, 2005 V2:224 velocity, 2007 V3:148
feed systems, swimming pools, 2007 V3:123127 VOCs and, 2005 V2:201
feed water fiberglass-reinforced polyester, 2008 V4:252
condensate as, 2008 V4:214 fiberglass-reinforced storage tanks
defined, 2005 V2:197 aboveground storage tanks, 2007 V3:144
distillation, 2008 V4:214215 high-purity water, 2005 V2:233
pure-water systems, 2005 V2:230231 liquid fuel tanks, 2007 V3:135
raw water, defined, 2008 V4:194 storage tanks, 2007 V3:150
raw water as cooling water for stills, 2008 V4:214 storage tanks and hazardous wastes, 2007 V3:84
feedback purifiers, 2008 V4:214 fiberglass sealants, 2004 V1:193
feet (ft, FT) field-beaded pipe, 2008 V4:63
converting to metric units, 2007 V3:30 field checklists, 2004 V1:102103
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 field-formed concrete grease interceptors, 2008 V4:161
feet per minute (fpm, FPM), 2004 V1:14, 2007 V3:30 field orders, 2004 V1:63
feet per second (fps, FPS), 2004 V1:14 field quality control section in specifications, 2004 V1:71,
foot-pounds (ft-lb, FT LB), 2004 V1:14 9192
of head, converting, 2004 V1:2 field testing cross-connection controls, 2008 V4:176
symbols for, 2004 V1:14 fill
FEFF (efficiency, fin), 2004 V1:14 sewers, 2005 V2:1415
felt, 2004 V1:195 types of, around building sewers, 2005 V2:1415
female threads, 2004 V1:23 fill hoses, 2007 V3:137
FEMIA (Federal Energy Management Improvement Act), fill ports, 2007 V3:145
2004 V1:124 filling
femto prefix, 2004 V1:34 aboveground tank systems, 2007 V3:145
ferric chloride, 2008 V4:201 underground liquid fuel tanks, 2007 V3:136137
ferric hydroxide, 2005 V2:199 film coefficients
ferric iron, 2005 V2:199, 200, 2008 V4:222 inside (FI, HI), 2004 V1:14
ferric oxide, 2008 V4:193 outside (FO, HO), 2004 V1:14
ferric sulfate, 2008 V4:196, 201 film-processing areas, 2007 V3:42, 47
ferritic stainless steel, 2008 V4:59 films
ferrous bicarbonate, 2005 V2:200 carbonate, 2004 V1:151
ferrous carbonate, 2008 V4:193 film formation in rate of corrosion, 2004 V1:145
ferrous iron, 2005 V2:199, 200, 2008 V4:222 sodium hexametaphosphate, 2004 V1:151
ferrous oxide, 2008 V4:193 sodium silicate, 2004 V1:151
ferrous pipes, 2004 V1:5152, 2007 V3:101 filter-ag, 2008 V4:222
FF (friction factors), 2004 V1:14 filter alum, 2005 V2:209
FF (full-flow conditions), 2004 V1:1 filter beds
FFACT (friction factors), 2004 V1:14 defined, 2008 V4:201
FI (film coefficients), 2004 V1:14 problems, 2008 V4:203204
fiber piping, 2005 V2:83 filter cloths, 2008 V4:204
fiber stress in bending, 2008 V4:228 filter intakes, 2007 V3:63
fiberglass filters and filtration
insulation, 2008 V4:106107 air compressors, 2007 V3:171172
tank insulation, 2008 V4:109 air filters, 2008 V4:213214
fiberglass cloth, skrim, and kraft paper (FSK), 2008 backsplash cycles, 2008 V4:203
V4:108 backwashing, 2008 V4:203
fiberglass fixtures, 2008 V4:2 chilled drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:244
fiberglass insulation compressed air systems, 2007 V3:175
chilled drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:244 defined, 2004 V1:23, 2008 V4:196, 222
freezing points and, 2008 V4:114115 diatomaceous earth filters, 2008 V4:203205
heat loss, 2008 V4:110, 111 filter bags on vacuum systems, 2005 V2:188189
fiberglass lagging, 2008 V4:108 filter elements or media, 2004 V1:23
fiberglass pipe hangers, 2008 V4:132 filtration water systems, 2007 V3:48
fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP) fuel dispensers, 2007 V3:143
gas line filters, 2007 V3:236 flammable or volatile liquids, 2005 V2:12, 254256
gravity filters, 2008 V4:202 oxygen storage areas, 2007 V3:60
gray water, 2004 V1:267, 2005 V2:3032, 35 fire lines
infectious waste systems, 2005 V2:252 defined, 2004 V1:24
iron filters, 2008 V4:208 fire-line water meters, 2005 V2:6869
Legionella control, 2005 V2:122 fire mains, 2007 V3:6
membrane filtration and separation, 2005 V2:221223 fire-protection engineers, 2007 V3:29
microorganisms, 2005 V2:224 fire pumps, 2004 V1:12, 24, 2007 V3:2122, 209
nanofiltration, 2008 V4:220 firefighting equipment, 2004 V1:13
oil spills, 2005 V2:255, 256 firefighting water drainage, 2005 V2:253254
organic removal filters, 2008 V4:214 flow tests, 2007 V3:36
pressure filters, 2008 V4:202203 hydrants
pure water systems, 2005 V2:231232 public hydrants, 2004 V1:12
rainwater, 2008 V4:260261 valves, 2004 V1:24
small drinking water systems, 2005 V2:228 other trades and, 2007 V3:29
swimming pools overview, 2007 V3:1
diatomaceous earth filters, 2007 V3:116119 references, 2007 V3:2930
filter media rate, 2007 V3:109 sanitary systems and, 2005 V2:16
high-rate sand filters, 2007 V3:115116 seismic protection, 2004 V1:183184
return piping, 2007 V3:110111 special extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:2329
types, 2007 V3:112113 carbon-dioxide systems, 2007 V3:2526
vacuum sand filters, 2007 V3:116 dry-chemical extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:23
turbidity and, 2008 V4:196, 200 dry-powder extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:23
utility water, 2005 V2:225 elevator shaft protection systems, 2007 V3:29
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:188189 foam extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:2426
water quality and, 2005 V2:167168 gaseous fire-suppression systems, 2007 V3:2628
water treatment, 2005 V2:211215, 214, 2008 V4:187, water mist extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:24
201205 water spray fixed extinguishing systems, 2007
fin efficiency (FEFF), 2004 V1:14 V3:24
FINA (Fdration Internationale de Nataton Amateur), wet chemical extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:24
2007 V3:105 sprinkler systems. See sprinkler systems (fire
final checklists, 2004 V1:103 protection)
fine sands standpipe systems, 2007 V3:2021
graywater irrigation systems and, 2005 V2:29 symbols, 2004 V1:1213
irrigating, 2007 V3:91 terminology, 2004 V1:1731
fine vacuum, 2005 V2:175 water lines, 2008 V4:3031
finish coats, 2004 V1:147 water supply for
finish inspection, 2004 V1:103 building water supply, 2007 V3:210212
Finnemore, E. John, 2005 V2:19 codes and standards, 2007 V3:210
fire areas, 2007 V3:12 fire risers, 2007 V3:12
fire departments, 2007 V3:197 flow rates, 2007 V3:214217
fire hydrants. See hydrants graphs, 2007 V3:4, 5
fire loads, 2007 V3:2 guard posts, 2007 V3:212213
fire marshals, 2007 V3:197 hydrants, 2007 V3:212213
Fire Protection Handbook, 2007 V3:29 hydraulic calculations, 2007 V3:13
fire-protection systems. See also sprinkler systems (fire joint restrainers, 2007 V3:213
protection) overview, 2007 V3:210212
alarms piping system layout, 2007 V3:6
electric gongs, 2007 V3:8 post indicator valves, 2007 V3:212213
fire alarm control panels, 2004 V1:12, 2007 V3:27 preliminary information, 2007 V3:197198
28 quantity and availability, 2007 V3:26
fire alarm systems, 2004 V1:2324 reliability, 2007 V3:6
codes and standards, 2004 V1:4243 sizing system, 2007 V3:213217
detection, 2007 V3:9, 27 standpipe systems, 2007 V3:21, 2008 V4:184
extinguishers, 2004 V1:12, 13, 2007 V3:28 symbols for water supply (F), 2004 V1:8
fire department connections, 2004 V1:24, 2007 V3:8 tank capacity, 2007 V3:217
fire-department connections, 2004 V1:12 valves, 2008 V4:8990
fire extinguishers, 2007 V3:28 water demands, 2005 V2:167, 170
fire hazards fire-rated sealants, 2004 V1:193
defined, 2004 V1:24 fire resistance, insulation and, 2008 V4:106, 107
evaluation, 2007 V3:2 Fire Resistance (UL 2085), 2007 V3:134
fire loads and resistance ratings, 2007 V3:2 fire-retardant jackets for pipes, 2008 V4:60
fire sprinklers. See sprinkler systems (fire protection) fixed suspended equipment, 2004 V1:164
fire suppression pumps, 2008 V4:99, 101 fixture batteries
fire suppression, underground tank systems, 2007 V3:143 circuit and loop venting, 2005 V2:4445
fires defined, 2005 V2:39
classes of, 2007 V3:2 fixture branches, 2004 V1:24
growth rate, 2007 V3:2 fixture carrier fittings, 2004 V1:24
firm gas services, 2007 V3:235 fixture carriers, 2004 V1:24
first aid kit, 2007 V3:131 fixture drains
first-degree burns, 2005 V2:122 defined, 2004 V1:24
fissures in filter beds, 2008 V4:203204 discharge characteristics, 2005 V2:3
fittings. See also specific types of fittings flow in, 2005 V2:2
ABS pipe, 2008 V4:54 flow rate in, 2004 V1:3
acoustic ratings, 2004 V1:194195 simultaneous use of fixtures, 2005 V2:3, 4
codes and standards, 2004 V1:44 fixture supplies, 2004 V1:24
compressed air, 2007 V3:176, 177 fixture units and unit values
compression, 2004 V1:24 cold-water system demand, 2005 V2:92
copper and bronze, 2008 V4:32, 3940 conversion to gpm, 2005 V2:93, 2007 V3:201, 218
copper drainage tubes, 2008 V4:40, 42 drainage fixture units (dfu), 2004 V1:24, 2005 V2:39
copper pipe, 2008 V4:3940 fixture units (fu) defined, 2005 V2:39
cross-linked polyethylene, 2008 V4:52 forms for charting, 2005 V2:94
defined, 2004 V1:24 governing fixtures, 2005 V2:9597
dielectric unions or flanges, 2008 V4:6465 maximum for vertical stacks, 2005 V2:4
domestic pressure drops and, 2007 V3:206 minimum sizes of pipes for fixtures, 2005 V2:94
ductile iron water and sewer pipe, 2008 V4:2829 pipe sizing and, 2005 V2:91
duriron pipe, 2008 V4:59 sanitary drainage system loads, 2005 V2:3
earthquake damage, 2004 V1:162 sizing bioremediation pretreatment systems, 2008
earthquake protection, 2004 V1:166 V4:251
equivalent lengths for natural gas, 2005 V2:135 slope of drains, 2005 V2:6, 78
erosion, 2007 V3:157 steady flow in horizontal drains, 2005 V2:8
flanged, 2004 V1:24 supply fixture units (sfu), 2004 V1:24
friction loss and, 2005 V2:99102 water hammer and, 2005 V2:82
glass pipe, 2008 V4:4243, 48 fixtures and fixture outlets. See also specific types of
grab bars, 2004 V1:121122 fixtures (water closets, showers, etc.)
hub and spigot, 2008 V4:2425 accessibility standards, 2008 V4:2
hubless pipe and fittings, 2008 V4:24 batteries of fixtures, 2004 V1:18
installing insulation, 2008 V4:108109 building requirement tables, 2008 V4:1821
medical gas tube, 2008 V4:42 codes and standards, 2004 V1:4344
natural gas pipes, 2007 V3:238 cold-water system demand, 2005 V2:92
plastic pipes, 2008 V4:49 defined, 2004 V1:27, 2008 V4:1
polypropylene pipe, 2008 V4:5455 domestic water supply and, 2007 V3:200
PVC piping, 2008 V4:5253, 56 fittings, 2008 V4:1
PVDF pipe, 2008 V4:55 fixture inventories, 2008 V4:251
radioactive waste systems, 2005 V2:250 fixture isolation, 2008 V4:178, 181
screwed fittings, 2004 V1:162 flow rates for water softeners, 2008 V4:207208
seamless copper water tube, 2008 V4:32, 39 health care facilities, 2007 V3:3542
stainless steel pipe, 2008 V4:60 selection, 2007 V3:35
standards, 2008 V4:2 inspection, 2004 V1:103
steel or galvanized piping, 2008 V4:48 installation productivity rates, 2004 V1:97
steel pipe, 2008 V4:48 laboratory acid-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:244
tank manways, 2007 V3:136 LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental
thermal contraction and expansion failures, 2008 Design), 2008 V4:23
V4:228 materials, 2008 V4:12
types of, 2008 V4:1 minimum numbers of, 2008 V4:1821
vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:189 per-fixture cost estimation, 2004 V1:97
weight of, 2008 V4:118119 plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93
welded, 2004 V1:24, 2008 V4:63 plumbing fixtures, defined, 2004 V1:24
Fittings, 2008 V4:28 reduced water usage, 2004 V1:126127
Fitzgerald, 2004 V1:154 reducing flow rates, 2004 V1:134135
fixed compression ratio, defined, 2007 V3:167 resilient-mounting design, 2004 V1:206, 207
fixed costs, in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93 resiliently mounted plumbing fixtures, 2004 V1:207
fixed floor-mounted equipment, 2004 V1:163 sizing vents, 2005 V2:4344
fixed shower heads, 2004 V1:120 soft water for, 2008 V4:205
flow-through periods for grease interceptors, 2008 V4:155 Foam-water Sprinkler Systems and Foam-water Spray
flowing pressure. See residual pressure Systems (NFPA 16), 2007 V3:30
fluctuating flows in horizontal drains, 2005 V2:5 foamed elastomer insulation, 2008 V4:111
flue gases, 2005 V2:143 foamed plastic insulation, 2008 V4:107, 114
flues, 2004 V1:25 foaming agents in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
fluid flow rates, 2004 V1:14 foaming in gray water, 2005 V2:31
Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications, 2005 FOG (fats, oil, and grease). See fats, oils, and grease (FOG)
V2:19 fog nozzles, 2005 V2:240
flumes, 2007 V3:130 fogging in swimming pools, 2007 V3:107
fluoride, 2005 V2:168, 200, 2008 V4:186, 187 Follow-up phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:213
fluorine, 2005 V2:199 Fontana, Mars G., 2004 V1:154
fluoroprotein-mixed chemical concentrates, 2007 V3:25 Food and Drug Administration (FDA), 2005 V2:197, 231,
flush controls 234, 237
urinals, 2004 V1:116 food courts, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
water closet and toilet accessibility, 2004 V1:114 food dyes in gray water, 2005 V2:35
water closet requirements, 2004 V1:116 food-processing areas and kitchens
flush sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 backflow prevention, 2008 V4:185
flush tanks drains, 2005 V2:15
acoustic design, 2004 V1:195 fixture pipe sizes and demand, 2005 V2:94
fixtures units and, 2005 V2:92 gas demands for appliances, 2005 V2:128
flush valves. See also flushometer valves gas efficiency, 2005 V2:127
fixture units and, 2005 V2:92 health care facility fixtures, 2007 V3:39
vacuum breakers, 2008 V4:175 medical gas piping and, 2007 V3:68
wasted water and, 2004 V1:136 numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
water closet acoustic design, 2004 V1:200 rates of sewage flows, 2005 V2:159
flushing sanitation, 2005 V2:15
acoustic ratings of toilets, 2004 V1:194 sewage estimates, 2005 V2:159
acoustic ratings of urinals, 2004 V1:194 typical graywater demand, 2005 V2:29
cold-water systems, 2005 V2:103 water fixture-unit values, 2007 V3:198
Energy Policy Act requirements, 2004 V1:264 water temperatures, 2007 V3:47
gray water use, 2004 V1:267 food-processing plants, 2005 V2:228, 2008 V4:185
performance testing, 2008 V4:56 food solids removal in bioremediation systems, 2008
resin beds, 2005 V2:218 V4:250
in reverse osmosis, 2008 V4:217 food waste grinders
urinal tests, 2008 V4:9 acoustic ratings of, 2004 V1:195
water closet system types, 2008 V4:78 bioremediation systems and, 2008 V4:250
water conservation and toilets, 2008 V4:3 defined, 2004 V1:22
water systems, 2005 V2:172 fixture-unit loads, 2005 V2:3
flushing rim sinks, 2005 V2:94 grease interceptors and, 2008 V4:162, 165
flushing rims, 2005 V2:15 sink outlets and, 2008 V4:11
flushing-type floor drains, 2004 V1:25 foot basins, 2005 V2:109
flushometer tanks, 2008 V4:34, 8 foot controls on faucets, 2007 V3:35
flushometer valves foot or feet. See feet
defined, 2004 V1:25, 2008 V4:34, 8, 178 foot pedals
sanitation and, 2005 V2:15 nitrogen systems, 2007 V3:64
urinals, 2008 V4:10 water coolers, 2008 V4:240
flushometer water closets, 2008 V4:34, 8 foot-pounds (ft-lb, FT LB), 2004 V1:14
flux (filtration) foot valves, 2004 V1:25, 2005 V2:100
defined, 2008 V4:223 footing drains (subsoil drains, SSD), 2004 V1:8, 30
membrane productivity, 2005 V2:231 footings of buildings
natural osmosis, 2005 V2:221 defined, 2004 V1:25
reverse osmosis, 2008 V4:217 FOR (fuel oil return), 2004 V1:8
flux (soldering), 2008 V4:62 force
in joints, 2004 V1:266 conversion factors, 2004 V1:35
standards, 2008 V4:32 factors in seismic force calculations, 2004 V1:183
fly ash, 2008 V4:252 measurements, 2004 V1:33
FM. See Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) in seismic design, 2004 V1:188
FMRC (Factory Mutual). See Factory Mutual Research in vibration transmission, 2008 V4:146
Corporation (FM) force mains, 2007 V3:217, 220221, 226227
FO (film coefficients), 2004 V1:14 forced-air-cooled compressors, 2008 V4:242
foam extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:2426, 28 forced-air vaporizers, 2007 V3:59
foam-water sprinkler heads, 2007 V3:25 forced convection, defined, 2007 V3:184
forced distortions of piping, 2004 V1:161 freestanding sprinklers in irrigation, 2007 V3:94
forced drainage (corrosion), defined, 2004 V1:153 freezing points (fp, FP), 2004 V1:14, 2008 V4:51
forced flotation, 2008 V4:158 insulation and, 2008 V4:114115
forcing functions in earthquakes, 2004 V1:160 prevention calculations, 2008 V4:114115
forcing pipes, 2008 V4:23 freezing, preventing in cleanouts, 2005 V2:9
forged clevises, 2008 V4:136 freezing temperatures
formazin turbidity unit, 2005 V2:203204 calculations for, 2008 V4:114115
forms. See checklists and forms chilled drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:243
formula rooms, 2007 V3:36 dry-pipe sprinkler systems and, 2007 V3:7, 8
formulas. See equations frost lines, 2007 V3:210212
forward approaches and reaches ice and oxygen storage, 2007 V3:59
approaches for wheelchairs, 2004 V1:110 ice as part of total load, 2008 V4:119
drinking fountains and water coolers, 2004 V1:109 ice inside water storage tanks, 2005 V2:170
reach for wheelchairs, 2004 V1:109, 111 insulation and, 2008 V4:114115
FOS (fuel oil supply), 2004 V1:8 irrigation system valves and, 2007 V3:95
fossil fuel use, 2007 V3:181 testing of cold-water systems, 2005 V2:103
fouling of water, 2005 V2:205, 227, 2007 V3:158 water meters and, 2005 V2:68
Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic well heads and, 2005 V2:166167
Research, 2007 V3:208 Freije, M., 2005 V2:118
foundations of pumps, 2005 V2:166, 169 french drains, 2004 V1:25
fountains frequencies (Hz, HZ)
direct connections, 2008 V4:184 defined, 2008 V4:145
drinking. See drinking fountains disturbing vibrations, 2008 V4:146
equipment location, 2007 V3:99101 frequency ratios in vibration control, 2008 V4:146149
gray water in, 2005 V2:25 measurements, 2004 V1:33
overview, 2007 V3:99 natural frequency of resilient mounted systems, 2008
pool design, 2007 V3:99 V4:146
pumps, 2007 V3:100101 symbols for, 2004 V1:15
safety, 2007 V3:101 frequency of ion regeneration cycles, 2005 V2:218219
sump pumps, 2007 V3:102 fresh-air inlets, 2004 V1:25
surface skimmer, 2007 V3:103 fresh water makeup, swimming pools, 2007 V3:113114,
four-way braces, 2008 V4:136 127128
FOV (fuel oil vents), 2004 V1:8 friction clamps, 2007 V3:213
fp, FP (freezing points), 2004 V1:14 friction connectors, 2004 V1:189
fpm, FPM (feet per minute), 2004 V1:14, 2007 V3:30 friction factors, 2004 V1:14
fps, FPS (feet per second), 2004 V1:14 friction head
FR (Federal Register), 2007 V3:81 calculating, 2004 V1:6
fracture rooms, 2007 V3:36, 39 centralized drinking-water cooler systems, 2008 V4:246
framing drawings for facilities, 2007 V3:35 friction loads, 2008 V4:137
framing steel, 2008 V4:136 friction losses in flow
Frankel, Michael, 2005 V2:64, 104, 196, 234, 256, 2007 bends in pipe and, 2008 V4:63
V3:151, 179, 2008 V4:116 calculating friction head loss, 2004 V1:2
Franzini, Joseph B., 2005 V2:19 compressed air, 2007 V3:7273, 177, 178
fraternities and sororities, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 examples for pipe sizing, 2005 V2:9799
V4:19 fuel dispensers, 2007 V3:148
Frederick, Ralph H., 2005 V2:64 Hazen-Williams formula, 2004 V1:2, 2005 V2:83
free air liquid fuel piping, 2007 V3:148
defined, 2004 V1:18, 2007 V3:167 medical air, 2007 V3:64, 69, 7273
properties, 2007 V3:165 medical gas piping, 2007 V3:68
water vapor in, 2007 V3:169170 medical vacuum systems, 2007 V3:69, 73
free board, 2008 V4:223 natural gas systems, 2005 V2:134, 2007 V3:238
free convection, defined, 2007 V3:184 nitrogen systems, 2007 V3:69, 71
free-floating oils, 2007 V3:87 nitrous oxide, 2007 V3:69, 71
free oil, 2005 V2:254 oxygen, 2007 V3:69, 71
free residuals, 2008 V4:200 pipe pressure and, 2005 V2:86, 92
free-standing surge vessels, 2007 V3:114 pressure and, 2005 V2:98
free-standing water coolers, 2008 V4:240 reduced pressure zones, 2005 V2:71
free vibration, 2004 V1:160 sizing pipes and, 2005 V2:9296
free water surface, 2008 V4:178 standpipe systems, 2007 V3:21
freeboard in ditches, 2007 V3:234 submersible fuel pumps, 2007 V3:148149
freestanding siamese fire-department connections, 2004 vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:191193, 194
V1:12 vacuum exhauster sizing, 2005 V2:193194
valves and threaded fittings, 2005 V2:99102 comparing in evaluation phase, 2004 V1:243
vent systems, 2005 V2:37 cost-to-function relationship, 2004 V1:225
water in pipes, tables, 2008 V4:246 defined, 2004 V1:224
water mains, 2007 V3:6 evaluation checklists, 2004 V1:237241
well pumps, 2005 V2:170 in evaluation phase, 2004 V1:235
front-end documents, 2004 V1:63, 65 in FAST approach, 2004 V1:230
frost. See freezing temperatures interrelationships, 2004 V1:227
frost lines, 2007 V3:210212 levels of importance, 2004 V1:225
frostproof closets, 2004 V1:25 ranking and comparing, 2004 V1:243
FRP. See fiberglass-reinforced plastic sketches of, 2004 V1:237, 239240
FRPP (flame-retardant pipe), 2008 V4:55 specific and dependent, 2004 V1:225
FS (federal specifications), 2004 V1:25, 58 two-word expressions, 2004 V1:225
FS (flow switches), 2004 V1:10 fundamental corrosion cells, defined, 2004 V1:139
FSK (fiberglass cloth, skrim and kraft paper), 2008 V4:108 Fundamentals Handbook, 2007 V3:162, 194
ft, FT (feet). See feet Fundamentals of Underground Corrosion Control, 2004
ft-lb, FT LB (foot-pounds), 2004 V1:14 V1:154
ft3 (cubic feet), 2004 V1:14 fungi, 2005 V2:199, 205
FTUs (formazin turbidity units), 2005 V2:203204 funnel-type drains, 2005 V2:253, 2007 V3:42
fu values. See fixture units and unit values furring-out requirements for roofs, 2005 V2:52
fuel double containment systems, 2008 V4:49 fusible link sprinklers, 2007 V3:6
fuel gas codes, list of agencies, 2004 V1:42 Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating, 2008 V4:28
Fuel Gas Piping, 2005 V2:144 fusion-joint plastic piping systems, 2007 V3:46
fuel-gas piping systems. See also diesel-oil systems; future construction, planning impacts of, 2008 V4:120
gasoline systems future expansion of compressed air systems, 2007 V3:176
fuel gas, defined, 2005 V2:143 FV (face velocity), 2004 V1:14
glossary, 2005 V2:142144 fvel, FVEL (face velocity), 2004 V1:14
liquefied petroleum gas, 2005 V2:137, 142
methane, 2004 V1:130
natural gas systems, 2005 V2:125137, 2008 V4:3031
G
G (giga) prefix, 2004 V1:34
fuel island, 2007 V3:143 G (low-pressure gas), 2004 V1:8
fuel loads (fire hazards), 2007 V3:2 g, G (gravitational constants), 2004 V1:15
fuel oil G pipes, 2008 V4:31
calculation, solar energy and, 2007 V3:185186 ga, GA (gauges). See gauges
copper pipe, 2008 V4:3031 GACs (granulated carbon filters), 2005 V2:228, 231232.
fuel oil return (FOR), 2004 V1:8 See also activated carbon filtration
fuel oil supply (FOS), 2004 V1:8 GAGE (gages). See gages
fuel oil vents (FOV), 2004 V1:8 gages (ga, GA, GAGE). See also gauges
pipe bracing, 2004 V1:166, 167 Boyles law, 2008 V4:233234
full-flow conditions (FF), 2004 V1:1 defined, 2004 V1:15
full port (100% area), 2008 V4:74, 84, 91 pressure, 2007 V3:169
full-port ball valves, 2007 V3:67 gal, GAL (gallons). See gallons (gal, GAL)
fully recessed water coolers, 2008 V4:239240, 241 galleries, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
fully-sprinklered spaces, 2004 V1:12 gallons (gal, GAL)
fume hoods, 2005 V2:250 converting to metric units, 2007 V3:30
fumes, hazardous. See also gases converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39
acid-waste drainage systems, 2007 V3:42 gallons per day (gpd, GPD), 2004 V1:15
acids, 2005 V2:239, 241 gallons per hour (gph, GPH), 2004 V1:15, 39, 2005
in soil profiles, 2007 V3:141 V2:108109
vent piping, 2007 V3:46 gallons per minute (gpm), 2005 V2:93, 164
VOCs, 2005 V2:201 converting to fixture units, 2007 V3:201, 218
fuming grade sulfuric acid, 2005 V2:240 converting to metric units, 2007 V3:30
Function Analysis phase in value engineering estimating demand, 2005 V2:92
defined, 2004 V1:224 pressure and, 2005 V2:83, 84
FAST approach, 2004 V1:227231 grains per gallon (gpg), 2005 V2:201
function definitions forms, 2004 V1:225227, 228 standard gallons per hour (std gph, SGPH), 2004 V1:15
in process, 2004 V1:213 symbols for, 2004 V1:15
rules, 2004 V1:225 galvanic action, 2004 V1:25, 2008 V4:67. See also
Function phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:213 electrolysis
Functional Analysis System Technique (FAST), 2004 galvanic anodes, 2004 V1:147150
V1:227231 galvanic cells, defined, 2004 V1:153
functions galvanic corrosion, 2004 V1:141, 153, 2005 V2:205
basic or secondary, 2004 V1:225 galvanic series of metals
water closet and toilet accessibility, 2004 V1:114 Gray-water Systems, 2005 V2:35
grab rings, 2008 V4:60 graywater systems
grades amount of generated gray water, 2005 V2:25
defined, 2004 V1:25 benefits of water reuse, 2004 V1:135
maintaining for piping, 2008 V4:23 codes and standards, 2005 V2:2526
grains capacity contents, 2008 V4:262
defined, 2008 V4:223 cross connections, 2008 V4:169
water softeners, 2008 V4:206 designing for supply and consumption, 2005 V2:2830
grains (gr, GR) economic analysis of, 3234
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 green uses of gray water, 2004 V1:264
grains per gallon, 2005 V2:201 health care facilities, 2007 V3:46, 47
symbols for, 2004 V1:15 introduction, 2005 V2:25
grains per gallon (gpg), 2005 V2:201 overview, 2004 V1:267
converting parts per million to, 2008 V4:222 precautions, 2005 V2:35
defined, 2008 V4:223 public concerns and acceptance, 2005 V2:35
water softener capacity, 2008 V4:206 reasons for using, 2005 V2:25
grandstands, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18 reclaimed water, 2004 V1:135
granulated carbon filters, 2005 V2:228, 231232. See also references, 2005 V2:3536
activated carbon filtration sources of, 2008 V4:261
granule tests, 2008 V4:5 system description and components, 2005 V2:26
graphic annunciators, 2007 V3:2728 treatment systems, 2005 V2:3032, 2008 V4:259260
graphic conventions in plumbing drawings, 2004 V1:108 GRD (grease/oil recovery devices), 2008 V4:159160, 185
graphite, 2004 V1:141, 2008 V4:62, 69, 193 grease. See fats, oils, and grease (FOG)
graphite anodes, 2004 V1:150 grease-extracting hoods, 2008 V4:162, 163
graphitic corrosion, 2004 V1:153 grease interceptors
graphitization applications, 2008 V4:162
cast iron, 2004 V1:141 bioremediation, 2008 V4:160
defined, 2004 V1:153 bioremediation systems and, 2008 V4:249
graphs, water supply, 2007 V3:4, 5 codes, 2004 V1:43
grates codes and standards, 2008 V4:162, 164165
buffing, 2005 V2:11 commercial kitchen sinks and, 2008 V4:12
grate open areas for floor drains, 2005 V2:1011 custom-made, 2008 V4:161
main drain piping, swimming pools, 2007 V3:110 defined, 2004 V1:25
materials for, 2005 V2:13 design characteristics
sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:1011 flotation factors, 2008 V4:155156
gravels, 2005 V2:29 flow-through periods, 2008 V4:155
gravimetric measurement of solids, 2005 V2:204 practical design, 2008 V4:158
gravitational acceleration units, 2004 V1:1 retention periods, 2008 V4:154155
gravitational constants (g, G), 2004 V1:1, 15, 2008 V4:154 economic concerns, 2008 V4:166
gravity field-formed concrete, 2008 V4:161
acceleration of water, 2005 V2:12 flow control, 2008 V4:163
forces in earthquakes, 2004 V1:186 FOG disposal systems, 2008 V4:160
loads, 2004 V1:155 formulas for operation, 2008 V4:154156, 163164
gravity circulation, 2004 V1:5 gravity (GGIs), 2008 V4:153, 160161
gravity drainage, 2005 V2:238 hydromechanical (HGIs), 2008 V4:153, 158159, 165
gravity drops, 2007 V3:136 operation and maintenance, 2008 V4:165166
gravity-film heat exchangers, 2004 V1:266 overview, 2008 V4:153
gravity filters, 2008 V4:202 removing grease, 2008 V4:165166
gravity flotation, 2008 V4:250 single- and multiple-fixture design, 2008 V4:163164
gravity-flow systems, 2008 V4:57, 215 sizing, 2008 V4:163164
gravity flushes, 2004 V1:195, 2008 V4:78 types of
gravity grease interceptors (GGIs), 2008 V4:153, 160161 automatic computer-controlled units, 2008 V4:159
gravity separators in oil spills, 2005 V2:256 160
Gravity Sewer Pipe, 2008 V4:28 automatic power-operated units, 2008 V4:159160
gravity sewers, 2005 V2:152 custom-made units, 2008 V4:161
gravity tank systems manually operated units, 2008 V4:159
fire-protection connections, 2007 V3:209, 211 semiautomatic units, 2008 V4:159
fire-protection water supply, 2007 V3:217 grease/oil recovery devices (GRD), 2008 V4:159160
operation of, 2005 V2:7476 Grease Removal Devices, 2008 V4:166
suction piping and, 2005 V2:171 grease traps
gravity water filters, 2005 V2:167168 bioremediation systems and, 2008 V4:249
Gray, G.D., 2005 V2:35 codes, 2004 V1:43
commercial kitchen sinks and, 2008 V4:12 Guard against Freezing in Water Lines, 2008 V4:116
greatest temperature difference (GTD), 2004 V1:15 guard posts for hydrants, 2007 V3:212213
green building A Guide to Airborne, Impact and Structure-Borne Noise
green design, 2004 V1:263267 Control in Multifamily Dwellings, 2004 V1:199
green roof designs, 2004 V1:266267 guide-vane tips, acoustic modifications, 2004 V1:197
LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis
Design), 2008 V4:23, 255 of Oil and Grease and Non-polar Material, 2008
Green Building Council, 2004 V1:263 V4:252
Green Building Rating System (LEED), 2004 V1:263265 Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems,
green plumbing 2004 V1:191
biosolids, 2008 V4:261264 guides (pipe), 2008 V4:137
disease, 2008 V4:256 Gut Feel Index, 2004 V1:254
economic benefits, 2008 V4:258 gutters, 2007 V3:111112, 114
economic growth, 2008 V4:256 gutters (roofs), 2005 V2:63
energy efficiency, 2008 V4:264 GV (gas vents), 2004 V1:8
global issues, 2008 V4:255256 GV (gate valves), 2004 V1:9, 2005 V2:240
irrigation, 2008 V4:258 gymnasiums, 2005 V2:109, 2008 V4:18
LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental gypsum, 2008 V4:193
Design), 2008 V4:255, 257258, 265 gypsum board, lining with lead, 2005 V2:248
objections to, 2008 V4:258
references, 2008 V4:265
sanitation, 2008 V4:255256
H
H (enthalpy), 2004 V1:14
sustainable design, 2008 V4:256 h (hecto) prefix, 2004 V1:34
vacuum-operated waste transport system, 2008 V4:259 H (henrys), 2004 V1:33
wastewater management, 2008 V4:259264 h (hours), 2004 V1:15, 34
water use, 2008 V4:255 h (velocity head), 2004 V1:5
green sands, 2005 V2:215 H-I alloy, 2004 V1:144
Greene, Norbert D., 2004 V1:154 H/m (henrys per meter), 2004 V1:33
Greening Federal Facilities, 2004 V1:134, 137 ha (hectares), 2004 V1:34
gridded systems, 2007 V3:6 hair strainers, 2007 V3:113, 120
grinder pumps, 2008 V4:99100 HALAR piping, 2007 V3:4950
defined, 2004 V1:25 half-circle rotary sprinklers, 2007 V3:94
in sewage tanks, 2005 V2:152 half-dome ends on tanks, 2007 V3:135
groove butterfly valves, 2008 V4:84 half-full conditions (HF), 2004 V1:1
grooved wheel and bar benders, 2008 V4:63 half lives, defined, 2005 V2:248
Grossel, S.F., 2005 V2:256 halogenated agents, 2007 V3:26, 28, 66, 76
ground failure, 2004 V1:158 halogens, 2005 V2:120
ground floor space. See clear floor space halon 1211, 2007 V3:26
ground-motion time history, 2004 V1:160 halon 1301, 2004 V1:25, 2007 V3:26
ground-mounted water storage tanks, 2005 V2:170 Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems (NFPA 12A), 2007
ground ruptures, 2004 V1:158 V3:26, 29
ground shaking, 2004 V1:158159, 161 halon system types, 2004 V1:2526
ground water halothane, 2007 V3:66
carbon dioxide in, 2008 V4:197 hammer. See water hammer
defined, 2005 V2:198 hand-held extinguishers, 2007 V3:23
feed water for pure water systems, 2005 V2:230 hand-held shower heads, 2004 V1:120
graywater irrigation systems and, 2005 V2:25 hand tools for vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:190
monitoring, 2007 V3:140141 hand trenching, labor productivity rates, 2004 V1:9597
need for treatment, 2008 V4:193194 hand wheels, 2008 V4:74
private water systems, 2005 V2:163 Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, 2004 V1:2, 3, 5, 40
storage tanks and, 2007 V3:149 Handbook of Applied Hydraulics, 2008 V4:166
swimming pool locations and, 2007 V3:106 Handbook of Chlorination, 2005 V2:104
underground tanks and, 2007 V3:135 Handbook of Corrosion Resistant Pipeline, 2007 V3:89
groundspace for wheelchairs. See clear floor space Handbook of Fundamentals, 2004 V1:2, 5, 6, 40
group washups, 2008 V4:11 Handbooks (ASHRAE), 2005 V2:144
grouts in wells, 2005 V2:166 handicapped individuals. See people with disabilities
growth rate of fires, 2007 V3:2 handle extensions, 2008 V4:84, 87
GSA (General Services Administration), 2004 V1:263 handling section in specifications, 2004 V1:70, 8990
GSA Guide Specification Number 3-1515-71 (Public hands-free controls on sinks, 2007 V3:3537, 37
Building Service), 2004 V1:199 hands-free water coolers, 2008 V4:240
GTD (greatest temperature difference), 2004 V1:15 handwashing lavatories, 2007 V3:36, 39, 47
guaranty bonds, 2004 V1:62 hanger assemblies, 2008 V4:137
conserving energy, 2004 V1:124125, 127, 128 How to Design Spencer Central Vacuum Cleaners, 2005
corrosion rates, 2004 V1:145 V2:196
earthquake damage, 2004 V1:162 hp, HP (horsepower). See horsepower
equations, 2005 V2:109110 HPC (high-pressure condensate), 2004 V1:9
exposed piping and accessibility, 2004 V1:117 hps, HPS (high-pressure steam), 2004 V1:9, 15
heat loss, 2008 V4:112113 HR (hours), 2004 V1:15, 34
high-temperature systems, 2008 V4:89 HT (heat). See heat
hot-water properties, 2005 V2:117 HT (height). See height
hot-water temperatures, 2004 V1:120, 2005 V2:111, hthw, HTHW (high-temperature hot water), 2004 V1:15.
112114, 2007 V3:39, 47 See also hot-water temperatures
introduction, 2005 V2:107 HTR (heaters), 2004 V1:15. See also water heaters
Legionella pneumophila, 2005 V2:117122 hub-and-spigot piping and joints. See also bell-and-spigot
maintaining temperatures, 2005 V2:115 joints and piping
mixed-water temperatures, 2005 V2:111 acid wastes and, 2007 V3:46
pipe codes, 2004 V1:45 as compression joints, 2008 V4:60
pipe vibration isolation, 2004 V1:205 cast-iron soil pipe, 2008 V4:2325, 2527
relief valves, 2005 V2:115116 defined, 2004 V1:26
safety and health concerns, 2005 V2:117124 sanitary piping, 2005 V2:13
scalding water, 2005 V2:122124 hub ends on valves, 2008 V4:80
sizing water heaters, 2005 V2:108109 Hubbard baths, 2005 V2:109
solar, 2007 V3:189192 hubless piping
temperature ranges for expansion or contraction, 2008 bracing cast-iron pipe, 2004 V1:177
V4:227 cast-iron soil pipe, 2008 V4:2325, 24, 27
thermal efficiency, 2005 V2:116117 hubless, defined, 2004 V1:26
thermal expansion, 2005 V2:116, 2008 V4:227 riser bracing for hubless pipes, 2004 V1:178
types of domestic systems, 2004 V1:129134 sanitary piping, 2005 V2:13
valves for, 2008 V4:8586, 89 shielded hubless coupling, 2008 V4:61
waste heat usage, 2004 V1:131134 HUD (Housing and Urban Development), 2004 V1:105,
water heater heat recovery, 2005 V2:110 106
water heaters, 2005 V2:111114 human blood in drinking water case, 2008 V4:187
hot-water temperatures human body, need for water, 2008 V4:237
accessible shower compartments, 2004 V1:120 humidity
charts, 2005 V2:112114 defined, 2007 V3:167
health care facilities, 2007 V3:39, 47 humidity ratios (W, W), 2004 V1:15
high-temperature hot water, 2004 V1:15, 2008 V4:89 relative (rh, RH), 2004 V1:15
maintaining temperatures, 2005 V2:115 hungry water. See distilled water (DL)
mixed-water temperatures, 2005 V2:111 Hunter, Roy B., 2005 V2:3, 4, 48, 104
ranges for expansion or contraction, 2008 V4:227 Hunters Curve, 2005 V2:92
scalding water, 2005 V2:122124 Hurricane filters, 2005 V2:211
hotels hurricanes, 2008 V4:119
acoustic plumbing design for, 2004 V1:196 hutene, 2005 V2:126
drinking fountain usage, 2008 V4:245 HVAC engineers, 2007 V3:29, 179
grease interceptors, 2008 V4:153 HVAC systems
hot water demand, 2005 V2:109 backflow prevention, 2008 V4:185
numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19 copper pipes, 2008 V4:3031
septic tanks, 2005 V2:156157 defined, 2008 V4:137
vacuum calculations for, 2005 V2:190 exhaust ducts, 2005 V2:193
water consumption, 2008 V4:208 glass pipes, 2008 V4:48
hourly data in sizing water heaters, 2005 V2:108109 steel pipe, 2008 V4:48
hours (h, HR), 2004 V1:15, 34 HW. See hot-water supply (HW)
house drains. See building drains HWR (hot water recirculating), 2004 V1:8, 265
house pumps, 2005 V2:74, 76 hybrid vaporizers, 2007 V3:59
house tanks, 2005 V2:7476 hydrant wrenches, 2007 V3:3
house traps. See building traps hydrants
housed-spring mountings, 2004 V1:204 butt caps, 2007 V3:3, 202
houses. See buildings coefficients of discharge, 2007 V3:3, 4
housing project sewers, 2005 V2:156157 cross connections, 2008 V4:185
housings fire-protection water supply, 2007 V3:212213
for gas boosters, 2005 V2:130 flow tests, 2007 V3:36, 4, 202206
for gas filters, 2007 V3:236 guards, 2007 V3:212213
HOW logic path, 2004 V1:230, 231 outlets, 2007 V3:4
public hydrants, 2004 V1:12
Implementation Presentation phase in value engineering, hot water demand, 2005 V2:109
2004 V1:213 numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18, 20
importance piping systems, 2008 V4:137
assigning in function analysis, 2004 V1:225 radiation in, 2005 V2:248
of equipment or systems in seismic force calculations, water content in wastes, 2007 V3:91
2004 V1:183 industrial laundries, 2008 V4:205
impoundment basins, 2007 V3:146 Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI), 2005 V2:127, 2007 V3:12
impressed current systems, 2004 V1:147, 150 industrial service gas, 2005 V2:126
impurities in water. See water impurities industrial waste
in-ground vapor monitoring, 2007 V3:141 defined, 2004 V1:26
in. Hg (inches of mercury), 2005 V2:175, 178 pretreatment of, 2008 V4:249
in-line filters, 2007 V3:63 industrial wastewater treatment
in-line life check valves, 2008 V4:83 codes and standards, 2007 V3:88
in-line pumps, 2004 V1:24 definitions, 2007 V3:82
in-wall piping, acoustic design and, 2004 V1:195 designing systems, 2007 V3:8384
in3 (cubic inches), 2004 V1:14 government publications, 2007 V3:8889
inch-pound units (IP) industry and technical handbooks, 2007 V3:89
converting, 2005 V2:176, 2007 V3:30 overview, 2007 V3:81
flow rates and pressure measurements, 2007 V3:169 permits, 2007 V3:81
use of, 2005 V2:175 references, 2007 V3:8889
inches regulatory framework, 2007 V3:8183
converting to metric units, 2007 V3:30 resources, 2007 V3:89
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 system elements, 2007 V3:8488
of mercury (in. Hg), 2004 V1:39, 2005 V2:175, 178 inert gases, 2007 V3:26
per hour (in./h), 2007 V3:91 Inert Gases:Argon, Nitrogen and Helium (CGA P-9), 2007
incident angles (INANG), 2004 V1:15 V3:75, 76, 79
incineration systems, 2004 V1:130131 inert materials, 2007 V3:48
incinerator toilets, 2004 V1:265 inertia
income, in hot water demand classifications, 2005 V2:109 conversion factors, 2004 V1:36
inconel, 2004 V1:141, 144, 2008 V4:108 measurements, 2004 V1:33
independent functions in FAST approach, 2004 V1:230 inerting atmospheres, 2007 V3:26
indicated horsepower, defined, 2007 V3:167 infant bathtubs, 2007 V3:36, 38
indicated horsepower (ihp, IHP), 2004 V1:15 infectious and biological waste systems. See also
indirect discharges, 2007 V3:83, 2008 V4:249 disinfecting; microorganisms
indirect drains (D), 2004 V1:8 biosafety levels, 2005 V2:251
indirect waste pipes, 2004 V1:26, 2008 V4:12, 178 codes and standards, 2005 V2:251
indirect waste receptors, 2005 V2:15, 2008 V4:16. See also components, 2005 V2:252
floor sinks introduction, 2005 V2:250251
indirect water heating, 2007 V3:122 liquid-waste decontamination systems, 2005 V2:252
individual aerobic waste treatment plants, 2005 V2:157 infectious disease rooms, 2007 V3:47
158 inflexibility, creativity and, 2004 V1:231
Individual Home Wastewater Characterization and influents, 2008 V4:223
Treatment, 2005 V2:161 Information phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:213,
individual vents, 2004 V1:26. See also revent pipes 214222
air admittance valves, 2005 V2:46 information sources in value engineering, 2004 V1:214,
defined, 2005 V2:40 221
indoor gas boosters, 2005 V2:133 infrared controls on faucets and fixtures, 2004 V1:135, 264
indoor swimming pools, 2007 V3:107108. See also infrared radiation, defined, 2007 V3:184
swimming pools Ingersoll-Rand Company, 2005 V2:144, 2007 V3:179
induced siphonage, 2004 V1:26 inhibitors (corrosion), 2004 V1:151, 153
industrial acid-waste drainage systems initial pressure in water-pressure regulators, 2008 V4:81
acid-waste treatment, 2005 V2:244245 initial system volumes, 2008 V4:232
continuous acid-waste treatment systems, 2005 V2:246 initial vacuum pressure, 2005 V2:193
defined, 2005 V2:239 injectable pharmaceuticals, 2008 V4:218, 219
health and safety concerns, 2005 V2:239240 ink tests, 2008 V4:5, 9
large facilities, 2005 V2:244, 245 inlet cubic feet per minute (icfm), 2005 V2:177, 2007 V3:62
types of acids, 2005 V2:240242 inlet pressure, defined, 2007 V3:167
industrial chemical-waste systems, 2005 V2:253 inlet temperature, defined, 2007 V3:167
industrial facilities inlet valves, 2008 V4:223
distilled water use, 2008 V4:212 inlets. See also outlets; stations
firefighting demand flow rates, 2007 V3:216 gas or vacuum. See stations
firefighting water drainage, 2005 V2:253254 inlet filters in pools, 2007 V3:171, 178
inlet filters on vacuum systems, 2005 V2:181 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
inlet inverts on septic tanks, 2005 V2:154 Appurtenances (NFPA 24), 2007 V3:30, 210
inlet pressure in cold-water systems, 2005 V2:78 Installation of Sprinkler Systems (NFPA 13), 2007 V3:2,
inlet pressure in gas boosters, 2005 V2:134 11, 12, 29, 217
inlet times, 2007 V3:231, 232 Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems (NFPA 14),
louver velocity, 2007 V3:178 2007 V3:20, 29
number of in vacuum systems, 2005 V2:184 Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection (NFPA
for storage tanks, 2005 V2:171 20), 2007 V3:29
submerged, 2008 V4:184 Installation of Underground Gasoline Tanks and Piping at
swimming pools, 2007 V3:131 Service Stations (API 1615), 2007 V3:151
for vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:189, 190, 191, instantaneous water heaters, 2005 V2:111
193 institutional facilities
in vacuum sizing calculations, 2005 V2:184, 186 estimating sewage quantities, 2005 V2:159
inline shutoff valves, 2007 V3:67 grease interceptors, 2008 V4:153
Innovation & Design Process (LEED), 2004 V1:263 numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19, 20
innovation in green building, 2004 V1:266 piping systems, 2008 V4:137138
Innovative Wastewater Technologies, 2004 V1:264 septic tank systems for, 2005 V2:156157
inorganic salts, 2008 V4:220 instructions to bidders, 2004 V1:62
input motion of earthquakes, 2004 V1:160 instrument sterilizers, 2007 V3:39, 40
insanitary, defined, 2004 V1:26 instruments, nitrogen-pressure-driven, 2007 V3:64
insert boxes, 2008 V4:137 insulated handle extensions, 2008 V4:84
insert nuts, 2008 V4:127, 137 insulated pipe supports, 2008 V4:138
inserts, 2008 V4:6465, 126, 137 insulating cement, 2008 V4:107
inside-caulk drains, 2005 V2:13 insulation
inside-caulk outlets, 2005 V2:13 airborne sound, 2004 V1:193
inside diameters (ID), 2004 V1:14, 2007 V3:136 chilled drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:244
inside film coefficients, 2004 V1:14 confined spaces, 2008 V4:116
insolation, defined, 2007 V3:184 dielectric insulation, 2004 V1:146
inspecting. See also cleanouts economic issues, 2008 V4:113115
checklists, 2004 V1:102103 energy savings and, 2004 V1:265
hazardous waste systems, 2007 V3:84 in geothermal energy systems, 2004 V1:131
sewage-disposal systems, 2005 V2:160161 hangers and supports and, 2008 V4:120, 126
installation hot-water systems, 2004 V1:127
anchor bolts, seismic problems, 2004 V1:190 insulation protection saddles, 2008 V4:138
bioremediation pretreatment systems, 2008 V4:253 noise insulation, 2005 V2:14
cross-connection controls, 2008 V4:175176 pipe. See pipe insulation
estimating productivity rates, 2004 V1:97 pure water systems, 2005 V2:233
flow sensors, 2007 V3:121 short-circuiting installations, 2004 V1:151
grab bars, 2004 V1:121122 storage and handling, 2008 V4:114115
installation costs, 2004 V1:223 tanks, 2008 V4:109
installation sequence in water treatment, 2008 V4:223 thickness and energy conservation, 2004 V1:127
insulation on valves and fittings, 2008 V4:108109 for valves and fittings, 2008 V4:108109
lavatories, 2008 V4:1011 insurance
liquid fuel storage systems, 2007 V3:150151 carriers, 2007 V3:1, 26, 197
medical gas piping, 2007 V3:68 certificates, 2004 V1:62
pressure-regulated valves, 2005 V2:7879 in labor costs, 2004 V1:94
pumps, 2008 V4:101102 intake silencers on compressors, 2007 V3:171
section in specifications, 2004 V1:91 intake sump acoustic problems, 2004 V1:197
showers, 2008 V4:14 integral attachments, 2008 V4:138
storage tank checklist, 2007 V3:150151 intensity-duration-frequency curves, 2007 V3:229
tank insulation, 2008 V4:109 intensity (luminous), 2004 V1:33
urinals, 2008 V4:910 intensive-care rooms
water closets, 2008 V4:67 fixtures, 2007 V3:38
water coolers, 2008 V4:247 health care facilities, 2007 V3:36
water-pressure regulators, 2008 V4:82 medical gas stations, 2007 V3:52, 56
Installation, 2008 V4:28 interceptors, 2004 V1:26. See also specific kinds of
Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps (NFPA 20), 2007 interceptors
V3:21 intercooling, defined, 2007 V3:168
Installation of Closed-head Foam-water Sprinkler Systems interface controls for medical gas systems, 2007 V3:68
(NFPA 16A), 2007 V3:30 intergranular corrosion, 2005 V2:205
Installation of Private Fire Mains (FM 3-10), 2007 V3:210 interlocking, gas boosters and, 2005 V2:133
interlocks for gas shutoffs, 2005 V2:127128
intermediate chambers in dry-pipe systems, 2007 V3:8 iodine 131, 2005 V2:248
intermediate coats, 2004 V1:147 ion-exchange and removal systems, 2005 V2:215221
intermediate gas regulators, 2007 V3:237 cartridges, 2008 V4:214
intermediate hangers, 2008 V4:68 continuous deionization, 2005 V2:219220
intermediate-level sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 defined, 2008 V4:223
intermittent flow in fixtures, 2008 V4:207 design considerations, 2005 V2:220221
intermittent sand filters, 2005 V2:157 internal structure, 2008 V4:198
internal energy, defined, 2007 V3:167 ion exchange with acid addition, 2008 V4:199
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site, 2007 V3:194 ion exchange with chloride dealkalizer, 2008 V4:199
internal water treatments, 2008 V4:194 regenerable ion exchange, 2005 V2:215
International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), 2007 regeneration cycle, 2005 V2:216219
V3:116 resins, 2005 V2:215216, 2008 V4:197199
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical service deionization, 2005 V2:219
Officials, 2004 V1:54, 58, 2005 V2:36 small drinking water systems, 2005 V2:228
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical sodium cycle, 2008 V4:196
Officials (IAPMO), 2004 V1:54, 58, 2005 V2:36 total dissolved solids and, 2005 V2:204
PS 1 Tank Risers, 2008 V4:252 water softening, 2005 V2:220, 2008 V4:197199,
Uniform Plumbing Code. See Uniform Plumbing Code 198199
Z1001 Prefabricated Gravity Grease Interceptors, 2008 ionization, copper-silver, 2005 V2:120, 122, 2008 V4:220
V4:153 ionized salts (NaCI), 2007 V3:47, 2008 V4:195
International Building Code, 2004 V1:183 ions
International Code Council (ICC), 2004 V1:55, 59, 2005 defined, 2004 V1:153, 2008 V4:197, 223
V2:104 in electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144
International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), in pH values, 2005 V2:239
2004 V1:191 Iowa Institute of Hydraulic Research, 2005 V2:80
International Organization for Standardization (ISO), IP units, 2005 V2:175, 176, 2007 V3:169
2004 V1:194 IPS. See International Pipe Standard (IPS); iron pipe size
International Pipe Standard (IPS), 2004 V1:15 (IPS)
International Plumbing Code, 2008 V4:1719, 164, 165 IPS outlets, 2005 V2:14
International Safety Equipment Association (ISEA), 2004 iron
V1:59 corrosion, 2004 V1:139, 2008 V4:196
international swimming meets, 2007 V3:106 defined, 2008 V4:223
International System of Units (SI) in electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144
conversion factors, 2004 V1:3940 ferric ion formula, 2008 V4:193
converting, 2004 V1:39, 2005 V2:176, 2007 V3:30 ferrous ion formula, 2008 V4:193
equations, 2004 V1:1 in galvanic series, 2004 V1:141
listing, 2004 V1:3240 removing, 2005 V2:208
non-SI units, 2004 V1:34 sludge and, 2005 V2:205
prefixes and symbols, 2004 V1:34 in soils, 2005 V2:149
pressure and flow rate measurements, 2007 V3:169 in water, 2005 V2:168, 199, 200, 2008 V4:186, 187
style and use, 2004 V1:34, 2005 V2:175 iron bacteria, 2005 V2:199
interrelationships of functions, 2004 V1:227, 230 iron coagulants, 2005 V2:209
interruptible fuel-gas service, 2005 V2:125 iron filters, 2008 V4:208
interruptible gas services, 2007 V3:235 iron oxide, 2004 V1:139
interstitial monitoring, 2007 V3:139140 iron oxide films, 2004 V1:145
interstitial spaces in tanks, 2007 V3:136, 144 iron pipe size (IPS), 2004 V1:15, 2008 V4:51, 54
intravenous injections, 2008 V4:213 iron piping
inventory control in storage tanks, 2007 V3:139 corrosion, 2004 V1:139, 2008 V4:196
invertebrates, 2005 V2:199 ductile iron water and sewer pipe, 2008 V4:2529
inverted, defined, 2008 V4:138 iron seats for valves, 2008 V4:83
inverted bucket traps, 2007 V3:158159 iron valves, 2008 V4:7879
inverts irradiation (insolation), instantaneous, 2007 V3:184
defined, 2004 V1:26 irradiation treatment of water, 2005 V2:168, 223224, 228,
on septic tanks, 2005 V2:154 232, 233
An Investigation of the Adequacy of Performance of irregularity of shapes in velocity, 2008 V4:154
Reduced-size Vents Installed on a Ten-Story Drain, Irrigation Association, 2007 V3:96
Waste and Vent System, 2005 V2:48 irrigation systems
Investigation phase in value engineering, 2004 V1:213, backflow prevention, 2008 V4:185
235, 243, 254 design information, 2007 V3:96
inward projecting pipes graywater systems and, 2005 V2:2930, 35
resistance coefficients, 2005 V2:101 green plumbing, 2008 V4:258
iodine, 2005 V2:120 green roof designs, 2004 V1:266
lawn sprinkler submerged inlet hazards, 2008 V4:184 jam packing, 2008 V4:74
methods, 2007 V3:9293 janitors closets, 2007 V3:36, 2008 V4:12
overview, 2007 V3:91 Janoschek, R., 2005 V2:234
rainwater harvesting, 2004 V1:135, 267 Jayawardena, N., 2005 V2:234
references, 2007 V3:96 JCAHO (Joint Commission for the Accreditation of
resources, 2007 V3:96 Hospitals Organization), 2005 V2:118, 122, 2007
sample information sheet, 2007 V3:97 V3:35, 51
soil considerations, 2007 V3:9192 jet pumps, 2005 V2:165
system components, 2007 V3:9296 jetted wells, 2005 V2:165
water conservation and, 2004 V1:264 job preparation checklists, 2004 V1:99
water quality and requirements, 2007 V3:91 jockey pumps, 2004 V1:24, 2007 V3:22
water supply, 2007 V3:96 Joint Commission for the Accreditation of Hospitals
ischoric processes, 2007 V3:165 Organization (JCAHO), 2005 V2:118, 122, 2007
ISEA (International Safety Equipment Association), 2004 V3:35, 51, 2008 V4:224
V1:59 joint responsibilities for drinking water purity, 2008
island venting, 2007 V3:46 V4:178
ISO 3822/1 (Laboratory Tests on Noise Emission by joints
Appliances and Equipment Used in Water Supply acid-waste systems, 2005 V2:242
Installations), 2004 V1:194 chemical-waste systems, 2005 V2:253
ISO (International Organization for Standardization), defined, 2004 V1:21
2004 V1:194 deflection, 2008 V4:61
isoascorbic acid, 2005 V2:226 earthquake damage to, 2004 V1:162
isobaric processes, 2007 V3:165 earthquake protection and, 2004 V1:167
isolating medical gas zones, 2007 V3:67 inspection, 2007 V3:74
isolation rooms, 2007 V3:36, 47, 52 labor productivity rates, 2004 V1:96
isolation valves, 2007 V3:50 materials, 2004 V1:43
isolation, vibration ABS pipe, 2008 V4:54
dishwasher isolation mounts, 2004 V1:195 aluminum pipe, 2008 V4:59
flexibility and, 2004 V1:199 bronze joints and fittings, 2008 V4:32, 3940
isolation hangers, 2004 V1:203, 204 cast-iron hubless pipes, 2008 V4:24
isolation springs, 2004 V1:166 cast-iron soil pipes, 2008 V4:2425
isolators within hangers, 2004 V1:166 copper drainage tubes, 2008 V4:40, 42
in piping systems, 2004 V1:202206 copper joints, 2008 V4:32, 3940
problems in seismic protection, 2004 V1:188191, 189, copper water tube, 2008 V4:3241, 6162
206 CPVC piping, 2008 V4:5354
types of vibration control devices, 2004 V1:203206 cross-linked polyethylene, 2008 V4:52
washing machine isolation mounts, 2004 V1:195 cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked
isolators, 2007 V3:179, 2008 V4:149150 polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX), 2008 V4:52
isosceles triangles, calculating area, 2004 V1:4 ductile iron water and sewer pipe, 2008 V4:2829
isothermal processes, 2007 V3:165 duriron pipe, 2008 V4:59
isotopes, 2005 V2:246, 248 fiberglass pipe, 2008 V4:56
Izod impact, 2008 V4:50 glass pipe, 2008 V4:41, 4243, 48, 63
lead and oakum joints, 2008 V4:61
J plastic joints, 2008 V4:62
plastic pipe, 2008 V4:49
J (joules), 2004 V1:33
J/K (joules per kelvin), 2004 V1:33 polypropylene pipe, 2008 V4:5455
J/kg K (joules per kg per kelvin), 2004 V1:33 PVC pipe, 2008 V4:56
jacketing PVC piping, 2008 V4:5253
coverings for insulation, 2008 V4:107108 PVDF pipe, 2008 V4:55
defined, 2008 V4:138 reinforced concrete pipe, 2008 V4:32
insulation, 2008 V4:106 seamless copper pipe, 2008 V4:39
on pipe insulation, 2008 V4:106 stainless steel pipe, 2008 V4:60
pipe insulation, 2008 V4:107108 steel pipe, 2008 V4:48
preformed plastic jackets for valves and fittings, 2008 medical gas tubing, 2007 V3:69, 2008 V4:42
V4:108109 natural gas systems, 2005 V2:130, 2007 V3:239
types of pure-water systems, 2007 V3:4850
all-service jackets, 2008 V4:108 radioactive waste systems, 2005 V2:249
aluminum jackets, 2008 V4:108 resistance coefficients, 2005 V2:100
stainless steel, 2008 V4:108 restrainers, 2007 V3:213
vapor barriers, 2008 V4:113 sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:1314
Jackson, T., 2005 V2:48 special-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:238
Jackson turbidity units (JTUs), 2005 V2:204 thermal expansion and, 2008 V4:228229
liquid solar systems, 2007 V3:185 locations of hangers. See cold hanger location; hot hanger
liquid waste locations
decontamination systems, 2005 V2:252 lock-out regulators, 2007 V3:238
defined, 2004 V1:26 lock-up periods, 2008 V4:138
levels in septic tanks, 2005 V2:154 locker rooms, 2007 V3:36
liquids (liq, LIQ) Loeb, S., 2008 V4:224
symbols for, 2004 V1:15 Loevenguth, 2004 V1:191
vacuuming, 2005 V2:188 log, LOG (logarithm to base 10), 2004 V1:15
listed, defined, 2004 V1:26 logarithms
listing agencies, 2004 V1:26 logarithm to base 10 (log, LOG), 2004 V1:15
listings, product, cross-connection control, 2008 V4:176 natural (ln, LN), 2004 V1:15
liters long runs in vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:194
converting to gallons units, 2007 V3:30 long-turn tee-wyes, 2005 V2:4
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 longitudinal bracing, 2008 V4:138
liters per minute (L/min, Lpm), 2005 V2:176, 2007 defined, 2004 V1:191
V3:6465, 169 longitudinal and transverse bracing, 2004 V1:180
liters per second (L/s), 2007 V3:5, 169 longitudinal brace points, 2004 V1:168
non-SI units, 2004 V1:34 longitudinal-only bracing, 2004 V1:180
litigious society, impact on engineers, 2008 V4:117 seismic protection, 2004 V1:172
live loads sway bracing, 2004 V1:184186
on roof, 2005 V2:53 longitudinal forces, 2004 V1:191
living roof designs, 2004 V1:266267 longitudinal motion
lm (lumens), 2004 V1:33 expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:228
LMTD (least mean temperature difference), 2004 V1:15 hangers and supports, 2008 V4:119, 124
ln, LN (logarithms, natural), 2004 V1:15 Lonsdale, H., 2008 V4:224
LO (lubricating oil), 2004 V1:8, 2005 V2:12 Looking to Treat Wastewater? Try Ozone, 2005 V2:234
load adjustment scales, 2008 V4:138 Loomis, A. W., 2005 V2:104
load bolts or pins, 2008 V4:138 loop systems
load couplings, 2008 V4:138 expansion loops, 2008 V4:228229
load indicators, 2008 V4:138 fire mains, 2007 V3:6
load ratings loop vents, 2004 V1:31, 2005 V2:39, 4445, 2007 V3:46
carbon steel threaded hanger rods, 2008 V4:132 louvers in air compression, 2007 V3:178
concrete inserts, 2008 V4:135 LOV (lubricating oil vents), 2004 V1:8
defined, 2008 V4:138 low-alkalinity water, 2008 V4:198
hangers and supports, 2008 V4:134 low backflow hazard, 2007 V3:207
load scales, 2008 V4:138 low-demand classifications, 2005 V2:109 110
load variations, 2008 V4:138 low-expansion borosilicate glass, 2008 V4:48
loading influences for bioremediation, 2008 V4:251 Low-expansion Foam (NFPA 11), 2007 V3:25, 29
loading tables low-expansion foams, 2007 V3:25
fixture-unit values in drainage systems, 2005 V2:3 low-extractable PVC piping, 2008 V4:56
vertical stacks, 2005 V2:4 low-flow fixtures
loads. See also pipe loads; support and hanger loads green building and, 2004 V1:264
computer analysis of loads, 2004 V1:186 low-flow control valves, 2007 V3:95
connected loads, defined, 2005 V2:144 low-flow shutdown systems, 2005 V2:73
design considerations in seismic protection, 2004 low-flush toilets and water closets
V1:186188 acoustic design, 2004 V1:195
horizontal loads of piping, 2004 V1:184 ultra-low-flow water closets, 2004 V1:134136, 264
live loads on roof, 2005 V2:53 low-pressure carbon dioxide systems, 2007 V3:26
load factors, defined, 2004 V1:26 low-pressure condensate (LPC), 2004 V1:9
settlement loads, 2004 V1:186 low-pressure cutouts, 2008 V4:243244
sway bracing, 2004 V1:185186 low-pressure gas cutoffs, 2005 V2:127
vertical seismic load, 2004 V1:184 low-pressure gas (G), 2004 V1:8
vibration control materials, 2004 V1:203 low-pressure natural gas systems, 2005 V2:125130
loams, 2007 V3:91 low-pressure steam (lps, LPS), 2004 V1:9, 15, 2008 V4:87
local alarms, 2007 V3:76. See also area alarms 88
local application systems (carbon dioxide), 2007 V3:26 low-pressure tanks, 2007 V3:133
local application systems (halon), 2004 V1:26 low-suction-pressure switches, 2005 V2:73
local authorities, 2005 V2:29, 237 low-temperature hot water (lthw, LTHW), 2004 V1:15
local barometric pressure in vacuums, 2005 V2:176 lower order functions, 2004 V1:230
local rainfall rate tables, 2005 V2:5357 Lowther plate units, 2005 V2:224
localized corrosion, 2005 V2:206 LOX (liquid oxygen), 2004 V1:8
location of piping, earthquake protection and, 2004 V1:167 LP-gases at Utility Gas Plants, 2005 V2:144
sampling manholes, 2007 V3:45 SP-85:Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves, 2008 V4:73
sanitary sewer systems, 2007 V3:220, 222 SP-85:Cast Iron Valves, 2008 V4:85, 88, 89
shallow manholes, 2007 V3:220, 224 SP-110:Ball Valves, 2008 V4:73, 86, 87, 90
spacing, 2007 V3:220, 225 valve approvals, 2008 V4:73
steps and covers, 2007 V3:220 Manufacturing, 2008 V4:28
venting, 2007 V3:220, 225 manufacturing facilities, 2007 V3:81, 2008 V4:245
waterproof, 2007 V3:220, 225 manways in tanks, 2007 V3:136, 141, 147, 2008 V4:252
manifolds maps
compressed air, 2007 V3:62 frost lines, 2007 V3:210212
nitrogen systems, 2007 V3:6465 seismic risk maps, 2004 V1:155157
nitrous oxide systems, 2007 V3:6061, 62 soils, 2005 V2:148
oxygen, 2007 V3:57, 5960, 61 marble acrylic fixtures, 2008 V4:2
manmade environmental conditions, 2008 V4:120 marble as calcium carbonate, 2008 V4:193
Manning formula marble fixtures, 2008 V4:2
alternative sewage-disposal systems, 2005 V2:152 mark-ups, in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:9394, 94
circular pipes, 2007 V3:218 markets
ditches, 2007 V3:234 in creativity checklist, 2004 V1:234
open-channel flow, 2004 V1:1, 2005 V2:6, 7 sanitation in, 2005 V2:15
sloping drains, 2005 V2:7, 2007 V3:216 markings, corrosion and, 2004 V1:146
storm-drainage pipes, 2007 V3:232 Marks, Lionel S., 2004 V1:1, 2, 3, 5, 40, 2008 V4:69
manual butterfly valves, 2007 V3:121 martensitic stainless steel, 2008 V4:59
manual chlorinators, 2008 V4:201 mass
manual-control irrigation valves, 2007 V3:95 conversion factors, 2004 V1:36
manual controls on ion exchangers, 2008 V4:197 mass law in acoustics, 2004 V1:193
manual flushometer valves, 2008 V4:8 mass per unit area measurements, 2004 V1:33
manual grease interceptors, 2008 V4:159 mass per unit length measurements, 2004 V1:33
Manual of Practice in measurements, 2004 V1:33
introduction, 2004 V1:61 non-SI units, 2004 V1:34
section shell outline, 2004 V1:8892 mass flow, 2005 V2:176
Uniformat, 2004 V1:64 mass flow rates (mfr, MFR)
Manual of Septic Tank Practice, 2005 V2:160 measurements, 2004 V1:33
Manual on the Design and Construction of Sanitary and symbols for, 2004 V1:15
Storm Sewers, 2005 V2:64 massive soil structure, 2005 V2:148
manual overfill prevention, 2007 V3:145 master alarms
manual overrides, 2007 V3:9596 defined, 2007 V3:76
manual pull stations, 2007 V3:23 medical gas systems, 2007 V3:50, 67, 75
manual release stations, 2007 V3:2728 master plumbers, 2004 V1:26
manual tank gauging, 2007 V3:138 MasterFormat
manual trap primers, 2005 V2:10 defined, 2004 V1:64
manufacturers specifications sections, 2004 V1:6871
in specifications, 2004 V1:70, 90 MasterFormat 2004, 2004 V1:6465, 7788
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and MasterFormat expansion task team (MFETT), 2004 V1:64
Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS), 2004 V1:26, 55, 59 MasterFormat Level Four (1995), 2004 V1:76
ANSI standards and, 2008 V4:73 MasterFormat Level One (1995), 2004 V1:73
SP-25:Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, MasterFormat Level Three (1995), 2004 V1:76
Flanges and Unions, 2008 V4:73 MasterFormat Level Two (1995), 2004 V1:7375
SP-42:Class 150 Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanged Masterspec, 2004 V1:71
Valves, 2008 V4:73 mastic, 2008 V4:107
SP-67:Butterfly Valves, 2008 V4:73, 86, 87, 90 mat zones in grease interceptors, 2008 V4:155
SP-70:Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded material costs
Ends, 2008 V4:73, 85, 87, 88, 90 defined, 2004 V1:222
SP-71:Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93
Threaded Ends, 2008 V4:73, 86, 88, 90 in take-off estimating method, 2004 V1:94
SP-72:Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends in value engineering, 2004 V1:212
for General Service, 2008 V4:73 material safety data sheets, 2007 V3:83
SP-73:Brazing Joints for Copper and Copper Alloy materials. See specific materials or system fixtures
Pressure Fittings, 2008 V4:42 detail/product/material specification checklist, 2004
SP-78:Cast Iron Plug Valves, 2008 V4:73 V1:220
SP-80:Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves, fixtures, 2008 V4:12
2008 V4:73, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89 ongoing and one-time costs, 2004 V1:223
SP-81:Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged, Wafer, Knife piping, sprinkler systems (fire protection), 2007 V3:20
Gate Valves, 2008 V4:73 in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93
storm-drainage systems, 2007 V3:227228 mechanical rotary-type vacuum pumps, 2005 V2:180
value engineering questions, 2004 V1:213214 mechanical snubbers, 2008 V4:138
Materials & Resources design (LEED), 2004 V1:263 mechanical steam traps, 2007 V3:158159
materials expansion, 2008 V4:232233 mechanical sway bracing, 2008 V4:138
materials section in specifications, 2004 V1:70, 9091 mechanical tank gauging, 2007 V3:138
maximum (max., MAX), 2004 V1:15 mechanically-dispersed oil, 2005 V2:255
maximum allowable stress and strain, 2008 V4:228229 Meckler, Milton, 2004 V1:40
maximum contaminant levels (MCL), 2008 V4:186 media (biofilms), 2008 V4:250251
maximum design flow, 2005 V2:133 media rate, filter, 2007 V3:109
maximum discharge pressure, defined, 2007 V3:168 medical air systems. See also medical compressed air (MA)
maximum discharge rates, 2004 V1:5 color coding, 2007 V3:55
maximum flow rates for fixtures, 2008 V4:207 concentrations, 2007 V3:76
maximum outlet pressure in gas boosters, 2005 V2:134 defined, 2007 V3:77
maximum resistance values, 2005 V2:203 medical compressed air (MA)
mbars (millibars), 2005 V2:176 altitude and, 2007 V3:63
mc (millicuries), 2005 V2:247 compressors, 2007 V3:50, 77
McAlister, Roy, 2007 V3:194 storage, 2007 V3:6164
McClelland, Nina I., 2005 V2:161 surgical use, 2007 V3:56
Mcf, MCF (thousand cubic feet), 2004 V1:16 symbol, 2004 V1:8
MCL (maximum contaminant levels), 2008 V4:186 system description, 2007 V3:62
Mcm, MCM (thousand circular mils), 2004 V1:16 peak demand, 2007 V3:53
McSweeney, D.P., 2005 V2:196 pipe sizing, 2007 V3:6869
MDPE (medium density) 2406 pipe, 2008 V4:51 stations, 2007 V3:51, 5253
MEA (New York City Materials and Equipment testing, 2007 V3:7576
Acceptance Division), 2008 V4:90 medical cabinets, 2004 V1:113
mean effective temperatures (MET), 2004 V1:15 medical compressed air (MA)
mean temperature difference (MTD), 2004 V1:15 altitude and, 2007 V3:63
measurable nouns in function analysis, 2004 V1:224, 225 compressors, 2007 V3:50, 77
measurement units storage, 2007 V3:6164
compressed air, 2007 V3:169 surgical use, 2007 V3:56
converting, 2007 V3:30 symbol, 2004 V1:8
earthquake measurement, 2004 V1:160161 system description, 2007 V3:62
flow rates, 2005 V2:176178 medical gas systems
International System of Units, 2004 V1:3240 certification, 2007 V3:6976
microorganisms, 2005 V2:199 codes and standards, 2007 V3:76
non-SI units, 2004 V1:34 color coding, 2007 V3:51, 55
pressure, 2007 V3:169 design checklist, 2007 V3:5051
pure water, 2007 V3:47 dispensing equipment, 2007 V3:5457
radiation, 2005 V2:247 diversity factors, 2007 V3:70
types of conversions, 2004 V1:32 earthquake bracing for, 2004 V1:166
units and symbols, 2004 V1:33 gas flow rates, 2007 V3:51
usage of, 2005 V2:175177 gas storage, 2007 V3:5764
vacuum pressure, 2005 V2:176178 health care facilities, 2007 V3:5076
water impurities, 2005 V2:201 levels, 2007 V3:3435
measuring tank leakage, 2007 V3:138141 number of stations, 2007 V3:51
Measuring Water Purity by Specific Resistance, 2005 piping, 2007 V3:6873
V2:234 system control valves, 2007 V3:67
mechanical aerators, 2005 V2:208 typical storage layout, 2007 V3:58
mechanical areas valves for, 2008 V4:87
fountain equipment location, 2007 V3:99100 warning systems, 2007 V3:6768
sediment buckets, 2005 V2:11 waste anesthetic gas management, 2007 V3:6667
trap primers in drains, 2005 V2:12 medical-gas tube, 2007 V3:69, 74, 2008 V4:42
mechanical clarifiers, 2008 V4:201, 202 medical-grade water, 2008 V4:56
mechanical code agencies, 2004 V1:42 medical laboratories. See health care facilities; laboratories
mechanical couplings, 2008 V4:65, 67 medical schools. See health care facilities
mechanical efficiency, defined, 2007 V3:168 medical vacuum (MV), 2004 V1:9
mechanical emulsions, 2007 V3:87 medical waste systems. See infectious and biological waste
Mechanical Engineering Reference Manual, 2005 V2:144 systems
mechanical foam extinguishers, 2007 V3:25 Medicare taxes, in labor costs, 2004 V1:94
mechanical joints, 2004 V1:168, 266, 2007 V3:42, 213, medicine sinks, 2007 V3:38
2008 V4:60, 62 Medium and High-expansion Foam Systems (NFPA 11A),
mechanical rooms, earthquake protection, 2004 V1:166 2007 V3:25, 29
infectious waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:250251 modulating valves, pneumatically operated main drain,
laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218 2007 V3:127
pure water systems, 2005 V2:232, 2007 V3:49 Moffat, R., 2005 V2:196
safe levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186 molded elastomer mounting, 2008 V4:150
ultraviolet light and, 2008 V4:216 mole (mol), 2004 V1:33
water analysis of, 2005 V2:198199 molecular weights of elements, 2005 V2:199
water treatments, 2005 V2:223225, 228 molybdenum-alloyed chromium-nickel steels, 2008 V4:59
microscopes, electron, 2007 V3:40, 42, 47, 52 moments of inertia
microsiemens (S), 2008 V4:212 calculating, 2008 V4:228
Midwest Insulation Contractors Association, 2008 V4:116 conversion factors, 2004 V1:36
MIG (metallic inert gas), 2008 V4:63 measurements, 2004 V1:33
miles momentum measurements, 2004 V1:33
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 monel, 2004 V1:141, 144, 2008 V4:108
miles per hour (mph, MPH), 2004 V1:15 monitor-type intermediate gas regulators, 2007 V3:237
mill galvanization, 2008 V4:138 monitoring
Millepore filters, 2005 V2:204 aboveground tank systems, 2007 V3:145146
milli prefix, 2004 V1:34 ground water, 2007 V3:140
millibars (mbar) underground liquid fuel storage tanks, 2007 V3:138
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 141
vacuum units, 2005 V2:176 monobed demineralizers, 2008 V4:197
millicuries (mc), 2005 V2:247 monochlorobenzene, 2008 V4:186
milligrams per liter (mg/L), 2005 V2:201 monovalent ions
millimeters laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218
converting to inches, 2007 V3:30 nanofiltration, 2008 V4:196, 220
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 Montana State University Center for Biofilm Engineering,
millirems (mrem), 2005 V2:247 2008 V4:253
Mills, Lawrence E., 2004 V1:214 Montgomery, R.H., 2007 V3:194
min (minutes), 2004 V1:34 monthly inventory tank tightness testing, 2007 V3:139
min., MIN (minimum), 2004 V1:15 Montreal Protocol, 2007 V3:26
mineral beds in water treatment, 2008 V4:187 Moody, L. F., 2005 V2:8486
mineral fiber blankets, 2008 V4:111 mop basins, 2008 V4:12
mineral salts, 2005 V2:204, 206, 2008 V4:197 mop sinks, 2005 V2:28, 2007 V3:36, 37
mineral solids, 2005 V2:205 morgues and mortuaries, 2005 V2:15
mineral wool, 2004 V1:193 Moritz, A.R., 2005 V2:122, 124
minerals motels. See hotels
removing from water, 2008 V4:195 motion
in water, 2008 V4:197 in creativity checklist, 2004 V1:234
minimum (min., MIN), 2004 V1:15 in earthquakes, 2004 V1:158159
minimum design flow, 2005 V2:133 motor compressors, 2008 V4:242
minor backflow hazards, 2007 V3:207 Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages Code
minutes, 2004 V1:34 (NFPA 30A), 2007 V3:134
Mironer, Alan, 2005 V2:104 motor lubrication oil, 2007 V3:133
mirrors, 2004 V1:113 motor-operated filter bag shakers, 2005 V2:188
misaligned wells, pumps for, 2005 V2:169 motor-operated valves, 2004 V1:9
miscellaneous gases, 2007 V3:77 motors
mist eliminators, 2005 V2:210 earthquake protection, 2004 V1:164
MIUS Technology Evaluation:Collection, Treatment and fan acoustic problems, 2004 V1:197
Disposal of Liquid Wastes, 2005 V2:161 motor journals, 2004 V1:196
mixed-bed deionization (single-step), 2005 V2:215, 216, pump motor controls, 2005 V2:73
218, 2007 V3:48 in pumps, 2004 V1:196
mixed-flow pumps, 2008 V4:9396 rotor acoustic modifications, 2004 V1:197
mixes in specifications, 2004 V1:91 mounting. See also installation
mixing faucets, 2007 V3:37 elastomer-cork mountings, 2008 V4:150
mixing flows of water fire extinguishers, 2007 V3:28, 29
conserving energy, 2004 V1:126 resilient mounts. See resilient mounts
mixed-water temperatures, 2005 V2:111 water closets, 2008 V4:4
mixing stations, 2007 V3:39 mounting natural frequency, 2008 V4:149
mobile home courts, 2008 V4:208 MPC (medium-pressure condensate), 2004 V1:9
moderate backflow hazard, 2007 V3:207 mph, MPH (miles per hour), 2004 V1:15
Modern Vacuum Practice, 2005 V2:196 MPS (medium-pressure steam supply), 2004 V1:9
modifications section in project manual, 2004 V1:63 mps, MPS (medium-pressure steam), 2004 V1:15
mrem (millerems), 2005 V2:247
MSDS (material safety data sheets), 2007 V3:83 NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers),
MSS. See Manufacturers Standardization Society of the 2004 V1:150, 154
Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS) NACE Standard RP-01, 2004 V1:150
MTD (mean temperature difference), 2004 V1:15 NaCI (ionized salts), 2007 V3:47
mthw, MTHW (medium-temperature hot water), 2004 nails, protecting against, 2005 V2:16
V1:15 Nalco Chemical Co., 2005 V2:234
MU (viscosity), 2004 V1:2, 16, 33, 2007 V3:133134 Nalco Water Handbook, 2005 V2:234
mudballing in filters, 2008 V4:203204 nano prefix, 2004 V1:34
muds in feed water, 2005 V2:205 nanofilter membranes, 2005 V2:201, 211, 221223, 223
mufflers on vacuum systems, 2007 V3:65 nanofiltration (NF), 2008 V4:196, 220
multi-cell vertical high-rate sand filters, 2007 V3:115116 naphtha, 2005 V2:12
multi-effect distillation, 2005 V2:210211, 214, 2008 National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE),
V4:212 2004 V1:150, 154
multi-graded sand filtration, 2005 V2:211 National Association of Home Builders Research
multimedia depth filters, 2008 V4:202 Foundation, 2005 V2:47
multimedia filtration, 2005 V2:211, 231 National Association of Plumbing-Heating-Cooling
multiple. See also entries beginning with double-, multi-, Contractors. See Plumbing-Heating-Cooling
or two- ContractorsNational Association (PHCC-NA)
multiple-compartment septic tanks, 2005 V2:154155 National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors
multiple-degree-of-freedom systems, 2004 V1:160, 161 (NBBPVI), 2005 V2:116
multiple-family dwellings. See apartment buildings National Bureau of Standards
multiple-gang-service outlets, 2007 V3:55 electromotive force series, 2004 V1:153
multiple pressure-regulated valve installation, 2005 V2:78 publications, 2005 V2:19, 48, 104
multiple-pump systems, 2005 V2:7273 stack capacities study, 2005 V2:4
multiple supports, 2008 V4:138 National Coarse of U.S. Thread, 2004 V1:17
multiple-tray waterfall aerators, 2005 V2:208 National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards,
multiplication in SI units, 2004 V1:34 Inc. (NCCLS), 2005 V2:197, 229, 230
multipurpose dry chemicals, 2007 V3:23, 28 National Easter Seal Society, 2004 V1:111
multistage pressure breakdown systems for pump plants, National Electrical Code (NEC), 2005 V2:124
2004 V1:197198 National Energy Conservation Policy Act, 2004 V1:124
multistage pumps, 2008 V4:9899 National Fire Alarm Code (NFPA 72), 2007 V3:27, 30
multistory buildings. See large buildings National Fire Protection Association, Inc.
multivalent ions, 2008 V4:218 address, 2004 V1:59
municipal sewers. See public sewers air compressors in dry-pipe systems, 2007 V3:9
municipal water supply defined, 2004 V1:26
cross connections and, 2008 V4:170 design density requirements, 2007 V3:12
fire-protection connections, 2007 V3:209 designing systems and, 2007 V3:1
irrigation usage, 2007 V3:96 firefighting water tanks, 2005 V2:170
model ordinances, 2008 V4:179183 gas approvals, 2005 V2:126
responsibilities, 2008 V4:181182 hot-water system standards, 2005 V2:124
sprinkler systems, 2007 V3:23 liquefied petroleum gas storage, 2005 V2:142
types of, 2007 V3:6 list of standards, 2004 V1:5556
water mains and pressure, 2007 V3:198 medical gas station guidelines, 2007 V3:51
muriatic acid, 2005 V2:217, 242, 2008 V4:193. See also publications, 2004 V1:40
hydrochloric acid NFPA Fire Protection Handbook, 2007 V3:29
museums, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18 NFPA Standard no. 10:Standard for Portable Fire
mussels, 2005 V2:199 Extinguishers, 2007 V3:28, 29
MV (medical vacuum), 2004 V1:9 NFPA Standard no. 11:Low-expansion Foam, 2007
V3:25, 29
N NFPA Standard no. 11A:Medium and High-
expansion Foam Systems, 2007 V3:25, 29
n (nano) prefix, 2004 V1:34
N (newtons), 2004 V1:33 NFPA Standard no. 12:Carbon Dioxide
N (nitrogen). See nitrogen Extinguishing Systems, 2007 V3:25, 29
N (numbers), 2004 V1:15 NFPA Standard no. 12A:Halon 1301 Fire
n c, N C (normally closed), 2004 V1:15 Extinguishing Systems, 2007 V3:26, 28, 29
n i c, N I C (not in contract), 2004 V1:15 NFPA Standard no. 13:Installation of Sprinkler
N m (newton-meters), 2004 V1:33 Systems, 2004 V1:191, 2007 V3:2, 11, 12,
n o, N O (normally open), 2004 V1:15 29, 217
N1.84 graph paper, 2007 V3:4 NFPA Standard no. 13D:Standard for the
N2O (nitrous oxide), 2004 V1:9 Installation of Sprinkler Systems in
na, N/A (not applicable), 2004 V1:15 One-and Two-Family Dwellings and
NACE Basic Corrosion Course, 2004 V1:154 Manufactured Homes, 2007 V3:18
NFPA Standard no. 13R:Standard for the NFPA Standard no. 750:Water Mist Fire Protection
Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Systems, 2007 V3:24, 30
Residential Occupancies up to and NFPA Standard no. 2001:Clean Agent
Including Four Stories in Height, 2007 Extinguishing Systems, 2007 V3:26, 28, 30
V3:18 sprinkler piping, 2004 V1:183184
NFPA Standard no. 14:Installation of Standpipe web site, 2007 V3:79, 89
and Hose Systems, 2007 V3:20, 29 National Fuel Gas Code (NFPA 54), 2005 V2:126127
NFPA Standard no. 15:Water Spray Fixed Systems natural gas system design, 2007 V3:35, 235
for Fire Protection, 2007 V3:24, 29 pipe materials, 2007 V3:239
NFPA Standard no. 16:Installation of Foam-water National Ground Water Association (NGWA), 2005 V2:172
Sprinkler and Foam-water Spray Systems, National Institutes of Health, 2005 V2:182, 251
2007 V3:25, 30 National Insulation Contractors Association (NICA), 2004
NFPA Standard no. 16A:Installation of Closed- V1:127
head Foam-water Sprinkler Systems, 2007 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
V3:30 (NOAA), 2005 V2:5761, 2007 V3:228
NFPA Standard no. 17:Dry Chemical NOAA, National Weather Service 5-60 Minute
Extinguishing Systems, 2007 V3:23, 30 Precipitation Frequency for the Eastern and
NFPA Standard no. 17A:Standard for Wet Central United States, 2005 V2:64
Chemical Extinguishing Agents, 2007 National Plumbing Code, 2005 V2:47, 64, 104
V3:24 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NFPA Standard no. 20:Installation of Stationary (NPDES), 2007 V3:81, 82
Fire Pumps for Fire Protection, 2007 V3:21, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
30, 2008 V4:32, 99 address, 2004 V1:59
NFPA Standard no. 24:Installation of Private Fire ANSI/NSF Standard no. 61, 2008 V4:23, 56
Service Mains and Their Appurtenances, hot-water system requirements, 2005 V2:124
2007 V3:6, 30, 210 list of standards, 2004 V1:56
NFPA Standard no. 30:Flammable and NSF Standard no. 14, 2008 V4:56
Combustible Liquids Code, 2007 V3:88, recycled wastewater quality, 2005 V2:26
133, 134, 144, 146, 151 website, 2008 V4:179
NFPA Standard no. 30A:Motor Fuel Dispensing National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratory
Facilities and Repair Garages, 2007 (NSFTL), 2004 V1:26
V3:134, 151 National Society of Professional Engineers (NSPE), 2004
NFPA Standard no. 50:Standard for Bulk Oxygen V1:62, 63
Systems at Consumer Sites, 2007 V3:57, 79 National Standard Plumbing Code, 2005 V2:47, 2008
NFPA Standard no. 54:National Fuel Gas Code, V4:164
2005 V2:126127, 2007 V3:35, 235, 239 National Standards Bureau, 2005 V2:1819
NFPA Standard no. 58:Liquefied Petroleum Gas National Swimming Pool Foundation (NSPF), 2007 V3:105
Code, 2005 V2:127, 2007 V3:35 National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 2007
NFPA Standard no. 72:National Fire Alarm Code, V3:89
2007 V3:27, 29 National Weather Service Hydro 35, 2007 V3:229
NFPA Standard no. 88A:Standard for Parking National Weather Service (NWS), 2005 V2:50
Structures, 2005 V2:127 natural drainage (corrosion), 2004 V1:153
NFPA Standard no. 99:Standard for Health-care natural frequency (fn), defined, 2008 V4:146
Facilities, 2007 V3:51, 63, 64, 69, 79 natural frequency of vibration control materials, 2004
NFPA Standard no. 99C:Gas and Vacuum Systems, V1:202, 2008 V4:146, 147148
2008 V4:32 natural gas. See fuel-gas piping systems; natural gas
NFPA Standard no. 255:Standard Method of systems
Test of Surface Burning Characteristics natural gas systems, 2007 V3:235241
of Building Materials, 2007 V3:69, 2008 altitude factors, 2005 V2:129
V4:106 appliance demand table, 2005 V2:128
NFPA Standard no. 291:Recommended Practice appliances, 2005 V2:128
for Fire Flow Testing and Marking of approvals, 2005 V2:126
Hydrants, 2007 V3:3, 30 codes and standards, 2005 V2:127, 2007 V3:35, 235
NFPA Standard no. 329:Recommended Practice compressed gas fires, 2007 V3:25
for Handling Releases of Flammable and compressed gases, defined, 2007 V3:165
Combustible Liquids and Gases, 2007 demand in multiple family dwellings, 2005 V2:135, 136
V3:134 design considerations, 2005 V2:130
NFPA Standard no. 385:Standard for Tank efficiency, 2005 V2:127
Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible equivalent lengths for valves and fittings, 2005 V2:135
Liquids, 2007 V3:134 gas expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:233234
NFPA Standard no. 484:Combustible Metals, Metal glossary, 2005 V2:142144
Powders, and Metal, 2007 V3:30 high-rise buildings and, 2005 V2:133
laboratory usage, 2005 V2:128129 net positive suction head (NPSH), 2004 V1:199, 206, 2005
liquefied petroleum gas, 2005 V2:137, 142 V2:170, 2008 V4:98
low and medium pressure systems, 2005 V2:125130 neutralizing acid, 2008 V4:196
meters, 2005 V2:127, 2007 V3:236 neutralizing acid in waste water
operating pressures, 2005 V2:126127 discharge from laboratories, 2007 V3:4244
overview, 2007 V3:235 health care facility systems, 2007 V3:4244
physical properties of gas and propane, 2005 V2:125 laboratories, 2007 V3:4345
pipe sizing, 2005 V2:134137, 2007 V3:238241 methods of treatment, 2005 V2:244245
preliminary information, 2007 V3:197198 sizing tanks, 2007 V3:4446
pressure, 2005 V2:128 solids interceptors, 2007 V3:4445
sample gas utility letter, 2007 V3:236, 245 tank and pipe materials, 2007 V3:8485
specific gravity, 2005 V2:137, 141 types of acids, 2005 V2:239245
storage tanks, 2005 V2:142 neutralizing tanks, 2007 V3:4446
system components, 2007 V3:236238 neutrons, 2005 V2:246
drip pots, 2007 V3:238 New York City Materials and Equipment Acceptance
gas boosters, 2005 V2:130131, 130134 Division (MEA), 2008 V4:90
gas line filters, 2007 V3:236 New York City, ultra-low-flow toilets in, 2004 V1:134135
gas meters, 2007 V3:236 New York State Department of Environmental
gas pressure regulators, 2007 V3:237238 Conservation
natural gas pipes, 2008 V4:3031 Technology for the Storage of Hazardous Liquids, 2007
piping and fittings materials, 2005 V2:129130 V3:88
pressure control valves, 2005 V2:127 web site, 2007 V3:89
pressure regulating valves, 2005 V2:127 newer buildings, 2008 V4:145
regulator relief vents, 2005 V2:129 newton-meters, 2004 V1:33
testing and purging, 2007 V3:241 newtons, 2004 V1:33
types of services, 2007 V3:235 Newtons equation, 2008 V4:154
natural gas water heaters. See gas-fired water heaters NF. See nanofiltration
natural logarithms, 2004 V1:15 NF nomographs, 2005 V2:229
natural osmosis, 2005 V2:221 NFPA. See National Fire Protection Association, Inc.
natural period of vibration, 2004 V1:160 NFPP (nonflame pipe), 2008 V4:55
Natural Resources Canada, 2007 V3:194 NGWA (National Ground Water Association), 2005 V2:172
Natural Resources Defense Council, 2007 V3:82 ni-resist cast iron, 2004 V1:144
natural water, 2005 V2:197, 230, 2008 V4:223. See also ni-resist ions, 2004 V1:141
feed water Nibco Inc., 2005 V2:104
naturally-vented multiple tray aerators, 2005 V2:208 NICA (National Insulation Contractors Association), 2004
naval rolled brass, 2004 V1:144 V1:127
NBBPVI (National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel niche lights, swimming pools, 2007 V3:130
Inspectors), 2005 V2:116 nickel
NBR (acrylonitrile butadiene rubber), 2007 V3:147 corrosion, 2004 V1:139
NBS (National Bureau of Standards). See National Bureau electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144
of Standards galvanic series, 2004 V1:141
NC (noise criteria), 2004 V1:15, 206, 2008 V4:145 in stainless steel, 2008 V4:12
NC (number of circuits), 2004 V1:15 nickel-bronze grates, 2005 V2:13, 15
NCCLS (National Committee for Clinical Laboratory nightclubs, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
Standards, Inc.), 2005 V2:197, 229, 230 Nine Dots exercise, 2004 V1:232, 261
NEC (National Electrical Code), 2005 V2:124 nippled-up sprinklers, 2004 V1:13
negative gauge pressure, 2005 V2:176 nitrates, 2005 V2:199, 200
negative pressure. See vacuum defined, 2008 V4:223224
negativity in value engineering presentations, 2004 V1:258 levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
negligent acts, 2008 V4:178 treating in water, 2008 V4:187
negligible movement, 2008 V4:138 water hardness and, 2008 V4:196
NEMA 4 listing, 2005 V2:131 nitric acid, 2004 V1:146, 2005 V2:242
NEMA 4X listing, 2005 V2:116 nitrifying bacteria, 2005 V2:199
NEMA 12 listing, 2005 V2:131 nitrile butadiene (Buna-N), 2007 V3:147, 2008 V4:83, 86
NEMA Class 1, Division 1, Group D listing, 2005 V2:130 nitrile rubber. See nitrile butadiene
neoprene compression gaskets, 2008 V4:25 nitrogen (N)
neoprene floor and hanger mounts, 2004 V1:203, 204, 205 color coding outlets, 2007 V3:55
neoprene gaskets, 2007 V3:46, 2008 V4:60, 61 control cabinets, 2007 V3:56
neoprene vibration control, 2008 V4:146, 149 cylinder supplies, 2007 V3:58
nephelometric test, 2005 V2:203 defined, 2007 V3:77
nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs), 2005 V2:203 dry nitrogen, 2007 V3:241
formula, 2008 V4:193
NPHWR (non-potable hot water return), 2004 V1:9 odor control in drinking water, 2005 V2:168, 227
NPS (nominal pipe size), 2005 V2:175 OFCI (owner furnished, contractor installed), 2004 V1:71
NPSH (net positive suction head), 2004 V1:199, 206, 2005 off-peak power usage, 2004 V1:128129
V2:73, 170, 2008 V4:98 office buildings
NRC (Nuclear Regulatory Commission), 2005 V2:247, 248 drinking fountain usage, 2008 V4:244245, 245
NSF. See National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) hot water demand, 2005 V2:109
NSPE (National Society of Professional Engineers), 2004 numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18, 20
V1:62, 63 Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development
NT (number of tubes), 2004 V1:15 (OSHPD), 2004 V1:191
NTIS (National Technical Information Service), 2007 offset connection strainers, 2007 V3:120
V3:89 offset stack thermal expansion or contraction, 2008 V4:229
NTS (not to scale), 2004 V1:15 offset stacks, 2005 V2:5
NTUs (nephelometric turbidity units), 2005 V2:203 offsets, 2004 V1:26
nuclear power plants defined, 2008 V4:138
regulatory requirements, 2005 V2:245 expansion offsets, 2008 V4:228229
seismic protection, 2004 V1:156 use of, 2008 V4:69
Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 2005 V2:247, 248 offshore facilities, 2004 V1:150
numbers (no., NO, N) ohm-centimeter units (-cm), 2007 V3:47, 2008 V4:195
of circuits (NC), 2004 V1:15 ohm-meters, 2004 V1:33
in CSI format, 2004 V1:65 Ohm's Law, 2004 V1:144
in measurements, 2004 V1:32 OHMS (resistance or resistors), 2004 V1:15, 33, 2008
of swimmers, 2007 V3:105106 V4:224
symbol, 2004 V1:15 oil. See also fats, oils, and grease (FOG)
of tubes (NT), 2004 V1:15 as seal liquid in liquid ring pumps, 2005 V2:181
numerical weights in value engineering, 2004 V1:243 contamination in compressed air, 2007 V3:170
nurse stations, 2007 V3:36 intercepting in acid-waste systems, 2005 V2:245
nurseries intercepting in sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:12
fixtures for, 2007 V3:38 neoprene and, 2008 V4:149
health care facilities, 2007 V3:36 oil-water separation, 2007 V3:87
medical gas stations, 2007 V3:52, 56 separating with ultrafiltration, 2008 V4:220
sinks, 2007 V3:40 skimming, 2007 V3:87
nursing homes. See also health care facilities spills and containment, 2005 V2:254256
defined, 2007 V3:3334 storm-drainage systems and, 2005 V2:49
Nussbaum, O.J., 2005 V2:234 vegetable oil, 2005 V2:10
nuts. See insert nuts Oil- and Gas-Fired Single-Burner Boilers, 2005 V2:129
NWS (National Weather Service), 2005 V2:50 oil-free compressors, 2007 V3:64, 170
oil interceptors, 2005 V2:12, 254
O oil-mist filters in vacuums, 2005 V2:181
oil of vitriol. See sulfuric acid
O-rings, 2008 V4:41
o-ring gaskets, 2004 V1:266 oil-removal filters, 2007 V3:171172
O2. See oxygen (O2, OX) oil systems. See diesel-oil systems; gasoline systems
oa, OA (outside air), 2004 V1:15 oil-wet solids, 2005 V2:255
oakum seals, 2008 V4:24, 25, 61 oilless compressors, 2007 V3:64
objectives in FAST approach, 2004 V1:230 oilless pumps, 2005 V2:180
obstructions to wheelchairs, 2004 V1:111, 112 OKeefe, W., 2008 V4:116
occupancy classification (sprinkler systems), 2004 V1:29, older buildings, 2008 V4:145
2007 V3:2, 13 oleums, 2005 V2:240, 241
occupancy of pools, 2007 V3:105106 on-site facility treatment systems. See special-waste
occupants drainage systems
in hot water demand classifications, 2005 V2:109 On Site Wastewater Facilities for Small Communities and
loads of buildings, 2008 V4:1718 Subdivisions, 2005 V2:161
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), on-site water reclamation. See graywater systems
2005 V2:242, 2007 V3:133, 136 once-thru-oil pumps, 2005 V2:181
occupied domestic spaces, acoustic plumbing design for, one-compartment sinks, 2008 V4:11
2004 V1:196 one-family dwellings, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19,
ocean water, irrigation systems and, 2005 V2:30 20
octave-band sound levels, 2004 V1:194 one-occupant toilet rooms, 2008 V4:1718
octaves, 2004 V1:206 one-pass cooling for equipment, 2004 V1:264
OD (outside diameters), 2004 V1:14 one-piece water closets, 2008 V4:3
odor one-stage distillation, 2005 V2:210
levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186 one-time costs, 2004 V1:223
treating in water, 2008 V4:187 one-wall tanks, 2007 V3:135
ongoing costs, 2004 V1:223 outdoor gas booster installation, 2005 V2:133
open-channel flow, 2004 V1:1, 2005 V2:6 outdoor swimming pools, 2007 V3:107108. See also
open-circuit potential, defined, 2004 V1:153 swimming pools
open proprietary specifications, 2004 V1:67, 68 outfall sewers, 2004 V1:26
open solar systems, 2007 V3:185 outlet pressures
open-spring floor and hanger mounts, 2004 V1:203, 204 outlet pressure regulators, 2007 V3:10
open sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 standpipe systems, 2007 V3:21
open-type base pumps, 2005 V2:166 outlet valves, 2008 V4:223
open-web steel joists in pipe bracing, 2004 V1:176 outlets. See also inlets; stations
openings for tool access. See access; cleanouts flow rates at outlets, 2004 V1:3, 5
operating costs, 2004 V1:223 gas or vacuum. See stations
operating efficiency of water softeners, 2008 V4:209 pressure in cold-water systems, 2005 V2:78
operating loads on pipes, 2008 V4:138 septic tanks, 2005 V2:154
operating rooms symbols for, 2004 V1:11
articulated ceiling medical gas systems, 2007 V3:57 velocity of flow from outlets, 2004 V1:6
fixtures, 2007 V3:3839 outpatient-services rooms, 2007 V3:36, 46
medical gas stations, 2007 V3:52, 56 outside air (oa, OA), 2004 V1:15
medical vacuum, 2007 V3:54 outside diameters (OD), 2004 V1:14
water demand, 2007 V3:46 outside film coefficients, 2004 V1:14
operational pressure tests, 2007 V3:7576 outside screw and yoke (OS&Y), 2008 V4:74, 85
operators of vacuum systems, 2005 V2:190 outside the box thinking, 2004 V1:232
oral surgery equipment, 2007 V3:42, 52 outstanding value, defined, 2004 V1:213
orbital welding process, 2005 V2:249 overall system thermal efficiency, 2004 V1:136
orders in creativity checklist, 2004 V1:234 overengineering, perception of, 2004 V1:260
ordinary hazard occupancies overestimating needs, 2004 V1:224
defined, 2004 V1:29 overfill prevention, 2007 V3:84, 145
firefighting hose streams, 2007 V3:217 overflow
portable fire extinguishers, 2007 V3:28, 29 for bathtubs, 2008 V4:15
ordinary lobe pumps, 2005 V2:180 for lavatories, 2008 V4:10
organic chemicals rates for grease interceptors, 2008 V4:158
laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218 storm drains. See secondary storm-drainage systems
removal in effluent, 2008 V4:249 overflow fittings, fountains, 2007 V3:102103
safe levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186 overhead
organic free water, 2005 V2:229 costs in value engineering, 2004 V1:212, 222
organic material vibration control, 2008 V4:146 in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93
organic materials in water, 2007 V3:47, 2008 V4:199 overheating vacuum exhausters, 2005 V2:189
organic polyelectrolytes, 2005 V2:209 overland flow rates for sites, 2007 V3:228229, 231
organic removal filters, 2008 V4:214 overlap in toilet accessibility, 2004 V1:114
organisms in water, 2005 V2:198199, 2008 V4:220. See overspray areas in irrigation, 2007 V3:96
also microorganisms overtime labor costs, in take-off estimating method, 2004
orifices V1:94
on hydrants, 2007 V3:5 overturning, preventing, 2004 V1:163, 189
on nozzles, 2007 V3:5 overvoltage, defined, 2004 V1:153
ornamental sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 owner furnished, contractor installed (OFCI), 2004 V1:71
orthotolidin tests, 2005 V2:103 owners
oscillation in pumps, 2004 V1:201 defined, 2008 V4:181
OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration), perception of engineering, 2004 V1:260
2005 V2:242, 2007 V3:133, 136 responsibilities, 2008 V4:182
OSHPD (Office of Statewide Health Planning and value engineering and, 2004 V1:212
Development), 2004 V1:191, 2008 V4:138 OX (oxygen). See oxygen (O2, OX)
osmosis, defined, 2005 V2:221 oxidation
osmotic pressure, 2005 V2:221, 2008 V4:217 joints resistant to, 2008 V4:61
OS&Y (outside screw and yoke), 2008 V4:74, 85 ozone molecules and, 2008 V4:215216
Otis, Richard J., 2005 V2:161 oxidation, defined, 2004 V1:153
OTO pumps, 2005 V2:180, 181 oxidation reduction potential (ORP), 2007 V3:125
Otten, Gerald, 2005 V2:234 oxidized sewage, 2004 V1:27
Otto plate units, 2005 V2:224 oxidizing chemicals in microbial control, 2005 V2:223
ounces (oz, OZ) oxidizing gases, 2007 V3:77
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40 OXY/ACR pipes, 2008 V4:31
symbols for, 2004 V1:15 OXY/MED pipes, 2008 V4:31
out-of-sequence work conditions, cost estimates for oxyacetylene welding, 2008 V4:6263
projects and, 2004 V1:98 oxygen concentration cells, 2004 V1:153
medical gas stations, 2007 V3:53, 56 swimming pools and, 2007 V3:106, 130
medical vacuum, 2007 V3:54 urinal design, 2004 V1:116
patient head wall stations, 2007 V3:56 water closets and toilets, 2004 V1:113116, 2008 V4:5
patient vacuum (VAC), 2007 V3:78 water coolers for, 2008 V4:239240
paved areas per-area costs, 2004 V1:9798
imperviousness factors, 2007 V3:229 per-fixture estimations, cost estimations, 2004 V1:97
storm drainage, 2005 V2:49 percent transmissibility (T), defined, 2008 V4:145
PB (polybutylene). See polybutylene (PB) percentages (%, PCT), 2004 V1:15
PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls) perception
levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186 in creativity, 2004 V1:231
safe levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186 of engineers, 2004 V1:260
treating in water, 2008 V4:187 perchloric acid, 2005 V2:242
PCT (percentages), 2004 V1:15 percolation
PCUs (platinum cobalt units), 2005 V2:204 defined, 2004 V1:27
PD (pressure drops or differences). See pressure drops or rates for soils, 2005 V2:147150
differences perfect vacuums, 2005 V2:175, 2007 V3:169
PD (pump discharge lines), 2004 V1:8 perfluorocarbons (PFCs), 2007 V3:26
PDI (Plumbing and Drainage Institute). See Plumbing and perfluorohexane, 2007 V3:26
Drainage Institute (PDI) perforated strap irons, 2008 V4:67
PE-AL-PE (polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene), 2008 performance bonds, 2004 V1:62
V4:22 performance criteria in specifications, 2004 V1:69, 88
PE (polyethylene). See polyethylene (PE) performance factor efficiency, solar, 2007 V3:184
PE (potential energy), 2004 V1:2, 5 Performance of Reduced-size Venting in Residential Drain,
pea gravel backfill, 2007 V3:150 Waste and Vent System, 2005 V2:47
Peabody, A.W., 2004 V1:154 performance specifications, 2004 V1:66
peak consumption in gas boosters, 2005 V2:133 performance tests. See testing
peak demand perimeter diking, 2007 V3:84
flushometer valves and, 2008 V4:8 peristaltic pumps, 2007 V3:125126
medical air, 2007 V3:53, 63 perlite, 2007 V3:116
medical gas, 2007 V3:50 perlite insulation, 2008 V4:111
medical vacuum, 2007 V3:55 permanent hardness, 2008 V4:196
swimming pools, 2007 V3:105106 permanganate of potash, 2008 V4:193
urinals, 2008 V4:10 permeability
vacuum systems, 2007 V3:66 coefficient of (K factor), 2005 V2:166
water softeners, 2008 V4:206 converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40
peak horsepower, defined, 2007 V3:167 permeable strata in soils, 2005 V2:149
penal institutions. See prisons permeance, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40
pendent sprinklers, 2004 V1:13, 29 permits
penetration of irrigation water, 2007 V3:91, 96 cross connection permits, 2008 V4:182183
penetrations of walls and floors, 2007 V3:29 defined, 2008 V4:181
pentachlorophenol, 2008 V4:186 industrial wastewater, 2007 V3:81
people with disabilities RCRA hazardous waste, 2007 V3:83
ambulatory-accessible toilet compartments, 2004 Perrys Chemical Engineers Handbook, 2007 V3:89
V1:114 personnel protection, insulation and, 2008 V4:105, 113,
ANSI 117.1-1998, 2004 V1:109123 114
bathing rooms, 2004 V1:112113 persons
bathtub and shower seats, 2004 V1:122123 defined, 2008 V4:181
bathtub design, 2004 V1:117119 persons with disabilities. See people with disabilities
design for, 2004 V1:107 pesticides
drinking fountains and water coolers, 2004 V1:109112 safe levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
exposed piping and accessibility, 2004 V1:117 treating in water, 2008 V4:187
fixture design standards and, 2008 V4:2 pesticides in septic tanks, 2005 V2:156
grab bars, 2004 V1:114122 peta prefix, 2004 V1:34
history of design and construction standards, 2004 petroleum-based fuel systems. See diesel-oil systems;
V1:105106 gasoline systems
introduction to plumbing for, 2004 V1:105 petroleum products, 2007 V3:133134
laundry equipment, 2004 V1:123 PEX-AL-PEX (cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-
lavatories and sinks, 2004 V1:117 linked polyethylene), 2008 V4:52
legislation, 2004 V1:106107 PEX (cross-linked polyethylene), 2008 V4:52
references, 2004 V1:122 PFCs (perfluorocarbons), 2007 V3:26
shower compartments, 2004 V1:119122 PG (pressure gauges with gauge cocks), 2004 V1:10
swimming pool bathhouses, 2007 V3:108 pH
terminology, 2004 V1:1731 polishing water in pure water systems, 2005 V2:231, 2008
Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI), 2005 V2:104 V4:219
abbreviation for, 2004 V1:27 pollution
address, 2004 V1:59 contamination in compressed air, 2007 V3:170
G-101:Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease dilution, 2007 V3:81
Interceptors with Appendix of Sizing and filtering air pollution, 2007 V3:63
Installation Data, 2008 V4:153, 166, 250, 252, pollutants defined, 2008 V4:181
253 priority pollutants, 2007 V3:82
list of standards, 2004 V1:5657 Safe Drinking Water Act levels, 2008 V4:186
PDI symbols for water hammer arresters, 2005 V2:82 sanitary precautions for wells, 2005 V2:166167
Plumbing and Piping Industry Council (PPIC), 2004 solar water heaters, 2007 V3:182
V1:170, 191 storm-drainage systems and, 2005 V2:49
plumbing codes, defined, 2008 V4:178. See also codes and treating in water, 2008 V4:187
standards polyamide membranes, 2005 V2:223, 2008 V4:219
Plumbing Design and Installation Reference Guide, 2005 polybutylene (PB), 2004 V1:27, 2008 V4:4950, 227
V2:64 polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
Plumbing Design Manual, 2005 V2:64 levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
plumbing drawings safe levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
abbreviations, 2004 V1:1416 treating in water, 2008 V4:187
checklists, 2004 V1:100102 polyelectrolytes, 2005 V2:209
costs analysis phase, 2004 V1:241 polyester fixtures, 2008 V4:2
defined, 2004 V1:61 polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE), 2008
function evaluation, 2004 V1:239240 V4:52
functional development, 2004 V1:254, 255 Polyethylene Encasement, 2008 V4:28
graphic conventions, 2004 V1:108 polyethylene (PE), 2004 V1:27, 2005 V2:92, 201, 2007
introduction, 2004 V1:61 V3:239, 2008 V4:5152
in specifications, 2004 V1:69 bioremediation pretreatment systems, 2008 V4:252
Plumbing Efficiency through Gray-water Recycling, 2005 insulation, 2008 V4:107
V2:35 stress and strain figures, 2008 V4:228229
plumbing engineering, 2004 V1:27, 2007 V3:29, 2008 thermal expansion or contraction, 2008 V4:227
V4:117 polyethylene storage tanks, 2005 V2:233
Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook, 2008 V4:2, 265 polymer membranes, 2005 V2:223
plumbing fittings. See fittings polymeric silica, 2005 V2:200
plumbing fixtures. See fixtures polymers, 2004 V1:27
Plumbing-Heating-Cooling ContractorsNational polyolefin piping, 2008 V4:52
Association (PHCC-NA), 2004 V1:57, 59, 95, 2005 polypropylene piping
V2:47 double containment, 2008 V4:55
plumbing inspectors, 2004 V1:27 laboratories, 2005 V2:242, 2007 V3:4243
Plumbing Manual, 2005 V2:104 pipe characteristics, 2008 V4:4950
Plumbing Noise, 2004 V1:194 pipe standards, 2008 V4:5455
plumbing specifications. See specifications pure-water systems, 2007 V3:49
PNC (preferred noise criteria curves), 2004 V1:206 soil and waste piping, 2005 V2:13
pneumatic control system, fresh water makeup, 2007 sulfuric acid and, 2007 V3:85
V3:128 USP water, 2005 V2:233
pneumatic pressure differential switches, 2008 V4:203 VOCs and, 2005 V2:201
pneumatic pressures, 2005 V2:23, 2007 V3:64 water hammer and, 2005 V2:80
pneumatic tank gauging, 2007 V3:138139 polypropylene storage tanks, 2005 V2:233, 2007 V3:84
pneumatically operated main drain modulating valves, polystyrene insulation, 2008 V4:107
2007 V3:127 polystyrene resins, 2008 V4:197
POC (points of connection), 2004 V1:11 polysulfone membranes, 2005 V2:223
Podall, T., 2008 V4:224 polytetrafluoroethylene. See Teflon
point loading, 2008 V4:139 polytropic processes, 2007 V3:165
point-of-use filters, 2007 V3:171, 178 polyurethane insulation, 2008 V4:107
point-of-use reverse osmosis, 2008 V4:219 polyvalent ions, 2008 V4:196, 220
point-of-use ultrafiltration, 2005 V2:211 polyvinyl acetate (PVA), 2008 V4:108
point-of-use water heating, 2004 V1:129, 2007 V3:47 polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 2005 V2:67, 80, 92, 2007 V3:102
points of connection (POC), 2004 V1:11 aboveground piping, 2005 V2:50
polar solvents, 2007 V3:25 defined, 2004 V1:28
polarization distilled water piping, 2008 V4:213
defined, 2004 V1:153 fixtures, 2008 V4:2
hydrogen film buildup, 2004 V1:139 insulation jackets, 2008 V4:108
polishing deionizers, 2005 V2:215, 220 low extractable PVC, 2008 V4:56
fuel system checklist, 2007 V3:148 Pressure Sewer Demonstration at the Borough of
gas boosters, 2005 V2:133 Phoenixville, Pennsylvania, 2005 V2:161
gas line filters and, 2007 V3:236 pressure sewers, 2005 V2:152
gravity filters, 2008 V4:202 pressure swing air dryers, 2007 V3:175
installing taps, 2007 V3:206 pressure switches (PS), 2004 V1:10
measuring in water flow tests, 2005 V2:95 pressure tanks, 2007 V3:133
medical air, 2007 V3:6869 pressure vacuum breakers (PVBs), 2008 V4:175, 178, 180,
medical gas, 2007 V3:68 185
natural gas systems, 2005 V2:128 pressure-volume relationships (gas laws), 2005 V2:131
piping runs, 2007 V3:206 pressure water coolers, 2008 V4:238, 239, 242
pressure drop curves, 2008 V4:206, 247 pressure water filters, 2005 V2:167
sanitary drainage, 2005 V2:2 pressure waves. See water hammer
sprinkler hydraulic calculations, 2007 V3:14 pressurized fuel delivery systems, 2007 V3:141, 148149
steam, 2007 V3:155157 pretreated feed water, 2008 V4:214
strainers and, 2007 V3:208 pretreating effluent. See bioremediation pretreatment
symbols for, 2004 V1:15 systems
vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:191193, 193194 pri, PRI (primary), 2004 V1:15
vacuum exhauster sizing, 2005 V2:193194 prices, 2004 V1:222. See also costs and economic concerns
vacuum piping, 2005 V2:184186 PRIM (primary), 2004 V1:15
vacuum pressures, 2005 V2:179, 184186 primary (pri, PRI, PRIM), 2004 V1:15
valve sizing, 2008 V4:85 primary barriers for infectious wastes, 2005 V2:251
valves and fittings, 2005 V2:99102, 2007 V3:206 primary tanks
water meters, 2005 V2:95, 2007 V3:208 aboveground types, 2007 V3:144, 145
water softeners and, 2008 V4:205206 construction, 2007 V3:135136
pressure filters interstitial monitoring, 2007 V3:139140
backwashing, 2008 V4:203 underground tanks, 2007 V3:135
compared to diatomaceous earth, 2008 V4:204 prime costs, 2004 V1:222
defined, 2008 V4:202203 primers, 2004 V1:147
horizontal pressure sand filters, 2008 V4:202 priming in dry-pipe systems, 2007 V3:9
multimedia depth filters, 2008 V4:202 priority pollutants, 2007 V3:82
vertical pressure sand filters, 2008 V4:203 prism-like soils, 2005 V2:148
pressure gauges prisons, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19, 20
backwashing, 2008 V4:203 private onsite wastewater treatment systems (POWTS)
with gauge cocks (PG), 2004 V1:10 aerobic wastewater treatment plants, 2005 V2:157
measurements, 2005 V2:176 collection and treatment alternatives, 2005 V2:152153
pressure loss. See pressure drops defined, 2004 V1:27
pressure maintenance (jockey) pumps, 2004 V1:24 distribution boxes, 2005 V2:156
pressure media filters, 2005 V2:211 estimating sewage quantities, 2005 V2:158160
pressure piping inspection, 2005 V2:160161
double containment, 2008 V4:60 introduction, 2005 V2:147
expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:227229 large systems, 2005 V2:156157
glass pipe, 2008 V4:48 primary collection and treatment systems, 2005 V2:147
pressure product-dispensing systems, 2007 V3:142143 private sewers, 2004 V1:27
pressure-regulating or reducing valves (PRV), 2005 V2:67 septic tanks, 2005 V2:153156
acoustic design and pressure, 2004 V1:200 soil-absorption systems, 2005 V2:147151
health care water supplies, 2007 V3:46 private unit weighting in fixture flow rate estimates, 2008
irrigation systems, 2007 V3:95 V4:207
natural gas systems, 2005 V2:127 private use
pressure-relief valves (RV), 2004 V1:10 defined, 2004 V1:27
shower valves, 2005 V2:7172, 2008 V4:1415 lavatories, 2008 V4:10
symbols for, 2004 V1:9 private water systems
tank size and, 2005 V2:74 codes and standards, 2005 V2:163
tub valves, 2008 V4:16 drinking water demand, 2005 V2:167
types of, 2005 V2:7879 initial operation and maintenance, 2005 V2:172
Pressure Regulating Values for LPG, 2005 V2:127 introduction, 2005 V2:163164
pressure regulators matching water storage to pump flow, 2005 V2:170171
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:174 performance specifications, 2005 V2:172
deluge valves, 2007 V3:10 sources of supply, 2005 V2:163164
flushometer tanks, 2008 V4:8 system equipment, 2005 V2:168172
natural gas systems, 2007 V3:237238 water quality, 2005 V2:167168
water storage tanks, 2005 V2:171172 wells, 2005 V2:164167
Putting Industrial Vacuum to Work, 2005 V2:196 ra, RA (return air), 2004 V1:15
puzzles rad, RAD (radians). See radians
Nine Dots exercise, 2004 V1:232, 261 RAD (radiating or radiators), 2004 V1:15
Six Sticks exercise, 2004 V1:232, 261 RAD (radiation). See radiation
PV (plug valves). See plug valves (PV) rad/s (radians per second), 2004 V1:33
PVA (polyvinyl acetate), 2008 V4:108 rad/s2 (radians per second squared), 2004 V1:33
PVBs. See pressure vacuum breakers (PVBs) radians (RAD)
PVC. See polyvinyl chloride (PVC) measurement unit conversions, 2004 V1:33
PVDF (polyvinyl-fluoridine). See polyvinylidene fluoride radians per second, 2004 V1:33
(PVDF) radians per second squared, 2004 V1:33
PVE (Pseudo Value Engineers), 2004 V1:258 symbols for, 2004 V1:15
PW (pure water). See pure-water systems; purified water; radiant emittance (exitance), 2007 V3:184
water purification radiant energy, 2008 V4:216
pyramids, calculating volume, 2004 V1:4 radiant flux, 2007 V3:184
pyrogens, 2005 V2:198, 223, 2007 V3:48 radiant intensity, 2007 V3:184
distilled water and, 2008 V4:195, 212 radiating (RAD), 2004 V1:15
intravenous injections and, 2008 V4:213 radiation (RADN, RAD)
laboratory grade water, 2008 V4:218 defined, 2007 V3:184185
nature of, 2005 V2:246247
Q radiation equivalent to man (rem), 2005 V2:247
rads (radioactive dosage), 2005 V2:247
Q (heat transfer), 2004 V1:15
QAIR (air flow rates), 2004 V1:14 symbols for, 2004 V1:15
QAR (air flow rates), 2004 V1:14 treatment facilities, 2005 V2:248
QFL (fluid flow rates), 2004 V1:14 radiators (RAD), 2004 V1:15
QGA, QGAS (gas flow rates), 2004 V1:14 radicals (ions), 2004 V1:144, 153, 2005 V2:239
qt, QT (quarts), 2004 V1:15, 40 radii (R), 2004 V1:15
quads, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40 radioactive waste drainage and vents
quality allowable radiation levels, 2005 V2:247
in cost estimation, 2004 V1:98 approval process and applications, 2005 V2:248
quality assurance in specifications, 2004 V1:6970, 89 diluting radwaste, 2005 V2:250
quality control section in specifications, 2004 V1:71, 91 introduction, 2005 V2:245
of water, 2005 V2:35, 167168. See also water analysis; measuring radiation, 2005 V2:247
water purification nature of radiation, 2005 V2:246247
quantities. See also demand pipe selection, 2005 V2:249
clean gas agents, 2007 V3:27 radioactive materials, 2005 V2:248
in creativity checklist, 2004 V1:234 shielding systems, 2005 V2:247248
irrigation water, 2007 V3:91 system design criteria, 2005 V2:248250
water supplies, 2007 V3:26 radioactivity
quarter-circle rotary sprinklers, 2007 V3:94 defined, 2005 V2:245246
quarter-turn ball valves, 2008 V4:8384 levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
quarter-turn butterfly valves, 2008 V4:84 radioactive half lives, 2005 V2:248
quarter-turn valves, lubricated plug cocks, 2008 V4:8485 radioactive isotopes, 2005 V2:245246, 248
quarts (qt, QT) radiological characteristics of drinking water, 2005 V2:200,
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40 228
symbols for, 2004 V1:15 Radiological Safety Officers, 2005 V2:248
questions in value engineering presentations, 2004 V1:258 radium, 2008 V4:187
quick-coupling method of irrigation, 2007 V3:92 radium 226, 2005 V2:248
quick-disconnect couplings, 2007 V3:178 radius screwed ells, 2005 V2:101
quick-opening devices, 2007 V3:9 RADN (radiation). See radiation
quick-response sprinklers, 2004 V1:29 radon gas, 2005 V2:168, 200, 228, 2008 V4:187
quick valve closure, 2005 V2:80 radwaste (waterborne radioactive waste), 2005 V2:245
quieting pipes, 2005 V2:14 Rainbird Company, 2007 V3:96
rainwater and precipitation, 2008 V4:118, 259261
capturing rainwater, 2004 V1:135, 264, 267
R cisterns, 2005 V2:170
R (hydraulic radii), 2004 V1:1 duration, 2007 V3:231
R, R- (refrigerants), 2004 V1:15, 151 flow rates, 2005 V2:56
R, R (rankines), 2004 V1:15 imperviousness factor, 2007 V3:229230
R, R (thermal resistance), 2004 V1:16, 2008 V4:105, inlet times, 2007 V3:231
106107 intensity-duration-frequency curves, 2007 V3:229
R (radii), 2004 V1:15 precipitation, 2004 V1:27
R-13 and R-13A fire-protection systems, 2008 V4:49 rainfall rates, 2005 V2:5357, 2007 V3:228229, 230
R-595 gas, 2007 V3:26
rainwater drains (SD, ST). See storm-drainage systems receptors, 2004 V1:28
return periods, 2007 V3:230231 recessed-box hose bibbs, 2004 V1:10
storing in controlled flow systems, 2005 V2:5253 recessed grease interceptors, 2008 V4:162
storm-drainage systems, 2005 V2:4950 recessed sprinklers, 2004 V1:29
raised-floor areas, 2007 V3:27 recessed water coolers, 2008 V4:239240, 241
ramp-drain grates, 2005 V2:11 recharge basins, 2007 V3:233
ramps, swimming pools, 2007 V3:130 rechargeable air chambers, 2005 V2:81
random hangers, 2008 V4:140 recharging aquifers, 2005 V2:163164
rankines (R, R), 2004 V1:15, 2007 V3:166 rechlorination treatments, 2005 V2:122
ranking functions in value engineering, 2004 V1:243 reciprocating air compressors, 2007 V3:62, 63, 170, 173,
rapid sand/direct filtration package plants, 2005 V2:228 2008 V4:87
rate of corrosion reciprocating (rotary) piston pumps, 2005 V2:180
acidity, 2004 V1:145 recirculate (recirc., RECIRC, RCIR, RECIR), 2004 V1:15
Faradays Law, 2004 V1:144 recirculating hot-water systems, 2004 V1:265, 2005 V2:118
film formation, 2004 V1:145 recirculating sand filter sewage systems, 2005 V2:153
homogeneity in, 2004 V1:145 recirculation systems
oxygen content, 2004 V1:145 for high purity water, 2007 V3:48
temperature, 2004 V1:145 for hot water, 2005 V2:115
velocity in, 2004 V1:145 reclaimed water. See graywater systems
rate of flow. See flow rates reclamation, wastewater, 2008 V4:259260
rated vacuum levels, 2005 V2:178179 recombined FOG (fats, oil, and grease), 2008 V4:249
ratings Recommendation phase in value engineering, 2004
drinking water coolers, 2008 V4:238 V1:213, 254257
insulation smoke requirements and ratings, 2008 Recommendations for a New ADAAG, 2004 V1:123
V4:106 Recommended Minimum Requirements for Plumbing in
LEED, 2008 V4:257258 Dwellings and Similar Buildings, 2005 V2:48
load ratings. See load ratings Recommended Practice for Fire Flow Testing and Marking
portable fire extinguishers, 2007 V3:28 of Hydrants (NFPA 291), 2007 V3:30
saturated steam pressure valves, 2008 V4:79 Recommended Practice for Handling Releases of
valves (v, V, VLV), 2008 V4:79 Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases
water, oil, and gas (WOG) pressure rating, 2007 V3:177, (NFPA 329), 2007 V3:134
2008 V4:79, 86 records of cross connections, 2008 V4:183
ratio of specific heats, defined, 2007 V3:168 recovered energy, 2004 V1:137
Rational Method, 2004 V1:7, 2007 V3:228231 recovering heat from water heaters, 2005 V2:110
raw sewage, 2004 V1:28 recovery in reverse osmosis, 2005 V2:221
raw water, 2005 V2:197, 230 recovery pressure, defined, 2007 V3:168
RCIR (recirculate), 2004 V1:15 recovery rooms
RCP (reinforced concrete pipe), 2008 V4:28 fixtures, 2007 V3:39
RCRA (Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), 2005 health care facilities, 2007 V3:36
V2:252, 2007 V3:8182, 83, 134 medical gas stations, 2007 V3:53, 56
rcvr, RCVR (receivers), 2004 V1:15, 199, 2005 V2:180181, medical vacuum, 2007 V3:54
182 recreational establishments
re-flashing, 2007 V3:23 estimating sewage quantities, 2005 V2:159
reaction forces in earthquakes, 2004 V1:186 septic tank/soil-absorption systems for, 2005 V2:156
reactive silencers, 2007 V3:171 157
reactive silica, 2005 V2:200 recreational pools, 2007 V3:106
reactivity, hangers and supports and, 2008 V4:120 rectangles, calculating area, 2004 V1:3
ready mix concrete, 2008 V4:252 rectangular bath seats, 2004 V1:122
reagent grade water, 2005 V2:229230, 2008 V4:218, 219 rectangular gutters, 2005 V2:63
real costs, 2004 V1:223 rectangular leaders, 2005 V2:63
rear wall grab bars, 2004 V1:114 rectangular solids, calculating volume, 2004 V1:4
reasonable care, defined, 2008 V4:178 rectifiers, 2004 V1:150, 151
reasoning against value engineering, 2004 V1:232 recycled water in landscaping, 2004 V1:264
REC (receivers), 2004 V1:15, 199, 2005 V2:180181, 182 recycled water systems. See graywater systems
receiver tanks recycling systems, salt, 2008 V4:209211
medical air compressors, 2007 V3:63 red brass, 2004 V1:144
vacuum systems, 2007 V3:65 reduced noise transmission, 2005 V2:14
receivers (rcvr, RCVR, REC) reduced-port valves, 2008 V4:84
receivers of noise, 2004 V1:199 reduced pressure
symbols for, 2004 V1:15 conditions in water storage tanks, 2005 V2:171
in vacuum systems, 2005 V2:180181, 182 defined, 2007 V3:168
receiving costs, 2004 V1:223 fall-off, 2008 V4:80
in pressure-regulated valves, 2005 V2:67 waste heat usage, 2004 V1:131, 132
reduced-pressure backflow preventers, 2005 V2:68 water coolers, 2008 V4:242
reduced pressure zones (RPZ), 2005 V2:68, 70, 2007 refuse bins, 2004 V1:196
V3:207208, 212 refuse disposal installations, soundproofing, 2004 V1:196
reduced-pressure-principle backflow devices (RPBDs), regenerable ion exchange, 2005 V2:215
2005 V2:68 regenerants, dealkalizing and, 2005 V2:209210
applications, 2008 V4:185 regeneration controls on ion exchangers, 2008 V4:198
defined, 2008 V4:174, 178179, 180 regeneration cycle
reduced-size venting in dealkalizing, 2005 V2:209210
reduced size vents, defined, 2004 V1:28 defined, 2008 V4:224
sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:1819 in deionizing, 2005 V2:216219, 217
Reduced-size Venting Design, 2005 V2:47 in demineralizers, 2007 V3:48, 2008 V4:195
reduced temperature, defined, 2007 V3:168 in ion exchange, 2005 V2:218219, 2008 V4:198
reduced water-flow rates, 2004 V1:126127 salt recycling, 2008 V4:211
reduced water pressure differential, 2008 V4:81 service deionization, 2008 V4:195
reduced zone backflow preventers (RZBP), 2004 V1:10 sodium chloride usage, 2008 V4:199
reducers, defined, 2004 V1:28 in water softeners, 2005 V2:220, 2008 V4:206, 209
reducing bushings, 2005 V2:100 regenerative diatomaceous earth filters, 2007 V3:118119
redundancy in hazardous waste systems, 2007 V3:8384 regenerative pumps (turbines), 2008 V4:9899
reference standard specifications, 2004 V1:6667 regional authorities, 2005 V2:237
references registers in fuel dispensers, 2007 V3:143
bioremediation systems, 2008 V4:253 regulated substances, 2007 V3:133
cold water systems, 2005 V2:104 regulations. See codes and standards
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:179 regulator relief vents, 2005 V2:129
conserving energy, 2004 V1:137 regulators. See specific types of regulators
cross connections, 2008 V4:179 Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (93-112), 2004 V1:106
designing for people with disabilities, 2004 V1:123 Reid, D., 2008 V4:224
fire-protection systems, 2007 V3:2930 reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), 2008 V4:28
formulae, symbols, and terminology, 2004 V1:40 reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP), 2008 V4:56
gasoline and diesel-oil systems, 2007 V3:151 reinforcing ribs in tanks, 2007 V3:135
graywater systems, 2005 V2:3536 reject stream from reverse osmosis, 2005 V2:221
grease interceptors, 2008 V4:166 relative discharge curves, 2007 V3:203
green plumbing, 2008 V4:265 relative humidity (rh, RH), 2004 V1:15, 2007 V3:167, 170
health care facilities, 2007 V3:7879 Relative Importance of Time and Surface Temperature in
irrigation systems, 2007 V3:96 the Causation of Cutaneous Burns, 2005 V2:124
piping insulation, 2008 V4:116 Relative Resistance of Escherichin coli and Eberthella
sanitary drainage systems, 2005 V2:19 thyphosa to Chlorine and Chloramines, 2008
seismic protection, 2004 V1:191 V4:224
special-waste drainage systems, 2005 V2:256 relative velocity, 2008 V4:154
steam and condensate systems, 2007 V3:162 relay interface controls, 2007 V3:68
thermal expansion, 2008 V4:235 reliability of water supplies, 2007 V3:3, 6
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:196 relief valves
vents, 2005 V2:4748 centralized drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:246
water treatment and purification, 2005 V2:234, 2008 fire pumps, 2007 V3:22
V4:224 gas regulators, 2007 V3:237
references section in specifications, 2004 V1:69, 88 hot-water systems, 2005 V2:115116, 2008 V4:231
reflecting pools sizing, 2005 V2:116
defined, 2004 V1:28 water-pressure regulators and, 2008 V4:81
design, 2007 V3:99 relief vents
flow rates, 2007 V3:101 circuit and loop venting, 2005 V2:44
overview, 2007 V3:99 defined, 2004 V1:28
reformatories, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19 gas systems, 2005 V2:129
refrigerant after-coolers, 2007 V3:171 gas trains, 2007 V3:237
refrigerants (R, R-), 2004 V1:15, 151 requirements, 2005 V2:40
refrigerated air dryers, 2007 V3:172, 175 soil and waste stacks, 2005 V2:44
refrigeration loads, 2008 V4:245, 246 remote-control irrigation valves, 2007 V3:94
refrigeration mechanical rooms, 2004 V1:166 remote earth (remote electrodes), 2004 V1:153
refrigeration piping, 2008 V4:31, 32 remote electrodes, 2004 V1:153
refrigeration systems remote fill ports, 2007 V3:136, 145
centralized chilled water systems, 2008 V4:244245, remote leakage from tanks, 2007 V3:140141
246 remote portions of fire design areas, 2007 V3:12
heat reclamation, 2004 V1:131 remote-readout water meters, 2005 V2:69
retirement costs, in labor costs, 2004 V1:94 rigid cellular urethane, 2008 V4:111
retractable ceiling medical gas columns, 2007 V3:56 rigid hangers, 2008 V4:140
return air (ra, RA), 2004 V1:15 rigid pipes
return bends, 2005 V2:101 expansion of, 2008 V4:230
return circuits, 2004 V1:139 plastic piping, 2007 V3:147
return offsets, 2004 V1:28 rigid supports, 2008 V4:140
return periods in rainfall, 2005 V2:5357, 2007 V3:230 rim top test, 2008 V4:5
231 rims
reusing water. See graywater systems defined, 2004 V1:28
rev, REV (revolutions), 2004 V1:15 on urinals, 2004 V1:116117
revent pipes, 2004 V1:28. See also individual vents rim top test, 2008 V4:5
reverse flow water closets, 2008 V4:45
active control, 2008 V4:173175 ring bands, 2008 V4:140
air gaps, 2008 V4:172173, 176 ring buoys, 2007 V3:131
barometric loops, 2008 V4:172173 ring hangers and supports, 2008 V4:126
causes, 2008 V4:170171 ring-securing methods around drains, 2005 V2:16
passive control, 2008 V4:172173 ringing in pipes. See resonance and ringing
vacuum breakers, 2008 V4:173174, 175, 176 rinsing in regeneration cycle, 2005 V2:217, 218, 2008
water distribution hazards, 2008 V4:171172 V4:224
reverse osmosis (RO) riser clamps, 2008 V4:121, 123, 126, 140
applications, 2008 V4:219 riser hangers, 2008 V4:140
cartridges, 2005 V2:204205 riser-mounted sprinklers, 2007 V3:93
continuous deionization and, 2005 V2:220 risers
defined, 2005 V2:221223, 2008 V4:195196 bracing, 2004 V1:171, 178
drinking-water coolers, 2008 V4:243 checklists, 2004 V1:102
health care facilities, 2007 V3:48 defined, 2004 V1:28, 2007 V3:78, 2008 V4:140
history and current technology, 2008 V4:217 earthquake protection and joints, 2004 V1:168
laboratory grade water comparison, 2008 V4:218 hangers and supports, 2008 V4:67
membrane configurations, 2005 V2:221222 natural gas piping, 2005 V2:137
membrane selection, 2005 V2:223 riser clamps, 2008 V4:121, 123, 140
overview, 2008 V4:216217 riser down (elbows), 2004 V1:10
polishing systems, 2008 V4:219 riser hangers, 2008 V4:140
polymer membranes, 2005 V2:223 riser-mounted sprinklers, 2007 V3:93
silica and, 2005 V2:200 riser up (elbows), 2004 V1:10
small drinking water systems, 2005 V2:228 symbols for, 2004 V1:12
VOCs in membranes, 2005 V2:201 thermal expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:228
water problems, 2008 V4:187 rises or drops, 2004 V1:11
water quality, 2008 V4:217219 rising stems (RS), 2008 V4:74
water softening pretreatment, 2008 V4:206 with inside screws, 2008 V4:79
water supply (RO), 2004 V1:8 with outside screws, 2008 V4:79
Reverse Osmosis and Nanofiltration System Design, 2005 risk cabinets, 2005 V2:251
V2:234 Risk Guides in value engineering, 2004 V1:254, 257
Reverse Osmosis Membrane Research, 2008 V4:224 rivers
reverse-trap water closets, 2008 V4:3 cross contamination case, 2008 V4:189
reversible potential, defined, 2004 V1:153 piping systems near, 2008 V4:120
revolutions (rev, REV) riveted steel piping, 2005 V2:83, 86
revolutions per minute (rpm, RPM), 2004 V1:15 RNA materials, 2008 V4:215
revolutions per second (rps, RPS), 2004 V1:16 RO (reverse osmosis). See reverse osmosis
Reynolds number for turbulence, 2004 V1:2, 2005 V2:84, roadblocks to creativity, 2004 V1:231232
85, 2008 V4:154 rock salt, 2005 V2:220
RFP (fiberglass reinforced plastic), 2005 V2:68, 92 rod couplings, 2008 V4:140
rgh, RGH (roughness), 2004 V1:16. See also roughness rod hangers, 2008 V4:140
rh, RH (relative humidity). See relative humidity rod stiffeners, 2008 V4:127, 140
RHO (density). See density Rodie, E. R., 2008 V4:166
rhomboids, calculating area, 2004 V1:4 rods and anchors, 2008 V4:127, 140
rhombuses, calculating area, 2004 V1:4 Roentgens, 2005 V2:247
RI (Ryzner stability index), 2005 V2:207208 roll and plate devices, 2008 V4:140
Richardson, D.W., Sr., 2005 V2:234 roll hangers, 2008 V4:140
rigging, 2008 V4:140 roll-in shower compartments, 2004 V1:119120
right-angle triangles, calculating area, 2004 V1:4 roll plates, 2008 V4:140
rigid braces, 2008 V4:140 roll stands, 2008 V4:140
rigid ceiling medical gas columns, 2007 V3:56 roll trapezes, 2008 V4:140
shaking vacuum filter bags, 2005 V2:188 grates in school shower rooms, 2005 V2:11
shallow-end depth of swimming pools, 2007 V3:106 graywater supply and demand, 2005 V2:29
shallow fill, building sewers and, 2005 V2:14 graywater systems, 2004 V1:135
shallow manholes, 2007 V3:220, 224 health care facilities, 2007 V3:36, 40
shallow wells, 2005 V2:163, 164, 170 heat recovery systems, 2004 V1:266
shapes of swimming pools, 2007 V3:107 hot water demand, 2005 V2:109
shear lugs, 2008 V4:141 hydrotherapy, 2007 V3:38
shear motions, preventing, 2004 V1:163, 189, 190 labor rooms, 2007 V3:39
sheet copper, 2008 V4:14 minimum numbers of, 2008 V4:1821
sheet flow, 2005 V2:47 patient rooms, 2007 V3:37
sheet flows, 2007 V3:231 pressure reducing balancing valves and, 2005 V2:7172
sheet lead, 2008 V4:14 public areas in health care facilities, 2007 V3:37
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National rates of sewage flows, 2005 V2:160
Association (SMACNA), 2004 V1:170, 191 reduced water usage, 2004 V1:126
Sheet Metal Industry Fund of Los Angeles, 2004 V1:191 reducing flow rates, 2004 V1:135
shell-and-coil compressors, 2008 V4:243 requirements, 2008 V4:1415
shell-and-tube condensers, 2008 V4:243 resilient-mounting design, 2004 V1:206
shell-and-tube heat exchangers, 2004 V1:131 seats, 2004 V1:122123
shell tests, 2008 V4:89 shower compartment accessibility, 2004 V1:119122
shelving showerhead acoustic ratings, 2004 V1:195
accessibility in toilet and bathing rooms, 2004 V1:113 sodium hydroxide cross contamination, 2008 V4:187
ambulatory accessible toilet compartments, 2004 188
V1:115116 spray units, 2004 V1:118, 120
Sherlin, G.C., 2005 V2:48 standards, 2008 V4:2
SHG (sensible heat gain), 2004 V1:15, 16 stop levers, 2004 V1:136
shielded hubless coupling, 2008 V4:61 swimming pool bathhouses, 2007 V3:108
shielding on radioactive drainage systems, 2005 V2:247 temperatures, 2007 V3:47
248 thresholds, 2004 V1:120
shields. See protection shields water fixture unit values, 2007 V3:198
shine. See radiation SHP (shaft horsepower), 2004 V1:16
shipping costs, 2004 V1:98, 223 SHR (sensible heat ratio), 2004 V1:16
shipyard cross contamination case, 2008 V4:189 Shreir, L.L., 2004 V1:154
shock absorbers. See water hammer arresters shrinkage of ceramic fixtures, 2008 V4:1
shock absorbers, cork as, 2008 V4:149 shrub sprinkler heads, 2007 V3:94
shock intensity of water hammer, 2005 V2:80 Shumann, Eugene R., 2005 V2:64
Sholes, Christopher, 2004 V1:231 shut-off devices
shopping centers, 2005 V2:2829, 2008 V4:19. See also defined, 2005 V2:144
retail stores fuel dispensers, 2007 V3:143
shops. See retail stores shut-off valves
short circuiting in grease interceptors, 2008 V4:158 design details, 2008 V4:83
short-circuiting installations, 2004 V1:151 earthquake-sensitive valves, 2004 V1:162
shot-in concrete anchors, 2004 V1:163, 190 medical gases, 2007 V3:67
shower pans, 2008 V4:14 shutdown pump features, 2005 V2:73
shower valves shutdown relays, 2007 V3:2728
flow rates, 2008 V4:15 Shweitzer, Philip A., 2007 V3:89
installation, 2008 V4:15 SI units. See International System of Units
types, 2008 V4:1415 siamese fire-department connections, 2004 V1:12, 28, 2007
showerheads V3:8. See also fire-protection systems
Energy Policy Act requirements, 2004 V1:264 side-beam brackets, 2008 V4:141
low flow, 2004 V1:136 side-beam clamps, 2008 V4:141
scaling, 2005 V2:122 side reach for wheelchairs, 2004 V1:109, 112
wasted water, 2004 V1:136 side spray accessories, 2008 V4:12, 1314
water usage reduction, 2008 V4:259 side vents, 2004 V1:28, 2005 V2:41
showers sidesway prevention, 2004 V1:189
acoustic ratings of, 2004 V1:194195 sidewalk fire-department connections, 2004 V1:12
body sprays, 2008 V4:15 sidewall grab bars, 2004 V1:114
emergency showers, 2005 V2:239, 241, 251, 2008 V4:17 sidewall sprinklers, 2004 V1:13, 30
enclosures, 2004 V1:120 Siegrist, R., 2005 V2:36
fixture pipe sizes and demand, 2005 V2:94 siemens, 2004 V1:33
fixture-unit loads, 2005 V2:3 sight disabilities, 2004 V1:107
flow rates, 2008 V4:14 signals for fire alarms, 2007 V3:6
grab bars, 2004 V1:121122 significant digits, 2004 V1:32
Compound Parabolic Concentrator (CPC) system, 2007 solid wedge discs, 2008 V4:75, 83
V3:189 solid wedges, 2008 V4:74
concentrating collectors, 2007 V3:183, 186187 solids
copper pipe, 2008 V4:3031 rectangular, 2004 V1:4
costs, 2007 V3:182183, 186 solids interceptors, 2007 V3:4445
CPC equations, 2007 V3:189 in water, 2005 V2:204
definitions, 2007 V3:181182, 183185 solids-handling pumps, 2008 V4:99
estimating calculations, 2007 V3:185186 soluble silica, 2005 V2:200
f-chart sizing method, 2007 V3:189192 solute. See treated water
flat-plate collectors, 2007 V3:183, 186188 solution sinks, 2007 V3:38
glossary, 2007 V3:183185 Solution Source for Steam, Air, and Hot Water Systems,
home water heating, 2007 V3:182, 189192 2007 V3:162
light, defined, 2007 V3:181182 solutions to puzzles, 2004 V1:261
markets, 2007 V3:183 solvents
photovoltaics, 2007 V3:181182 PEX piping and, 2008 V4:52
resources, 2007 V3:194 in pure-water systems, 2007 V3:49
sizing, 2007 V3:186, 189192 sonic cleaners, 2007 V3:40
solar (SOL), defined, 2004 V1:16 sound power
solar energy sources, 2004 V1:137 defined, 2004 V1:208
solar system definitions, 2007 V3:185 levels, 2004 V1:194, 208
specifications, 2007 V3:192194 sound pressure, 2004 V1:209
SRTA equations, 2007 V3:188 sounds. See acoustics in plumbing systems
Stationary Reflector/Tracking Absorber (SRTA) sour gas, 2007 V3:236
system, 2007 V3:188189 source shut-off valves, 2007 V3:67
sun overview, 2007 V3:181 source water
tax credits, 2007 V3:183 defined, 2005 V2:197
thermal, defined, 2007 V3:181182 pure-water systems, 2005 V2:230
thermal efficiency equations, 2007 V3:187188 sources of acoustic problems, 2004 V1:199
vacuum tube collectors, 2007 V3:183, 186 sources of information in value engineering, 2004 V1:214,
water heaters, 2004 V1:130, 265, 2008 V4:264265 221
Solar Energy Industries Association web site, 2007 V3:194 sources, vacuum, 2005 V2:179182, 182183, 186
Solar Energy Research Institute, 2007 V3:194 Sourirajan, S., 2008 V4:224
Solar Energy Society of Canada web site, 2007 V3:194 Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
Solar Energy Systems Design, 2007 V3:194 (SBCCI), 2005 V2:64, 2007 V3:134
Solar Energy Thermal Processes, 2007 V3:194 sovent single-stack plumbing systems, 2005 V2:1718
Solar Heating and Cooling, 2007 V3:194 sp, SP (static pressure), 2004 V1:15, 16
Solar Heating Design by the f-Chart Method, 2007 V3:194 SP-25:Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings,
The Solar Heating Design Process, 2007 V3:194 Flanges and Unions, 2008 V4:73
Solar Heating Systems, 2007 V3:194 SP-42:Class 150 Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanged Valves,
The Solar Hydrogen Civilization, 2007 V3:194 2008 V4:73
Solar Rating and Certification Corporation (SRCC) web SP-67:Butterfly Valves, 2008 V4:73
site, 2007 V3:194 SP-70:Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded
solar water heaters, 2008 V4:264265 Ends, 2008 V4:73
Solar Water Heaters:A Buyers Guide, 2007 V3:194 SP-71:Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and
soldering Threaded Ends, 2008 V4:73
clearance for, 2008 V4:23 SP-72:Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for
copper water tube, 2008 V4:3241 General Service, 2008 V4:73
corrosion and, 2004 V1:146 SP-78:Cast Iron Plug Valves, 2008 V4:73
defined, 2008 V4:62 SP-80:Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves, 2008
fluxes, 2008 V4:62 V4:73
lead-free solders, 2008 V4:62 SP-81:Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged, Wafer, Knife
lead in solder, 2008 V4:242 Gate Valves, 2008 V4:73
reducing, 2004 V1:266 SP-85:Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves, 2008 V4:73
soldered joints and earthquake protection, 2004 V1:167 SP-110:Ball Valves, 2008 V4:73
valve ends, 2008 V4:80 sp ht, SP HT (specific heat)
solenoid valves, 2004 V1:9 measurements, 2004 V1:33
solid angles, 2004 V1:33 sp ht at constant pressure (cp, cp, CP), 2004 V1:16
solid toilet seats, 2008 V4:5 sp ht at constant volume (cv, cv, CV), 2004 V1:16
solid waste disposal symbols for, 2004 V1:16
as energy source, 2004 V1:130131 sp vol, SP VOL (specific volume). See specific volume
solid waste incineration systems, 2004 V1:130131 space, confined
solids removal in septic tanks, 2005 V2:153 insulation and, 2008 V4:116
water softeners and, 2008 V4:207, 208209 saturated steam, 2007 V3:153154
space heating, solar, 2007 V3:189192 symbols for, 2004 V1:16
spacing Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete,
around water closets, 2008 V4:6 2008 V4:252
drinking fountains, 2008 V4:14 Specification for Concrete Aggregates, 2008 V4:252
expansion joints, 2008 V4:229 Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General
grab bars for accessibility, 2004 V1:121122 Applications, 2008 V4:32
hangers and supports, 2008 V4:6768, 118, 125 Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV), 2008 V4:32
lavatories, 2008 V4:10 Specification for Portland Cement, 2008 V4:252
manholes, 2007 V3:220, 225 Specification for Ready Mix Concrete, 2008 V4:252
urinals, 2008 V4:910 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, 2008 V4:32
of vacuum inlets, 2005 V2:189 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air-
spas, 2005 V2:122, 2008 V4:185 conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service, 2008
spec, SPEC (specifications). See specifications V4:32
special components, defined, 2008 V4:141 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas
special sprinklers, 2004 V1:30 Systems, 2008 V4:32
special tools, defined, 2008 V4:179 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Natural
special-waste drainage systems Gas and Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gas Fuel
acid-waste systems, 2005 V2:239245 Distribution Systems, 2008 V4:32
chemical-waste systems, 2005 V2:253 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube, 2008 V4:32
codes and standards, 2005 V2:237 specifications (spec, SPEC). See also construction contract
fire-suppression water drainage, 2005 V2:253254 documents; project manuals; names of specific
flammable and volatile liquids, 2005 V2:254256 listing agencies; names under publishing agencies
future growth of systems, 2005 V2:239 (American National Standards Institute, etc.);
general design considerations, 2005 V2:239 titles of specific documents
infectious and biological waste systems, 2005 V2:250 checklist, 2004 V1:102
252 computer production of, 2004 V1:7172
introduction, 2005 V2:237 contents of sections, 2004 V1:6871
pH values in waste, 2005 V2:239 costs associated with, 2004 V1:223
piping and joint selection, 2005 V2:238 in FAST approach, 2004 V1:230
planning for larger systems, 2005 V2:239 formats, 2004 V1:6364
radioactive waste drainage and vents, 2005 V2:248250 introduction, 2004 V1:61
references, 2005 V2:256 MasterFormat, 2004 V1:64
separating systems, 2005 V2:239 MasterFormat 2004, 2004 V1:7788
sizing piping, 2005 V2:238, 239241, 240, 241 MasterFormat Level Four (1995), 2004 V1:76
special wastes defined, 2004 V1:28 MasterFormat Level One (1995), 2004 V1:73
system approval requirements, 2005 V2:237238 MasterFormat Level Three (1995), 2004 V1:76
specialty pumps, 2008 V4:99 MasterFormat Level Two (1995), 2004 V1:7375
specialty water closets, 2004 V1:136 methods for creating, 2004 V1:6668
specific conductance, 2005 V2:203 problems with reuse, 2004 V1:63
specific energy, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 in project manuals, 2004 V1:62
specific functionality, defined, 2004 V1:225 questioning in value engineering, 2004 V1:212
specific gravity (SG) solar energy, 2007 V3:192194
defined, 2005 V2:144, 2007 V3:133, 168 specifications as incorrect term, 2004 V1:61
natural gas, 2005 V2:137, 141 symbols for, 2004 V1:16
plastic pipe, 2008 V4:50, 51 Uniformat, 2004 V1:64, 73
PVC pipe, 2008 V4:53 Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Usable
symbols for, 2004 V1:16 by the Physically Handicapped, 2004 V1:105
specific heat (sp ht, SP HT, C) Specifications Group, 2004 V1:65, 7788
defined, 2007 V3:168 specimen-type water closets, 2007 V3:38
measurements, 2004 V1:33 Spectext, 2004 V1:71
sp ht at constant pressure (cp, cp, CP), 2004 V1:16 speculation in creativity, 2004 V1:232
sp ht at constant volume (cv, cv, CV), 2004 V1:16 speed of pumps, 2004 V1:6
symbols for, 2004 V1:16 Speller, Frank N., 2004 V1:154
specific humidity, 2007 V3:167 Spencer Turbine Co., 2005 V2:196
specific resistance in water, 2005 V2:203, 2007 V3:47, 2008 spherical soil structure, 2005 V2:148
V4:195 spider guides, 2008 V4:141
specific speed, defined, 2008 V4:98 spigot outlets, 2005 V2:13
specific volume (sp vol, SP VOL, V, CVOL) Spill Containment Control and Countermeasure (40 CFR
defined, 2007 V3:168 112) (SCCC), 2007 V3:134
expansion and, 2008 V4:232 spill-proof indoor vacuum breakers, 2008 V4:185
measurements, 2004 V1:33 spill-resistant vacuum breakers, 2008 V4:175, 179
stabilized chlorines, 2007 V3:124 standard cubic feet per minute (scfm). See scfm, SCFM
stack groups, 2004 V1:30 (standard cubic feet per minute)
stack vents standard dimension ratio (SDR), 2008 V4:51
air in, 2005 V2:2 standard fire-protection symbols, 2004 V1:1213
defined, 2004 V1:30, 2005 V2:41 standard fire tests, 2007 V3:2
sizing, 2005 V2:4344 Standard for Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites
stack venting defined, 2004 V1:30 (NFPA 50), 2007 V3:57, 79
stacks. See vertical stacks Standard for Color-marking of Compressed Gas Cylinders
stadiums, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18 Intended for Medical Use (CGA C-9), 2007 V3:79
staff areas (health care facilities), 2007 V3:3537 Standard for Energy Conservation in New Building
staff lounges, 2007 V3:36 Design, 2007 V3:194
staged evaporation, 2005 V2:210211 Standard for Health-care Facilities, 2005 V2:182, 2007
stages in pump equipment, 2005 V2:169 V3:79, 2008 V4:32
staging, pumps, 2008 V4:9899 Standard for Hypochlorites, 2005 V2:104
stagnant water, 2005 V2:81 Standard for Liquid Chlorine, 2005 V2:104
stain-resistance testing, 2008 V4:2 Standard for Parking Structures, 2005 V2:127
staining fixtures and appliances with hard water, 2008 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers (NFPA 10), 2007
V4:205 V3:28, 29
stainless steel Standard for Protective Epoxy Interior Coating for Valves,
bioremediation pretreatment systems, 2008 V4:252 2008 V4:85, 90
commercial sinks, 2008 V4:12 Standard for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves, 2008 V4:85, 90
drinking fountains, 2008 V4:244 Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable and
electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144 Combustible Liquids (NFPA 385), 2007 V3:134
fixtures, 2007 V3:35, 2008 V4:12 Standard for the Installation of Nitrous Oxide Systems at
glass pipe couplings, 2008 V4:48 Consumer Sites (CGA G-8.1), 2007 V3:79
gutters, 2007 V3:111 Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains
jackets, 2008 V4:108 and their Appurtenances, 2007 V3:6
mesh insulation jackets, 2008 V4:108 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2004
nickel content, 2008 V4:12 V1:191
passivation, 2004 V1:146147 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One-
pumps, 2007 V3:119 and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured
reverse osmosis equipment, 2008 V4:218 Homes, 2007 V3:18
valve seats, 2008 V4:83 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in
valves, 2008 V4:79 Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four
worm gear clamps, 2008 V4:61 Stories in Height, 2007 V3:18
stainless-steel drains, 2005 V2:250 Standard for Water Spray Systems for Fire Protection,
stainless-steel grates, 2005 V2:15 2007 V3:24
stainless-steel piping Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Agents, 2007
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:176 V3:24
distilled water piping, 2008 V4:213 standard free air
exposed piping on storage tanks, 2007 V3:145 at atmospheric pressure (scfm). See scfm, SCFM
industrial waste pipe, 2005 V2:249 (standard cubic feet per minute)
pure-water system, 2007 V3:49 in vacuum sizing calculations, 2005 V2:185
soil and waste pipe, 2005 V2:13 standard gallons per hour, 2004 V1:15
special uses, 2008 V4:5960 Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, 2004 V1:1,
USP water, 2005 V2:233 2008 V4:69
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:183 Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning
stainless-steel storage tanks, 2005 V2:233, 2007 V3:84 Characteristics of Building Materials, 2008 V4:106
stairs and stairwells Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning
aboveground storage tanks, 2007 V3:144, 145 Characteristics of Building Materials (NFPA 255),
standpipe systems, 2007 V3:20 2007 V3:69
stale sewage, 2004 V1:30 Standard of Testing to Determine the Performance of Solar
stall urinals, 2008 V4:9 Collections, 2007 V3:194
stanchions, 2008 V4:123, 126, 141 Standard on Flow Testing and Marking of Fire Hydrants
stand pipes, 2008 V4:128 (NFPA 291), 2007 V3:3
standard (std, STD), 2004 V1:16 Standard on Gas and Vacuum Systems, 2008 V4:32
standard air, 2004 V1:18, 2007 V3:167169 Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems, 2007
standard atmospheric pressure V3:24
defined, 2007 V3:169 standard plumbing and piping symbols, 2004 V1:713
in vacuums, 2005 V2:175 Standard Plumbing Code, 2005 V2:64
standard cartridge depth filtration, 2005 V2:211 standard port valves, 2008 V4:84
standard cfh (scfh), 2005 V2:131 standard ports, 2008 V4:74
spring hangers and constant supports, 2008 V4:124 sustainable design, 2004 V1:263267, 2008 V4:256
threaded products, 2008 V4:121 Sustainable Sites design (LEED), 2004 V1:263
vacuum cleaning tubing, 2005 V2:189 SV (service) cast-iron soil pipe, 2008 V4:23, 2627
SUR (surfaces), 2004 V1:16 SV (surgical vacuum), 2004 V1:9
SURD (surfaces, dry), 2004 V1:16 swamp gas, 2005 V2:201
surface abrasions Swartman, Robert K., 2007 V3:194
corrosion and, 2004 V1:146 sway bracing. See also lateral and longitudinal sway
grab bars, 2004 V1:122 bracing; restraints and restraining control devices
surface efficiency (SEFF), 2004 V1:14 acceptable types, 2004 V1:187
surface fault slips, 2004 V1:158 horizontal loads for, 2004 V1:185186
surface fires, 2007 V3:23 illustrated, 2008 V4:124, 130
surface-mounted pumps, 2005 V2:168 lateral and longitudinal, 2004 V1:181182, 185186
surface runoff. See runoff longitudinal and transverse, 2004 V1:179, 180
surface skimmers. See skimmers potential problems, illustrated, 2004 V1:189
surface temperature of insulation, 2008 V4:113 sway in piping, 2004 V1:162
surface-type sprinkler spray heads, 2007 V3:93 sweep fittings, 2008 V4:246
surface water swelling characteristics of soils, 2005 V2:149
as feed water for pure water systems, 2005 V2:230 swimming pools
carbon dioxide in, 2008 V4:196 backflow prevention, 2008 V4:185
defined, 2005 V2:198 bathhouses, toilets, and showers, 2007 V3:108
discharge permits for, 2007 V3:82 chemical controls, 2007 V3:123127
need for treatment, 2008 V4:193194 chemistry, 2007 V3:113114
Surface Water Treatment Rule, 2005 V2:227 circulation, 2007 V3:111114
surfaces (SUR, S) circulation pumps, 2007 V3:119120
dry (SURD), 2004 V1:16 defined, 2004 V1:30
fixture materials, 2008 V4:1 dehumidification, 2007 V3:123
symbols for, 2004 V1:16 design parameters, 2007 V3:105109
wet (SURW), 2004 V1:16 direct connection hazards, 2008 V4:184
surge capacity, swimming pools, 2007 V3:109110 feed systems, 2007 V3:123127
surge chambers, 2007 V3:178 filters
surge pressure. See water hammer diatomaceous earth, 2007 V3:116119
surge tanks, 2005 V2:30 overview, 2007 V3:112113
surge vessels (tanks), swimming pools, 2007 V3:111112, sand, 2007 V3:115116
113, 114 flow control devices, 2007 V3:121122
surges in horizontal drains, 2005 V2:5 flow sensors, 2007 V3:120121
surgical ceiling columns, 2007 V3:5657 fresh water makeup, 2007 V3:127128
surgical clean-up areas, 2007 V3:36 grate materials, 2005 V2:13
surgical gas track systems, 2007 V3:57 handicapped access, 2007 V3:130
surgical instruments, 2007 V3:57, 64 heat recovery, 2007 V3:123
surgical scrub areas, 2007 V3:36 inlets, 2007 V3:131
surgical supply areas, 2007 V3:36 ladders, 2007 V3:130
surgical vacuum (SV), 2004 V1:9 level control systems, 2007 V3:127128
surveys location, 2007 V3:106
cross connections, 2008 V4:179 main drains, 2007 V3:127128
plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93 numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
water softener data, 2008 V4:209 numbers of swimmers, 2007 V3:105106
SURW (surfaces, wet), 2004 V1:16 operating systems, 2007 V3:109111
suspended equipment overview, 2007 V3:105
fixed suspended equipment, 2004 V1:164 ozone system, 2007 V3:129
vibration-isolated, suspended equipment, 2004 V1:166 physical characteristics, 2007 V3:106109
suspended metals in wastes, 2007 V3:8587 ramps, 2007 V3:130
suspended piping, earthquake recommendations, 2004 safety equipment, 2007 V3:131
V1:162 size and capacity, 2007 V3:105106
suspended solids. See also turbidity skimmers, 2007 V3:112, 114115
defined, 2005 V2:198 specialty systems, 2007 V3:114, 128130
filtration, 2005 V2:211 strainers, 2007 V3:120
removing, 2005 V2:209 surge vessels, 2007 V3:111112, 113, 114
total suspended solids, 2005 V2:203204 underwater lights, 2007 V3:130
turbidity, 2005 V2:198 UV system, 2007 V3:129130
suspended tanks, 2004 V1:162 water features, 2007 V3:130
suspension, defined, 2005 V2:198, 2008 V4:224 water heating, 2007 V3:122123
suspension hangers. See supports and hangers swing check valves, 2005 V2:100, 172, 2008 V4:74, 77, 86
tax credits, solar energy, 2007 V3:183 mixed-water temperatures, 2005 V2:111
Tax Incentives Assistance Project (TIAP) web site, 2007 natural gas, 2005 V2:131
V3:194 non-SI units, 2004 V1:34
taxes oxygen and corrosion implications, 2008 V4:197
in labor costs, 2004 V1:94 pipe classification, 2008 V4:125
in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:94 pipe expansion and contraction, 2004 V1:3
Taylor, Halsey Willard, 2008 V4:237 PVC pipe and, 2008 V4:53
tc, TC (thermocouple), 2004 V1:16 rating, sprinkler systems (fire protection), 2007 V3:18
TCPL (thermocouple), 2004 V1:16 scalding water, 2005 V2:122124
TD (temperature differences), 2004 V1:16, 136 scaling and, 2008 V4:205
TD (turndown ratio), 2005 V2:133 settling velocity and, 2008 V4:154
TDIF (temperature differences), 2004 V1:16 shower compartments, 2004 V1:120, 2008 V4:1415
TDS (total dissolved solids). See total dissolved solids special-waste effluent, 2005 V2:238
(TDS) specific resistance and, 2005 V2:203
TE (temperature entering), 2004 V1:16 sprinkler head ratings, 2007 V3:13
teaspoons, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40 storage tanks and piping, 2007 V3:149
technetium 99, 2005 V2:248 stratification, 2007 V3:149
technology advances, value engineering and, 2004 V1:212 surface temperature of insulation, 2008 V4:113
Technology for the Storage of Hazardous Liquids, 2007 symbols for, 2004 V1:16
V3:88 temperature differences (TD, t, TDIF), 2004 V1:16,
tectonic plates, 2004 V1:156158 136
tee-wyes, flow capacity and, 2005 V2:4 temperature differentials, 2004 V1:125126
tees (TEE), 2004 V1:10, 16 temperature entering (TE, TENT), 2004 V1:16
Teflon (PTFE), 2005 V2:249, 2007 V3:46 temperature leaving (TL, TLEA), 2004 V1:16
discs, 2008 V4:83 temperature stratification, 2007 V3:149
pipes, 2008 V4:5556 thermal expansion, 2008 V4:227
seats, 2008 V4:83 thermal support systems and earthquakes, 2004 V1:168
temp., TEMP (temperatures). See temperature water heaters, 2005 V2:107, 111
TEMP. HW (tempered hot water), 2004 V1:8 water vapor in air and, 2007 V3:169170
TEMP. HWR (tempered hot water recirculating), 2004 water volume and, 2005 V2:77
V1:8 Temperature Limits in Service Hot Water Systems, 2005
temperature (temp., TEMP, T) V2:124
acid wastes, 2007 V3:43 temperature-pressure-relief valves (TPV), 2004 V1:10,
bathtub water notes, 2004 V1:119 2005 V2:115116
compressed air systems and, 2007 V3:178 temperature stratification, 2007 V3:149
conversion factors, 2004 V1:37, 38 tempered water
cooling air compressors, 2007 V3:171 defined, 2004 V1:30
corrosion rates and, 2004 V1:145 tempered hot water (TEMP. HW, TW), 2004 V1:8
CPVC vs. PVC piping, 2008 V4:53 tempered hot water recirculating (TEMP. HWR, TWR),
deaeration water temperatures, 2005 V2:209 2004 V1:8
defined, 2007 V3:169 temporary hardness, 2008 V4:196
density and viscosity of water and, 2008 V4:200 tennis courts, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18
dew points, 2007 V3:170 tensile strength
in double containment systems, 2008 V4:55 plastic pipe, 2008 V4:50
drinking-water coolers and, 2008 V4:238 PVC pipe and, 2008 V4:53
drops in flowing water, 2008 V4:115 tensile stresses
elevated temperatures for removing Legionella, 2005 expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:69
V2:120 stacks, 2008 V4:229
expansion and contraction and, 2008 V4:69 with temperature change, 2008 V4:228
feed water temperature and deposits, 2005 V2:207, 224, Tension 360 bracing, 2004 V1:169
231 tension problems in seismic protection, 2004 V1:190
hangers and supports and, 2008 V4:126 TENT (temperature entering), 2004 V1:16
hot-water properties, 2005 V2:117 Tentative Provisions for the Development of Seismic
hot-water relief valves, 2005 V2:115116 Regulations for Buildings, 2004 V1:183, 191
hot-water temperatures, 2005 V2:111, 112114, 114, tera prefix, 2004 V1:34
2007 V3:39, 47 terminal elements, defined, 2004 V1:137
insulation and temperature loss, 2008 V4:105 terminal length, defined, 2005 V2:1
Legionella growth and, 2005 V2:118120 terminal velocity
maintenance hot-water temperatures, 2005 V2:115 defined, 2005 V2:1
maintenance, pumps, 2008 V4:99 stack capacities and, 2005 V2:4
measurements, 2004 V1:33 stack terminal velocity, 2004 V1:3
microbial control in water, 2005 V2:224 terminal vents, 2005 V2:42
terminals, passenger, 2008 V4:18 Thermal Expansion and Contraction of Plastic Pipe, 2008
terra-cotta pipe sleeves, 2008 V4:69 V4:235
tertiary treatment of gray water, 2005 V2:31, 35 thermal-hydraulic irrigation valves, 2007 V3:94
teslas, 2004 V1:33 Thermal Insulation, 2008 V4:116
test block conditions in gas boosters, 2005 V2:134 thermal insulation thickness, 2004 V1:127
test headers, 2004 V1:12 thermal loads, 2008 V4:141
test-method standards, 2004 V1:66 thermal movement, sound insulation and, 2004 V1:193
test station cathodic protection, 2004 V1:151 thermal resistance (R, R, RES), 2004 V1:16, 2008 V4:105
testing thermal-shock protection, 2004 V1:120
acoustic ratings of fixtures and appliances, 2004 thermal shock treatments, 2005 V2:118
V1:194195 thermal storage devices and media, 2007 V3:185
backflow devices, 2008 V4:183 thermal stresses on piping systems, 2008 V4:119
cold-water systems, 2005 V2:103 thermal-support systems, earthquakes and, 2004 V1:168
gaseous fire-suppression systems, 2007 V3:27 thermal transmittance (U), 2008 V4:105
hot-water relief valves, 2005 V2:116 thermocompression distillation, 2005 V2:210
hydrants, 2007 V3:36 thermocouple (tc, TC, TCPL), 2004 V1:16
hydraulic soil conditions, 2005 V2:147150 thermodynamic disc traps, 2007 V3:159
insulation, 2008 V4:106 thermometers, 2004 V1:10
liquid fuel systems, 2007 V3:149150 thermoplastic pipes, 2008 V4:49
medical gas alarms, 2007 V3:75 thermoset plastic, 2007 V3:135, 2008 V4:49
medical gas systems, 2007 V3:6976 thermostatic bellows steam traps, 2007 V3:158
natural gas services, 2007 V3:241 thermostatic-mixing shower valves, 2008 V4:1415, 17
percolation rates for soils, 2005 V2:149150 thermostatic-mixing tub valves, 2008 V4:16
pipes for radioactive waste systems, 2005 V2:249 thermostatic steam traps, 2007 V3:158159
plastic fixtures, 2008 V4:2 thermostats (T STAT), 2004 V1:16
seat tests (valves), 2008 V4:89 chilled drinking-water systems, 2008 V4:243
shell tests (valves), 2008 V4:89 drinking water coolers, 2008 V4:242
tank tightness testing, 2007 V3:139, 149 thermosyphon in fluids, 2007 V3:185
urinal tests, 2008 V4:9 thermosyphon systems, 2007 V3:185, 190
water closet flushing, 2008 V4:56 thickness (thkns, THKNS, THK)
welders for radioactive pipe systems, 2005 V2:249 insulation, 2008 V4:109113
wells, 2005 V2:166 of soils, 2005 V2:149
Testing and Rating Procedure for Grease Interceptors with symbols for, 2004 V1:16
Appendix of Sizing and Installation Data, 2008 Thickness Design, 2008 V4:28
V4:153, 166, 250, 252, 253 thin skin membranes, 2008 V4:217
tetrachloroethylene, 2008 V4:186 thinking outside the box, 2004 V1:232
tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), 2008 V4:48, 86 THK (thickness), 2004 V1:16
Texas Manual on Rainwater Harvesting, 2008 V4:265 thkns, THKNS (thickness). See thickness
Texas Water Development Board, 2008 V4:265 thousand circular mils (Mcm, MCM), 2004 V1:16
text, abbreviations in, 2004 V1:1416 thousand cubic feet (Mcf, MCF), 2004 V1:16
texture of soils, 2005 V2:148149 thousand foot-pounds (kip ft, KIP FT, KIPFT), 2004 V1:16
TFE (tetrafluoroethylene), 2008 V4:48, 86 thousand pounds (kip, KIP), 2004 V1:16
theaters thread cutting, 2008 V4:62
drinking fountain usage, 2008 V4:245 thread lubricants, 2008 V4:62
numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:18, 20 threaded ball valves, 2008 V4:84
vacuum calculations for, 2005 V2:190 threaded end connections, 2004 V1:23
theoretical barometric pressure, 2007 V3:169 threaded hangers and supports, 2008 V4:121
theoretical horsepower, 2007 V3:167 threaded joints, 2004 V1:167
theoretical standard atmospheric pressure, 2007 V3:169 mechanical joints, 2008 V4:60
therapy pools, 2007 V3:106, 109 preparing, 2008 V4:62
therm, converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40 threaded outlets, 2005 V2:14
thermal compressors, 2007 V3:169 threaded rod couplings, 2008 V4:142
thermal conductivity (k, K), 2008 V4:105 threaded rods, 2008 V4:132, 141
measurements, 2004 V1:33 three-bolt pipe clamps, 2008 V4:142
plastic pipe, 2008 V4:50 three-compartment sinks, 2008 V4:11, 12
symbols for, 2004 V1:16 thresholds in shower compartments, 2004 V1:120
thermal efficiency throttling valves, 2008 V4:75, 83
defined, 2004 V1:30, 136 thrust bearings, 2004 V1:196
water heaters and, 2005 V2:116117 thrust blocks, 2007 V3:215
thermal energy, 2007 V3:181182 thrust loads, 2008 V4:142
thermal expansion. See expansion (exp, EXP, XPAN) tie-in tests, 2007 V3:75
tie rods, 2007 V3:213
drinking water, 2005 V2:227 medical gas tube, 2007 V3:69, 2008 V4:42
filter beds and, 2008 V4:203 Type L copper
measuring, 2005 V2:203204 copper water tube, 2008 V4:32
removing, 2005 V2:168 dimensions and capacity, 2008 V4:3536
safe levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186 lengths, standards, and applications, 2008 V4:30
treating in water, 2008 V4:187, 196 medical gas tube, 2007 V3:69, 2008 V4:42
turbidity units (TU), 2008 V4:196 natural gas, 2007 V3:239
turbine meters, 2005 V2:95 Type L gas vents, 2005 V2:144
turbine pumps, 2005 V2:168169, 170, 2007 V3:119120, Type L vent codes, 2004 V1:43
2008 V4:9899 Type M copper
turbine water meters, 2005 V2:68, 69 copper water tube, 2008 V4:32
turbo machines. See pumps dimensions and capacity, 2008 V4:3738
turbo pumps, 2005 V2:180 lengths, standards, and applications, 2008 V4:31
turbo-surgical instruments, 2007 V3:57 Type OXY/ACR pipes, 2008 V4:31
turbulence Type OXY, MED pipes, 2008 V4:31
defined, 2004 V1:31 Type OXY/MED pipes, 2008 V4:31
determining friction, 2005 V2:84 typhoid, 2008 V4:199
floatation and, 2008 V4:157 typhoons, 2008 V4:119
in grease interceptors, 2008 V4:154
in rate of corrosion, 2004 V1:145
turbulent flow in pipes, 2004 V1:2
U
U, U (heat transfer coefficients) (U factor), 2004 V1:15, 16,
turf imperviousness factors, 2007 V3:229 2008 V4:106
turnbuckles U-bends, 2008 V4:229
defined, 2008 V4:142 U-bolts, 2008 V4:68, 121, 142
illustrated, 2008 V4:68, 121, 126, 127 UF. See ultrafilters and ultrafiltration
use of, 2008 V4:67 UF membranes, 2005 V2:201
turndown ratio (TD), 2005 V2:134 UFAS (Uniform Federal Accessibility Standard), 2004
turnover rate, swimming pools, 2007 V3:109 V1:105106
TW (tempered hot water), 2004 V1:8 UFC (Uniform Fire Code), 2007 V3:134
twin-agent dry-chemical systems, 2007 V3:23 Uhlig, Herbert H., 2004 V1:154
twin-tower air dryers, 2007 V3:175 UL listings. See Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
twisting motions, hangers and, 2008 V4:119 ULF. See ultra-low-flow water closets
two. See also entries beginning with double-, dual-, or ultra-high vacuum, 2005 V2:175
multiple- ultra-low-flow fixture green building credits, 2004 V1:264
two-bed deionizing units, 2007 V3:48 ultra-low-flow water closets
two-compartment septic tanks, 2005 V2:154155 operation, 2004 V1:135136
two-compartment sinks, 2008 V4:11, 12 water usage rates, 2004 V1:134135
two-family dwellings, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19 ultra-pure water systems, 2005 V2:228
two-pipe venturi suction pumps, 2005 V2:165 ultra-pure water (UPW), 2008 V4:56
two-point vapor recovery, 2007 V3:142 ultrafilters and ultrafiltration
two-stage reduction, 2005 V2:78 cross-flow filtration, 2005 V2:211, 223
two-step deionization (dual-bed), 2005 V2:216, 217 defined, 2008 V4:196, 220
two-valve parallel pressure-regulated valves, 2005 V2:78 membrane filters, 2005 V2:221223
two-way braces, 2008 V4:142 oil spills, 2005 V2:255
two-word expressions of functions, 2004 V1:225, 231 Ultraviolet Disinfection in Biotechnology:Myth vs. Practice,
TWR (tempered hot water recirculating), 2004 V1:8 2005 V2:234
TXPC (thermal expansion coefficients), 2004 V1:16 ultraviolet radiation, defined, 2007 V3:185
Type 1 air compressors, 2007 V3:62, 63 ultraviolet radiation treatment of water, 2005 V2:120122,
Type 2 air compressors, 2007 V3:62 168, 223224, 228, 232, 233, 2008 V4:213, 216
Type A gray-water systems, 2005 V2:3234 ultraviolet sterilization, 2007 V3:48
Type ACR/MED pipes, 2008 V4:31 U.N. World Commission on the Environment and
Type ACR pipes, 2008 V4:31 Development, 2008 V4:256
Type B gas vents, 2005 V2:144 unassisted creativity, 2004 V1:232
Type B gray-water systems, 2005 V2:3234 unbalanced forces, vibration and, 2008 V4:145, 146
Type B vent codes, 2004 V1:43 unbalanced motors in pumps, 2004 V1:196
Type B-W gas vents, 2005 V2:144 unconsolidated aquifers, 2005 V2:165
Type DWV pipes, 2008 V4:31, 4142 undamped mechanical systems, 2004 V1:160
Type G copper, 2008 V4:31 under-counter grease interceptors, 2008 V4:162
Type K copper under-counter mounted lavatories, 2008 V4:11
copper water tube, 2008 V4:32 under-counter mounted sinks, 2008 V4:12
dimensions and capacity, 2008 V4:3334 under-film corrosion, 2004 V1:154
lengths, standards, and applications, 2008 V4:30 under-floor areas, 2007 V3:27
under-table waste and vent piping, 2007 V3:46 unemployment taxes, in labor costs, 2004 V1:94
underdeveloped nations, sanitation, 2008 V4:255256 ungravel upheaval, 2008 V4:203204
underground building sanitary pipe codes, 2004 V1:44 ungridded piping systems, 2007 V3:12
underground digging, planning impacts of, 2008 V4:120 uniform attack corrosion, 2004 V1:142
underground inspections, 2004 V1:102103 Uniform Building Code (UBC), 2004 V1:183, 191, 2008
underground piping V4:247
acid-waste piping, 2005 V2:242244 Uniform Federal Accessibility Standard (UFAS), 2004
cast-iron soil pipe, 2008 V4:2325 V1:105106
coatings, 2004 V1:147 Uniform Fire Code (UFC), 2007 V3:134
defined, 2004 V1:31 uniform flow
glass pipe, 2008 V4:48 in horizontal drains, 2005 V2:6
materials for, 2005 V2:13 Manning formula, 2004 V1:1
medical gas piping, 2007 V3:68 Uniform Plumbing Code, 2005 V2:44, 2008 V4:17, 2021,
storm-drainage systems, 2005 V2:50 164165, 253
thermal expansion and contraction, 2008 V4:231 uniform pressure loss method, 2005 V2:68, 97, 98
underground building sanitary pipe codes, 2004 V1:44 Uniformat specification system, 2004 V1:64, 73
valves, 2008 V4:90 unintended uses of piping, 2008 V4:118
underground pressurized fuel delivery systems, 2007 uninterrupted water supplies, 2007 V3:46
V3:141 uninterruptible gas services, 2007 V3:235
underground sprinklers, 2007 V3:92 unions (contractor unions), 2008 V4:116
underground storage tanks (USTs) unions (joins)
codes and standards, 2007 V3:134 flanged, 2004 V1:10
connections and access, 2007 V3:136137 screwed, 2004 V1:10
construction, 2007 V3:135136 unions (joints)
defined, 2007 V3:133 defined, 2008 V4:7475
dispenser pans, 2007 V3:143 union bonnets, 2008 V4:75
filling and spills, 2007 V3:136137 union rings, 2008 V4:75, 79
fire suppression, 2007 V3:143 union shoulder pieces, 2008 V4:75
fuel islands, 2007 V3:143 union threaded pieces, 2008 V4:75
fuel transactions, 2007 V3:143144 unions (labor), cost estimates and, 2004 V1:98
hazardous wastes, 2007 V3:8384 unisex toilet rooms, 2008 V4:1718
illustrated, 2007 V3:142 unit costs, in plumbing cost estimation, 2004 V1:93
leak detection and system monitoring, 2007 V3:138 United States agencies and departments. See U.S. agencies
141 and departments
liquid fuel storage tanks, 2007 V3:135141 United States Pharmacopoeia. See U.S. Pharmacopoeia
materials, 2007 V3:135 (USP)
overfill prevention, 2007 V3:137138 units (UNIT)
product dispensing systems, 2007 V3:142144 symbols for, 2004 V1:16
testing, 2007 V3:149 units of measurement. See measurement units
vapor recovery systems, 2007 V3:141142 universities. See also laboratories
venting, 2007 V3:137 diversity factor calculations for vacuums, 2005 V2:184
underground suction fuel delivery systems, 2007 V3:141 University of Southern California (USC) Foundations
underground valves, 2008 V4:90 for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic
underwater pool lights, 2007 V3:130 Research, 2008 V4:179
underwriters. See insurance unknowns in value engineering presentations, 2004
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) V1:258
address, 2004 V1:59 unloading in air compressors, 2007 V3:173
fiberglass pipe, 2008 V4:56 unobstructed reach for wheelchairs, 2004 V1:111, 112
gas booster components, 2005 V2:131 unoccupied buildings, conserving energy in, 2004 V1:127
hot-water components, 2005 V2:115, 124 unrestricted areas (facilities with radiation), 2005 V2:247
list of standards, 2004 V1:57 untreated sewage, 2004 V1:28
pipe hangers, 2007 V3:18 untreated water. See water impurities
UL 58:Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and up flow, defined, 2008 V4:224
Combustible Liquids, 2007 V3:88 upfeed risers, 2008 V4:243
UL 142:Steel Above Ground Tanks for Flammable and upper-floor installations, 2008 V4:150
Combustible Liquids, 2007 V3:88, 134, 144 upright sprinklers, 2004 V1:13, 29, 30
UL 723 standard, 2008 V4:106 upstream, defined, 2004 V1:31
UL 1585:Class 2 & Class 3 Transformers, 2008 V4:252 UPW (ultrapure water), 2008 V4:56
UL 2085:Insulated Aboveground Tanks for Flammable Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds, 2005 V2:64
and Combustible Liquids, 2007 V3:134 urinals. See also water closets
valve fire protection approvals, 2008 V4:73, 90 accessibility design, 2004 V1:116117
web site, 2007 V3:89 acoustic ratings of, 2004 V1:194
V medical vacuum
design checklist, 2007 V3:5051
v, V (valves). See valves
V (specific volume). See specific volume diversity factors, 2007 V3:70
V (velocity of uniform flow), 2004 V1:1 laboratory outlets, 2007 V3:4142
V (velocity). See velocity number of stations, 2007 V3:51, 5253
V (vents). See vents and venting systems oral surgery equipment, 2007 V3:42
V (volts). See volts patient vacuum, 2007 V3:78
v/v (volume to volume), 2005 V2:201 peak demand, 2007 V3:55
VA (volt amperes), 2004 V1:16 piping systems, 2007 V3:54, 6466
vac, VAC (vacuum). See vacuum (vac, VAC) piping, 2005 V2:183, 2007 V3:69, 73
vacation pay, in labor costs, 2004 V1:94 pressure drop, 2005 V2:179
vacuum (vac, VAC) pressure measurement, 2005 V2:176178
defined, 2004 V1:31, 2005 V2:175, 2008 V4:179 pump curves, 2005 V2:179
perfect vacuum, 2007 V3:169 purchasing, 2005 V2:180
surgical use, 2007 V3:56 references, 2005 V2:196
symbols for, 2004 V1:8, 16 sizing, 2005 V2:184187, 2007 V3:69, 73
valves for systems, 2008 V4:87 time to reach rated vacuum, 2005 V2:178179
vacuum breakers, 2008 V4:173174, 175, 176, 179. See vacuum-pressure gauges, 2005 V2:181
also backflow preventers vacuum sources, 2005 V2:179182, 182183, 186
vacuum cleaning systems, 2005 V2:188196. See also velocity calculations, 2005 V2:179
vacuum systems work forces, 2005 V2:179
cleanouts, 2005 V2:195 vacuum tube collectors, 2007 V3:183, 186
codes and standards, 2005 V2:188 valence, 2005 V2:198, 199, 216
components, 2005 V2:188189 value, defined, 2004 V1:213214
friction losses, 2005 V2:191193, 193194 Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECP), 2004 V1:260
inlet locations and spacing, 2005 V2:189 Value Engineering Job Plan (VEJP), 2004 V1:214
piping, 2005 V2:189 value engineering (VE)
separators, 2005 V2:194196 arguments against, 2004 V1:232
simultaneous operators, 2005 V2:190 checklists
sizing exhausters, 2005 V2:193194 creativity worksheets, 2004 V1:233234
types, 2005 V2:188 detail/product/material specification checklists,
Vacuum Cleaning Systems, 2005 V2:196 2004 V1:220
vacuum deaerators, 2005 V2:209, 2008 V4:197 evaluation checklists, 2004 V1:237238
vacuum drainage systems, 2005 V2:19 function definitions forms, 2004 V1:225227, 228
vacuum levels functional evaluation worksheets, 2004 V1:243
defined, 2005 V2:175 251
in exhauster sizing, 2005 V2:193 idea development and estimated cost forms, 2004
vacuum-operated waste transport system, 2008 V4:259 V1:241242
vacuum producers (exhausters), 2005 V2:188, 190, 193 idea evaluation worksheets, 2004 V1:243, 253
194 project information checklists, 2004 V1:215220
vacuum product dispensers, 2007 V3:142143, 146 project information sources checklists, 2004 V1:221
vacuum pumps, 2005 V2:180, 186, 2007 V3:50, 6566 questions checklists, 2004 V1:213214
vacuum relief valves, 2004 V1:31 recommendation worksheets, 2004 V1:258, 259
vacuum sand filters, 2007 V3:116 compared to cost fitting, 2004 V1:258
Vacuum Sewage Collection, 2005 V2:161 contract document clauses, 2004 V1:258, 260
vacuum sewers, 2005 V2:152 cost information, 2004 V1:222225
vacuum sources, 2005 V2:179182, 182183, 184, 186 creativity process, 2004 V1:231235
Vacuum Sources, 2005 V2:196 defined, 2004 V1:211
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:188196. See also vacuum elements of, 2004 V1:214225
cleaning systems Evaluation phase, 2004 V1:235243
altitude adjustments, 2005 V2:178 Function Analysis phase, 2004 V1:224243
codes and standards, 2005 V2:182 Functional Development sketches, 2004 V1:237,
color coding, 2007 V3:55 239240
fundamentals, 2005 V2:175 Gut Feel Index, 2004 V1:254
general layout, 2005 V2:183184 Information phase, 2004 V1:214222
introduction, 2005 V2:175 job plan phases, 2004 V1:213
laboratory systems, 2005 V2:182187, 2007 V3:4142 overview, 2004 V1:211212
leakage, 2005 V2:186, 187 pre-recommendation questions, 2004 V1:254257
Level 1 defined, 2007 V3:78 purpose, 2004 V1:211212
Level 3 defined, 2007 V3:78 qualitative results, 2004 V1:212
levels, 2007 V3:3435 Recommendation/presentation phase, 2004 V1:257258
medical gas system switches, 2007 V3:67 results of, 2004 V1:261
Risk Guides, 2004 V1:254, 257 butterfly valves, 2008 V4:7677, 84, 90
salesmanship in, 2004 V1:257 check valves, 2008 V4:74, 83, 8687, 88, 89, 90
science of, 2004 V1:258260 deluge, 2007 V3:910
second creativity, cost, and evaluation analysis, 2004 diaphragm-actuated, 2007 V3:121122
V1:254 double-check valve assemblies, 2008 V4:174
teams, 2004 V1:212 float-operated main drain butterfly, 2007 V3:127
value changes, 2004 V1:212213 128
value defined, 2004 V1:213214 flush valve vacuum breakers, 2008 V4:175
valve-per-sprinkler irrigation, 2007 V3:9293 gate valves, 2008 V4:74, 75, 8283, 85, 87
valved zones in irrigation systems, 2005 V2:30 globe valves, 2008 V4:74, 7576, 83, 85, 89
valves (v, V, VLV). See also specific types of valves lift check valves, 2008 V4:77, 83
acoustic problems, 2004 V1:197 manual butterfly, 2007 V3:121
acoustic ratings, 2004 V1:194 nonlubricated plug valves, 2008 V4:89
applications plug valves, 2008 V4:77
compressed air systems, 2007 V3:176177, 2008 pneumatically operated main drain modulating,
V4:8687 2007 V3:127
equivalent lengths for natural gas, 2005 V2:135 quarter-turn valves, lubricated plug cocks, 2008
fire-protection systems, 2008 V4:8990 V4:8485
gasoline and LPG service, 2008 V4:89 swing check valves, 2008 V4:77, 83
high-pressure steam service, 2008 V4:8889 water-pressure regulators. See water-pressure
high-rise service, 2008 V4:90 regulators
high-temperature hot-water service, 2008 V4:89 valve flow coefficients, 2004 V1:14
hot and cold domestic water, 2008 V4:8586 weight of, 2008 V4:118
hydrostatic relief, swimming pools, 2007 V3:110 in yard boxes (YB), 2004 V1:10
infectious waste systems, 2005 V2:252 vandal-proof grates and strainers, 2005 V2:10
irrigation systems, 2007 V3:9495 vandalism
low-pressure steam and general service, 2008 dressing rooms, 2007 V3:108
V4:8788 fasteners on grates and strainers, 2005 V2:10
medical air compressors, 2007 V3:63 protecting against, 2005 V2:16
medical gas control valves, 2007 V3:67 vane-type water-flow indicators, 2007 V3:7
medical gas systems, 2008 V4:87 VAP (vapor pressure), 2004 V1:15
medium-pressure steam service, 2008 V4:88 vap pr, VAP PR (vapor pressure), 2004 V1:15
pure water systems, 2005 V2:233 vap prf, VAP PRF (vaporproof), 2004 V1:16
steam traps, 2007 V3:158159 vapor barriers
testing in medical gas systems, 2007 V3:75 defined, 2008 V4:142
vacuum systems, 2007 V3:65, 2008 V4:87 insulation, 2008 V4:107, 109112
closing quickly, 2005 V2:80 perm rating, 2008 V4:105106
codes and standards, 2004 V1:43, 2008 V4:73 types of, 2008 V4:113
components, 2008 V4:7980 vapor-compression distillation, 2005 V2:210, 2008 V4:212
design choices, 2008 V4:82 vapor pressure, 2004 V1:15, 2007 V3:169
design details, 2008 V4:8285 vapor recovery systems
domestic pressure drops and, 2007 V3:206 aboveground tank systems, 2007 V3:146
end connections, 2008 V4:80 classifications, 2007 V3:134
friction loss in, 2005 V2:99102 hazardous wastes, 2007 V3:84
functions, 2008 V4:73 testing, 2007 V3:149
glossary of terms, 2008 V4:7375 underground tank systems, 2007 V3:141142
installing insulation, 2008 V4:108109 vaporizers, 2007 V3:59
materials for, 2008 V4:7879 vaporproof (vap prf, VAP PRF), 2004 V1:16
pressure losses, 2008 V4:85 vapors, hazardous
ratings, 2008 V4:79 acid wastes and, 2005 V2:239, 241
in risers, 2004 V1:10 atmospheric tank venting and, 2007 V3:137
service considerations, 2008 V4:73 contamination in compressed air, 2007 V3:170
sizing, 2008 V4:85 hydrocarbons, 2007 V3:133134
stems, 2008 V4:7879 monitoring, 2007 V3:139, 141
sulfuric acid and, 2005 V2:240 vapor pockets, 2007 V3:149
symbols for, 2004 V1:16 VOCs, 2005 V2:201
types of, 2008 V4:7578 var, VAR (variables), 2004 V1:16
angle-globe valves, 2008 V4:83 variability, defined, 2008 V4:142
angle valves, 2008 V4:76 variable air volume (VAV), 2004 V1:16
automatic shutdown, 2007 V3:84 variable-frequency drives (VFD), 2007 V3:122
ball valves, 2008 V4:7677, 8384, 86, 87, 90 variable-speed drivers, 2007 V3:22
battery-controlled, 2004 V1:135 variable-speed pumps, 2005 V2:72
WAGD (waste anesthetic gas disposal), 2007 V3:56 wastewater management. See also gray-water systems;
WAGD (waste anesthetic-gas disposal), 2007 V3:6667, 78 private onsite wastewater treatment systems
wages, in labor costs, 2004 V1:94 (POWTS)
waiting rooms, 2007 V3:36 biosolids, 2008 V4:261264
WAL (walls). See walls black water, 2008 V4:260, 261, 262
wall azimuth (WAZ), 2004 V1:14 energy requirements, 2008 V4:264
wall carriers, 2008 V4:6 graywater, 2008 V4:259260, 261, 262
wall cleanouts (WCO), 2004 V1:11 green building technologies, 2004 V1:264
wall-hung lavatories, 2008 V4:11 individual aerobic wastewater treatment, 2005 V2:157
wall-hung urinals, 2008 V4:9 158
wall-hung water closets, 2008 V4:4, 6 industrial wastewater treatment. See industrial
wall-hung water coolers, 2008 V4:240 wastewater treatment
wall hydrants (WH), 2004 V1:10, 12, 2005 V2:94 overview, 2008 V4:259260
wall inlets, swimming pools, 2007 V3:131 rainwater, 2008 V4:259261
wall-mounted medical gas stations, 2007 V3:56 reclaimed and gray water systems, 2004 V1:135, 2005
walls (W, WAL) V2:3032
piping and acoustic design, 2004 V1:195196 wastewater pumps, 2008 V4:100
symbols for, 2004 V1:16 WAT (watts). See watts
wall penetrations of pipes, 2004 V1:201 water (WTR). See also water analysis; water chemistry;
wander, 2004 V1:22, 190 water-distribution pipes and systems
ward rooms, 2007 V3:3738 as seal liquid in liquid ring pumps, 2005 V2:181
ware washers, 2008 V4:251 contamination in compressed air, 2007 V3:170
warehouses, numbers of fixtures for, 2008 V4:19, 20 distribution hazards, cross-connections, 2008 V4:171
warning systems (medical gas), 2007 V3:6768, 75 172
warping, joints resistant to, 2008 V4:61 economic growth, 2008 V4:256
warranty section in specifications, 2004 V1:70, 90 expansion formulas, 2008 V4:232235
Warren, Alan W., 2005 V2:64 formula, 2008 V4:193
wash basins. See sinks and wash basins freezing points (fp, FP), 2008 V4:114115
wash-down urinals, 2008 V4:9 human body, need for, 2008 V4:237
wash troughs, 2008 V4:202 kinematic viscosity, 2005 V2:83, 85
washdown racks, 2008 V4:185 mass and volume calculations, 2005 V2:77
washdown water closets, 2008 V4:3 methods for treatment, 2008 V4:195196
washing floors with gray water, 2005 V2:25 oil-water separation, 2007 V3:87
washing machines. See laundry systems and washers portable fire extinguishers, 2007 V3:28
Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission (WSSC), potable amounts present, 2004 V1:263
2008 V4:179 samples of, 2005 V2:104
washout urinals, 2008 V4:9 sanitation, global issues, 2008 V4:255256
washout water closets, 2008 V4:3 specific volumes, 2008 V4:233
washrooms. See water-closet compartments temperature drop, 2008 V4:115
waste, defined, 2004 V1:31 thermodynamic properties, 2008 V4:233
waste anesthetic-gas disposal, 2007 V3:56, 6667, 78 treatments for, 2008 V4:187
waste brines, 2005 V2:156, 220 types of
waste-disposal units. See food waste grinders deionized water, 2008 V4:195
waste fitting standards, 2008 V4:2 distilled water (DL), 2008 V4:195
waste grinders, 2007 V3:36. See also food waste grinders high purity water, 2008 V4:217219
waste-heat usage, 2004 V1:131134, 266 potable water, 2008 V4:194
waste-heat vaporizers, 2007 V3:59 purified water (PW), 2008 V4:195
waste oil (WO), 2004 V1:8, 2007 V3:133 raw water, 2008 V4:194
waste oil vents (WOV), 2004 V1:8 reagent and laboratory grades, 2008 V4:218
waste or soil vents. See stack vents soft water (SW), 2008 V4:195
waste pipes, 2004 V1:31, 2008 V4:23 tower water, 2008 V4:194
waste sewers (W), 2004 V1:8 usage, green plumbing, 2008 V4:255
waste stacks, 2005 V2:1 weight calculations, 2008 V4:232233
waste streams water absorption, plastic pipe and, 2008 V4:50
evaluation, 2007 V3:83 water analysis
segregating, 2007 V3:86 aggressiveness index, 2005 V2:208
waste transport, vacuum-operated, 2008 V4:259 codes and standards, 2005 V2:197
Wastewater Engineering:Treatment/Disposal/Reuse, 2005 example report, 2005 V2:202
V2:161 introduction, 2005 V2:201202
wastewater heat recovery, 2004 V1:133 pH, 2005 V2:202203, 207
predicting water deposits and corrosion, 2005 V2:206
208
references, 2005 V2:234 water conditioning. See also water purification; water
Ryzner stability index, 2005 V2:207208 softeners; water treatment
silt density index, 2005 V2:204205 defined, 2005 V2:197
specific conductance, 2005 V2:203 glossary, 2008 V4:220224
total dissolved solids, 2005 V2:204 water-conditioning or treating devices, 2004 V1:31
total organic carbon, 2005 V2:204 water conservation. See conserving water
total suspended solids, 2005 V2:203204 water consumption. See demand
water softeners and, 2008 V4:206 water consumption tests, 2008 V4:5, 9
water balance, 2007 V3:123124 water-cooled after-coolers, 2007 V3:171
water chemistry water-cooled condensers, 2008 V4:242
elements, acids, and radicals in water, 2005 V2:199 water coolers. See drinking-water coolers
introduction, 2005 V2:197198 water damage
water impurities, 2005 V2:198201 insulation and, 2008 V4:105, 107, 116
water chillers, 2008 V4:237 sprinkler systems, 2007 V3:2
water-closet compartments swimming pool bathhouses, 2007 V3:108
accessibility, 2004 V1:113116 water deposits, 2005 V2:205, 206208
ambulatory-accessible toilet compartments, 2004 Water Distributing Systems for Buildings, 2005 V2:104
V1:114 water-distribution pipes and systems. See also cold-water
kitchen areas, 2007 V3:39 systems; hot-water systems
patient rooms, 2007 V3:37 acoustic design, 2004 V1:195196
single-occupant unisex toilet rooms, 2008 V4:1718 codes, 2004 V1:45
spacing, 2008 V4:6 defined, 2004 V1:31, 2008 V4:179
swimming pool bathhouses, 2007 V3:108 hazardous connections, 2008 V4:184
water-closet flanges, 2008 V4:6 pipe codes, 2004 V1:45
water closets (WC). See also urinals service connections, 2008 V4:69
accessibility design, 2004 V1:113116 water supply and distribution symbols, 2004 V1:12
acoustic design, 2004 V1:200 water supply systems, 2004 V1:31
acoustic ratings of, 2004 V1:194 weight of water-filled pipes, 2004 V1:184
bariatric, 2008 V4:5, 7 Water Efficiency design (LEED), 2004 V1:263264, 2008
bolts, 2008 V4:6 V4:23
chase size, 2008 V4:7 water features, 2007 V3:130
composting toilets, 2004 V1:265 water-flow indicators, 2007 V3:7
conserving water in, 2005 V2:157 water flow tests, 2005 V2:95
dual flush, 2004 V1:265 water for injection (WFI), 2005 V2:229, 230, 231, 233, 2008
Energy Policy Act requirements, 2004 V1:264 V4:213, 218, 219
exclusion from gray-water systems, 2005 V2:25 Water for People, 2008 V4:256, 265
fixture pipe sizes and demand, 2005 V2:94 water gas, 2005 V2:126
fixture-unit loads, 2005 V2:3 water glass, 2004 V1:151
flushing performance testing, 2008 V4:56 water hammer
flushing systems, 2008 V4:78 acoustic control of, 2004 V1:201
gray water usage, 2004 V1:267, 2005 V2:2829 air locks, 2004 V1:201
in health care facilities, 2007 V3:35, 36, 37 condensates and, 2007 V3:158
incinerators, 2004 V1:265 controlling water hammer, 2005 V2:8082, 81
installation requirements, 2008 V4:67 defined, 2004 V1:31, 2005 V2:7982
minimum numbers of, 2008 V4:1821 flow velocity and, 2004 V1:198
mounting, 2008 V4:4 fuel dispensers, 2007 V3:148
rates of sewage flows, 2005 V2:161 hangers and supports and, 2008 V4:119
reducing flow rates, 2004 V1:134135 shock intensity, 2005 V2:80
seats, 2008 V4:5 sizing of arresters, 2005 V2:8182
shapes and sizes, 2008 V4:45 symbols on arresters, 2005 V2:82
specimen-type, 2007 V3:38 system protection and control, 2005 V2:8082
standards, 2008 V4:2, 6 velocity and, 2005 V2:92
submerged inlet hazards, 2008 V4:184 water hammer loads, 2008 V4:142
types of, 2004 V1:135136, 2008 V4:34 water hammer arresters (WHA)
typical use, 2005 V2:2829 acoustic design in water pipes, 2004 V1:195
ultra-low-flow, 2004 V1:135136 as protection and control, 2005 V2:8182
water conservation, 2004 V1:135136 codes, 2004 V1:43
water fixture unit values, 2007 V3:198 defined, 2004 V1:31
water usage reduction, 2008 V4:258 flow velocity and, 2004 V1:198
water column (wc), 2008 V4:5 shock absorbers, 2004 V1:198, 201
Water Conditional Manual, 2005 V2:234 sizing, 2005 V2:8082
symbols, 2004 V1:10, 2005 V2:82
water heaters. See also hot-water systems loss of pressure, 2005 V2:95
avoiding standby losses, 2004 V1:127 pressure losses, 2007 V3:208
booster water heaters, 2004 V1:126, 129, 2005 V2:111 readings in consumption estimates, 2008 V4:208
codes, 2004 V1:43 water mist extinguishing systems, 2007 V3:24
condensation use, 2004 V1:267 Water Mist Fire Protection Systems (NFPA 750), 2007
conserving energy, 2004 V1:124125, 127 V3:30
copper-fin heaters, 2005 V2:111114 water motor gongs, 2007 V3:7
earthquake damage, 2004 V1:162 water, oil, and gas (WOG) pressure rating, 2007 V3:177,
earthquake protection, 2004 V1:162, 163 2008 V4:79, 86
efficiency, 2005 V2:107 water pipes. See cold-water systems; hot-water systems;
energy efficiency, 2008 V4:264 water-distribution pipes and systems
expansion tanks, 2005 V2:7677 water polishing, 2008 V4:219
explosions, 2005 V2:107 water pressure
gas efficiency, 2005 V2:127 excess water pressure, 2005 V2:7779
gas water heaters, 2004 V1:129 gravity-tank systems, 2005 V2:7476
hard water and, 2008 V4:205 hydropneumatic-tank systems, 2005 V2:72, 7374
heat recovery, 2005 V2:110 water hammer and, 2005 V2:81
high-efficiency, 2004 V1:265 water-pressure regulators
instantaneous, 2004 V1:265 installing, 2008 V4:82
locations of, 2004 V1:129 selection and sizing, 2008 V4:81
materials expansion, 2008 V4:232233 types of, 2008 V4:8182
overview, 2005 V2:111114 water pumps. See pumps
point-of-use booster heaters, 2007 V3:47 water purging, 2008 V4:188
relief valves, 2008 V4:231 water purification and quality
sizing, 2005 V2:108109 central purification equipment, 2005 V2:233234
solar, 2007 V3:182, 189192, 2008 V4:264265 Clean Water Act, 2007 V3:82
stratification in water heaters, 2005 V2:114 codes and standards, 2005 V2:197, 229
swimming pools, 2007 V3:122123 conductivity/resistivity meters, 2008 V4:198
temperature, 2005 V2:107, 111 glossary, 2008 V4:220224
thermal efficiency, 2005 V2:116117 gray-water systems, 2005 V2:35
types of systems, 2004 V1:129134 introduction, 2005 V2:167
water impurities, 2005 V2:198201 measuring, 2008 V4:195
alkalinity, 2005 V2:199 methods, 2007 V3:48
analysis and measurement, 2005 V2:201205 pharmaceutical systems, 2005 V2:229230
biological fouling, 2005 V2:205, 227 polishers and, 2005 V2:221
conditions and recommended treatments, 2008 V4:194, pure-water systems defined, 2005 V2:197
196197 references, 2005 V2:234
dissolved gases, 2005 V2:200 reverse osmosis and, 2008 V4:217219
hardness, 2005 V2:199200 specific resistance of pure water, 2005 V2:203
microorganisms, 2005 V2:198199 system design, 2005 V2:231233
need for treatment, 2008 V4:193194 types of water
specific resistance, 2005 V2:203 biopure water, 2008 V4:195
suspended solids, 2005 V2:198 deionized water, 2008 V4:195
treatment methods, 2005 V2:208225 distilled water (DL), 2008 V4:195
volatile organic compounds, 2005 V2:201 feed water, 2005 V2:230
water levels, fountains, 2007 V3:102103 grades of laboratory water, 2005 V2:229
water mains high-purity water, 2007 V3:47, 2008 V4:195, 217
age and size, 2007 V3:6 219, 218, 223
copper pipe, 2008 V4:3031, 32 potable water, 2008 V4:194
defined, 2004 V1:31 reagent and laboratory grades, 2008 V4:218
fire-protection connections, 2007 V3:209, 211 water impurities, 2005 V2:198201
inspection checklist, 2004 V1:103 water quality. See water purification and quality
pressure and, 2007 V3:198 water-resistivity meters, 2005 V2:203
sprinkler systems, 2007 V3:3 water-reuse systems. See gray-water systems
water makeup. See makeup water systems water rise tests, 2008 V4:5
Water Management:A Comprehensive Approach for Facility water risers, 2004 V1:31
Managers, 2005 V2:36 water saver devices in reverse osmosis, 2008 V4:219
water management plans, 2004 V1:134135 water service calculation worksheet, 2007 V3:199
water meters water service entrances, 2008 V4:181
domestic water meters, 2005 V2:6869 water-service pipes, defined, 2004 V1:31
flow-pressure loss averages, 2005 V2:69 water shock absorbers. See water hammer arresters
irrigation, 2007 V3:96 (WHA)
WI (width), 2004 V1:16 WVC (wet vacuum cleaning). See wet vacuum-cleaning
width (WI), 2004 V1:16 systems
wind (WD) WWP-541 federal standard, 2008 V4:247
direction (wdir, WDIR), 2004 V1:16 WWP (water working pressure), 2008 V4:90
effect on irrigation sprinklers, 2007 V3:94 wyes, 2008 V4:6
hangers and supports and, 2008 V4:119 Wyly, R.S., 2005 V2:4, 19, 48
symbols for, 2004 V1:16
velocity, 2004 V1:16
vent stack terminals and, 2005 V2:44
X
x-ray areas, 2007 V3:42, 52
wind loads, 2008 V4:142 x-rays, 2005 V2:246
wind pressure (wpr, WPR, WP, WPRES), 2004 V1:16 X#A (compressed air). See compressed air (A, X#, X#A)
wire drawing, 2008 V4:75, 81 XH (extra heavy) cast iron soil pipe, 2008 V4:2426
wire hooks, 2008 V4:142 XH (extra heavy) cast-iron soil pipe, 2008 V4:23
wire mesh insulation jackets, 2008 V4:108 XP explosion-proof construction, 2005 V2:130
wire ropes, 2008 V4:135 XP junction boxes, 2005 V2:130
wire screens for diatomaceous earth filters, 2008 V4:204 XPAN (expansion. See expansion
wire wound tubes for diatomaceous earth filters, 2008 xylenes, 2008 V4:186
V4:204
WO (waste oil), 2004 V1:8
WOG (water, oil, and gas pressure rating). See water, oil, Y
and gas (WOG) pressure rating Y-pattern valves, 2008 V4:83
wood, anchoring into, 2008 V4:131 y (years), 2004 V1:16, 34
wood shrinkage, protecting against, 2005 V2:16 yards (yd, YD)
wood stave piping, 2005 V2:83, 86 converting to SI units, 2004 V1:40
Woodcock, J.J., 2005 V2:31 symbols for, 2004 V1:16
word processing of specifications, 2004 V1:7172 yards and lawns
work lawn imperviousness factors, 2007 V3:229
conversion factors, 2004 V1:35 lawn sprinkler supply (LS), 2004 V1:8
converting to SI units, 2004 V1:39 storm-drainage systems and, 2005 V2:49
defined, 2004 V1:61, 2007 V3:169 yard cleanouts (CO), 2004 V1:11
measurements, 2004 V1:33 YB (valves in yard boxes), 2004 V1:10
work change directives, 2004 V1:63 yd, YD (yards), 2004 V1:16, 40
work functions in value engineering, 2004 V1:225, 243 year-round pools, 2007 V3:107
working deionizers, 2005 V2:215, 216 years (yr, YR), 2004 V1:16, 34
working hours, in cost estimation, 2004 V1:98 Yeh, K.L., 2005 V2:234
working occupants, 2005 V2:109 yellow brass, 2004 V1:144
working pressure YMCAs, 2005 V2:109
vacuum systems, 2005 V2:179 yoke vents, 2004 V1:31, 2005 V2:43
workmanship standards, 2004 V1:66 Young, Virgil E., 2007 V3:96
workmens compensation, in labor costs, 2004 V1:94 yr, YR (years), 2004 V1:16, 34
worksheets. See checklists and forms Yrjanainen, Glen, 2005 V2:64
worst case possibilities, radiation and, 2005 V2:249
worth, defined, 2004 V1:213 Z
WOV (waste oil vents), 2004 V1:8 z, Z (zones), 2004 V1:16, 183
WP (wind pressure), 2004 V1:16 Zelmanovich, Y., 2005 V2:234
wpr, WPR (wind pressure), 2004 V1:16 zeolite process, 2005 V2:168
WPRES (wind pressure), 2004 V1:16 zeolites, 2005 V2:215
wrapped piping zero-flow potential, 2004 V1:153
sound damping, 2004 V1:196, 201202 zero governors, 2007 V3:237
wrapped storm piping, 2005 V2:50 zeta potential, 2005 V2:209
wrist blades on faucets, 2007 V3:3537 zinc
written amendments, 2004 V1:63 anodes, 2004 V1:150
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure brass and bronze, 2008 V4:78
Fittings (DWV), 2008 V4:32 corrosion, 2004 V1:139, 2008 V4:196
Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint electromotive force series, 2004 V1:144
Drainage Fittings, 2008 V4:42 galvanic series, 2004 V1:141
Wrought Copper Braze Fittings, 2008 V4:42 levels in drinking water, 2008 V4:186
wrought iron piping, 2005 V2:83, 86 treating in water, 2008 V4:187
WSFU (water supply fixture units), 2005 V2:39, 92 ZN (zones), 2004 V1:16, 183
WSSC (Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission), zone valves, 2007 V3:50, 67
2008 V4:179 zones (z, Z, ZN)
wt, WT (weight). See weight in seismic force calculations, 2004 V1:183